i Ag =. Pee ee j ie ‘ 9 7 ra ! inet é i ] ay ' : ee we ¥ - ae : 4 J . ¢ 7 7 : A Qn b , vy ; 7 r 4 ) a , - ¥ ; : j i ‘ : ; 5 : a i 3 7 oP : 1 j u aa . a , i . 4 ; 4 Ley : Sng » é 4 ~ 4 ; A ¥ j 1 i, 7 j . 4 2 Gt, sil 2 + . - ? ' ai ] > } }) bs ry, . ‘ bo a F 7° - | t > } ’ 2 . t un 1 AL ag ' H TA ieee ; se bi ad Ny ; i ; ’ i ve i i, f ‘ms 4 ig : 4 Arp : Pr oMiny a on r 2 : ./ oy iz Py i] 7" K at ey “ory, is ae va val , Mh ee ad ey inks io CG ean i ‘ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM VOLUME 54 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1919 bd AMULON. ADVERTISEMENT. The scientific publications of the National Museum consist of two series—Proceedings and Bulletins. The Proceedings, the first volume of which was issued in 1878, are intended primarily as a medium for the publication of original papers based on the collections of the National Museum, setting forth newly acquired facts in biology, anthropology, and geology derived there- from, or containing descriptions of new forms and revisions of lim- ited groups. A volume is issued annually or oftener for distribution to libraries and scientific establishments, and, in view of the impor- tanee of the More prompt dissemination of new facts, a liimted edi- tion of each paper is printed in pamphlet form in advance. The dates at which these separate papers are published are recorded in the table of contents of the volume. The present volume is the fifty-fourth of this series. The Bulletin, publication of which was begun in 1875, is a series of more elaborate papers, issued separately, and, like the Proceedings, based chiefly on the collections of the National Museum. A quarto form of the Bulletin, known as the “‘Special Bulletin,” has been adopted in a few instances in which a larger page was «deemed indispensable. Since 1902 the volumes of the series known as ‘‘Contributions from the National Herbarium,” and containing papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum, have been published as Bulletins. Witiiam DEC, RAvVENEL, Administrative Assistant to the Secretary, in charge of the United States National Museum. Aprit 30, 1919. Ill 7 toowsig oT. ‘gobs ok an ot argu uate eed (6 aeciaeh cee i stig reg aa’ SR aa Seige a Meas ated a ee ™ Ped Me Lc ae me ie a pele y | wt ive mamas tani ow BT8E howeat ain dsidie Wo onaulor tet od euaih ; hiss silar mow cess a wage a ee oe ai et seat fl ree ak “aqeg tose gi bebreoss 918 ‘berbaldng bis caged ‘sivtaqes aged is -sistulay aid to elaniisos to ag sft vobion sidd to tlHaoheys it ont ef oat . eenibsoroth odt adil bor vineunqea bouesi preqeq stendals en le / aanusoeat Isnoite¥. odd 10.2n0ivolloo odd co yRoidy o on patel Vey a ak bane wtih salt. to arto prises + oa snot enoltudiakaa)” 28 awoad cain ol Xo omit ads eet aia ne TABLE OF CONTENTS. Pago. Bartscu, Paut. A new West Indian fossil land shell. No. 2254. Mibecember/ 26. 1GtS sss Ve en ele ee eee 605-0068 New species: Plewrodonte debooyt. . New marine shells from Panama. No. 2250. Deceneber 2s. OU ee ie eee ee i DLL Oho New species: Cylichnella zeteki, Odostomia (Chrysallida) zeteki, Helia- cus panamensis, Discopsis panamensts, D. argentea. Two new land shells of the Epiphragmophora traskil group. No. 2246. December 23, 1918!____._._. 523-524 New subspecies: Epiphragmophora cuyamacensis lowei, E. traskii isidroensis. Berry, Epwarp W. Fossil plants from Bolivia and their bearing upon the age of uplift of the Eastern Andes. No. BeaWar Ockoper 20 dO / Vorint icra 2. a od OB-164 New species: Discinisca singewaldi, Polystichum bolivianum, Carpo- lithus viornaformis, Pithecolobium briitonianum, Cassia singewaldi, C. cultrifoliaformis, Caesalpinia sessilifolioides, Caesalpinites poto- sianus, Copaifera potosiana, C. corocoriana, Bauhinia potosiana, Machaerium milleri, Dalbergia potosiana, Myrteola potosiana, Ter- minalia singewaldi, Apocynophyllum potosianum, Jacaranda poto- sina, Rubiacites nummularioides, Cypselitespotosianus. New names: Mimosites engelhardti, Cassia ligustrinaformis, Carpoli- thus engelhardtt. Fossil plants from the late Tertiary of Oklahoma. No 2256/°ONowemtber@OnhOtg a te oe, a os 627-636 New species: Gymnocladus casei, Sapindus oklahomensis, Rhamnus lesquereuxi, Bumelia oklahomensis. Berry, S. Stirrman. Chitons taken by the United States Fisheries steamer ‘‘Albatross”’ in the northwest Pacific in 2906... Now2225.5 Wecember.5, 19U7 1. Ne oe 1-18 New species: Leptochiton diomedeae, Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) ama- bilis, I. (L.) interfossa, I. (L.) pilsbryanus. 1 Date of publication. VI TABLE OF CONTENTS. Boong, Peart L. Description of ten new isopods. No. 2253. | October AG Aone ain! a ee eae ees New family: Pterisopodidae. New genus: Pterisopodus. New species: Gnathia triospathiona, Cirolana hermitensis, Excorallana berbicensis, Braga occidentalis, Pterisopodus bartschi, Sphaeroma exosphaeroma, Exosphaeroma barrerae, Astacilla californica, Philos- cia minutissima, Leptotrichus vedadoensis. Cirark, Austin H. A new genus and species of multibra- chiate ophiuran of the family Gorgonocephalidae from the Caribbean Sea. No. 2257. November 1, 19181____- New genus: Astrocynodus. New species: Astrocynodus herrerat. CocKERELL, T. D. A. New species of North American fossil beetles, cockroaches, and tsetse flies. No. 2237. oa) gts piel AC Bs es eu iP fanaa ahve pirat "

aincmaasinns$ New genera: Cobaloblatta, Ptilomylacris. New species: Atimoblatta reducta, Phoberoblatta retrculata, Coba- loblatta simulans, Brachymylacris bassleri, Ptilomylacris medialis, Phthinomylacris (?) pauper, Atimoblatta(?) flexuosa, Carabites(?) arapahoensis, Balaninus (?) beeklyi, Calandrites (?) ursorum. Dati, Wirt1am Heatrey. Notes on Chrysodomus and other mollusks from the North Pacific Ocean. No. 2234. Orion MONS) {set obs Se ree es ee ee eee New species: Turris (Crassispira) rugitecta, Plicifusus (Retifusus) scissuratus, P. (Aulacofusus) rhyssoides, P. (Latifusus) wakasanus, Colus (Latisipho) lepidus, C. (Limatofusus) tahwitanus, Searlesia constricta, Ancistrolepis latus, Siphonalia lubrica, Boreotrophon zestra, B. echinus, Anachis bartschti, Lepeta (Cryptoctenidia) lima, Venericardia (Cyclocardia) morsei, Venericardia hirasev. — Notes on the nomenclature of the mollusks of the family Turritidae: No. 2238. April’5, 1918*_--. 22 -= Dopps, Gipron S. Altitudinal distribution of Entomos straca in Colorado. No. 2226. October 27, 1917 1_---- Dyar, Harrison G. Descriptions of new Lepidoptera from Mexico. - No.2229. : April 5 UO1s. ts aes 2 ee New genera: Melanchroiopsis, Eumulleria, Fotopsis, Bouda, Pu- mora, Neophaeus, Marzigetta, Alesua, Postanita, Platygraphis, Anarnatula, Tapinolopha. New species: Charis craspediodonta, Ipidecla monenoptron, Thecla bunnirae, T. viggia, T. nippia, T. janthodonia, T. vevenae, T. muridosca, Errietas lachesis, Butleria penaea, Catia jobrea, Prenes hemizona, Thespieus gayra, Lerema hypozona, Padraona sophistes, Page. 591- 604 637-640 301-311 207-234 313-333 59-87 335-372 1 Date of publication. TABLE OF CONTENTS. P. inculta, Ichoria leucopus, Pericallia pannycha, Melanchroiopsis acroleuca, Mesembreuxoa melanopis, Euxoa discilinea, E. parsimo- nia, Nephelestis sabatia, Eumiilleria cliopis, Tiracola nonconformens, Hydroeciodes aspasta, H. pothen, Chabuata sygeleta, C. iota, Erio- pyga constans, E. phanerozona, E. pansapha, E. cacoeona, Lophoce- ramica simplicifacta, Acronycta ybasis, A. fumeola, Fotopsis spar- ganiotis, Bouda pallipars, B. hidalgonis, Pumora hyperion, Chal- copasta chalcophanis, C. anopis, Nocloa lamiota, N. beata, Stiria intermixta, Neophaeus chalcospilans, Antaplaga varrara, A. alesaea, Cobubatha rustica, Ozarba implora, O. squamicornis, Lithacodia sub- stellata, Eustrotia delioidalis, Diastema dosceles, Margiza partitalis, Marzigetta obliqua, Mastigophorus asynetalis, Alesua etialis, Scopt- fera insurrecta, Taphonia testacealis, Bomolocha dicialis, Ostha memoria, Pleonectyptera trilineosa, Parachabora pseudanaetia, Gloveria concinna, G. rubicundens, G. obsoleta, G. sodom, G. lati- pennis, Lepasta concordens, Symmerista odontomys, Postanita decurrens, Psilacron eugraphica, P. monostigma, Salluca ama- thynta, Dicentria obligata, Hemiceras obliquiplaga, Carthara crenu- losa, Apicia aberrans, Bonatea griseolata, Sicya medungula, Cari- peta hyperythrata, Selenia gynaecon, S. eucore, S. cacocore, Phero- tesia dentata, Nesalcis cediopasa, Racheospila cara, Tephroclystia analis, T, chimera, T, capitata, T. endonephella, T. microleuca, T. supporta, T. alogista, T. pertacta, Roeselia pseudermana, Sibine pauper, Euclea fuscipars, Triprocris rosetta, Pyromorpha aurora, Gingla beovava, Psychonoctua poam, Hypopta actileuca, Platy- graphis isabella, Syngamia subnebulosalis, Lygropia falsalis, Stenia mononalis, Scoparia stereostigma, S. anadonta, S. anagantis, 8. cyclophora, S. flexuosa, Dismidila, tocista, Anarnatula hyporhoda, Tapinolopha variegata, Moodna inanimella. Ganan, A. B. Four new African parasitic hymenoptera belonging to the subfamily Microgasterinae. No. 2252. NOVEM SE Zo, TOUS oe oS ks) ee ebtelpeceemt” operie a New species: Microgaster fasciipennis, Apanteles pallidocinctus, A. ugandaensis, A. gowdeyt. GirperT, Cuartes H., and Cart Hupss. Description of Hymenocephalus tenuis, a new Macruroid fish from the Hawaiian Islands. No. 2231. December 14, 19171___-- New species: Hymenocephalus tenuis. GitmorE, CHarLtes W. A newly mounted skeleton of the armored dinosaur, Stegosaurus stenops, in the United States National Museum. No. 2241. December 26, ODS oe. Sete ae ee TS ae. es GinsBuRG, Isaac. On two species of fishes from the Yalu River, China. No. 2228. October 18, 19171_.-.2..--- New species: Rhinogobius sowerbyi. 1 Date of publication. vu Page. 587-590 173~175 383-390 99-101 Vill TABLE OF CONTENTS. Page. Hoven, Water. The Hopi Indian Collection in the United States National Museum. No. 2235. April 6, 19181__. 235-296 H6ézawa, Sangt. Report on the calcareous sponges col- lected during 1906 by the United States Fisheries steamer ‘“‘Albatross’’ in the Northwestern Pacific. No.224,. Oc- tober 1G sbO 1S. se ge ee Ne ard San Dorie, alia Bb RAG New species: Leucosolenia albatrosst, Sycon simushirensis, Heteropia medioarticulata, Grantia nipponica, G. beringiana, Achramorpha diomediae, Leucandra tuba, L. poculiformis, L. foliata, L. kurilensis, L. splendens. Huss, Cann See Charles HH. Gilberts_ sodvenows _. aeotg7 3-175 Merrit, GrorcE P. Further notes on the Plainview, Texas, meteorite. No. 2243. October 7, 1918!_._..._. 503-505 On the Fayette County, Texas, meteorite finds of 1878 and 1900 and the probability of their representing two distinct falls. No. 2248. November 25, 1916 *--- -- 667_AG] Mitier, Gerrit S., Jr. Mammals and reptiles collected by Theodoor de Booy in the Virgin Islands. No. 2244. October 154 LOTS 4. Lacon) siumohstordie aanneeS, BAN Bea / Olt New species: Cyclura mattea. OBERHOLSER, Harry C. Birds collected by Dr. W. L. Ab- bott on various islands in the Java Sea. No. 2232. No- vembensQclOl 6 .i.sestrdaeyerd MM a ficetabe 4 ee erie 00 New genus: Perissolalage. New species: Perissolalage chalepa, Zosterops solombensis. New subspecies: Cerchneis moluccensis microbalia, Muscadivores rosaceus zamydrus, Kakatoe parvulus abbotti, Dicruropsis pectoralis solombensis, Artamus leucoryn amydrus, Oriolus maculatus lampro- chryseus, Haemataena melanocephala massoptera, Butreron capellet passorhina, Pycnonotus brunneus zaphaeus, Malacocincla abbotti sirensis, Dicruropsis pectoralis sirensis, Zosterops solombensis zachlora. A review of the subspecies of the leach petrel, Oecanodroma leucorhoa. (Vieillot). No. 2230. October | 195 TOLBY oe. taint ees ees a Se oe = 165-172 Parker, R. R. New flies of the genus Sarcophaga from Guam and the Philippines. No. 2227. October 17, (OAR A. osccebe ieee eee aa eee eles. oe es New species: Sarcophaya subtuberosa, S. crinita, S. orientalis, S. knabt. 1 Date of publication. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Pierce, W. Dwient. The comparative morphology of the order Strepsiptera together with records and descrip- tions of insects. No. 2242. September 12, 1918 *------ New family: Callipharixenidae. New name: Liburnelenchus. New genera: ''etrozocera, Callipharixenos, Chrysocorizenos, Neos- tylops, Muirixenos, Dacyrtocara, Cyrtocaraxenos, Delphacizenos, Elenchinus. New subgenera: Katastylops, Prostylops. New species: Tetrozocera santchii, Callipharizenos muiri, Chrysocor- izenos siamensis, Stylops championi, S. moestae, S. krygeri, S. bi- salicidis, S.erigeniae, S. salictariae, S. medionitans, S. sinuatus, S. grandior, S. diabola, S. neonanae, Neostylops shannoni, Pseu- doxenos neomexicanus, Muirixenos dicranotropidis, M. perkinsi- ellae, Dacyrtocara oncometopiae, D. undata, Cyrtocaraxenos java- nensis, Delphacixenos anomalocerus, Agalliaphagus uhleri, Libur- nelenchus heidemanni, Elenchinus heidemanni. Riixy, J. H. Annotated catalogue of a collection of birds made by Mr. Copley Amory, jr., in northeastern Siberia. Naaeoen eictoler eS) TOUS: oon n iio e524 sh ea OEE Rouwer, S. A. Descriptions and notes on some Ichneu- mon-flies from Java. No. 2249. November 25, 1918 '-- New species: Eripternimorpha scirpophagae, E. javensis, E. dam- mermani, Apanteles (Protapanteles) bataviensis, A. belippae, A. javensis, Amyosoma leuzerae, Platybracon javensis, Oncophanes hes- peridis, Hormiopterus choenobivorus. SNYDER, JOHN OTTERBEIN. An account of some fishes from Owens River, California. No. 2233. December 13, Ieper tee reer ee ee ee pe ee heehee Notes on Hawaiian lizards. No. 2224. October WF edt CN LWiuc aes te | SND eg eden eee Oe Ree ak ee Re eee eee The fishes of Mohave River, California. No. 2236. ON UEH GLDie IMSS eI MCI ur Sytem ee age sole ie A ge Peppa Ree ne ae ae ee Wetmore, ALEXANDER. Bones of birds collected by Theo- door de Booy from kitchen midden deposits in the islands of St. Thomas and St. Croix. No. 2245. November 21, Area kA Basra, rel eee Nee oe eo ie New genus: Nesotrochis. New species: Nesotrochis debooyt. On the anatomy of Nyctibius with notes on. allied bindss NO. 22 ole @esoper 15, TORT oo ao se yee ' Date of publication. Page. 391-501 607-626 563-570 201-205 19-25 297-299 513-522 577-586 x TABLE OF CONTENTS. =e 5 : F Page. Wuerry, Epear T. Notes on mimetite, thaumasite, and wayellite. No. 2240. December 2S pO) Staipiacaste 14! 373-38 | Witurams, Henry Suarter. Nuculites from the Silurian formations of Washington County, Maine. No. 2225. . Oto Demag NSH 7s aaa tae ae ge = we 198 New species: Nuculites pholus, N. ladon, N. nessus, N. lichas, N. subplanus, N. trescotti, N. robustus, N. crassus, N. speciosus, N. abnormis, N. chrysippus, N. atreus, N. thyestes, N. amycus, N. bat- tus, N. galeus, N. pelops, N. eurylochus, N. lentus. 1 Date of publication. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATES. 1-10: . Northwest. Pacific Chitonsiuie 9% 41000. G0d Jb. Sane. TLIO3e 11-12. Nuculites from the Silurian formations of Maine. Sere. Lense 13. Lake at Semper, Colorado. Redrock Lake....-..--------------+-+------ 14. Crater Lakes as seen from the Continental Divide. Ice Lake.-......------- 15-18. Fossil plants from Bolivia.........--.--.------------20 225052 e reer 19. Agricultural implements..........----------+- 2-22-2222 eee error eee 20. Sunning and sorting corn......./--------------+-+-+-22 222-2 eee ISKIOSE 21. Hars-of Hopreom ss. iiy.I2t20 822. S2U LU OSL. JO. SII EU? nae 22. Horn bell, scarecrow, dipper of gourd, and Seer sebulonels bas 23. Domestic et of potteryooout. 8622... Wore Ciel) 20i Ect ieee ett DUG Vessels OR COUT vasevore es havenct ork procreation nae or Eioe atin ate d= to pes: ee CTV OS ener grey ee . Tn Sener naa kK Yo ddbigt- Alin ban wate 26. Fire-making sticks and slow match. ........-...- elite) od allade heel »- Zt Jewelry worn.by Men atid women. . 20H BUSTS IE2 DLS slo. ak. 28. Articles for hairdressing..........------ roses. eave l odie) etyayset rs 29. Footwear for children.............-- TU) ohtaved wale) ad tio wots Testes Bor Weaving battens-and-spindles.... ..-.:..<<~---dUS05.. Mod. alos Gok We 31. Hopi loom and weaver..........-.------ aac nan rare parcnen EOE SY, BEES LA. 22 Quwillworkanklets: < => secor-rororernonv- rororncn «SU Data. seh craioo1 dea. sec oo-o/..Wicker basket-tray- designs... cual aii most sicela fuse leee t. oo-tl, Coiled basket- tray, GOSIQUB s 2.0.0 02020200 -CSLESES UME SOUS BURSSS Aer HER CAMO INGE, WOO 2c screen a an ai eh on en wing ale Aen aoe 43. Soyal feather offerings and boxes for feathers............---.--.---------- at, SH PEGS OL HEO WARE CNN UA ss 50:25 oe. mye yn 3 SS soo sic 2 oe tb al ee ae etn tats 2a, DOW, AFrOWws, SHO WHISG GUATOS.. 020 o38t ee TA -tone tin tent ote nse at's AN Sagal Wg oy ia Pa cra a2 0Y 0) Sa ae ma IS IP et Se ee er ee 24, Gales ANG COYSes seo on o's wince ais > Sec e ee beelsn LP EREREE PEED NT ERE 48. Cup-and-ball game sets. ........-.--. SER LE EE PPO IETS ee SE LEI IOI 49... Dolls and (OY 8.922 - Ecce tnaety t- Se ei Va LST RATA SIS TACs TT 26 ec nlc ee Ele ERM ESSN SR RACES Ret ee IPT hy poll RTSTTET’ aha ¥S) 5g TEs 01 Fs Re nae ee IEE Tee RT aE ARES 1a SET RTRTE! SOT WA rf eg Rei = aS a RA eee PSM SENT 7 Ha LEG A sR ps Lg OTT AN 6g a a A ER a PSE a4. Fossil cockroaches from the Pennsylvanian... ...0-5 4. 46-5 masc-i4} eee 50. Fossil tsetse fly, Glossina veterna Cockerell............-.-.----+------------ 56. Crystals of mimetite, thaumasite, and wavellite...............-.---------- 57. Skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops, from the right side..........----.-------- 58. Skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops, oblique view.-.-.--.-----------+---------- 59. Skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops, from the front.........--.---------------- 60. Skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops, from the back.-...........-------------+-- 61. Stegosaurus specimens as shown in the United States National Museum. . . 62. Life-sized restoration of Stegosaurus stenops in the United States National WVTISCAEIOUS oe asa a Sede lew ae ban sign Be EN rated, a RO aliais S.Crard chia ere ae en XII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Facing Page 63. Model restoration of Stegosaurus stenops..........2..---2ee-eeeeeee see eee 390 64. Structural characteristics of the family Mengeidae..........-.- SNe ee 502 65. Structural characteristics of the family Mengeidae....................... 502 66. Structural characteristics of the family Mengenillidae.................... 502 67. Structure of the first larva of the family Stichotrematidae................ 502 68. Structural characteristics of the family Callipharixenidae................. 502 69. Comparison of the structure of the family Myrmecolacidae and the coleopt- erous famaly Rhipiphoridae: (27228)... ee se SPE Tees 502 70. Structural characteristics of the family Stylopidae........................ 502 71. Structural.characteristics of the family Stylopidae........................ 502 72. Structural characteristics of the family Xenidae......................... 502 73. Wings of stylopized leaf-hoppers.. sel siseshodl . ahseelod. Sogsaoe on ok 502 74. Structural characteristics of the family Halictophagidae.................-. 502 75. Structural characteristics of the family Halictophagidae.................-. 502 76. Structural characteristics of the family Halictophagidae................... 502 77. Structural characteristics of the family Halictophagidae... 502 78. Structural characteristics of the families Halictophagidae, sDiozaceridac and. Wlenchidae 20 3... eens Serna: Sersethe Be SoarsetOe ers ness Cia Se 502 79-80. Micro-structure of the Plainview, Texas, meteorite.............-...-. 506 iy Humert of Teusna and! Cyclura oo 2450545 san. Le 512 82. Femur and tibio-tarsus of Neseotrochis debooyi......---------------------+ cao 835 New land shells from California: . ..... 2 aien: Bee bas-achs betes: oe 524 84285. .New north Pacific calcareous sponges... esis 5). Hae see el etre g- Ys tee 556 863; The Fayette. County, "Texas, meteorite....-......2..-.-....2sosedes ade eelogs 562 87. Polished slice of the Cedar, Fayette County, Texas, meteoric stone . ...... 562 88° New marine:shells from Panama_...>...-.... -. 2sibsaee-eee asheck sivas 576 89592. New Species Of Iso POds sao oc wise ee se anise seer SSE eR ee Ee 604 93:, A new West Indian fossil land shell. j.-0 22220. - 226-4202 - ee eee 606 94295. .Fossil Tertiary. plants from Oklahoma.......... sassech 4zeci-de teed eee 636 96° Astrocynodus herrerat, Dew Species.........-..-«-Sanded> eT -eeeRB See 640 TEXT FIGURES. Page TSCHUGCILON CLOT CCIEN: 52 Seater US Nie AAI SEA, SON Foe eee ee omen ee ee 4 Axes of deformation in yatreties of Nuculites..=.--22o soe ees See 42 Map of Colorado showing localities where Entomostraca have been collected... 60 Map of Tolland regionsa. 0 oof ee teenie woe ee ee a eee 61 Mean precipitation by months. ee a ee 62 Isotherm map of the world, with the isotherms of Corona and Pearees drawnin 64 Mean: temperatire by monthss< ii 727 cece eee ee 64 Mean monthly Inintmium temperatwres?: 22225 Sse ee 65 Mean monthly niaximuml temp oratiireg 2 een eee 65 Curves showing the approximate distribution of surface temperature throughout the year in'thivee sorts of lakess22 eres = emcee ener s se ermiac tee Lee eoel 3) Drawing of net used in“wiakinecollections-----.--- 4+ - seco Oe eee 71 Graphic representation of altitudinal ranges of all species of Entomostraca known to occur ini Colorado: Sus Fees en ee hee eee see 73 Sarcophaga subtuberosa. a. c., anterior claspers; a. p., accessory plate; f., for- ceps; g.s.', first genital segment; g. s.?, second genital sepment; p.c., posterior Claspers:. 9 i). Se Se Deane Sere eee a . 89 Sarcophagacrinita: ce. scesc ore ere eae ae ee Cea oreo es + Ee er 93 SGTCOPRAGGE OTLENUMLIS coe ace sene- a ace Coe ae eee aoe ee 95 Sarcophaga Crab is. 2 Ae IN Ne eee aa Ok rt en ee ere 96 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XIII Page Sarcophaga ruficornis. ...--------+-++-2e 2s eee e reer rete eter rere 97 Map showing the existing distribution of the subgenera of Myrtea dusts) Jeans 109 Di-cini:ca singewaldi Schuchert........-----------+--+----- + e+e reece eee eee 117 Iron broad hoe of Spanish pattern..........-----------------------+eee eee 236 Hand diblie of wood 22 2. 24 2h ctx cde ii wes canine seni neice dE EEN 236 Field pit oven for roasting green corn. a, Fire pit; 0, flue........-..-------- hivn2a6 Box with buckskin cover for sacred feathers.........-..-.------------------+-- 240 Buckskin shirt of archaic style..........-------- +--+ eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 242 Archaic form of shirt of woven stuff........-..------+----+++-+----+-+++++--- 248 Shirt formed by addition of sleeves. a, 6, Forms of neck openings; c, d, method of applying sleeve.....-.-------------- Pebeseene sede dn-ee a OES eaey= 3 244 Completed shirt... 2.2... 62.00.2522 eee ee eee eee eee eee te ee eee eee eee 244 itr ploti Cloth ssc kes soon cee eek eee aden ea ph enhe RADE Bet SUE ESTs 245 Man’s ceremonial kilt. Method of wearing........----------------+---++----- 245 Woven garter... 222.2... 2.2. ee Deeb ere eee ete ee eee ee eee eee 246 Outline of man’s legging. Legging complete...-.....-------------+-++--+-+---- 246 Outline of fringed legging. Legging complete.....--.--.-------------+---+--- 247 Outline of wrap legging. Legging applied and secured with garter.....-.---- 247 Man’s moccasin. a, Sole; b, vamp,; c, tongue......-------------------++--+-- 248 Bov’s movcasli with anklet vamp......---.---2 222-2 eee beeen ee eee eee eee 248 Woman's blanket dresat sacssec esis sects ewes becetcismseis oe She eee be 248 Mode of wearing woman’s blanket dress...............---.----2-2-22--0-0--- 248 Woman's woyen-belt...;....G 050 ono us Beso. 2 ogee th lean be apesbasie 248 Archaic hair forms of corn husk. Maiden’s hair whorls..................-.-- 249 Method of wearing the shoulder blanket. Shoulder blanket.................-- 250 White cotton wedding blanket. Wedding blanket rolled in bed mat.........- 250 Method of tieiig wonian’s hair, first stages. .6 .25l508 calusee Jo. eiedeewet 8. 251 Method of tieing woman’s hair, second stage.............-------2-----+------ 251 Method of tieing woman’s hair, complete................---.-.-+-..-------+-- 251 Slips of hardwood for ridding hair of insects..........---...-.....----------- 251 Woman’s moccasin legging. a, Sole; b, vamp; c, wrapping, d, vamp sole and wrappiny joined; ’c, ‘complete... 2220s! .Lagaoll . 2... aoe esneb. adzew. 252 Eye shade complete. Frame of eye shade...... teibertr... nasi bib pire. fe 253 Whip féerfiiifiing é¢otton®. (222.0 eee). ston wetiaiorg sexo... tsaeer cee 253 Process ofwhipping Cobloisschte aceon sconces taste ses et eAck oreeeces ek cane 253 Blanket weavitie tool backiwiewie.4 20) Siberss Jssateb.sa lead. ms culed.ods 255 Shuttle Sf primrtivetorms! . ond: ve avai besoUseup. aedalozed atada Le afaik 255 Oak blanket ‘wéavirig tool, side view2:2--.. 2022 Joiledus sowsal wel. us odetlees 255 Stretcher and record in weaving blankets... -.............-...--2----------- 256 Sash loom with weaving in process. Weft comb...............---...-+-+---- 258 Braided svered white sksheroneup...) .clivees teehee ceweul. on. do-entellen 259 Embroidery on sash. Work stretched. Wooden stretcher..................-- 260 Large stretcher for blanket with adjustable pins. ..................-..------- 260 Old tassel stick. Tassel stick and process of making tassel... .......-...---- 261 Whirtint cord. twister eur igsmees 29. cists Sonlndne t9grel ali te ea gibesbiws 262 Wound work anklet. a, Back view showing lining; b, front view; c, complete. 263 Pump drill. Detail of affixing the strap. Detail of point..............-.---- 276 Ornaments for sides of mask. a, Front view; b, side view.........--.-.------- 277 Mask ornaments of painted gourd. a, Front view; b, side view........------ 277 Lightning frame closed. Same extended by pulling handles together......... 277 Leather waist pouch with waist cord. ............2...200-2 eee eee ee eee ee eee 281 Stone arrow used as a charm against lightning...................-2--...------ 288 Whistle of two pottery disks inclosing a leaf. .............-...--22-22-2222-- 295 XIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, Page SC PROLCLES MOOR OV CDRS eee eee cee cb ee aie ee cet ccc Se eae 299 Pronotum of blattid, probably Atimoblatta reducta.......2...2...2--2-2-0-2--- 302 SAUIULODL CLI GO CUD ace eee N e e ae adeetoadat thlyucechnged 302 Wiha bites wOnGPANOCN SIS ee he ot aa ee inp learn, tee mee Ao ies ee ee A tea 307 TSREL UE DS ADCO act td at gee Ne RE ae Soe te Be 2 ye eee 308 Odlandrites: ursorum ... <<. ..26R. A sala ee oe. 2109. n99sa -eetiaacs 45¢ een de 308 Stylops swenki. Ventral view of triungulinid size..........2......-2.-0.--20. 405 Meloid trvungulin... Ventral: VaGWece oc scons oo eu oles obadosh te Meike 405 Myodites solidaginis. a, Triungulinid, ventral view; 6, posterior leg; c, pos- terior coxa; d, pulvillus, lateral view; e, pulvillus, ventral view; f, mouth parts, ventral view - Hide imeceeinGedorcrersce crore hier BECP 406 Diagram illustrating ene used in ee female cephalothorax.. - 406 Booceoprap hacalre gions tes ho see ioe ceeeg a eee ey eat av eddals ae! 486 Leucosolenia albatrossi. a, Triradiates of ascon-tube; b, quadriradiate of ascon- tube; c, oxea of ascon-tube; c’, same seen from side; d, triradiate of the lining layer of pseudogaster; e, quadriradiate of the lining layer of pseudogaster.... 527 Sycon simushirensis. a, Tubar triradiates; b, subgastral triradiates; c, gastral tri- radiates; d, gastral quadriradiates; e, triradiate of oscular margin; f, quadri- radiate of oscular margin; g, oxea of oscular margin...............-.---0--. 530 Heteropia medioarticulata. a, Subdermal triradiates; b, tubar triradiates, ¢, pwh_ gastral triradiate; d, gastral triradiate; ¢, gastral quadriradiates; e’, apical rays of gastral quadriradiates; f, dermal oxea; g, triradiates of oscular margin; h, quadriradiate of oscular margin; 7, oxea of oscular margin...............-.- 533 Grantia nipponica. a, Dermal triradiates; 6, tubar triradiates; c, subgastral - triradiate; d, gastral triradiate; e, gastral quadriradiate; e’, apical ray of gastral quadriradiate; f, quadriradiates of exhalant canals; /’, same seen from lateral side; g, triradiate of oscular collar; h, quadriradiate of oscular collar; 7, oxea projecting from dermal surface; j, oxea of oscular collar..........2...--.-- 536 Grantia beringiana. a, Dermal triradiates; b, tubar triradiates; c, aber trira- diate; d, subgastral quadriradiate; e, gastral auadeeares jf, oxea; g, trira- diate of oscular margin; A, quadriradiate of oscular margin..............--- 539 Achramorpha diomediae. a, Dermal triradiates; b, subgastral triradiates; c¢, gastral quadriradiates; d, triradiate of oscular margin; e, quadriradiate of oscular margin; f, oxea projecting from dermal eee g, oxea of oscular MAT PUM. eS SE Se eee ne Se Leucandra tuba. a, Regular dermal triradiates; b, ee) decnal triradiate; c, triradiate of chamber layer; d, quadriradiates of the larger exhalant canal; e, triradiate of the larger exhalant canal; f, gastral triradiates; g, triradiate of oscular margin; h, quadriradiate of oscular margin, 1, gastral microxea ...... 544 Leucandra poculiformis. a, Dermal triradiates; b, triradiates of chamber layer; c, triradiates of the larger exhalant canal; d, quadriradiates of the larger exhalant canal; e, gastral triradiates; f, gastral quadriradiate. g, dermal MICTOXKEA 5525 3N 55 esha ses wae = Be hee ee Ahi set allen) sede serts Leucandra foliata. a, Regular dermal triradiate; 6, sagittal dermal triradiates; ce, quadriradiates of the larger exhalant canal; d, gastral triradiate; e, gastral quadriradiates;/, maicréxeal. .¢ jell anbwada-eeie 2608. » -~jeldas- deere 4 Leucandra kurilensis. a, Dermal triradiates; b, tubar triradiates; c, gastral triradiates; d, oxea; e, triradiates of oscular margin; f, linear spicules of oscular MAT ON 2--.--rncn « MOM, Hie 5. Swede derek ae. - bt Bataier Jo- epee Leucandra splendens. a, Dermal triradiate; b, quadriradiate of chamber acon e, gastral quadriradiate; d, triradiate of aeeatleks margin; f, larger microxea; g, smaller microxea: 21.24. 22.2220. oe Sealopes ssa 6 ee Dnt see 553 Characteristic form of phosphatic minemli in Bluff, Fayette County, meteorite. 558 541 546 548 5a0 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XV Page. Manor Vayette County school lands)... 2.5. 5-2-2 2+ .4 hacesensc-ce cee ceess 560 Diagram of the intestinal convolutions in Nyctibius griseus abbotti............ 578 Outline of liver lobes of Nyctibius griseus abbotti from the ventral surface. 7, eee Oe ty LOL LODO 2 eye oe has Sot cnibe patlne dda ees 578 RODAUG Ole CLIDTUS PiISCUS: AD ROUTE er be tania 2 ciara n 3) S ian Sidpa ses ise: sisreigix ain/ainien 581 Tongue of Podargus strigoides. x, Line marking boundary between strong base and: thin’ paper-like ps2 525-2 es ee wR Ae ee Pook ee eee. es 581 LORSUCTOM SLeMtOTNes CATUPENSIS!. «5-22 -cse adele we cee ebindesawiseec desea coud 582 Tongue omekalachoptius milidits 2S. .205 iene sae Saco bbs od cece Boece: 582 Toungueios Chordeiles winginiantts ooo 15525 bo Shs oe see weave docnseectea wen 584 io yi ee jaewal Br0ly Pri 9h DE, mb ahs “mais itsine wrk 2: * cae aN ah Ancecae, eae ist ae Bie: orcs (iste miguas: es | 8 i a i \ititudinal r ¥ Peay ae | fAL t Be as |lee|2e/3 8 | range (leet). boh=) Miry Cpeel ere obs aS |S) us| 2 2 Si | a | g3 | a | Be | Her | Saemitionyy os 50 | EB 44 | oO 4 | & n i} SS a, I 5 ag |o | s } lo) Branchinecta coloradensis Packard ..........---.--- 1 Let seateaks 3 Od 5, 100-11, 200 Be PackandtReassenee. = ee eer ges sence Saunas tioneniee 2 2 4, 100-5, 100 Thamnocephalus platyurus Packard....-.-...-.--- 1 1 4,100 Streptocephalus coloradensis Dodds.-.........-.-.-- 1 4 4, 900-8, 850 Sateranus Packer - Ss0 i). Sees saccade sheen 2 2 5, 100-5, 300 Apus aequalis Packard TUBE eee Season |Seeeod Mesos 1 _ 4,100 Aj lucasanus Packard’: 7. 2.255. 22- see eee Se eee Pia eee ASA ee 2 8 | ee eae 2 4, 900-5, 300 Estheria complerimanus Packard.......-..--.-.--- ‘tly eae ER pat le Sees | roots 1 4,900 ESmorseiiPackard “S83 (128. ee eS EI SET CE Ae. Aa Ee CPCS 2 4, 100-5, 100 Dimmnetgs/gouldti arden oat -settoaeis eee teen | Pal gee | ears Ieee ele 2 8, 500-9, 500 LatonaisetiferaOse sie) le Eeee Rees sat EE eer ey a 1h || Be SVS So oe NES De 1 8, 850 Holopedium gibbermm Zaddach. -..222.22222-2.2225.|.2)2_22) 9 1 1 Hod (SRR 11 9, 500-10, 950 Daphnia hyatinaiLeydige: -F38iS fle. SSee HRW NCE) HER Se) SES 1 5, Dilongisping ©. WaMeees cs ccce cic cebee cece se 1 39 Eu | seach eae Se 48 5, 250-11, 350 ‘Dipsitiaceatbairda: te. Se Vas. oA ee eee Ghiss. SIAL EEE SARS 6 4,100 DxpulerhDe Geer secre vases cee eee ceo eececee 3 14 4 20 7| 48 4, 100-11, 650 Scapholeberis mucronata (O. F. M.)..-.-.........- 1 12 UGE GPSS oe 14 5, 400-9, 650 Simocephalus vetulus (O. F. M.)-....--.-.-..--.-.- 3 22 ip ee \ eects 26 4, 100-10, 350 Ceriodaphnia reticulata Jurine.......-.----.-..---- 3 17), S54 22 1 | 1 | 22 4, 100-11, 185 Moinaorachiaia urine) eee. Joc eee eae eee oe fl Seed Seas | rere Fett 7 4,100 Bosmina longirostris (O. F. M.).--...-....----.-.- S| _ SER See 3 4, 100-5, 400 Streblocerus serricaudatus (Fischer).....-.........- 9, 500 Macrothrizx hirsuticornis Norman and Brady.....-. 5, 400-11, 250 Hurnyeernus lamellatusi(Os Be Me) fecha. 2-jncee ----- 0 8, 100-10, 850 Camptocercus rectirostris Schoedier.......-.-.-.--- 8, 880 Alcroperus harpae Bande wecene oa. nas feo eee 8, 100-10, 950 Graptoleberis testudinaria (Fischer)...-.......-.-.- 5, 200-10, 800 Leydigea quadrangularis (Fischer)....-.....--.---- 5,200 AlonainectangulalSars: tess. esate eee - ee aoe 5, 250-11, 250 Amaninis\(Meavdiz)s scene ee eae 8, 100-11, 185 Avgutiota Sars) 49.0 PO esa h itt eh PVT 8, 100-9, 500 Dunhevedia.crassaskeing see oe ee eee eee 5, 400-8, 675 Pleurorus procurvatus Birge........--..--.---.--- 8, 150-9, 500 Ps Gow netus TUTINGls 25 - tee aeeeatek evecare 5, 250 Pidentaculatiws Birge. 2822. 132 Fee Oe Tyas 5, 250-5, 400 Alonelia excisai(Hischer)\a-aacenee eee eee eeeeeeres 8, 100-8, 475 Anetigua GLAlljebore) a: sees ceeeeee see cee ne eel eceeeoe See eee oe Se 1 9, 500 Chydorus sphaericus (O. F. M.)..-.-...-.-..------ 6 32 9 15 9| 71 4, 100-12, 188 Diaptomus albuquerquensis Herrick..-...........- ShISUELE | SES OME eee eae 8 4, 100 D fargpahoensis\D OGAS® a8252 sescose eee eee ees eee enn omlcreee AN Re Bo 4 10, 750-11, 165 Delaviceps: Schacht: Seem. fo-e ee ese cee cheer ON Reree Sa NS SSE Ae | ae 2 4, 100-5, 400 DyeoloradensisMarshis poe eee oe oe eee cee ee eal eae e eee 19 1 8 1/29 8, 675-11, 350 D. leptopus, var. piscinae Forbes... --..-...-.-.--- (*) Die SAAS |S ASA AS 27 8, 100-10, 950 D:liptoni:Borbes.. 2 2260200 see. pees sae 2 9,575 D. niadis Marsh ss ee eee = 7 5, 200-9, 300 D. pallidus Herrick 1 4,100 D. shoshone Forbes 39 9, 250-12, 188 D. siciloides Lilljeborg 2 4,100 Cyclops albidus Jurine 16 4, 100-11, 000 CabicuspidatusiClquseci £2 eae tee ot ne eee ee 38 4, 100-11, 900 Cxserrulatus Wischer, ..hece! Sate ate tee sa eee 30 4, 100-11, 150 CxO swUNrine = eee esses asec ne- eee eee ne 45 4, 100-11, 600 Marshia albuquerquensis Werrick.-............-.--- MN eS Shara ere tae | ee a 1 4,100 Canthocamptus minutis Claus..-....--.-----.----- (G3) eel! eSetie| [oe Seals ase e Py al 10, 200 CxsiaphylinoidestPearse:s Psi 22222. eth nee cede ease Bel dew ae [2 ess 4 9, 250-11, 350 An (*) indicates that the species has been coilected in the zone by other investigators though not appear - ing in the collections of the writer. One species in my collections, Diaptomus arapahoensis four lakes), is confined to the zone, though its frequency is insufficient to be of im- portance as a characteristic species. Diaptomus shoshone, though not NO. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. CT strictly confined to the zone, belongs primarily here and is the chief differential form. It was found in 33 out of the 43 bodies of water in the alpine zone and only in 6 of the 63 lakes of the montane zone. It was first described from Yellowstone Lake by Forbes, and has since been collected at Pikes Peak by Ward at 11,000 feet, and in the Tol- land region, and may be taken as a typical alpine form. I have not found it below 9,250 feet. The species of second importance is Daphnia pulex (27 lakes), which, though present in all zones, and havy- ing a general distribution throughout the world, seems to have a par- ticular significance in this zone. The variety found here is a very large form with long straight spine and more than the usual number of anal spines and_of teeth in the pecten. The striking condition is the frequency with which these two species, Diaptomus shoshone and Daphnia pulex, are associated together in this zone, so that the two rather than eithcr one may be said to characterize the fauna of the zone. In 39 out of the 43 lakes assigned to this zone, one or both of these species are found, and in 22 cases both of them. This association, as we shall see presently, gives place, in the montane zone, to another equally stable one. ‘Third in frequency of occurrence is Chydorus sphaericus (24 lakes), but as it is common in all zones and in all parts of the world it does not seem to have any special significance in this zone. Next in importance comes Diaptomus coloradensis (nine lakes), which appears to belong in the lower part of this zone, whence it ex- tends into the montane zone, where it has its greatest abundance. This species, said by Marsh to be common in the mountain lakes of Colorado, is closely related to D. tyrelli, a common mountain form in the western United States. Only one other species need be men- tioned particularly, Branchinecta coloradensis (five pools). This phyllopod characterizes the pools of this zone and in them makes a third member of the pulez-shoshone combination. This species, common in the pools of the alpine region, has only once (9,575 fect) appeared in my collections from the montane zone, and this was in a pond where were also the two primary members of the alpine fauna. The species was described from material near Grays Peak at 12,000 feet, has been collected near Leadville at 12,500 feet, and on the slopes of Pikes Peak at 11,000 feet, and ranks as a typical example of a moun- tain species with a restricted range. One record, however, necessi- tates somewhat of a changed notion on this point. I have recently received from Prof. Max M. Ellis a collection from St. Vrain, Colorado (5,100 feet), dated May 30, 1912, in which are a considerable number of specimens of this species. This record at once extends its range to the plains, where it is possible that it is found in the early spring, though not during the entire summer. The record does not, however, take away from its significance in the alpine zone, where it is much more common than at any other elevation. The remaining species of 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. this zone, as may be seen from Table 4, are, for the most part, euthermic forms ranging up from the plains. Montane zone.—To this zone I have assigned 63 bodies of water, nearly all below 11,000 feet (the great majority below 10,500 feet). In spite of peculiarities of different types of lakes, the faunal char- acters of this zone are well defined and quite distinct from. those of either of the others. In this zone I have collected 35 species, 11 of which are confined to the zone, though on the basis of general distribution 3 of these may be expected in the plains. Three other species, evidently belonging primarily to this zone, are found in one or two lakes each, at Boulder, just at the edge of the plains, but not in plains lakes more remote from the mountains. In addi- tion to these species there are the usual euthermic forms, common at all altitudes, which make a large part of the fauna of all zones. On account of the absence of lakes in the foothill region of the moun- tains (between 5,400 and 8,100 feet) there are certain points about the fauna of this zone in doubt, especially the nature of the transi- tion between montane and plains zones. In describing the fauna of this zone it will be well to treat first the 49 lakes of the morainal type, more or less stagnant in their nature, and later those directly on the stream courses (14 in number). In the morainal lakes there have been found 34 species (including all but one of those found in the zone), and in this region I think of the morainal lakes as beirg typical of the zone. The characteristic species, Diaptomus leptopus, var. piscinae (27 of the 49 lakes), is confined to the zone except for one record by Marsh of its occurrence in the lake on the university campus at Boulder. The most abun- dant species is Daphnia longispina (39 lakes), which, though it is a widespread species in temperate lowlands throughout the world, in our region seems to belong, primarily, to the montane zone, for it is not found at all in the alpine lakes, and on the planes of the State it has so far been found in only one lake near Boulder, close to the mountains. Here, as in the alpine zone, the frequent association of two species (a copepod and a cladoceran) is conspicuous, and - the two above mentioned form a pair which, in the montane zone, replaces the pulex-shoshone group of the alpine zone. In 43 lakes one or both are found and in 23 both. Though neither member ot this pair has been found in any alpine lake, the members of the alpine pair have been found in this zone, Daphnia pulex (14), Diapto- mus shoshone (5 times), but there is only one case where all four species have been collected from the same lake. In spite of this ard other cases of partial mixing of these two faunas the fact is quite evident that the two arrangements (pulex-shoshone and longispina-leptopus) are very much more frequent than either of the other possible combinations of these four species, and it is NO. 2226, DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 79 equally clear that one pair belongs primarily to the alpine and the other to the montane zone. These two sets of species are nearly mutually exclusive, the conditions necessary for the one being so different from those demanded by the other that it amounts essen- tially to mutual repulsion. This is especially true of the two species of Diaptomus and to a marked degree also of Diaptomus shoshone and Daphnia longispina. A third species of importance is Diaptomus coloradensis (19 lakes), found also in the alpine zone, which seems about equally well at home in either zone and to have about equal relations to each of the two combinations. It is to be noted, how- ever, that in neither zone is it so abundant as the definitive Diap- tomus of that zone. The significance of such combinations of species as the above is that they may be used as a measure of ecological conditions. In our area Diaptomus shoshone and Daphnia pulex are ecologically similar, as are also the corresponding members of the montane pair, and the two pairs are ecologically dissimilar, though the lack of similarity is not the same in degree between all of these species. Though we are unable to measure in physical and chemical units the complex of conditions required for any of the above species, the frequency of their association together gives us an index for the measurement of the similarity of the conditions demanded. Con- ditions required by two species may be so similar that one is seldom found without the other, or they may be so unlike that they are as mutually exclusive as if one actually repelled the other. I have reduced to percentages the frequency of association of the members of these two pairs and also of Diaptomus coloradensis, which is a frequent associate of both. In Table 5 are shown the association percentages of each of these species in the alpine and montane zones. It is read as follows: Daphnia pulex is found in 45 lakes, in 27 per cent of which Daphnia longispina is found, in 20 per cent Diaptomus leptotus, etc. TABLE 5.—Association percentages. ._ | Daphnia | Diapto- | Diapto- | Diapto- Name. D aan longi- | mus lep- | mus sho-| mus colo- ee P ; spina. topus. shone. | radensis. 5 POPIVRUY TULEL cee con. Saleen nue aekee veces alaet decane S 27 20 58 25 | 45 Daphnia longispina............-.2+--+2+--- D5 eka Sune 49 8 34 47 Dia DiOMUs LEPLOPUS —< ee ne docs cet cent 33. | atl ba ae 4 26 | 27 PADIONULS SROSHONE: - 22. =ta-e eee ake ee 66 | 10 Salever so shes 30 | 39 Diaptomus coloradensis..........---.------ 38 55 24 ADD etn sacas 29 From the above table the high association percentages between the two members of each pair are evident as well as the low correla- tion between the two species of Diaptomus or between Diaptomus Shoshone and Daphnia longispina. Such figures as the above are useful in giving other sorts of information about the inter-relations 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. of the several species, as for instance, the less restricted nature of Daphnia pulex and Diaptomus coloradensis, evidenced by their more uniform correlation percentages, contrasted with the wide variability of correlation of each of the other three species. In using such figures care must be exercised not to attach to them greater significance than is justified on the basis of the number of localities collected and the frequency of occurrence of the various forms, but in this table I suspect that the significance of the figures is less, rather than greater, than the actual facts, because, in some cases, two species are computed as living in the same lake when one of them is plainly the dominant form and clearly belongs there, while the other one is present in small numbers and barely manages to exist. In a similar manner I computed correlation percentages between all the species in my collections, and though such figures when ar- ranged in the form of a table were useful in the analysis of my data they do not seem of sufficient importance to publish. I merely sug- gest this as a possible means of analysis for other data of this sort. The following northern species, which range southward along the mountain range, are entirely or nearly confined to these lakes, and belong primarily to the montane zone: Limnetis gouldii (3 lakes), Latona setifera (1), Holopedium gibberum (9), Eurycerus lamellatus (8), Acroperus harpae (11), Camptocercus rectirostris (2), Alonella excisa (2), and Alonella exigua (1). Two other species worthy of mention are Diaptomus lintoni (2), described from the Yellowstone region, and Diaptomus nudus (5), described from lakes at Pikes Peak at 11,000 feet, apparently under alpine conditions, but in the Tolland region not found above the montane zone. Simocephalus vetulus (22), the dominant Cladoceran in marshes and weedy pools of this zone, is widespread and common in all zones except the alpine, from which it may be shut out by the lack of plant growth rather than by extreme climatic conditions, an indirect rather than a direct effect of altitude. Chydorus sphaericus and four species of Cyclops are common here but have no significance as they are met with every- where. Other species not of special significance may be learned by reference to Table 4. Of the other lakes of this Zone, the 14 on stream courses, it is difficult to give a good characterization. At first I was inclined to place them in a separate zone, the subalpine, but because of the lack of lakes of this type in elevations below 10,000 feet it is not possible to tell which of their faunal characters are due to altitude. Barker Reservoir (8,200 feet), a lake of the same sort, has somewhat similar faunal characters, a fact which leads me to suppose that their fauna does not give place to a different one in lower altitudes. That these lakes are definitely distinct from those of the alpine zone is clearly indicated by the fact that while the dominant forms No. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 81 of the alpine lakes are constantly being carried into these lakes by the streams, yet they do not find a footing here, Daphnia pulex being found in small numbers in three of them and Diaptomus shoshone in but one. It is equally conspicuous that not only the definitive species, but also other important and common forms of the montane morainal lakes are either wanting or very scarce here, Diaptomus leptopus being wanting and Diaptomus longispina, though found in 8 of the 14, was never abundant. On the positive side we may say that the fauna of these lakes comprises 18 species, usually present in very small numbers, most of which are euthermic forms, found at all altitudes. The only species which attains anything like abundance is Cyclops bicuspidatus, found in 10 of the 14 lakes, in 5 of which it is abundant. Not only does it seem more at home here than does any other species, but it is more abundant here -than in any other type of lake studied. The reasons for assigning these lakes to the montane zone are unwillingness, on the basis of the present data, to constitute them a separate zone; evident separateness from the alpine lakes; their geographical relations; and the fact that most of their species are also found in the morainal lakes of the montane zone. These two kinds of lakes I have taken as constituting the montane zone, and because those of the morainal sort are more abundant I have come to think of them as the representative type of the zone, to which I have referred the others. If the latter kind were the more abundant the faunal characters of the zone would be defined quite otherwise than they have been; but in either case, the dis- tinctness from those above and from those on the plains would remain, and the differences seem in either instance to be due to altitude rather than to peculiarities which might equally well be duplicated at any elevation. As already pointed out, the absence of lakes in the lower portion of the mountain region, a strip about 12 miles wide, makes it impos- sible to get data to show the nature of the fauna in the foothill region and the transition between montane and plains faunas. The small evidence we have bearing on this question seems to indi- cate that probably the chief species of the montane zone continue to be the dominant forms through the foothill area, wherever there are bodies of water. The finding of Diaptomus leptopus, var. pis- cinae (1), D. nudus (2), and Daphnia longispina (1), montane forms, in lakes near Boulder, just at the edge of the plains, though not in plains collections more remote from the mountains, seems to indicate that these species, in the foothill region as in the higher lakes, may continue to be important forms. Plains zone.—My own data concerning the plains lakes are some- what meager, due to the loss, before I had studied them, of a con- 3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——7 caw 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. siderable number of collections. My records are from only 7 lakes in the Boulder region and 11 near La Junta. To get a fairly ade- quate notion of the fauna of the plains I have, accordingly, had to supplement my own records with all others available, chiefly those of Beardsley from the Greeley region, and still our knowledge of the plains fauna is less complete than of that of the mountains. My own collections from lakes on the plains include 36 species. The total list is 50, and 5 others, though collected only in the mountains, are to be expected also on the plains, making a total considerably larger than that of both mountain zones combined. Of these 55 species, 28 have been collected only in the plains, though a few of these, on the basis of general distribution, are to be expected in the mountains also. The remaining 27 range upward into mountain zones. The few lakes collected in the Boulder region, just at the border between mountains and plains, but really in the plains, seem to have a fauna somewhat resembling that of the montane zone, indicating, as is to be expected, that there is not a sharp dividing line, and that these lakes belong as much to the mountains as to the plains. Concerning the composition of the fauna it is unnecessary to go into detailed description, as it is made up chiefly of species which are common members of lowland faunas in America and to a con- siderable extent in Europe and other Old World areas. This is particularly true of the euthermic members of this fauna, but as pointed out previously (Table 3), it is not true to a large extent of the stenothermic members, those 28 species found only in the plains area, of which 17 are confined to the western part of the United States and 6 others to North America. This condition indicates that like the fauna of the mountain lakes, that of the plains is also considerably specialized. This is a condition contrary to expecta- tion, for we are accustomed to think of the plains conditions as the ‘‘ordinary” and the mountains as the ‘‘exceptional” and so cal- culated to produce the exceptional fauna. It appears, however, that in the great plains of this country, especially their western portion (probably on account of their arid climate) there exist con- ditions of a quite specialized nature, differing decidedly from those of lowland countries in general. This may furnish an explanation for the restricted range of a considerable proportion of the species of the plains zone in Colorado. A conspicuous feature of this fauna is the large proportion of Phyllopods (12 species) confined exclu- sively to the plains zone, none of which has a range extending beyond the semiarid plains of western United States, northern Mexico, and southern Canada, and most of them are much more restricted than that. Though Phyllopods are universally distributed and every portion of the world is likely to have the group represented in its NO. 2226, DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 83 fauna, it is very unusual for so large a proportion of a fauna to fall within this group. Of the 42 North American species of Phyllopods, 16 have been found in Colorado (12 confined strictly to the plains) and 25 are confined to the area west of the meridian of Kansas City. These species are the part of the fauna which differentiates it from that of most lowlands in temperate regions. This type of fauna finds a suitable home in the transient pools of the arid plains, from which the species unable to endure these conditions are excluded. Because other types of lakes and ponds were almost unknown here until the development of irrigation produced them, the more generalized por- tion of the fauna has not had the same chance to develop, and it is probable that even with the facility of dispersal which characterizes plankton organisms, an equilibrium has not yet been reached, so that we may expect the next period of years to produce considerable changes. Though the exploration in no part of the area studied has been anything like complete (especially deficient in the plains area) it is pretty evident that three well-defined zones exist, and while farther investigations may change many details, it seems safe to assume that what has been presented here expresses fairly weil the main facts. Table 4, page 76, expresses briefly the facts about zonation. It would be of interest to learn how far this zonation may be applicable to other portions of the Rocky Mountain region, and to what extent the dominant species may be the same in other localities, but up to the present, in other mountain areas in this country, insufficient work has been done to give a very definite notion of its plankton Crustacea. COMPARISON WITH OTHER MOUNTAIN FAUNAS. Though no extensive work on mountain plankton Crustacea has been done in this country, there has been accomplished in Europe some work of considerable importance, notably in two regions, the Alps and the mountains of the Scandinavian Peninsula. Important among work in the Alps is that of Zschokke (1900) treating other European mountains as well. Much of his descriptive matter dealing with the nature of lakes and streams, and his photo- graphs of lakes in the Alps, might well be used to illustrate conditions in the higher part of the mountains of the Tolland region. His description of a typical alpine lake essentially describes lakes of our own alpine zone, so that we are justified in making a direct compari- son of the fauna. The only conspicuous difference is that in the Alps corresponding conditions are reached at a lower elevation than in the Colorado Rockies. A comparison of the plankton Crustacea beings out a striking similarity also, for though so far separated geographi- cally, a comparison of the 63 species from the Alps with the 44 reported from our own mountains shows 19 species in common (Table 6). Zschokke’s data are not presented in such a way as to 84 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUUH. VOL. 54, make it possible to determine if there is a zonation similar to that just described for our own mountains, and a comparison of the greatest recorded elevations for each of the 19 common species, while showing a general agreement, also presents some striking differences which make comparisons on this basis of little direct use. The average difference in greatest elevations is approximately 3,500 feet, which probably expresses the relative values of altitude in the two regions as affecting plankton Crustacea. TABLE 6.—S>pecies common to the three mountain regions. Cae 2 Seed: sole, 2 Swed- rado | Swiss| is rado | Swiss} ish Name. Moun-| Alps. | Moun- Name. Moun-| Alps. | Moun- tains. tains. || tains. tains. Holopedium gibberum....-...- * * * Alona guitata:.2..2.-......-- * * * Daphnia longispina.......--- * * * Alona quadrangularis.......-|..-..-- * * Daphnia pulex.......-------- * * * Alonella excisa...-..-.-.----- E Mee Sacer * Dapiiahyqung S72 ee s-\0 a Tent) Fee erase Alonella exigua.......--..--- OU lsc cceceleees Simocephalus vetulus.......- ae viel|h Se * Pleurozus truncatus .......-- once ale * * Ceriodaphnia pulchelia.......| * | * |..--..- Chydorus sphaericus ........- * * * Ceriodaphnia quadrangula...|..--..- [epi se * Cyclops albidus............-- * ton DS SERS Scapholeberis mucronata....- ae * C, bicuspidatus .......:5-2- ipl ipa eat . ar 38 Le evs eae sn Oe , ma . ’ Seat oo Cee Pree Peace chet tet) rie die . se pan Sen Oreity Cant Cet AOA: Cnt Net . . . . Ge 6h oo coe) scp eeererie, 7 . ' . oo Tee an CEP SC Ya eee Ch Eee . PEST eect) M3 ie let so eae Cp Ye . : Snraynan Ue ier cea enat WeLsrta respon pel Meee . , . * CWC On DF f Bre) GAN elm RE . . SLtaoe Riemer ael ie 5s. bi ey sree ne eaie lt aera Raln aseseen tee MIRROR ALEC Te Gece eo Conc OR he Deh pee iete Ugh es ae . . Cee Ope eich 0 [eet fea ie Tet CRE Peele) rer . x Cua) . O) 5OS (OF48iy TRUE per er a esran Fe * Amer . Te le) ass Tee eee ates ay eis . ' oo oe SG) 2) oe eer eae aoe EL Ga Pec UPA AES Hite cere edac: c Chet . oo oe . Bie, 85-6) 8) 0) ie ise ate moe * rk Coed . CRSOLACe elie Cherie Own " el PENS eg ay eae re OT err ate Cay eG, Wel cay Te ear ag i ey ae ae : Ce Feelin (ANT ot one Cha see COG SP i Mere Da ‘ Cet fuer fee iinet Vest eet la, Cee eCue fate Cea! MON Cre eer er nec) Bi clea nyoietsbalc ah fe stole m Pant den cial ress Cede Oo. ip Le osrcD? o : a re ate LO Tod Le Lath Jo Bl em SC Di bd RT Wf [ec deat Some | ete fe 3m Cent) . Cheats ae CET ee 7 Wein onn Pear) ste ay eo SO ui 1 i i hi ipa a . i { ay y { AN } Ai . 4 1 is Lisi ye he Aye y i i f Ny « : f " i eh i ter i oie ; ° i { ry A LE a f, he in y ‘ a ; i itt . Per g yas } id ey ' ; i, i re Taare 8.—List of lakes, with the elevation and fauna of each. uP fai ea, lal | dala alal leah] TI J TT eee aE lFialalél a] elele be be rele|a le) tameet | | | a eae ai, | | ee Bs j 3 p19 18/2) ef 1g S|8i1eig ae 8 8 is ea Big] 5 2/3 5 : ’ | i = ap UP LAU APE DESE UD OE OPaR AEP APaRAD OPAETEOrAE | Parthia gl tleleig betel ils Aediady ri lily | EI i | 2 z 3 2 | ae 5 He Fd 3 S/\/eE/E Ke se a Hee ce Eo) 8 |e 2 13 | S \elels |: 3 3 i ia i 2 § | i a i POE UE UEULUH AT AEGeceaEAP EOP OD OPAPP AEE TCU FUE aL OPO ara TC aE Or THe PEP URGE eee lonny Pool No, 1. + Cee Feteettte 4) +444 ++ +ettetetee = ) Low Arapahoe Lako (North. North Rename I ake, y i Od iia eee ne eee cieened NAUKA ese iia- =7poan a s|tee gen [orien sine t ai Smt os] Semen |a see se] denne emmenbne dened ots |veaneunecmpabewes|aeecer|sererelycnseclacexaelasnnbnwants FFF eeettt! Het t$tt+ +4444! b4eetbtt + +: Reynolds Lak Trost Tomond pee arate Pee 10, 800 | er Triple Lake. ae Sod = al ae Sas Pen ee eras Sosees Nenad Peceedl harman fect |) oka Rerres Wancad Ca ens coed |b So leet ig eae asi ieee babe eich eit SOCEOY bain fel ieee aeepr. eeree omer | Cc (BEES Baaoe maps Rane ol ie teeta bc Betas pce Uc cee es Me ET Porker Reservoli 8, 200 6 SET atest se eenesleseveelsevessicesaselsisescisacses|sneveyleveneelssenes senses! Double Lake aioe East Buck Lake East Forest Lake. North Forest Lake Triple Pool No. Triple Pool No. Hummock Pool, +i tttetttes FEEtHH+t+ ae ane + oo cue sree ae os Raat ke ea Losses AGqBS tee vtcu duet Oe siesfesresat OBE poe Re ch hee 7 * ies. re wore new ele gts + OG AAR t vid aie? tao Uae Bot reves ede RE x den dons cs. ium ideandet tc sbunicd 4 das vrs —pehidl owe 16s Ree Lows we tS oes Kp -oe eee Rook pec stavune 1088 we salen he ihe yew! cep a ay aca) ~ jos le ba he . wali ambicnieiwn weatp ‘gpyts natin’ . . gheewiedosy> es Ye sf weewey +f mds ‘ moa ‘ : wigneeees | winner! 69} Peeiare + “a af es . treme hana e fies “ f 4 tg jo-ghcne re shen elie BARA nade wees gd presen’ a ae We i an 6. +o ene fein ee Th» ty aiaee hen ss aoe BULAD SBA Ter aEe Wa : TAR iv cette ole tated ai h cimbeairle aoaieal a. aera Gamor nthe nnn alvns nevis! pret. 4 4) nara o> one a fie Or Se a rt fete eo ge pee + Se senwal names rie Satie eta Pesta ASA eek PE Seabee ater fares ronan enwiidiod ees Sf F 3 . Wie Poeee ale pam rivbaheng al ney ste f . : ee U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 13 LAKE AT SEMPER, COLORADO (5,400 FEET) A lake of the plains with the mountains in view in the background REDROCK LAKE (10,000 FEET) A montane lake of the morainal type U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 14 CRATER LAKES AS SEEN FROM THE CONTINENTAL DIVIDE Shows an alpine lake in a cirque at timber line (11,000 feet) and several Montana lakes at lower elevations IcE LAKE (12,188 FEET) A lake of the alpine zone. Photograph taken August 1, 1914 NEW FLIES OF THE GENUS SARCOPHAGA FROM GUAM AND THE PHILIPPINES. R. R. Parker, Of the State College, Bozeman, Montana. This paper, containing descriptions of four new species of Sar- cophaga, is based on material from the Philippine Islands and Guam belonging to the United States National Museum. SARCOPHAGA SUBTUBEROSA, new species. Holotype.—Male, United States National Museum (No. 21497). Bears number 1255; collector, D. T. Fulloway, Guam. Allotype.—Female, United States National Museum (No. 21497). No record number; collector, D. T. Fulloway; Guam. Paratypes.—United States National Mu- seum, one male, four females. Length.—8 to 12 mm. (Male) Head.—Viewed from side para- frontals and genae with dark reflections, not intensified on transverse impression. Breadth of front at narrowest part varies from slightly less to slightly greater than one-half eye width; cheek height approximately one third yy¢. 1. sarcopHaca suBTUBER- that of eye. Front prominent; frontal vitta — 0sa. @.¢., ANTERIOR CLASPERS; : a. p., ACCESSORY PLATE; f., FOR- at narrowest part of front nearly orfully twice cups. 9. 5, rImst GENITAL SEG- as wide as each parafrontal, its sides parallel — =z; 9. 8.2, szconD GENITAL or slightly converging backward. Second — SVQuiNt P: t Bosmmnton antennal segment dark; third about twice length of second; arista plumose to beyond middle. Back of head somewhat convex, with one row of black cilia behind eyes, other- wise clothed with whitish or yellowish-white hair that completely covers metacephalon and extends on to posterior part of cheek. Anterior part of latter clothed with black hair. Gena with a row of hairs near lower eye orbit; other hairs, if present, very minute. Palpi dark. Chaetotacy—Lateral verticals absent; vibrissae inserted just above line of oral margin; each row of frontals extends below base of vitta and diverges from inner edge of gena. PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—NoO. 2227. 90 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou, 54. Thoraz.—Mesonotum clothed with rather short, reclinate bristles. Hairs covering anterior spiracle light yellowish except at very base; those of anterior margin of posterior spiracle mostly dark brownish but faintly lighter at very tips; those of spiracular cover light yellowish throughout. Wings.—Bend of fourth vein a right or very slightly acute angle; anterior cross-vein more basal than end of first longitudinal; third vein bristly; costal spine vestigial; section III of costa about one and one half times section V; alulae fringed with hair; calypters whitish, margins fringed with whitish hair. Legs.—Dark. Posterior femur clothed beneath with fine hairs that do not become longer and beard-like posteriorly; anterior face with three rows of bristles, those of intermediate row shortest and absent distally; posterior face without ventral row of bristles; tibia straight or shghtly curved, only the posterior face with a weak beard of long, coarse hairs on distal two-thirds to three-fourths; tarsus not shorter than the tibia. Middle femur clothed beneath on posterior, proximal half with beard-hke growth of long hairs; anterior ventral row of short bristles complete, posterior row represented by ‘‘comb”’ only, which extends back to the long hairs: submesotibial bristle present. Ventral surface of anterior coxa with an irregular row of bristles at each side only. Chaetotary.—Anterior dorsocentrals not weaker than anterior postsuturals and longer than vestiture of prescutum; acrostichals absent; immer presuturals very weak: last two pairs of posterior dorsocentrals much the stronger, anterior to these two or three pairs scarcely longer than vestiture of scutum; prescutellar acros- tichals present; scutellar apicals present; three sternopleurals; lower sternopleura with a single row of bristles, otherwise clothed with hair. Abdomen.—Somewhat conical or slightly oval, clothed above with short, reclinate bristles, beneath with longer, more erect hair that becomes much longer on fourth notum. Vestiture of fourth ventral plate very short and strongly reclinate or decumbent. Chaetotaxy.—Second segment without marginal bristles; third with two, and with two or three laterals on each side; fourth with a complete row ending ventrally in long hairs. Genital segments.—Not prominent, usually only second segment and membranous band between it and first showing, ground color usually black or blackish but sometimes brownish. First, some- times faintly grayish pollinose, in profile slightly arched, marginal bristles absent; second, rotund, very slightly flattened, vestiture slightly longer than that of first; anal area small. Forceps black or blackish, base with long, slightly curly hairs a little longer than vestiture of second segment; prongs approximated for about half their length, tips bare. Connecting membrane, on each side just anterior to “humps,” with a row of long hairs. No. 2227. FLIES FROM GUAM AND THE PHILIPPINES—PARKER. 91 Genitalia.—Similar to those of S. tuberosa Pandellé, S. sarrace- nioides Aldrich, ete. Accessory plates hairy. Fifth ventral plate not distinguishable from that of S. harpax Pandellé; base with sharply angular median ridge, in profile its posterior extremity not upturned; lamellae expanded, their inner edges with prominent fringe of bristles. Female.—These differ from males in the following important characters: Head.—Breadth of front at its narrowest part equal to or slightly less than eye width. Frontal vitta a little wider than each para- frontal. Thoraz.—Vestiture of scutellum very short, strongly reclinate. Legs.—Posterior trochanter with slender, apical bristle; bristles of intermediate row of anterior face of femur lacking or a few scarcely differentiated bristles proximally; posterior face usually with two ventral, proximal bristles. Middle femur with complete posterior ventral row of short bristles, ‘‘comb”’’ not differentiated. Chaetotaxy.—Three or four sternopleurals, rarely five. Abdomen.—Oval; vestiture throughout of short reclinate bristles except that of ventral surface of fourth notum, which is erect and hairy. Genital segments.—Not protuberant, not visible from above. First segment not divided into two lateral lips but often very slightly carinated (anterio-posteriorly) along the mid-dorsal line, ground color varies from that of abdomen (blackish) to orange brown; often with same pollinose colors as abdomen; spiracles central, but usually concealed by edge of fourth notum. Fifth and sixth ventral plates fused, wider than fourth; fifth usually grayish pollinose, much broader than long, its posterior margin with a few bristles (one or two) at each side; the heavily chitinized portion of sixth polished, consistmg of a short, anterior part and two rounded posterior lobes (one on each half), each lobe with apical bristles. Described from three male and eight female specimens. Range.—Guam, Philippine Islands. This fly is of interest primarily as a subspecies of Sarcophaga tuberosa Pandellé. It is at once distinguished from other described subspecies by the presence of but a single row of black cilia behind the eyes and the white vestiture on the posterior portion of the cheek. All other subspecies known have three rows of black cilia and the cheek vestiture black. The tip of the forceps prongs of subtuberosa are attenuated. At least another subspecies, S. tuberosa harpaz Pandellé occurs in the Orient.1_ A male and female were included in the material from the Philippines. 1 Bottcher (Ent. Mitt., vol. 1, 1912, p. 164) reports it from Formosa. 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.. S. subtuberosa is also interesting as an apparent lnk connecting the tuberosa and haemorrhoidalis groups of Béttcher.1 The penis and genital segments are similar to those of the tuberosa subspecies of the tuberosa group and the fifth ventral plate is like that of harpax and tuberosa. The single row of black cilia behind the eyes, the white vestiture on the posterior portion of the cheek, and the undi- vided nature of the first genital segment of the female all suggest the haemorrhoidalis group (S. haemorrhoidalis Fallen, S. ruficornis Wiedemann, S. falculata Pandellé, 8. securifera Villeneuve, etc.) Three of the female paratypes are from the Philippme Islands, two bear the accession number 1312 (B. Arce, collector), and the other 1306. The allotype is also from the Philippmes and is labeled “Acc. No. Bur. Agr. P. I.”’ The remaming female paratypes are from Guam (collector D.T. Fulloway). Females from the Philippines have the first genital segment a dull brownish orange (possibly due to imperfectly hardened reared material), those from Guam have this segment deep brown or blackish. SARCOPHAGA CRINITA, new species. Holotype.-—Male, United States National Museum -(No. 21498). Acc. No. 1537; collector, B. Arce; Philippine Islands. Allotype.—Female, United States National Museum (No. 21498). Acc. No. 1431; collector, B. Arce; Philippe Islands. Paratype.—United States National Museum, one male. Length.—9-10 mm. Male, head.—Viewed from side parafrontals and genae with dark reflections, transverse impression with a brownish tinge. Breadth of front at narrowest part about three-sevenths that of eye (exactly in three specimens measured); cheek height approxi- mately one-fifth that of eye. Front prominent; frontal vitta at narrowest part of front about twice as wide as each parafrontal, its sides very slightly converging backward. Second antennal segment dark; third about three times length of second; arista plumose on basal half or slightly more. Back of head almost flat or somewhat convex, with three rows of black cilia behind eye, other- wise clothed with silvery-white hair that completely covers meta- cephalon. Cheek vestiture black except possibly for a few scattered white hairs posteriorly. Gena with a row of bristly hairs near lower eye orbit, other hairs if present very minute. Palpi dark. Chaetotacy.—Lateral verticals absent; vibrissae inserted on line with oral margin; each row of frontals extends below base of vitta and diverges from inner edge of gena. Thoraz.—Mesanotum clothed with rather short, reclinate bristles. Hairs covering anterior spiracle dark brown or blackish, though some- times faintly light colored at tips; those of anterior margin of 1 Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1912. no. 2227. FLIHS FROM GUAM AND THE PHILIPPINES—PARKER. 93 posterior spiracle dark brown or blackish; those of spiracular cover dark colored, sometimes faintly yellowish at tips forming a narrow, yellow border. Wings.—Bend of fourth vein a right or a very slightly acute angle; anterior cross-vein slightly more basal than end of first longitudinal, third vei bristly (about two-thirds or three-fourths of distance to anterior cross vein); costal spine vestigial; section III of costa equal to or slightly greater than section V; alulae fringed with hair; calypters whitish, margins fringed with white hair, Legs.—Dark. Posterior femur clothed beneath with short hairs; anterior face with three rows of bristles, those of intermediate row shortest, weak and absent distally, those of lower row few and scattered; posterior ventral row of bristles present on proximal half only: tibia straight or slightly curved, beards absent: tarsus approximately same length as tibia. Middle femur with short, scattered hairs beneath; anterior and posterior ventral rows of bristles complete, bristles of their distal halves weak and inconspicuous, “comb’’ not developed: submesotibial bristle present. Ventral surface of . anterior coxa with an irregular row of bristles at "oN (arn each side only. s LETTERING AS IN Chaetotaxy.—Dorsocentrals strongly reclinate. An- ™* 1) terior dorsocentrals quite long, slightly longer than anterior pairs of postsuturals; acrostichals present; inner presuturals absent: four pairs posterior dorsocentrals, the two anterior pairs much the weaker though considerably longer than vestiture of scutum; praescutellar acrostichals present; scutellar apicals present: three sternopleurals: lower sternopleura with bristles only. Abdomen.—Somewhat conical or slightly oval, clothed above with short, reclinate bristles, beneath with longer, more erect hair that does not become longer on fourth notum. Vestiture of fourth ventral plate shortest and strongly reclinate or decumbent. Chaetotaxy.—Second segment without marginal bristles; third with two; fourth with complete row. Genital segments ——Not prominent, usually only second segment and membranous band between it and first showing. First, ground color, brownish, faintly grayish pollinose, in profile slightly arched, marginal bristles absent, vestiture short and sparse: second, very noticeably flattened, blackish, vestiture longer than that of first; anal area small and extending above middle of posterior surface. Forceps black or blackish, base without upward flap-like extensions or at most these are short and inconspicuous, vestiture shorter than that of second segment; prongs approximated for about two-thirds their length, then separated and bent prominently forward, each tip with a minute tooth. 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. plate concealed in specimens examined by overlapping of ventral edges of fourth notum. Claspers short and slender; anterior pair curved forward and slightly expanded at very tip. Female.—These differ from males in the following important characters: Head.—Breadth of front at its narrowest part slightly greater than one-half eye width. Frontal vitta equal to or slightly wider than each parafronital. Legs.—intermediate row of bristles of anterior face of posterior femur at most represented by a few slender, weak bristles proximally. Abdomen.—Oval; vestiture throughout of short, reclinate bristles. Genital segments.—Not protuberant, not visible from above. First genital segment divided into two lateral lips, ground color, black or blackish and more or less grayish pollinose. Described from three male and two female specimens. Range.—Philippine Islands. In all three male specimens examined the lower row of bristles of the anterior face of the third femur consisted of four bristles, two near the center and one distal and one proximal to these that were farther from the central bristles than these were from each other. SARCOPHAGA ORIENTALIS, new species. Holotype.—Male, United States National Museum (No. 21499). Length —14 mm. Male, head.—Viewed from side parafrontals and genae with dark reflections, not intensified on transverse impression. Breadth of front at narrowest part about one-half eye width;. cheek height approximately one-third that of eye. Front prominent; frontal vitta at narrowest part of front about same width as each parafrontal, its sides slightly converging backward and the margins somewhat effaced below ocellar triangle. Second antennal segment dark; third at least twice length of second; arista plumose to beyond middle. Back of head slightly convex, with three rows of black cilia behind eyes, otherwise clothed with whitish hair that completely covers metacephalon. Cheek vestiture black. Gena with row of short hairs close to lower eye orbit, continued as very minute hairs up on to parafrontals. Palpi dark. Chaetotary.—Lateral verticals present; vibrissae inserted on line with oral margins; each row of frontals extends below base of vitta and diverges slightly from inner edge of gena. Thorax.—Mesanotum clothed with short reclinate bristles. Hairs covering anterior and posterior spiracles dark except at tips. Wings.—Bend of fourth vein a slightly acute angle; anterior cross- vein nearer end of first than end of second longitudinal; third vein No. 2227. FLIES FROM GUAM AND THE PHILIPPINES—PARKER. 95 bristly; costal spine vestigial; section Ili of costa slightly greater than section V; calypters whitish, margins fringed with whitish hair. Legs.—Dark. Posterior femur clothed beneath with long, fine hairs, that become longer and beard-like posteriorly; anterior face with well-developed upper and intermediate rows of bristles, lower row represented by only two bristles at distal end and with longer, slender, bristle-like hairs proximal to them; posterior face without ventral row of bristles: tibia with long, well developed anterior and posterior beards, latter the longer and more dense; anterior face with a single slender, median bristle (besides those near median dorsal ridge) on distal portion: tarsus not shorter than tibia. Middle femur clothed beneath on posterior, proximal half with pro- nounced beard-like growth of long hairs; anterior, veniral row of short bristles present only on distal half, posterior row represented only by strong ‘‘comb”’: tibia clothed beneath on distal half with long hair that tends to become beard-like anteriorly and pos- teriorly; submeso-tibial bristle absent. Ventral sur- face of anterior coxa with a row of bristles at each side only. Chaetotaxry.—Anterior dorsocentrals short, but “"3.° 7 SARCOPRA longer than vestiture of praescutum; acrostichals and (Same Lerreria inner presuturals absent: only last two pairs postsu- “*™ "°°" tural dorsocentrals well developed; prescutellar acrostichals present: scutellar apicals present: three sternopleurals, strong: lower sterno- pleura with long bristle-like hair. Abdomen.—Clothed above with short reclinate bristles, beneath with longer erect hairs that become still longer on fourth notum. Chaetotaxy.—Second segment without dorsal, marginal bristles; third with two dorsal and on each side two lateral. Genital segments.—Second segment shining black, first dull and brownish. First, in profile slightly arched, marginal bristles absent, vestiture shorter and finer than on second; second, rotund, slightly flattened, vestiture on center long and somewhat bristle-like, anal area small. Forceps black, separated from slightly beyond base, tips bent forward and a little convergent; base with long, fine hairs; at forward bend near tip of prongs cach with a tuft of prominent bristles (see in profile). Genitalia.—Claspers blackish, anterior pair very broad. Distal portion of penis brownish, with very large, lateral, chitinous processes extending anteriorly. Described from one male specimen collected by B. Arce and bearing label, ‘‘Acc. No. 1317, Bur. Agr. P. I.” Range.—Philippine Islands. The parafrontals, genae, and posterior eye orbits are golden pinollose. The abdomen of the type-specimen is so distorted that 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. the ventral plates can not be seen. The genital segments are mounted on a cardboard point and pinned with the specimen. SARCOPHAGA KNABI, new species. Holotype.—Male, United States National Museum (No. 21500). Paratype.—United States National Museum (No. 21500), one male. Length.—10-12 mm. Male, head.—Parafrontals and genae dull brassy to bright golden pollinose, also posterior eye orbits. Breadth of front at narrowest part slightly more than one-half eye width; cheek height approxi- mately two-fifths that of eye. Front not prominent; frontal vitta at narrowest part of front about twice width of each parafrontal, its sides slightly converging backward. Second an- tennal segment dark; third about twice length of second; arista plumose to beyond middle. Back of head somewhat convex, with one row of black cilia behind eyes, otherwise clothed with whitish, yellowish hair that completely covers metacephalon. Cheek clothed with whitish or yellowish hairs. Gena with row of small hairs close to lower eye Fic.4.—SARCOPHAGA orbit. Palpi dark. ce pee Chaetotary.—Lateral verticals may be weakly TERING AS IN FIG. 1.) F 3 : 4 : developed; vibrissae inserted on line with oral mar- gin; each row of frontals scarcely if at all extending below base of vitta, the lowermost pairs a little divergent. Thoraz.—Mesonotum clothed with short reclinate bristles. Spi- racular cover very light colored. Wings.—Bend of fourth vein a right or slightly acute angle; anterior cross-vein under middle of section III of costa; latter equal to at least sections V and VI; third vein bristly; costal spine vestigial; calypters whitish, margins fringed with white hair. Legs.—Dark. Posterior femur clothed beneath with short, fine hair that ends posteriorly in a row of bristle-like hairs; upper row of bristles of anterior face complete, intermediate row represented by a few bristles centrally, lower row of short, well separated bristles; tibia with anterior and posterior beards of long, slender hairs, latter somewhat the stronger; anterior face without bristles (except near median dorsal ridge); tarsus shorter than tibia. Middle femur clothed beneath with short, fine hair; anterior, ventral row of short bristles complete, posterior row represented only by ‘‘comb”’; sub- mesotibial bristle present; anterior coxa with irregular row of bristles at each side only. Chaetotazy.—Anterior dorsocentrals weak, about as strong as anterior postsuturals; acrostichals and inner presuturals absent; only last two pairs posterior dorsocentrals strong, anterior to these no. 2227. FLIES FROM GUAM AND THE PHILIPPINES—PARKER. 97 two or three very weak pairs (probably two usually); prescutellar acrostichals present; scutellar apicals present; three sternopleurals; lower sternopleura with bristles and bristle-like hairs. Abdomen.—Clothed above with short, reclinate bristles, beneath with slightly longer more erect hair. Vestiture of fourth ventral plate short and decumbent. Fifth ventral plate divided, basal portion ridged. Chaetotary.—Second segment without mar- ginal bristles, third with two and with two lat- erals on each side, fourth with complete row ending ventrally in long hairs. Genital segments.—First dark pollinose (not normally visible); second blackish or brownish, subshining. Second, slightly flattened, vesti- ture of fine hair and shorter than that of base of forceps. Forceps-prongs shining, brownish, and becoming blackish toward tips, each of latter ending in a small, claw-like tooth directed forward; base clothed with long, dense hair. SAS aay ONCE ae ean Described from two male specimens. Nis. (SAME LETTERING AS Range.—Philippine Islands. in le The holotype bears the following label: ‘“‘Acc. No. 108, Bur. Agr., P. I.,” the paratype, “Acc. No. 136, Bur. Agr., P. I.” Among the material examined is one female specimen which may be the female of this species and bears the label, ‘‘ Probably female of Sarcophaga knabi R. Pkr.” The original label reads as follows: ‘Acc. No. 146, Bur. Agr., P. I.”’ Among the described species included in the lot from the Philippines were a male and female, probably of Sarcophaga ruficornis Wiedemann. a male and female of S. tuberosa harpaz Pandellé, and a male of S. orchidea Béttcher. S.ruficornis has been known only from India; and, since no figure of the genital segments now exists in the literature, one presented in this paper (fig. 5). S. orchidea was described from Formosa. r 3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——8 A vith ae rh a ne ies Peilocingos! som Ba Wile J Pa Pie rig eee Fo Petes en 4 a mie, dette hint. Ctet Hy as ch ul Fed si bobs feer teint, won igi wit amtoridr ale] agile wt sorewhal | tha’ ercsurart suptacion’ fiee pita headles, Soity impadinn. date 1° ride) * tisaue shapes Shen) tibis. MidAle fa aiothed peace maths “whort; fine eiep herton, ventral rows omy fy bristles domplois, posterior row roprememted wey bey “ eons rhesotibial bristle: presiut; entrar Apa wihh segue: OW: bryiiles Gh Gem side only, a ' OO Oiaetotuay arbarior ‘erence Weak, abort: attorior A retiring scrostichalt: Kat: Inno, t ON TWO SPECIES OF FISHES FROM THE YALU RIVER, CHINA. By Isaac GINSBURG, Aid, Division of Fishes, United States National Museum. The United States National Museum has received, through the kindness of Mr. Arthur de C. Sowerby, a very desirable and repre- sentative series of fresh-water fishes from Manchuria collected by himself. The following descriptions of two species from the Yalu River are deemed of sufficient interest to ichthyologists to warrant their publication. HEMIBARBUS LONGIROSTRIS (Regan). Acanthogobio longirostris Reaan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1908, p. 60, pl. 3, fig. 3. Hemibarbus labeo Bera, Faun. Russ. Poiss., vol. 3, 1914, p. 631 (in synonymy). Two specimens 105 and 155 mm. long are evidently this species. Berg places it in the synonymy of Hemibarbus labeo Bleeker with a query. However, it seems to be a valid species. Compared with specimens of the same size of H. labeo and H. maculatus, the following differences are found. The scales are larger, the formula being 41-44, = while in the older species it is 47-52; a The sub- orbital ring and preopercle are much wider, and contain large mucifer- ous cavities. The exposed muscular part of the cheek at the angle of the preopercle is one-half or less the vertical diameter of the pupil, while in the other species it is equal to the vertical diameter of the pupil or more than that. In coloration the present species is nearest to H. maculatus. The dorsal and caudal fins are spotted with black, but there is no regular row of large black spots on the sides. The sides are dotted irregularly with small black spots which, in the smaller specimen, are connected with more or less indistinct lines forming reticulations. Regan records the pharyngeal teeth as being in two rows, and on that account placed the species. in Acanthogobio. However, the pharyngeal bone from one side of the large specimen was dissected out and the teeth were found to be 5. 3. 1. The small tooth of the PRGCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2228. 99 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. inner row of the type was probably broken off in dissecting, or else the pharyngeal teeth in this species are subject to variation. Since the other species of Hemibarbus uniformly have three rows of pharyn- geal teeth the first assumption is probably correct. RHINOGOBIUS SOWERBYI, new species (Gobiidae). D. VI, 9; A 9; Se. 35-36/9-10. Body elongate, cylindrical anteriorly, compressed posteriorly. Head depressed, longer than wide and wider than deep. Snout blunt, rounded, gibbous. Mouth somewhat oblique, medium; maxillary reaches to a vertical through anterior third of eye. Lips thick, cheeks tumid. Interorbital space concave, about as wide as horizontal diameter of eye. Teeth in three rows in each jaw, erect; outer row somewhat enlarged, compressed, usually truncate, slightly bent backward. Outer row extends to somewhat less than an eye diameter before the angle of mouth, inner rows end considerably before. Tongue entire, rounded. Anterior nostril with a very short tube placed in a slight depression; it is almost but not quite on a level with the lower margin of the eye, and is nearer the posterior margin of the upper lip than the anterior margin of the eye. Posterior nostril without raised border placed in front of eye and on a horizontal through its middle. Cheeks, opercles, top of head, and nape, scale- less and without raised muciferous papillae, the naked area extending to a vertical through insertion of pectoral; 6-8 embedded cycloid scales on dorsum before spinous dorsal. At the sides of the dorsum directly over opercle two rows of embedded scales extend further forward, to the cheeks. Belly entirely naked to origin of anal. Scales on body well developed, imbricated; all are ctenoid and of nearly the same size, except those on the dorsal aspect anterior to the origin of the spinous dorsal. 35-36 scales from upper, posterior angle of the opercle to base of caudal. 9-10 rows from origin of anal to second dorsal, counting upwards and backwards. Gill openings restricted; isthmus wide, the insertion of the gill membrane on the isthmus on a vertical through about the middle of opercle. Outer edge of shoulder girdle with neither a fleshy ridge nor papillae. Pectoral fins with a scaleless, somewhat muscular base; the fins rounded, reaching vent; the upper rays connected by membrane, not silklike. Ventrals completely united, infundibuliform, the inter- spinal membrane well developed, emarginate; the disk is broader than long and reaches midway between its origin and vent. Dorsal fins separated by a space about equal to diameter of eye. The fourth spine the longest, about two in head, the second, third, and fifth spines nearly as long as fourth, first spine considerably shorter, last spine shortest. The posterior rays of second dorsal and anal longest; they reach the base of the rudimentary caudal rays in the paratype, but NO. 2228, TWO SPECIES OF CHINESE FISHES—GINSBURG. 101 do not quite reach so far in the type. Origin of anal fin slightly posterior to that of second dorsal, both fins ending on same vertical. Caudal rounded, not prolonged. Anal papilla oblong, triangular, slightly bifid in type, truncate in paratype, its length about equal to half diameter of eye. Head brownish, nape marbled with darker. One or two very in- distinct longitudinal lines on upper part of opercles, two or three such lines on nape directly over opercle, more distinct. The exposed part of every scale with a large brown spot anteriorly, the margin yellow- ish. Fins dusky, the spinous dorsal darkest. Dorsals, anal and caudal margined with light yellowish; a rather indistinct yellow band at base of pectoral. Five very indistinct crossbars on body behind pectorals. An oblong spot more or less distinct at base of caudal. The entire body and fins are stippled with very minute dark spots. Two specimens from the Yalu River collected by Arthur de C. Sow- erby. Holotype.—68 mm. long. Cat. No. 76734, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—65 mm. long. Cat. No. 76734—A, U.S.N.M. This species is very near Rhinogobius nagoyae, Jordan and Seale,' rom Nagoyae, Japan. It differs from that species in that the fourth ‘dorsal spine is the longest instead of the second. ‘The longest spine in the present species is about one-half the head instead of nearly equal to it. The soft dorsal and caudal lack the regular rows of spots present in the older species. Measurements. | Holotype. Paratype. Mm. | Per cent.| Mim. | Per cent. Motaliencthts. 2 She. 2. ae ora See Mee ceils asec eee osemtceiee 689 no eeeesecien Gon Riceeae cae Mengthwwithout: caudalt tscccms-ccscnsccsssbeccacsececsoae Wee eae (WROSiIm Nl Seaseercns Gy ae PeSeoeeees ength Olhead: «2. ..<.- saseceitessinaciew actses cstsjs sos ovitg- os Sees -e see 17.5 31.8 | 15.75 30.3 Width ofihead (directly beind"eyes) = Me ie a eee eee | 12 68.6 | 10 63.5 Depth of head (directly behind eyes)................-..------------ ee 42.8 7.25 46.1 ILGyia a (SOO es 12 ose so oes aae Sb ce Soe Cana nEenenade ssedoRSsconee 6 33.0} 5.5 | 34.9 Eornizontal'diameterioneye)..---<--ceccccecec ss ccs sche cciccscacs sesh 3 17.1 3 19.0 COPONtOSNGIOHE J. coco aace tew maton clewine cfajse sae ele avis otetewectesiemetds 11.5 20.9 9.5 18.3 Wersiineigiteerrocetescr ence cto cece ck sie cisce eee tees setae 7 2 | eG 11.5 Length of caudal peduncle (end ofanal to base of caudal on mid line).| 13 23,6))\\epll..5 22.2 MU PLONSHOUL TOS PITOUS GOLSal ene nna ae ce stnser cence ce eeet et stiene 36.4 | 20 38.5 End of second dorsal to rudimentary rays of caudal b 17.3 | 10 | 19.3 PL ONSMOUL GORY OLN Gs sc \~c75 sis nic miaie la wie eiciats s aereisicicleieia/aiele ele dlaiwisisicisis eisicjele 3 59:0) 2955" | 56.7 Wentitomudimentary rays Of Cad allt ej. a a it bbivr’ Bt hae rite’ dire Pain T bya a sy wie § ' +e 2) i " Bedodito Ay 967 v rent *, aL i “ ‘ y } ‘ vr Ga ely a ‘ ora ce H BP Pte ke oats hire: as 9) iow ar bia? met Tse aoe a intel cals Aw'rt Ha Piy iT “na qat (oe ft neved dhl og toh one ei feet Biol” Bile grin Sig bape a's A Ba hb sun na ar ae Ft 9 SO 22010 Et OY Selirhae roto bein ot are i pha eos reser | we veshnin ene e Ny s* . eB feshysrecieh gah i sa oadlsaaneatas i? eer ii aes <0 lento ehouicge ot daft f ih = nip pula wees wn oh pO pl) Oa] Se "77" "9 PSLZZ9T “NSO € ‘81 8T Gv 8°¢ 8 FL 68 SRN et: ge alb Sa er ge ee = OD CS ala a it oe eee a SRO DE Fa “MODIS = meets “s 8SZ2ST ‘WN'S'0. SLT 61 £6 gq TST G82 OUI See On| TRS Me EOD ages LOST Oc CONE. We © aS aes eo eae ae OD oan “OD ie “2 @S2ZS5T “WN'S'O ¢°ST 61 GES g°¢ SI £8 GOST TERM PABA GHE angi OSES SSeS Toy;uryse A ysnd BT |" -Op™~ 8 OSZLST “WN'S'0 8°LT G6 8 °ES 9 8 °F G'F8 OST Se 7s5-MoMOteO (Sil PIG o ATE ss Wose1Q ‘s}18]0N “Syooy Yory eelqy | “OPs "| e861 “Ba1Q “ydeq eure "MOD0L0 4 a 3 a Tee ee ¥ At es 4 sal Sa ee “-uBUqog “i “H | 106 ‘9 : pee ‘S}IBJ0N ‘Syooy Yory oemyy, “Yoo wWiyng Eas eel as g rp ee \L‘H . ; “6 r : SESS Eee gay pea lbewersotegesacee orsoo 47 55Uene =*0pse*|-s2 eee" “61968 “INN'S (a4 8°81 GF g29 GOL G8 CcT Z16L ‘IT “sny w NS’ ¢6L 6°81 8°ES 9 cI ¢8 GST GI61 ‘g “ony NSO o‘9T ¢‘8T 9°CS ) ia A! G62 ica ZI61‘e “sny ‘NW N'S'O ¢'6L L°8T 8 °CS 8° 8°71 18 OST S161 ‘s ‘sny ‘WNS' 01 ST 6I € | o°¢ ¢°ST 62 L¥L Z16I‘S “sny WN'S'0 ie a8 G‘8T €°GS g's ST ¢°9L €FL reget RODE Se lee ee ES nee eee eee pep) Ue ‘WNS'1 0G ¢ "61 € 9 8°ST G°€8 FST ZLB Lalen SO Vac lees ee ae ca eee aa ee ae 50 Drees ‘WN'S'2 8T 8T G°& 9 G°cT G8 o'ShT gs ce) Ue il bee et Ete aie ee EEE eS SSOpE ‘WN'S'0 we oe oe on I ae ar racy Te oe “eysely ‘punog vxyI1g ‘pueysy eee 48 ae NS’ on ; F = ; aL ope fe HR ROUS dC Soca SREEs os soo Sd= Set sndsea tae Ses-9pe t=: NS" ‘me | se let (| Boa Hite aun [so ey heed a 81 81 €% 9 SI €8 61 he ROD ean Sia Be O De 5 | pacman gE CLG Te SIENTS Sel LT GL £% 9 G'ST GL 8s SO DLE lee eae MORE Shes “79 9G225T ‘TAN’ S'O 6t | SST vw | G'S SI | 9°62 ad See a Pw BO pe aay ante L681 ‘oz eune Ope |e “9 61061 “WCN'S' cM PPR SESE | th |e foc) ARR PR GA So eg SG re ol opr | G62. | apt [etcctcctttcee Opes] BIOL ® | Apne [rocco es Saooae ---op--|*e eI BUT | 2° | 99 SI LL as Ver aiio Me Pe Re SP TOL Gy ATMalee macnn eee oer ee eae copes << “"Op"" "|" ¢ SZBI “8010 “adoq eure) 61 GUT | 9% | 9°9 SI 28 EFL ae pam TO6T‘L oun |*-*"° Wose1 ‘s11BION “SyOoY ee ear, |7-7OD" "|" 7 7 eg UBWTYOR AL “A ef eke FER PR | ogee [age EGR ANE ay [oon ae eS oar ee ; A x Z Sate asda Bee A @°61 ¢°8T &@ €°‘9 SI 18 PRL | £06 yak POD eS ee) Ue Baca SU hee WNS'D Lt 6I | 8 "8% 9 | Tot. | gree eI | 661 SIGL G,. “SIV |e eae AE hag s:. ape ODM nea Reena ‘WN'S"0 G°ST 8T G "ES 8's 8°FI §8 Or Sbies | iS0G | Wie, Weim es Ob weet | eeatre: “SO Doma ee TRE ae pee Sige ee oS ee ee ODE sant POD all hem ‘WN'S'O 8 °%S ¢'8T GG 8°9 ST gg StI | 102 eI161‘T “sny WNS'0 Ba 4 8°8T 9° 9 G°ST 98 COT a S0G- = 1G > angus, ea | pei POD tan A ‘WN'S'0 L°81 61 a <6 69 9T G°LL eer SOC! see CORES Re ieee = SODAS: ‘WN'S'O 50 S'S | 9° 9 ST | S08 | S°6hT | FOr erer ‘te Arne WN'S'0 GE | aa gE g°g¢ as 18 OLOF Diente: ten aI ey ““J2°TTIM “9 | ST6T (Lb Aqng |-eysepy ‘punog vyyIg “puLysT LENA TS EUS ed Oi ***"06L0%6 JUN N’S'0 “eH ae eon aaa qe ee ¢ one 08 ss Sa: [QUITS SP OBS TG oMIW a |i sarc ae eerie “"""gBNSeTV “@XUS | OLB | ” ““OPPT [SUNNY “Lf ‘ “MBO c Ire eseq 4e |‘mataTNo , on ‘- ee cy “snsie J, un ue Peso ‘Treg, | -Surm |! te a “10409109 018 “AqTBO0'T ‘xeg | ‘sequmu pue umesnyy eIPPLA ' rag "4ypaq voysoona) DULO.poUDnaIG fo suaunoods fo syuamainsvayy NO. 2230. REVIEW OF OCHANODROMA LEUCORHOA—OBERHOLSER. 171 OCEANODROMA LEUCORHOA KAEDINGI Anthony. Oceanodroma kaedingi ANTHONY, Auk, vol. 15, No. 1, January, 1898, p. 37 (‘‘at sea near Guadalupe Island, Lower California’’). Subspecific characters.—Similar to Oceanodroma leucorhoa beali, but decidedly smaller, especially the wing, tail, tarsus, and middle toe, the greatest difference appearing in the shortness of the tail; tail much less forked; and pileum more distinctly plumbeous. Measurements.—Male:! Wing, 137-145 (average, 140.4) mm.; tail, 66.5-74.5 (71.1); exposed culmen, 12.8-15 (13.9); height of bill at base, 4.5-6. (5.4); tarsus, 20-21.5 (20.6); middle toe without claw, 15.3-17.2 (16.5); fork of tail, 9.8-17.5 (13.6). Female:? Wing, 138- 145.5 (average, 142.6) mm.; tail, 67.5-77 (72.4); exposed culmen, 13.5-14 (13.9); height of bill at base, 5-6 (5.5); tarsus, 19.5-21.3 (20.7) ; middle toe without claw, 15-17.8 (16.4); fork of tail, 10-18.5 (12.6). Type-locality.— Pacific Ocean off the coast of northern Lower Cali- fornia, in latitude 31° N.; longitude 117° W. Geographic distribution—The Pacific coast and islands of Lower California, south to Clarion and Socorro Islands in the Revillagigedo group, Mexico, and north probably also to southern California. Remarks.—This race is similar to Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa, but in size differs decidedly more from the typical subspecies than it does from Oceanodroma leucorhoa beali. Although the depth of the forking of the tail varies somewhat, as may be seen in the appended table of measurements, it is much less in Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi than in either of the two other subspecies, and is an excellent character for distinguishing the present race. Although Oceanodroma leucorhoa beali is of the same color as Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa, the present form seems to differ in the more distinctly plumbeous shade of the pileum, which the excellent series at our disposal shows to be fairly constant. As may be seen by the above-given characters, Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi is much more different from either Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa or Oceanodroma leucorhoa beali than the two latter are from each other, but it is undoubtedly only a subspecies, since its characters intergrade individually with those of Oceanodroma leucorhoa beali. All the specimens of Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi at present known have been taken at sea near Guadalupe Island, Lower Cali- fornia, or off the coast of northern Lower California, or in the region southward to the Revillagigedo Islands. Its breeding ground is not definitely known, but may be assumed to be some of the islands within this area. However, it may be a breeding bird on the islands off central and southern California, as birds of this species from the 1 Seventeen specimens, from the Pacifie Ocean, off the coast of northern Lower California. 2 Hight specimens, from the Pacific Ocean, off the coast of northern Lower California. - 1eZ PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Farallon Islands, California, have not been available in the present connection. Among the birds examined, not only of this form, but of the two other subspecies of Oceanodroma leucorhoa as well, are specimens in which the middle upper tail-coverts are more or less extensively, sometimes wholly, brown; and in the series of Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi are four specimens, males and females, that have very little white on the upper tail-coverts, this being restricted to the outer vanes of the shortest lateral feathers. This variation is apparently individual, but it may be a lingering mark of the juvenal plumage. Twenty-five specimens of this form have been examined, all of which are included in the following table of measurements: Measurements of specimens of Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi. i |3 S 1S |e EE. Carnegie | |2 5 ES Museum Sex. Locality. Date. | Collector. 3: ae Sele No. | | | 3B aie a a ao iv | ne x le |S|IE 15 | Fleiss M jal |e | I 1897 | mm. |mm.|mm.|mm.|mm,|mm.|mm. 222101 | Male...) Pacific Ocean, near Gua-| July 18] A. W. An-| 145 |70 |14 5) 5.2,21 |16 /11.8 dalupe Island, Lower thony. | | California, Lat. 28° } | om N.; Long. 118° 31’ | 222191 |...do....| Pacific Ocean, off north-| July 25 do.......| 144 /74.5)14.5, 4.5)20.5)15. 5/16 ern Lower California, | Lat. aoa N.; Long. | | 11 : | 22228 stdOs.. slece ee GOs Sits aaetiaceeces tee Ost cel araten do.......| 137.5/70 |14.5) 5.1/2 |16. 2/14 22226 ©. 2.d0.-.2|..2-- 0 (ee Sree Psd Osea ne| sees dos. | 139 |72 |13.8 5.8/20 |17 {15.2 7 Pape ANN Beets CBee eae GOS Mets ce-ch aee = 22Osee 2] 2 sesC0ocs2.5-| 0140) ||7l 113.8, Ge 205) 7,2114 22232 LN Ol sae Cee ws OO Ra anepepadcriccce Oss eral voce OO Sah 148 (70 (14 | 5.5/21 15.813 222208 ||. Oe oe alana GOS. Ssemiasistisacieecas Sel Seo. Fe eecdOseccans 138 |70 |13 | 6 |21 |16 /15 22250 ecedOseeel ecice GOs sees se asses oat GOs. okclsacce do.ss.5..|° 140) |71 fe cel'5.2/20: 5:10 12 22222) |...d0....|....< GOsss8 sete see senses sec OOene e Be eee OOnercn | lS (GS) uIL2a8 Deol tai a Ones DIAG | SSC 0.5 SLE Sed Osc eaas socaes eee .--G0.....|....-d0.-.....| 139. 5/66. 5/14.3; 5.1120 |17.2) 9.8 DIAS ON. GOs. a|ee 2 Oc oo sac eee waa Sedo: eos So. Sd Ose we 140.5)73 {13.8 5.5/20.816 14.8 2223RP EMO LealeecesdOvec ce “bott. | Sea.2 | ; 181455. 3.2% OO cain aren GO mera Pee DOC. islet OVO ates Seo 415 | 265 | 137.5) 39. 5) 38 25 | 37 184505 oe. Iu ED Cele coees| heed okt Goze eete WIDECS Pa leaece doses beer 395 | 267 | 136 36. 5) 3 23 3l 181454... .. ECO see salen dosed tee Dec 40) aoa dO). 8sshecc \410 | 262 | 13838 | 36 | 34 | 25.5) 33.5 Mevarace vot menaless 25 cc 4/0. na. cee Lb a ht 1410 | 264.5! 135. 1| 37.31 35.5] 24.6] 34.0 1814563) <2 Female...| Solombo Besar| Dec. 3| Dr. W.L.Ab- |405 | 256 | 1384 | 37 | 85 | 24 | 33 | Island, Java | | dott. | | Sea. | | 181457. .... Si La eae aeene Lipa ete Hed. °6 tees Guiana, oats 418 | 261 | 139 | 35 | 33 | 23 | 34.5 18145261 LOMaleng? 3 sa Ob se: os DDC 004 |5c en dossiers 412 | 256 126 | 36.5) 35 26 | 34.5 [= Female] | | 181458... 4 | Female?.|...-.. GOs 422 hts WDE CAOnleee= G0... soos 421 | 253 | 146. | 34.8) 33 | 26.5) 33 Avera recotes females. sass ais atelste ate wists 9 oe wsioby~ eel erp mincee ee inser 414 | 256. 5] 136. 2) 35.8) 34 24.9) 33.5 | 1 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 2Type. Family ALCEDINIDAE. SAUROPATIS CHLORIS CYANESCENS Oberkolser. Sauropatis chloris cyanescens OBERHOLSER, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, Feb- ruary 8, 1917, p. 189 (Pulo Taya, off the southeastern coast of Sumatra). One adult male, No. 181492, U.S.N.M., taken, December 4, 1907. This does not differ from Bawean Island birds. It is in worn plumage, and shows evidence of molt among the contour feathers and rectrices. It measures: Total length (in flesh), 263 mm.; wing, 110; tail, 71.5; exposed culmen, 48; tarsus, 16. Family CAMPEPHAGIDAE. PERISSOLALAGE, new genus.? Generic characters.—Similar to Lalage Boie, but bill, in both verti- eal and horizontal aspects, longer and relatively more slender (more turdine); culmen less conspicuously curved, and more sharpely ridged; tail decidedly longer; lower tail-coverts much shorter, cover- ing only about basal one-third of rectrices; spurious (first) primary relatively as well as actually much shorter and narrower; third and fourth (counting from outermost) primaries longest, the second shorter, equal to the fifth and very much longer than the sixth. Type.—Perissolalage chalepa, new species. PERISSOLALAGE CHALEPA, new species. Specific characters —Female similar to same sex of Lalage nigra (=terat), but the terminal portion of tail-feathers more extensively white; the lesser wing-coverts conspicuously edged with cinnamome- 3 From repioods, mirabilis; and Lalage (Aa\ayn, loquacitas). No. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 188 ous; all the other wing edgings more or less strongly tinged with buffy or cinnamomeous instead of being pure white; superciliary stripe narrower and shorter, posteriorly not reaching beyond the auriculars; entire upper surface strongly rufescent brown instead of grayish brown; and even wings and tail more rufescent. Description.—Type, adult female, No. 181577, U.S.N.M.; Solombo Besar Island, Java Sea, December 4, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Fore- head brussels brown; crown between brussels brown and clove brown; both forehead and crown with rather broad shaft streaks of fuscous black, the crown slightly streaked with buffy whitish, its ground color passing posteriorly into the light olive brown of the back; back and scapulars between olive brown and buffy brown, with narrow, barely discernible, dark clove brown shaft streaks; rump smoke gray with paler terminal bars; upper tail-coverts smoke eray With paler tips, the longest feathers darker, more brownish, with hair brown subterminal bars and grayish white tips; tail fuscous, the two middle feathers narrowly margined on both webs with brownish white, the remaining rectrices with large terminal white areas, these longest on the outer web, and increasing progressively to the outer- most pair, which has about one-third of the inner web and two-thirds of the outer web white; wings fuscous, but the whole basal portion of the inner yanes of wing-quills white, this occupying. two-thirds or more of the length of each feather on the inner primaries and outer secondaries; quills narrowly margined on exterior webs with creamy white or light buff, this broadest and most buffy on terminal portion of secondaries and tertials; primary coverts narrowly tipped with buffy white; greater wing-coverts narrowly edged and more broadly tipped with the same; median coverts very broadly margined on both sides with light pinkish cinnamon or whitish; lesser coverts also edged broadly on both vanes with whitish, pinkish cinnamon, and cinnamon, leaving, as on the median coverts, only a pointed central area of fuscous; lores olive brown, but much mixed with white; broad postocular stripe brown like the crown; superciliary stripe, sides of head and neck, and entire lower surface, including lining of wings, creamy white, more definitely tinged with cream color on the breast, sides of neck and of body; the flanks, sides of breast and of body somewhat obscurely and irregularly barred with pale mouse gray; thighs mixed light mouse gray, light drab, and dull white; bill (in skin) fuscous, the tip darker, the basal portion of mandible pale brownish. Total length (in flesh),| 192 mm.; wing, 90; tail, 81; exposed culmen, 15.5; tarsus, 23; middle toe without claw, 14.5. Of this remarkably distinct bird Doctor Abbott obtained but a single example, an adult female. It isin process of molting some of the con- tour feathers, but wing-quills and rectrices seem to be intact. The char- acters it exhibits preclude its reference to any genus hitherto described. 1 Measured by the collector. 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. The adult male will of course pro ove to be probably a bird of black, white, and gray plumage like the males of the species in the genus Lalage. Family DICRURIDAE. DICRUROPSIS PECTORALIS SOLOMBENSIS, new subspecies. Subspecific characters.—Similar to Dvicruropsis pectoralis leucops from Celebes, but smaller; iris light yellow (adult) or pale brownish gray (immature); hair-like plumes of forehead longer; back duller, less bluish or purplish black; hackles on sides of. neck longer and somewhat less purplish (more greenish); posterior lower parts duller, more brownish (less velvety), black, with a less bluish (more greenish) sheen; metallic spots on feathers of throat and breast decidedly more SRS (less bluish). Description.—Type, adult female, me 181512, U.S.N.M.; Solombo Besar Island, Java Sea, Thee nahen A. 190737 Driv WE i Abbott. Upper surface velvety black, with a slight blaish green sheen, the feathers of pileum and some pointed feathers on cervix, shining metallic bluish slate biack, and the upper tail-coverts shining metallic dusky yellowish green; tail black, more or less edged with shining metallic dusky pollen a green on exterior vanes of rectrices; wings black, becoming somewhat brownish on tips of primaries and inner margins of all the quills; the exposed portions of all the superior wing-coverts, the tertials, outer webs of secondaries, and outer webs of primaries except distal portion, shining metallic dusky yellowish green; sides of head and neck velvety black, the long pointed feathers of the latter shining metallic dull dusky bluish green; lower surface brownish black, the feathers of lower throat, jugulum, and upper breast with short lanceolate tips of shining metallic dusky dull green, giving to these parts a spotted appearance; lining of wing black, with a greenish or bluish metallic sheen, and a few of the under wing- coverts tipped with white; ‘‘iris pale straw yellow.” This race is apparently more nearly like Dicruropsis peciorals borneensis (Sharpe) than like either Dicruropsis pectoralis pecioralis or Dicruropsis pectoralis leucops, but it differs in its duller, less vel- vety upper and lower parts, longer and more bluish neck hackies, and possibly also in the color of the iris. Of the five examples obtained by Doctor Abbott, two, Nos. 181512 and 181515, U.S.N.M., are adults. The three others are somewhat immature, though fully grown, and differ from the adults in still more brownish black posterior surface and duller dorsum. None of the five seem to be in process of molt. The color of the bill and feet is given by the collector as black; of the iris in adult birds as pale yel- low or straw yellow, in immature individuals pale brownish gray. Both Dicruropsis borneensis (Sharpe) and Dicruropsis leucops (Wallace)? seem without doubt to be but subspecies of Dicruropsis PT gee a et Te Ra Tk ore ga ORE Te PEL PERP YS AY YS. RO CO a ae Cea 1 Chibia borneensis Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 246 (Mount Kina Balu, Borneo). 2 Dicrurus leucops Wallace, Proc. Zool Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 478 (Celebes). no. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 185 pectoralis. Also, Chibia hottentotta appears to be generically Bae from the other ee of the group, as contended by some recent authors. It has a relatively more slender bill, much longer hair-like frontal plumes, and different wing-formula, the second primary (counting from the outermost) being decidedly longer than the eighth, instead of equal or shorter. As Chibia hottentotia is the type of Chibia Hodgson, the remaining species will take the generic name Dicruropsis Salvadori. Measurements of the series of the present new subspecies are as follows: Measurements of specimens of Dicruropsis pectoralis solombensis. v jl I is a 1 | I | |= . b fs 4 6 | | 3 | WES z 'T.S.N.M.No.} Sex. Locality. Date. Collector. os [Seal £5 | [5 | | Oo . a Peeniates | ees € irs 5 a 5 = & S iS) ic) a |e | 1907. mm. | mm. |mm. |\mm.\mm.|mm. ike) Gy Ge eRee ees Male im-| Solombo Besar Dec. 4 | Dr. W.L. Ab- | 303 | 151 | 181 | 30 | 23.8) 17.3 mature. | eee Java | bott. 181D Tes 55555 sdOpssd. Sok dO .e. gant: I Decssile- ee dof hea: 306 | 150° | 131 | 30.5] 25 | 17 (Female? =Male isibie. Jee fe Male | hdl. Pao eal Silas ts. she. 304 | 152 | 133.5] 30.5] 25.2) 17 ture.] Average of 3 males....., ole Be eee cae wet Me ERE aca 304 | 151 | 131.8) 30.3] 24.7] 17.1 PSIH12. fee. e Female..| Solombo Besar | Dec. 4 | Dr. W.L. Ab- | 296 | 147.5) 130 [ 29 22 "16.5 | Island, Java | bott. | Sea.3 181015 Fo: 8..5|see Go: 255 [saeies (Eee | Dees 6: ssc. OOwccc ce es 292 149. 5) 126.5) 28 | 24 16.5 INVEPAPOOL cHOINAGS oes acces cclaciciceiane scr ecivecicicciee desis ciscisies 294 148. 5| 128.3) 28, 5 23 «| 16.5 Family ARTAMIDAE. ARTAMUS LEUCORYN AMYDRUS, new subspecies. Subspecific characters.—Much like Artamus leucoryn leucoryn,* but paler on upper parts and jugulum. Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181532, U.S.N.M.; Solombo Besar Island, Java Sea, December 4, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Pile- um and anterior hind-neck dark quaker drab; upper tail-coverts creamy white; remainder of upper surface dark grayish brown, the middle of the back dusky drab; wings and tail sooty black, the outer webs of the secondaries mostly glaucous slate gray, the inner mar- gins of all the wing-quills more or less brownish, and some of the rectrices with very narrow ‘pale brownish tips; lores and a narrow ill- on 1 Teas Salv ei eae Zool. Soc. rane 1878, p. 88 (type ise monotypy, Dicrurus megalornis Gray). 2 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 8 Type. 4 Lanius leucoryn. Linnaeus, Mantissa Plantarum, 1771, p. 524 (Manila, Luzon I., Philippine Islands). While the original spelling of the specific name here given is evidently an abbreviation, it is practically impossible to determine how Linnaeus would have spelled the remaining portion of the word. In view of at least four such possibilities, it seems much better to use the specific term as he left it, and write now Artamus leucoryn (Linnaeus). 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THI NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54. defined capistrum, black; sides of head dark quaker drab, some- what blackish anteriorly; sides of neck dark grayish brown; throat and jugulum dark quaker drab; rest of under parts creamy white, sharply defined transversely against the gray of throat; edge of wing underneath sooty black, flecked with white; remainder of wing-lining creamy white. The characters of this race have already been indicated by Mr. Stresemann,' but no name provided. The birds from Solombo Besar and those also in the United States National Museum from other localities bear out these differences, and indicate that the form is worthy of nomenclatural recognition. It may be distinguished from Ariamus lewcoryn celebensis by its smaller size and somewhat darker upper and lower parts. In addition to Solombo Besar, it inhabits the islands of Bali, Java, Banka, and Sumatra, with doubtless others adjacent. Two specimens are in the present collection. Both exhibit indi- cations of molt among the contour feathers, and one (No. 181533, U.S.N.M., December 3, 1907—not the type) is molting also some of the wing-quills. Measurements of both are as follows: Measurements of specimens of Artamus leucoryn amydrus. | : : = = | is = AS = | 5 os U.S.N.M. No.-| Sex. Locality. | Date. Collector. a | ee 23 = : | 2] 4 los #)] eis) 8) 218° S iS ae | # = ae |e l|af/alea ls | 1907. | mm,| mm.| mm. \mm.\mm.\mm TSISSB se icmchsc cie,s | Male..;| Solombo Besar | Dec. 3/| Dr. W.L. Ab- | 188 | 132 59 | 20 | 17.3) 15 Island, Java | bott. Sea. | | ISLHSQ ee oe. Eee ee GosA| 5 Sado8. 55.2222 le Deets 43) a2 GOre54 wae 194 133 61 | 20 17 14.8 Average: of Qumalassy- Ot eee Use PERE ee eae 191 | 132.5} 60 | 20 | 17.2] 14.9 | } | Family ORIOLIDAE. ORIOLUS MACULATUS LAMPROCHRYSEUS, new subspecies. Subspecific characters—Similar to Oriolus maculatus maculatus, from Java, but larger; upper parts brighter, more golden (less green- ish) yellow; yellow tips on inner webs of inner secondaries and ter- tials narrower; these tips and the edgings of secondaries and tertials of a duller yellow; yellow wing speculum averaging smaller. Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181523, U.S.N.M.; Solombo Besar Island, Java Sea, December 4, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Lores, superciliary, subocular, and broad postocular streaks continuous with a broad occipital band, black; rest of upper parts, including crown, forehead, scapulars, and upper tail-coverts, together with 1 Novit. Zool., vol. 20, June 17, 1913, p. 291. 2 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 3T ype. xo. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 18% entire lower surface, yellow, between lemon chrome and light cad- mium, the throat almost pure lemon chrome; tail black, basally edged on inner webs of the rectrices with lemon chrome, this color at the base occupying practically all of the web; the two middle rec- trices with a narrow tip of lemon chrome, and each succeeding pair with an increasingly broad terminal band of the same color, this band measuring on the outermost pair about 45 mm. in width; wings black, the inner margins of the quills somewhat brownish; all the primaries excepting the outermost narrowly margined exteriorly with grayish white, this decreasing in length inwardly, the inner feathers tipped with buffy white; secondaries rather broadly edged on terminal portion of outer webs with wax yellow, the tertials broadly margined on same part of outer vanes and narrowly tipped on inner vanes with the same color; lesser and median wing-coverts deep yellow like the back; greater coverts, edge of wing, lining of wing, together with broad tips of the black primary coverts, lemon chrome; “‘iris deep red, feet leaden.” This new subspecies differs from Ovriolus maculatus richmondi Oberholser! of the Pagi Islands, western Sumatra, in more golden yellow upper and lower parts, more brightly yellow spots on tertials and secondaries, and usually larger yellow wing-speculum. Three specimens are in the collection, all adults in good plumage, though showing among the contour feathers slight indication of molt. The feet of one of the males, No. 181521, U.S.N.M., are described on the label as “leaden blue”; the bill of the same specimen as “ pale purplish fleshy.’”’ Measurements are given below: Measurements of specimens of Oriolus maculatus lamprochryseus. | fea | ; ect | 8 ee | ar =| | e. | | g Ss oF r | ° iS} 168 U.S.N.M. No. | Sex. Locality. | Date. Collector. Ph = | 25 | =a 214/33 | 2/2) ag) 818 |s* ied i : | | Se Ve ees Z | E 1907. mm.| mm. | mm. |mm.\mm.|\ mm TRIS 23 Fe LER. ; Male..| Solombo Besar | Dec. 4} Dr. W.L.Ab-| 281 | 150.5) 101 | 32.5) 27.8) 21 Island, Java bott. | Sea. biG eee see eee domaine GO eerie ciseria GOS sea leeaac GO ersiecens 293 | 151 | 104.5} 33.8) 27.5) 20 PAY OT AC OUOU COM ALON alee ata\slajclststoe tore ame inte (nisin oleae miele vine oes isilain 287 | 150.8) 102.8) 33.2) 27.7) 20.5 1815222 acre Female} Solombo Besar | Dec. 5 | Dr. W.L.Ab- | 281/150 | 104 | 32 | 27 | 21 Island, Java } bott. | Sea. | | | } 1 Oriolus maculatus richmondi Oberholser, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 60, No. 7, Oct. 26, 1912, p. 16 (North Pagi Island, western coast of Sumatra). It may be worth while to mention here that through some inadvertence the original diagnosis of this form is not entirely correct, as printed, and therefore somewhat misleading. The proper characterization is as follows: Similar to Oriolus maculatus maculatus, from Java, but larger; yellow of upper and lower parts deeper and more tinged with orange; yellow tips on tertials and inner secondaries darker and duller, those on tertials larger on outer webs, but narrower, often practically absent on inner webs, and yellow wing speculum smaller. 2 Measured in the flesh by the collector. * Type. 188 PROCEEDINGS OF TIE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Family ZOSTEROPIDAE. ZOSTEROPS SOLOMBENSIS, new species. Specific characters.—Similar to Zosterops flava, from Java, but much larger; upper parts much more greenish and more uniform, the forehead and rump being barely more yellowish than the back; yellow of lower parts duller, lighter, more greenish; sides and flanks strongly washed with olive green; lores and line under eye blackish. Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181588, U.S.N.M.; Solombo Besar Island, Java Sea, December 5, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper surface warbler green, the pileum more yellowish; upper tail-coverts lighter, between pyrite yellow and warbler green; tail chaetura drab, the feathers margined basally on external webs with warbler green; wings chaetura drab, the inner margins of the remiges, except at tips, paler, almost whitish, the tertials hair brown, washed with warbler green; superior wing-coverts and outer margins of outer vanes of wing-quills, warbler green; broad orbital ring white; a small spot under the anterior part of the eye and continuous with the lores, black; supraloral stripe lemon chrome; remainder of sides of head and neck between pyrite yellow and warbler green, and passing superiorly into the green of the upper parts, inferiorly into the yellow of the lower surface; lower parts medially rather dull lemon chrome; sides of breast and body, together with the flanks, between pyrite yellow and warbler green; lining of wing naphthalene yellow. Wing, 58 mm.; tail, 41.5; exposed culmen, 9;! tarsus, 18; middle toe without claw, 10.7. The sole specimen secured by Doctor Abbott is an adult in perfect plumage, and differs so much from the other described forms of the genus that it seems to represent a new species. It may be dis- tinguished from Zosterops richmondi McGregor, from Cagayan- cillo Island, in the Philippine Archipelago, by its darker, more green- ish (less yellowish) upper parts, the forehead not yellow; darker wing-quills and rectrices; duller, paler, and narrower yellow supra- loral stripe; rather more golden yellow lower surface, and darker, more olive-washed sides and flanks. II. ARENDS ISLAND. Arends Island hes in the eastern part of the Java Sea, about 50 miles south of Cape Salatan, southeastern Borneo, and some 35 miles north of the island of Solombo Besar. Doctor Abbott stopped here on November 23 and 24, 1908, and collected for the United States National Museum eight specimens of birds, representing three species. Since there is apparently no published account of any birds from Arends Island, and since all three of the species obtained by Doctor Abbott are of more than pass- ing interest, it seems worth while to place them on record. 1 Tip slightly broken. xo. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THLE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 189 Family MEGAPODIIDAE. MEGAPODIUS DUPERRYH GOULDII Gray. Megapodius gouldit Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1861 (meeting of June 25), p. 290 (Lombok Island, East Indies). One adult female is in the collection. This was taken on Novem- ber 24, 1908. ‘‘Feet brick red; toes blackish; soles orange.’ Total length (in flesh), 398 mm.; wing, 212; tail, 84; exposed culmen, 21.5; tarsus, 64; middle toe without claw, 38.5. The present example differs from Megapodius duperryi duperryvt of New Guinea in its smaller size, paler upper and lower parts, and is apparently identical with Megapodius duperryvi gouldii of the Lesser Sunda Islands, though we have no specimens of the latter for actual comparison. This Arends Island bird, together with Doctor Abbott’s other record from Solombo Besar Island,? extend for some distance westward the known range of the species. The following four forms of Megapodius duperryii are now recogniz- able, and further investigations may increase this number: Megapodius duperryi duperry Lesson and Garnot.—New Guinea. Megapodius duperryit gouldii Gray.—Lesser Sunda Islands, south to Lombok and Flores; east to the Aru and Kei Islands; north to the Banda Islands and Arends Island; and west to Arends Island, Solombo Besar Island, and the Kangean Islands. Megapodius duperryii tumulus Gould.—Northern territory of Australia. Megapodius duperryii assimilis Masters.—Northern Queensland. Family TRERONIDAE. MUSCADIVORES ROSACEUS ZAMYDRUS Oberholser. Muscadivores rosaceus zamydrus OBERHOLSER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 54, 1917, p. 179 (Solombo Besar Island, Java Sea). Six specimens appear to be indistinguishable from the series from Solombo Besar Island already described under the above name.’ Two of the six (No. 181676, U.S.N.M., November 23, 1908, and No. 181680, November 24, 1908) are molting both wing-quills and rectrices. Measurements of all are given in the following table: 1 Measured by the collector. 2 See p. 179. 190 PROCEEDINGS Oi' THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. Measurements of specimens of Muscadivores rosaceus zamydrus. ‘A ne } pe | g Ss ca |S bo aden es 15 U.S.N.M. No. | Sex. Locality. Date. | Collector. | & ge) 4(ce | = | wb of| 3 ly o $/ 8) ge 18 tas | [sj —_ | HF) ae ja |e se 1908 mm.| mm.| mm.\mm.)\mm. mm USLO61Osn es seins ote | Male....| Arends Island, | Nov. 23} Dr. W. L. Ab- | 410/227 |140 /21 |30 /3 Java Sea. | bott. USUGTO eset telat =i eo eal Peso (ORES ace aatae ONION ae4 a acai Gowceres ace 417/241 153. 5/20.5/33 |36 1SLGSO Ee eeecine sien wey LOZ ae letters) = Osea eet arate |. eGOsscse seeks Gola. 22 430/232 |151.5/22 |32.5)/36.5 STG TS ee see alc meee eee Onna inte araieie dose) sic AOS binetfeeiclase Goes -cee 427/232 |153 |23 |33.5)36.5 AVETAPO OA TIM GIOS yo. mare aes eee seein sine cieiantle eine mines ceric e risers 421/233 |149.5}21. 6/32. 3/36. WSU Giilistastescrasasisarie Female..| Arends Island, | Nov. 23 | Dr. W. L. Ab- “400 207 (140 |20.5)31 34.5 Java Sea. bott. ~° USTGS Tee nainccaniaes ee Osea ) A | | = | b&b Feo Pears) kts 4 LS\2/e)e)2| alg 2 | elEl/alalm}als = ——-- S -=~ - —— =| | | 1907. | mm,.)mm.|mmMN,.|NMM.|\mm,.;mm,|mmn. 181430. .| Male..... Pulo Mata Siri,Java | Dec. 10 | Dr. W. L. Abbott.) 387 | 202/127 | 23 | 11.5) 30.5/28.5 Sea. | 1814295 3|E 5 dOL cee | ect GOMss Ase eae oe Decw12 d/o eee 375 | 194/116 | 24 |10,5/31 |28.5 ACVELAGONOL 2aMAlEserse gs cece se see miele aya cre Foie oie ee centererare = SELB. 381 | 198/121. 5} 23.5) 11 | 30. 8)28.5 181428. .| Female. .| Pulo Mata Siri, Java | Dec. 8 | Dr. W. L. Abbott .| 378 | 208/122 |23 |11 | 32 30.5 Sea. | | W814 975.\3 f2dorsass|ee. a dos. ee RS Dec. 10 AE dole jsereeee | 373 | 203/118 | 24 | 11.5) 26.5)30 1S14265 3p ee G Oe oles ate On Roanonsse ao] SD EC 2a eee OO eens se= er | 368 | 195/124 | 23° )10 | 28 |28.5 ESET OLB IG EGS Sas anospans osocs gas sees as sebocnounceaoe seaascoad 373 | 202/121.3 23.3! 10.8) 28.8/29.7 1 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 2 Type. Family ALCEDINIDAE. SAUROPATIS CHLORIS CYANESCENS Oberholser. Sauropatis chloris cyanescens OBERHOLSER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, Feb- ruary 8, 1917, p. 189 (Pula Taya, off the southeastern coast of Sumatra). One immature female, No. 181491, U.S.N.M., taken, December 12, 1907. This is nearly adult, but still has the dull-colored upper surface and dusky scale-like markings on the lower surface. It is molting both remiges and contour feathers. It is subspecifically the same as the birds from Bawean Island. Its measurements are: Total length (in flesh *), 258 mm.; wing, 112; tail, 70; exposed culmen, 46; tarsus, 15.5. Family PYCNONOTIDAE. PYCNONOTUS BRUNNEUS ZAPHAEUS, new subspecies. Subspecific characters.—Similar to Pycnonotus brunneus brunneus * from the Malay Peninsula,and of about the same size, but upper sur- 8 Measured by the collector. 4 For this use of Pycnonotus bruaneus Blyth, see Oberholser, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 98, June 30, 1917, pp. 44-45. no. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 195 face darker and more brownish or rufescent (less olivaceous or gray- ish); lower parts brighter, more yellowish, not so uniformly dull brownish or ochraceous. Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181543, U.S.N.M.; Pulo Mata Siri, Laurot Islands, Java Sea, December 11, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper parts brownish olive, becoming more rufescent on rump, and shading into dark dresden brown on upper tail-coverts; - the feathers of pileum edged with paler, which imparts a somewhat scaly effect; tail between mummy brown and brownish olive,. paler on tips and inner margins of feathers, and edged on outer webs with brownish olive; wings fuscous, all the quills and superior coverts margined with brownish olive or light brownish olive; sides of head, neck, and breast brownish olive; cheeks and sides of throat light brownish olive; chin and upper throat buff, between deep olive buff and deep colonial buff; jugulum and upper breast dull isabella color, somewhat mixed with cream buff; abdomen dull marguerite yellow; lower breast the same, but washed with isabella color; sides, flanks, and thighs, light brownish olive; crissum and lining of wing chamois, a little mixed with fuscous; ‘iris red.’’ Total length (in flesh *), 194 mm.; wing, 84; tail, 75.5; exposed culmen, 13.5; height of bill at base, 6.0; tarsus, 20; middle toe without claw, 13.5. The single specimen of this new race that Doctor Abbott obtained on Pulo Mata Siri is identical with a good series of the same species from Borneo; and the birds from both these islands together differ, as above set forth, noticeably in color from examples taken on the Malay Peninsula and its islands, though apparently not in size. From Pyc- nonotus brunneus zapolius Oberholser,? of the Anamba Islands, Pycno- notus brunneus zaphaeus may readily be distinguished by its more rufescent or brownish (less greenish) upper surface, and darker, more brownish and ochraceous (less grayish and yellowish) lower parts. The geographic distribution of Pycnonotus brunneus zaphaeus, so far as known, is confined to Pulo Mata Siri and Borneo. Thus Pyc- nonotus brunneus brunneus becomes restricted to the Malay Peninsula and its islands and to southern Tenasserim. Family TIMALIIDAE. MALACOCINCLA ABBOTT! SIRENSIS, new subspecies. Subspecifie characters.—Similar to Malacocincla abbotti olivacea (Strickland), from the southern part of the Malay Peninsula, but upper surface decidedly darker; lower parts duller, the sides of neck, sides of breast, and sides of body less ochraceous (more grayish) ; and jugulum pale vinaceous buff instead of ochraceous buff. 1 Measured by the collector. 2 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 98, June 30, 1917, p. 45 (Pulo Siantan, Anamba Islands). 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181561, U.S.N.M.; Pulo Mata Siri, Java Sea, December 11, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper parts dark brown, between dresden brown and mummy brown, somewhat darker on the pileum, and inclining to cinnamon brown on the rump, the feathers of the forehead with broad buffy central areas, those of the fore part of crown with narrow shaft lines of the same color; upper tail-coverts reddish brown, between argus brown and Sanford’s brown; tail basally of the same color, though somewhat darker, and terminally shading toward Prout’s brown; primaries and secondaries dusky sepia, the outer webs of secondaries, with all of the tertials and superior wing-coverts, Prout’s brown, and the outer webs of the primaries between cinnamon brown and dresden brown; sides of head brown like the back, but the lores mixed with pale grayish from the basal portion of the feathers, the superciliary region also slightly erayish and with narrow shaft lines of grayish or buffy white; auricu- lars like the back but somewhat lightened by rather broad buff shaft markings; sides of neck Saccardo’s umber, shading inferiorly toward tawny olive; chin white; throat grayish white; jugulum vinaceous buff, slightly washed laterally with brownish; breast tilleul buff; abdomen dull pinkish buff; lower tail-coverts between ochraceous tawny and zine orange; sides of breast and jugulum between tawny olive and Saccardo’s umber; sides tawny olive; flanks clay color; thighs between wood brown and tawny olive; inner under wing- coverts between cinnamon buff and pinkish buff; the outer rows tilleul buff; inner margins of outer secondaries and inner primaries avellaneous. Total length (in flesh'), 160 mm.; wing, 73.5; tail, 47; exposed culmen, 17.5; tarsus, 28; middle toe without claw, 16.2. This new subspecies is more rufescent on the upper parts and on sides of neck than Malacocincla abbott. biittikoferi from Borneo; also more extensively and brightly tinged with ochraceous and ochraceous buff below. It thus really more closely resembles Malacocincla abbottt oliwacea from the Malay Peninsula. The Bornean bird, Malacocincla abbotti biittikeferi,? while it seems to be but subspecifi- cally different from the Malay Peninsula race, Malacocincla abbotti olivacea, is yet a recognizable form, differing in less rufescent upper surface, and less extensively and brightly ochraceous under parts. The type of Malacocincla abbotti sirensis is the only specimen ob- tained by Doctor Abbott. The present species, Malacocincla abbotti Blyth, is clearly so differ- ent structurally from Turdinus macrodactylus, the type of the genus Turdinus, that its generic separation is apparently necessary. The i Measured by the collector. 2 Malacocincla biittikoferi Finsch, Notes Leyden Mus., vol. 22, March, 1901, p. 218 (Borneo). NO. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 197 former has a tarsus that t appears almost booted, so o slight a are “¢ usually the indications of scutellae, while in ZYurdinus macrodactylus the scutellations are very distinct. Also the tarsi are weaker; the feathers of throat not stiff and scale-like; and the lower tail-coverts reach much more than halfway to the ends of the rectrices, instead of much less than halfway in Turdinus. The name Malacocincla Blyth (type, Malacocincla abbotti Blyth)! is the proper generic term for this species and its allies. The subspecies of Malacocincla abbotti now number five, the ranges of which are as follows: Malacocincla abbotti abbotti Blyth.—Nepal and Assam to Tenas- serim. Malacocinela abbotti olivacea (Strickland).—Malay Peninsula. Malacocincla abbotti biittikofert Finsch.—Borneo. Malacocincla abbott. baweana Oberholser.2—Bawean Island, Java Sea. Malacocincla abbotti sirensis Oberholser.—Pulo Mata Siri, Java Sea. Family TURDIDAE. KITTACINCLA MELANURA NIGRICAUDA Vordermen. Cittocincla nigricauda VORDERMAN, Natuurk. Tijdsch. Nederl.-Indie, vol. 52, 1893, p..197 (Kangean Island, Java Sea). A single immature male of this species, taken on November 26, 1908, is referred to this form from the Kangean Islands. We have no specimens from these islands, however, and the present bird may well not be identical; but from the published description of Aittacincla nigricauda it is not with certainty distinguishable. It is just molting from the juvenal plumage into that of the adult, and with wings, upper surface, throat, and breast still showing evidences of imma- turity. From specimens of Kittacincla melanura opisthochroa Ober- holser,’ from Lasia Island, off the western coast of Sumatra, this Pulo Mata Siri bird differs in much larger size and much paler pos- terior lower parts. The measurements of this specimen (No. 181704, U.S.N.M.) a are as follows: Total length (in flesh +), 228 mm.; wing, 99°; tail, 106°; exposed culmen, 18; tarsus, 27; middle toe without claw, 19. If this bird is really identical with Kittacincla nigricauda Vorder- man, the latter is certainly but a subspecies of Kittacincla melanura. 1 Malacocincla Blyth, Journ. Asiatic Soe. Bengal, vol. 14, pt. 2, No. 164, for August, 1864, p. 600 (type, by monotypy, Malacocinela abbotti Blyth). 2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, February 8, 1917, p. 194 (Bawean Island, Java Sea). 3 Smithson. Mise. Coll., vol. 60, No. 7, October 26, 1912, p. 13 (Pulo Lasia). 4 Measured by the collector. 5 Not fully grown. 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Family D DICRURIDAE. DICRUROPSIS PECTORALIS SIRENSIS, new subspecies. Subspecific characters.—Resembling Dicruropsis' pectoralis solom- bensis Oberholser,? from Solombo Besar Island, but larger; frontal hairs shorter or absent; black of upper parts deeper, richer, more velvety, and more bluish (less brownish or greenish) ; hackles on sides of neck more bluish or purplish (less greenish); metallic spots on throat and breast more bluish (less greenish); posterior lower sur- face of a deeper and more velvety (less brownish) black, with more bluish (less greenish) sheen. Description—Type, adult female, No. 181510, U.S.N.M.; Pulo Mata Siri, Java Sea, December 8, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper parts velvety black, with a slight violet or bluish sheen, but pileum and a few pointed feathers on cervix, shining metallic iiuish black, and the upper tail-coverts shining anetniie dull blackish green; tail black the external webs of rectrices more or less rhatgivied with shining metallic dull blackish green; wings black, becoming slightly brownish on tips of primaries and on inner margins of all the quills; the exposed portions of all the superior wing-coverts, the tertials, outer webs of secondaries, and outer webs of primaries, excepting distal portions, shining metallic dull blackish green; sides of head and neck velvety black with a slight violet sheen, the long pointed feathers on the sides of the neck shining metallic dark delft blue; lower parts velvety black with a slight violet or bluish sheen, the feathers of lower throat, jugulum, and upper breast with short lanceolate tips of shining metallic dusky dull bluish green, giving to these parts a spotted appearance; lining of wing black, with a bluish or bluish green sheen; ‘Gris straw yellow.” From Dicruropsis pectoralis leucops, which this new race resembles more than it does Dicruropsis pectoralis solombensis Oberholser,’ from Solombo Besar Island, it is separable by its rather duller upper surface, longer hackles on sides of neck, and duller, more brownish posterior lower parts. The two specimens in the collection are both adults i in good plumage. Their measurements follow. 1 For the use of this generic name, see p. 185 2 See p. 184. NO. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 199 Measurements of specimens of Dicruropsis pectoralis sirensis. e ee | °.: | rise | of = | , oO | Pes) SN Fat | i] | 2 vu. Fe M. Sex. Locality. | Date. Collector. 2 | ar 1 on sNO. | = oh S 5 | = sé S = a | eee See | ees a = i Fide & pelseare | = i AFORE 2 a= (ease } | | | : | 1907. mm mm mm.\ mm.| mm. | mn HOGS Pa eee | Female..| Pulo Mata | Dee. 8] Dr. W. L. | 305 157) 127 | 31.0 | 26 17 | | Siri, Lau- Abbott. + } | - rot Is-| | | lands, Ja- | | | | va Sea.2 | | | $ ARIS 2. Wedgie: (ayeaeatodi dO... 5. | 308 | 158 | 134 | 30,8 | 25.5 | 18.5 Avgcrapern wotemalesiy 5-0. oa oo ee see rail 306.5 | 157.5 | 130.5 | 30.9 | 25.8 | 4&2 1 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 2 Type. IV. PULO KALAMBAU. Pulo Kalambau is one of the largest three islands of the Laurot, or Laut Kitchil, Islands, m the eastern portion of the Java Sea. It lies in the southern part of tnis group, and about 90 miles south of the eastern end of southern Borneo. Doctor Abbott landed here for a day on December 7, 1907, and collected two birds, which he as usual presented to the United States National Museum. These represent two species, and one is an unde- scribed subspacies. So far as we are aware no birds have ever been recorded from Pulo Kalambau. Those collected by Doctor Abbott are given below. Family RALLIDAE. GALLICREX CINEREA (Gmelin). [| Fulica] cinerea GMELIN, Syst. Nat., vol. 1, pt. 2, 1789, p. 702 (China). Doctor Abbott obtained a single specimen, an adult female, No. 181400, U.S.N.M., December 7, 1907. Length (in flesh), 350 mm. This example is in perfect plumage, but appears to exhibit no significant differences in either size or color from Chinese or Philip- pine birds, though it is somewhat smaller than any of our limited series of specimens from the Philippine Islands. Family ZOSTEROPIDAE. ZOSTEROPS SOLOMBENSIS ZACHLORA, new subspecies. Subspecific characters.—Similar to Zosterops solombensis solom- bensis, from Solombo Besar Island, but somewhat larger, particularly the bill; upper tail-coverts, pileum, and cervix, duller, more greenish (less yellowish) olive green; back lighter; and lower surface duller less golden (more greenish) yellow, the flanks and sides paler. 3 See p. 188. °200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vob. 54. Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181589, U.S.N.M.; Pulo Kalambau, Laurot Islands, Java Sea, December 7, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper surface warbler green, the upper tail-coverts lighter, between warbler green and pyrite yellow; tail chaetura drab, the feathers margined basally on external webs with warbler green; wings chaetura drab, the imner margins of the remiges, except at tips, paler, almost whitish, the tertials hair brown washed with warbler green; superior wing-coverts and outer margins of outer vanes of wing-quills warbler green; broad orbital ring white; a small black spot under the anterior part of the eye and continuous with the black lores; supraloral stripe lemon chrome; remainder of sides of head and neck between warbler green and pyrite yellow, and passing superiorly into the green of the upper parts, inferiorly into the yellow of the lower surface; lower parts medially rather dull yellow, between lemon yellow and wax yellow; flanks, with sides of breast and body, pyrite yellow; lining of wing naphthalene yellow. Total length,’ 126 mm.; wing, 57.5; tail, 42.5; exposed culmen, 11.5; tarsus, 18.5; middle toe without claw, 10.5. Although Doctor Abbott obtaimed but a single specimen, this differs in such a manner from Zosterops solombensis solombensis of Solombo Besar Island, that it seems to be without doubt subspecifi- cally distinct. Its upper surface is more uniform, indeed, almost of the same shade throughout, due chiefly to the fact that there is much less contrast between the back and the upper tail-coverts. 1 Measured in the flesh by the collector. AN ACCOUNT OF SOME FISHES FROM OWENS RIVER, CALIFORNIA. By Joun OTTERBEIN SNYDER, Of Stanford University, California. Owens River basin occupies a long, narrow valley in the most rugged part of the high Sierras of California. On the west the moun- tains rise in an enormous wall above which tower the peaks of Whitney, Tyndall, and Lyell. On the east are Inyo Range and the White Mountains, whose summits also reach a great elevation. Owens Valley may properly be included within the Great Basin, its western boundary being coincident with the recognized confines of the latter. It is without exterior drainage, Owens River and its tributaries receiving their water from the slopes of the neighboring mountains and discharging it into Owens Lake, from which it is carried off largely by evaporation. The water of the lake is strongly impregnated with mineral salts. The catchment basin of Owens River is narrowly though sharply separated from that of the San Joaquin by the crest of the Sierras. On the north are Mono Lake and its tributaries, and also a few rela- tively small depressions which may at one time have been connected with the quaternary Lake Lahontan. Extending far to the east and south is a wide expanse of almost waterless desert. The occurrence of fishes in Owens River has long been known, but no serious attempt has been made to establish their relationships, a matter of importance when considered in connection with the geographical position and the complete isolation of the valley. Con- siderable interest therefore attaches to a small collection made by Mr. Clarence Kennedy while acting as assistant to the California State Fish and Game Commission at Laws, a station on the main river. Here the current is not very rapid, and the shores are more or less marshy. Four native species are represented in the collection, possibly not the entire fish fauna of the basin. They are a catostomid, two cyprinoids, and a poeciliid. The catostomid and cyprinoids are Lahontan species and do not appear to possess any local peculiari- PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2333 201 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54 ties. The former, Catostomus arenarius, is abundantly represented in Owens River, while on the contrary it seems to be very rare in the Lahontan system, where specimens are seldom caught. ‘The cypri- noids, Siphateles obesus and Agosia robusta, are common and widely distributed Lahontan species. The poeciliid, Cyprinodon macula- rius, is a form which has an irregular distribution in desert springs and small streams of southern Nevada, California, and elsewhere.. Native trout have not been reported from the Owens River basin, their absence calling to mind the similar case of Eagle Lake, which has been reached by Lahontan catostomids and cyprinoids but not by the trout. The trout of Hagle Lake is related to those of the western slopes of the mountains. The fauna of Owens River has been largely derived from the Lahontan system. Two of its species, C. arenarius and A. robusta, may have reached the river by stream capture, but the presence of Siphateles offers some difficulty to the acceptance of a speculation which would thus account for the invasion of the basin by Lahontan species. The known species of Siphateles are lake and channel forms, and none has yet been observed at a great distance up stream from a lake, a deep spring pond, or a slough-like channel. CATOSTOMUS ARENARIUS Snyder. a SAND-BAR SUCKER. Representatives of but one species of Catostomus were secured, and these belong to a form (C. arenarius lately described from the Lahontan system. Where first discovered, the species appears to be rare, for after considerable collecting only nine specimens were obtained, not enough to furnish very definite data regarding its characteristics and distribution. Since, however, examples were taken in high mountain streams, in the lower Truckee River, and in Pyramid and Tahoe Lakes, one may be permitted to infer that its distribution is rather general in the Lahontan system, and therefore equally so in Owens River. Of its occurrence here Mr. Kennedy observes: Suckers are common everwhere in the main river, usually lying in schools on the inflow side of the pools, with heads upstream. Some are very handsome fish, dark olive brown, with the paler areas of the sides flecked with shining gold which fades into yellowish white on the fins and ventral surface. Some are not so dark, gray and white examples often being seen. Differences of a measurable character appear when examples from Owens River and the Lahontan system are compared, the former having somewhat smaller scales and longer fins. The differences are slight, and they may perhaps disappear with the study of a larger series of specimens. NO. 2333. FISHES FROM OWENS RIVER—SNYDER. 203 Scale counts on Catostomus arenarius, Owens River. Sealeslaterall senerse ase 25 sone oles einis ebesaie 72 | aN 7A | 7h 16 | a7 TS tee | 80 Number’ ot specimenst: . ef. SQu252% 2-28 3 a |S | | «5 | Ouro bel O48 3 Scales before dorsal fin...........----------| 34 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 38 | 39 | 40] 41 42 Numberof-specimenss. 20.5042.) YS. «ee | ho Orih Sif d | LO 3) 9). 2 1 | | | | | | | Scalesabove tater HiG....c:-2----- 5. sp da don V6 [17 [1s |... lero l es Nuinper ef specnmnens: LS 2h) est ee EG LT: | SS aa ese beh oplaios Scales below lateral line. ....-.....------ fete 2) S| 14 eRe a Se Number of specimens.......-..--.-.-- -..-| 10 | 14 | 16 | 14 ee ee | baal Neer ae eee Pe Measurements of Catostomus arenorius, Owens River. Length of body....-. mm..| 155 | 179 | 170 | 154 | 169 | 153 | 160 | 143 | 128 | 18 IhengthAiead. ae. feo et .29 | .2D:| .20 |. 255 126i $240), 245 P25 G le 26 |e 2 Depth body -£¢.-- ai--: £E (Fie! (90) | eet (oie | TO) 22 Ne OT) 20 od | op Depth caudal pedunele. .-.!.095 | .10 | .10 | .09 | .09 | .10 | .09 | .10 | .10; .09 Length caudal peduncle...) .17 |.155 | .14.| .16 |) .17) .17 |.155 | .18 | .18) .17 Length snout... .........-- Vous deh 2 Wy |. 1S6y) Fey | £42 015. | eh Ie 1 Diameter eyerr: 2). fo2\- 5 er 04 }-.04 |.037 | .04 | .04 |.036 |.037 |.038 |.048 04 Interorbital width -......- eds |. O90n). fuk .10.) .10 10 |.095 | .09 | ..11 09 Depth head’. re... 20. 2. ee 0 A Pe ea WF a a We 16 Spout tojoccipyt... 22... > a2 P2me | 2 Be) ve 22e Yt Fadel 22.) 520). 2000 20) 22 21 Snoutiejdorsaly ..9e 32. a8 .48 | .51 | .52 515 } -52) .51 | .49 7) 251 | 52). .00 Snout to ventral.......... .57 | .50 | .56 | On) OMe) OT, | Bool. OS, | DP bec DOO Length base of dorsal. . 22). 147). 15) |. 185-) 14,112) '.13? 15 | .13 | 12 15 Length base of anal....... .08 |.085 | .08 | .08 |.078 | .08 .085 | .08 |.075 | .08 Height dorsal... ......-.- Lis | 1 ber |. Peete) bet L1G | 17.) 18 |. 185 bo 19 8 Height anal..............1. 95 |.295 | .20 | .22 | . 19 BS): a A a a Length pectoral. ......-.- fap) tae.) 19pF | 12) 20 tet | OT TST Os has Beneth ventrak. 4. ab... <% 1H} i. ESe| Sia] ie) bo 215 |. 175°). Togs fe envthyeaudal. - 42.4... - a. | 22 | .23 |.215 | .21 | .22 | .22 |.225 | .23 | ..25 V ep Worsal tays-.>.. .4-2.... e- HO 5° get "9 7 Ca Vt a a 0 a ea 6 at 20 Pa Amal tays.-) aR: Jp8. 2h 23 a ae eee eee a Uy leet Woest sh Seales lateral line......... Ve Ge | = ee | 4 | | Sle | Me | 75 4 Eiletehts baknee Scales above lateral line...) 17 | 15| 15! 17} 18| 17|.17) 16 broth fant he Scales below lateral line.... 12) 12) 13| 14) 13] 13] 13] 13) 14 3 Seales before dorsal... ....- | 39) 36 | 39 | 39| 38 | 40] 41 | 40 | 7 eee | | | | SIPHATELES OBESUS (Girard). LAKE CHUB. Specimens of this species appear to be like those found in the Lahontan system. The largest fishes secured at Laws measure 132 millimeters. Scale counts of Siphateles obesus, Owens River. | | cog Scales in lateral series..........- |.50.| Bk) 52 |58./\541.55,1 56 1|,57)|,58 4.59 | .60 Number of speCimens..........-- eg RE Lg FG el SP a RA 3 PG Lata ; | | | | Seales before dorsal fin.......-.-. L2G) ic 2 Zell 28 te ea valte2Os | (Sel +3ul | 32 | bBo Number of specimens........---- i 0 a ah a | oe eer) el Deere } | Scalesjaboye lateral line ..).: . 5 <.| 12.) 13 )-44)]-2.-) 25)))16 |. 2.0). Lathes ee]-o-]e -3- Number of specimens. ........--- 6p) 16 [Zi |e 3 2 | Wek: ie “| the Scales below lateral line. ....... Gi) 7 | Subtanl $9 jleyslobee alt t Fe | gece tie Number of specimens............ PIM, yee Nees] HOO |< \owia|2 a eale aise [Awa le a. ole ne | 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54 Examples from the Lahontan system exhibit the following scale characters: Scales in lateral series........... (50 51 | 52 | 53 | 54 | 55156 57 | 58 | 59} 60 Number of specimens. ....-...--- b Babee Qi dSen, Geral s Msi iad | cide Ae i Scales before dorsal fin.......... [ee |) BE 29 1 SO ST 32 Weds ne easels 25 ee Number of specimens. ........--- Ap ORR el MGS RS i) duly 20). ceebaer | ee haa Scales above lateral line........ | 12 | TE oa 2 Da eel a Ba ie pik. |icn Number of specimens. .......---- ec Se SOC25! | Tabet We leas. Cee ject sn ee pee Lee | | Measurements of Siphateles obesus, Owens River, Laws. | | Length of body......mm..} 109} 90| 86/ 91]| 89] 83] S8L| 82] 88 89 Renethjitead er oe oie 29 est) S29 28) 2284 SQM 27, SN or eee Depth woody as ss ee coe (240 | 220" | "226. | . 2G] 2208! 26, | 22%": 2a ay aoe Depth caudal peduncle...) .11 | .18 |.135 | .13 | .12 | .13 | .13 | .13 |.1385 | .18 Length caudal peduncle...| .20 | .20 | .22 | .20 | .21 | .20 | .20| .21 | .19 | ..21 Kencth snout. <5... 5- 22 .08 |.075 | .08 | .08 | .08 | .09 |.076 | .08 |.075 | .08 Diametereyes: (2iho.-2. .05 | .06 | .06 |.055 |.065 | .07 |.065 | .07 | .06 | .06 Interorbital width .......- OFF) STON) £ LOOP) 095" <5 10h 1012092 -| 10S hile eras Pepinneate =. eee ee 20 20 P20") 20") «20 | F2k 1220 20" ea Nae Snout to occiput.......... AV ZN). 20 | h Qie i 20s BOI 622i. 21 seat pee Snoutitd-dorsal = fos: 2 .06 | .57 | .55 | .53 | .55 | .57 | .55 | .55 1.5657) 255 Snout to ventral .......... .500 | .55 | .56 | .55 | .56 | .56 | .56 |.,56 | 256] 9.55 Length base of dorsal. .... SRP) 2 LO) 2B) OR 126 eh ae | 512 +: a a er Length base of anal. --...}. 085 | .09 | .10 | .08 | .09 |.082 |.085 | .09 | .10 08 Merah dorawke-). ee. eM EO VSS") Tet) CRAY 208) AG 4 208 ATS: en 20 Fleroht anal “2 oo. 21S) | SU. tT ea BS eT | 4 5 De aS Length pectoral.....-..--- Veo | = UGS) SS. s Uifenees Wy tera 7) =i 7, x eS a eee aE Tenoth ventrat 2225-0 oe. |}. 155°). 15: | 15°) . 14 |. 16 | 214 | «15 4 25° 4 S66 enethicandale = sa sae 230) [225 | adorh .22 1) 220) || e222 lo 20] 24 eee 25 Borsa hrays: Sees oa S18 8 Save a8 Si peas cha nite: 3) POT ROS os Se he aan = 8 ee ae Se alge 8 8 8 omni eeany | i 8 7 Scales lateral line......... Pe | a2) Ve | Os.) Spe | oa SO) Gi be 54 Scales above lateral line.... 14| 14] 13] 14; 15} 14) 138] 14) 14 15 Scales below lateral line... 6 7 7 8 7 ‘oot eigen 7 7 7 Scales before dorsal........ Soul poet |e 29°) "S233 Rggaingy Hogg 31 AGOSIA ROBUSTA Rutter. BLACK MINNOW. Numerous specimens of this species fail to present any distinctive local characteristics when compared with a large series from the Lahontan system. The general shape is similar to Lahontan ex- emples. The barbels, usually present, are in some cases only seen on one side or the other, or are entirely absent. The laternal line may be entirely complete or variously interrupted, but usually extends to or beyond a point beneath the origin of the dorsal fin. There is a dark lateral stripe which is indistinct anteriorly, but very prominent posteriorly, ending in a black, round spot at the base of the caudal fin. Spots of dark pigment are scattered over the body. They are irregular in outline, their boundaries not coinciden with those of the included scales. NO. 2333. FISHES FROM OWENS RIVER—SNYDER. 205 In 20 examples the scales in the lateral series number 60 to 67; between occiput and insertion of dorsal 37 to 42; above lateral line 12 to 14; below lateral line 9 or 10. Mr. Kennedy remarks: This species is not common. It varies much in color, often being olive brown above, occasionally more gray than olive; yellowish white below. The side stripe is in some cases very conspicuous, in others obscure. The small, yellowish eye dis- tinguishes this fish among others. ; CYPRINODON MACULARIUS Baird and Girard. SPOTTED PURSY MINNOW. This little fish occurs in the shallow pools along the river. It abounds in the bog pastures and tulle swamps, and enters the irriga- tion ditches in large numbers. When undisturbed it swims about after the manner of top-minnows, the mouth at the surface, the tail deeply submerged. Mr. Kennedy reports that the swampy areas of Owens River are relatively free from mosquitoes, and suggests that their absence is probably due to the activities of this fish. The suggestion is well worth serious attention, and if investigation proves that the species aids in controling the pest in this place, its introductlon should be attempted in swampy and irrigated regions where mosquitoes abound, parts of the Sacramento Valley, and the lower Humboldt River, for example. ae a) hubetieneee cal see ‘of api. Wi vd Pudi “ots ad nee watts: row) ol PDAS | } i ast ee ee io et sae ans oitd 2 f Eeshws, irage Afi i ran y aN wee Witees) Maw? ee ee ee rn ee tel as. PI eT Wah ite Jedin sa tS Ny Yes Habra Grewal: : MOR MORIST A Rrotinns, Vs vale aile te a BLADE MENON " Mearienmdns syeihocte if This upieivees alt iach arey distinctev joxs gf phe Minitchisticsiniels when tanecr ated Sep a large aeties frye, hanno ntes: apie. hei geared shape te auhatlan te , Grapes, The harhots, waietle arestet, ore, (te one tier only eel one aah ahie 20 the ther, ar are ondinely gheonk the Late ita tine nity Tbe wntite sy .Uayihetey ok caciously interreptnd ih hat) genome niwede-to. or bepowdcs prews benenth the onigity af! she dowsat & Phere is 3 atk jntessl strope thigh a amelertinet sntickoRanenam provdnent geatucionly, «aging MM em of aho wands) fies lie wi shale pody. Thay are’ ms ‘wath oun fhe ne a, NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS AND OTHER MOLLUSKS FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. By Witi1am Hearrty Datt, Honorary Curator of Mollusks, United States National Museum. During the past year the writer received from Mr. Y. Hirasé, of Japan, a number of shells for identification, with a request that any new species be described. Having given special attention to the Chrysodomoid whelks, the opportunity was taken to revise the group- ing of those mollusks as well as to prepare descriptions of a number of new species which occurred in Mr. Hirasé’s collection. The unique types were returned to him, but of several species cotypes were available for the National Collection. A few species of especial interest from the west coast of America are included in this paper. A prodrome of the proposed classification of Chrysodomus and its allies was published! but, as this comprised merely a list of genera and subdivisions with designation of types, it was thought best. to give herewith the complete discussion of the facts upon which the revision was based. A large number of boreal species from the Bering Sea region remain to be described at a later oppor- tunity. ' Genus CHRYSODOMUS Swainson. The nuclei or larval shells of species belonging to Chrysodomus and its allies present several distinct types and numerous mutations. In many cases, as in Buccinum and Busycon, it was shown many years ago by Loven and others that a single ovicapsule contains a number of ova fertile and unfertile. The unfertile eggs serve as food for the larvae developed from the fertile ones and there is a certain amount of competition between the larvae in the capsule which re- sults in the most vigorous larvae getting more food and making a larger growth than the more weakly coinhabitants of the capsule. Thus at the time of leaving the capsule and coming into the outer world, it sometimes happens that there will be perceptible differ- ences between the individuals issuing from a single capsule, not only 1Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 29, pp. 7-8, January, 1916. PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuUSEuM, VOL. 54—No. 2134. 307 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. in actual size but in the length of the coil of whorls and the size and compactness of the larval apex. The most common and typical nucleus comprises one or two whorls of a thin, smooth, more or less inflated character, while the normal sculpture of the adult shell usually commences abruptly at the termination of the nuclear coil. In some cases there are three or more nuclear whorls which are then usually coiled in a subeylindri- cal fashion. The apex or initial whorl of the first fundamental type may pre- sent either of the following phases: (1) a bulbous appearance at times even larger in diameter than the next succeeding whorl; it may, however, be (2) small and coiled upon itself in a regular man- ner, gradually increasing in size. It may be (8) tilted obliquely to the axes of the succeeding whorls, or it may be (4) so compactly coiled that the initial cell forms with its first half whorl a little angie or point which forms the actual apex of the spire. Again the initial vell may be (5) quite small and regularly increase, with a low blunt spire recalling the appearance of a small 7'urbo viewed vertically from above. Most of these mutations are incidents of growth, and while the nucleus in a general way remains tolerably constant in form (though varying in size) within the species, I have found cases where from the same bunch of capsules one might select bulbous turbinoid, or laxly coiled nuclei. These nuclear shells are thin, easily eroded, and it is frequently a matter of no little difficulty to find a single intact nucleus, even in a very large series of specimens of a single species. As the animal grows it either forms septa behind it as the viscera are withdrawn from the nuclear shell or fills the latter solidly up with shelly mat- ter. This septum is often bulbous exactly as in nuclei of the type above mentioned (No. 1) and may later be solidly filled up internally with a shelly deposit. If the species had originally a nucleus of the type about to be described, and this thin shell be eroded away as is common, the septum-tip may remain, and so closely resemble the bul- bous type as to deceive the very elect. One must therefore be on the alert for a wholly intact nucleus, and if possible secure it from a very young specimen. The best come from ovicapsules where the young shells are ready to emerge but have not yet been exposed to the erosive properties of seawater. The third type above referred to? so nearly resembles the apex in the genus Caricella of the Volutidae, that one suspects the pres- 1¥For illustrations of the different types of nucleus which parallel one another in the Chrysodomiae and Volutidae see Friele in Norwegian North Atlantic expedition, Mol- lusea, pt. 1, pls. 1-3; and Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst., vol. 3, pt. 1, pls. 6 and 7, as follows: No. 1, Friele, pl. 1, fig. 12 a—b; No. 2, Dall, pl. 6, fig. 3a; No. 3, Dall, pl. 6, fig. 6; No. 5a; and Friele, pl. 1, fig. 110; No. 4, Dall, pl. 6, fig. 6, and Friele, pl. 1, fig. 100; No. 5, Dall, pl. 6, fig. 8. No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. _ 209 ence in the larva of a cartilaginous primal] cell, lost in the ovicapsule before emergence, and of which the shelly pointed apex is the secondary stage. The first fundamental type may for brevity be termed the Chrys- odomoid. The second, after its characteristic genus, the Siphonor- bitoid. The latter may be described as follows: It has a turbinoid aspect when viewed from above and is always depressed or at least blunt; it is regularly coiled; it begins with a smooth minute apical cell which develops a whorl or sometimes a whorl and a half, then assumes a sculptured surface, composed of one or more sharp spirals crossed by rather distant thin sharp axial riblets for two or three regularly enlarging, moderately inflated whorls, usually ending ab- ruptly but sometimes merging gradually into the adult sculpture; and is more or less invested with a distinct, sometimes villous, periostracum. This type of nucleus is common not only to the group, Siphonorbis, but also to Mohnia, Kryptos, and the aberrant 7'ro- schelia, which, by its dentition, is allied to Fascitolaria and Fusinus, perhaps indicating a closer relationship between these genera at an earlier period. The Siphonorbis nucleus is figured by Friele on plate 2, figs. 19, 22, 30, and 34; and one with the original sculpture eroded, at fig. 25. As far as sculpture is concerned the group of Colus divides itself naturally into those with spiral sculpture, but without axial riblets (Colus sensu stricto), in which the spiral sculpture may be strong or feeble, though in some of the latter it is almost obsolete, the shell without careful and even microscopic scrutiny appearing smooth; and those with axial plications, which are frequently confined to the early whorls and absent or obsolete on the later ones. There is also a small group (Avryptos) in which the axial sculpture may be developed only as nodules at the shoulder. The latter has not been examined anatomically and has been claimed as a member of another family. In general form we have infinite gradations from the elongated type, simulating /'usinus, with narrow, nearly straight, and produced canal, to those species in which the canal is short and recurved, or wide and hardly differentiated from the aperture; or Buccinoid and scarcely to be differentiated from Buccinum except by the operculum. There is also a small group in which the shell is plicate and usually dark colored and, comparec with the typical forms, quite minute in size. The group of Chrysodomus proper has preponderately spiral sculpture sometimes varied by rude axial nodes or projecting lamellae, the shell substance tending to have a translucent outer layer and the 3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——15 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. periostracum extremely thin and usually absent except in the most protected places; the color tending in many cases to a purplish tint. In Colus, on the other hand, the periostracum is generally conspicu- ous, strongly adherent, usually smooth or even polished, though occasionally villous; the outer layer of the shell beneath it of an opaque chalky consistency and generally whitish. When the villosity of the periostracum is worn the basis may remain smooth and even acquire a polish. It is usually of a yellowish or greenish brown. The operculum is usually rounded-triangular with apical nucleus, the inner side with a thickened margin of a vitreous appearance. This, however, may be reduced to a thin, hardly perceptible varnish. The operculum may be shortened and the apex curved to the left, a tendency which in Mohnia is increased until the operculum as- sumes a subspiral form. In Ancistrolepis it becomes fan shaped, solid, with the apical part much prolonged beyond the attachment to the opercular gland, reminding one of the spurlike end of the oper- culum in Strombus. In Beringius it becomes short and rounded- quadrate, the nucleus at one side. Whichever set of characters are selected to divide the genera into groups, it will be found that the other characters, each in its own group, will provide a parallel set of forms. Thus it becomes ex- tremely puzzling to decide which characters shall carry most weight, and whatever decision is arrived at there will be a reasonable oppor- tunity for differences of opinion among systematists. The dentition among the species examined seems to show compara- tively little variation, chiefly in the presence or absence of minor cusps. It is somewhat surprising that some authors, even at this late day, will accept the prelinnean and frankly polynomial names in the work of Klein and oppose the adoption of the binomial and prop- erly proposed names of the Museum Boltenianum. The probable explanation is that the latter until recently has been difficult of access and Klein’s miserable Tentamen is comparatively common. At all events Klein’s polynomials have fortunately no standing in zoological nomenclature. Mérch in 1852 adopted the name Stpho for Murex islandicus Gmelin, but it had previously been used by Fabricius and others and was not available. Moreover, the same species had been adopted by Beck as an example of his genus 7’ritonofusus. In my discussion of the history of the generic name F'usus in 1906, above cited, I showed that by adopting the name Colus Bolten, for the group typified by WU. islandicus, the name Fasciolaria of Lamarck could be conserved. Colus being prior to Beck’s genus, the name 7'ritonofusus, accepted by me in revising the family in 1902, must be relegated to synonymy. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. BAL In the magnificent volume on the mollusks of the expeditions in northern seas of the Princess Alice and Hirondelle by Dautzenberg and Fischer, published by the Prince of Monaco in 1912, the authors have utilized Morch’s name for this group of Chrysodominae and have divided it into several subgenera, chiefly on the basis of the © relative lengths of the spire and canal. If the learned authors had been able to consult such a collection of boreal Buccinidae as the United States National Museum possesses, it is probable that they would have given less weight to characters of which every grada- tion may sometimes be observed between species of this group, and which often afford little opportunity of drawing valid distinctions of more than specific rank between them. Their arrangement is as follows: Genus SIPHO “ Klein, 1753.” Subgenus Siphonorbis Morch, 1869_____-________. Type, S. ebur Morch. Section Turrisipho Dautzenberg and Fischer, ASTD SO Es Ss ihe SOE atte ee Type, S. lachesis Morch. Subgenus Anomalosipho Dautzenberg and Fischer, (0) oe ne 0 ee ee. ee ee Type, S. verkruzeni “ Kobelt.” Subgenus Mohnia Friele, 1879_-__~_____________ Type, S. mohni Friele. Subgenus Parasipho Dautzenberg and Fischer, a a a ep a a ee gy) Sel Aaa: Lee Type, S. kroyeri Moller. The arrangement adopted by M. Cossmann in his Essais de Paléoconchologie comparée, 1901, p. 96,-is as follows: Family CHRYSODOMIDAE. Genus CHRYSODOMUS Swainson, 1840. Subgenus Chrysodomus s. s. Subgenus Sipho “ Klein,” Cossmann, 1901.1 Neotype, S. gracilis Da Costa. Section Siphonorbis Morch, 1869. Type, Neptunea ebur Morch. Subgenus Volutopsis Morch, 1857. Type, Veptunea norvegica Chemnitz. Section Mohnia Friele, 1879. Type, Wf. mohni Friele. 1M. Cossmann in the “ Hssais,” p. 101, writes: ‘Le nom Sipho, emprunté a Klein a été admis par les plupart des auteurs bien avant Moérch (vy. Herrmannsen, 1845).’’ On turning to Herrmannsen’s volume (of 1847) we find indeed that Sipho had been used by Fabricius and Brown before Morch, but for totally different animals from those now desig- nated Oolus, while for Klein’s Sipho Herrmannsen’s comment is: ‘‘ Genus Turbinum, Fusi, Mitrae, Buccini, et Pisaniae species confundens,”’ 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54. Genus PARVISIPHO Cossmann, 1889. Subgenus Parvisipho s. s. 1889. Type, Yusus terebralis Lamarck (Eocene). Section Columbellisipho Cossmann, 1889. Type, Fusus hordeolus Lamarck (Eocene). Subgenus Z'ortisipho Cossmann, 1889. Type, Pusus gucundus Deshayes (Eocene). Subgenus Andonia Harris and Burrows, 1891. Type, Fusus bonellit Géné (Pliocene). Subgenus Amplosipho Cossmann, 1901. Type, Buccinum rottaet Baudon (Eocene). Subgenus Varicosipho Cossmann, 1901. Type, Sipho labrosus Tate (Eocene). In the case of the arrangement of Dautzenberg and Fischer, it has already been conclusively shown that SipAo can not be used in con- formity with the International rules. TZwurrisipho differs from Si- phonorbis only in the relative height of the spire to the length of the aperture. This character is subject to infinite gradations between related species and in my opinion is of not more than specific value, when the whole series is considered. Take the following series show- ing the relation between aperture (including the canal) and the whole shell in total length. S. lachesis has a ratio of 1 to 2.36. S. tortuosus has a ratio of 1 to 1.93, difference 0.43. C. islandicus has a ratio of 1 to 1.90, difference 0.03. C. hirsutus has a ratio of 1 to 1.90, difference 0.03. C. jeffreysianus has a ratio of 1 to 1.82, difference 0.08. C. pubescens has a ratio of 1 to 1.68, difference 0.14. S. sabinii has a ratio of 1 to 1.44, difference 0.24. Thus the difference between sabinii and tortwosus equals 0.49, or 0.06 more than between Jachesis and the species nearest to it. It is, however, true that the unusually long spire of S. lachesis gives it a rather peculiar aspect. Anomalosipho presents a somewhat different case. The shell so beautifully figured by Messrs. Dautzenberg and Fischer under the name of Sipho verkruzeni Kobelt, is difficult to identify with the original figure of that species given by Kobelt in 1876, who says “feinen nur bei starkerer vergrésserung sichtbaren spiralstreifen.” This agrees with specimens received from Verkruzen by me and named by Kobelt in 1876. It is possible that Verkruzen, who was not an expert, may have sent out more than one species under that name. At all events Dautzenberg’s shell upon which the name No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. : 213 Anomalosipho is based, is very different in form and color from the original S. verkruzeni, which is not an Anomalosipho as defined. I would therefore propose the name of Anomalosipho dautzenbergii for the real type of that subgenus, which has perfectly obvious strong spiral sculpture and is closely related to “ Huthria” conulus, Aurivillius, from the Arctic Ocean near Bering Strait, described and figured in the Vega report of 1885 (pl. 13, fig. 6). Mohnia is generally accepted, and fairly well distinguished from the other groups, though some species of Plicifusus have a somewhat incurved nucleus of the operculum. It is notable that shells specifi- cally very unlike agree in having a Mohnia operculum. The subgenus Parasipho is founded on the same type as Plicifusus proposed 10 years earlier, and which will therefore take precedence. M. Cossmann’s arrangement is peculiar in making Mohnia a section of ‘Volutopsis, but its principal feature is the combination of a number of small Eocene forms under the generic name of Par- visipho. In the absence of specimens of these species, it would be unwise to discuss their relations, especially as M. Cossmann’s fig- ures, phototyped from the fossils, are not as clearly defined in minor details as might be desired. One notes, however, the resemblance of Columbellisipho to Aesopus Gould, and of Amplosipho to certain forms which have by others been referred to Daphnella. It is also doubtful if any form with a strongly thickened varicose outer lip internally dentate, ike Varicosipho, can be safely referred to this family. The difficulties of correctly referring fossil forms to their true position in the system without an intimate knowledge of their recent analogues are, however, very great, and the service rendered by M. Cossmann in bringing together scattered material for the use of those of more limited facilities is one deserving of appreciation. Taking into account the preceding considerations, the following arrangement has been settled on. Family CHRYSODOMIDAE. Genus CHRYSODOMUS Swainson. Murex, sp. LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 754. Fusus, sp. BRUGUIERE,. Encyl. Meth., vol. 1, 1789, p. xv, pl. 426. Not of Helbling, 1779. Neptunea, sp. BOLTEN, Mus. Boltenianum, 1798, p. 115.—Linx, Beschr. Rost. Samml., vol. 3, 1807, p. 117. Chrysodomus SwAINson, Malacology, 1840, pp. 90, 308. Type, Murex an- tiquus Linnaeus. Not of G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., 1878, p. 269 (= Beringius Dall). 914 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vou. 54. Atractus AGAssiz, Min. Conch., German ed., 1840, p. 44. Types, Murer striatus (= antiquus Linnaeus) and M. contrarius Gmelin. Not Atrac- tus Wagler, 1828. Neptunea Morcu, Cat. Yoldi, 1852, p. 104. (First species, Murer antiquus Linnaeus). Not of Renier, 1847. Chrysodomus COSSMANN, Essais de Pal. Comp., livr. 4, 1901, p. 98. Type, Murex despectus Linnaeus.—Dat1, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 1264, p. 520, 1902. Neptunea DAUTZENBERG AND FiscHER, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, p. 68 Harmer, Pliocene Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. 1, p. 156, 1915. Not Neptunia Renier, 1847 (Coelenterata). The name Neptunea Bolten was given to a heterogeneous collec- tion now divided into eight or more genera of several distinct families. Link in 1807 segregated Massa without accepting La- marck’s name for it, which had already been used by Bolten for a different group. Bolten selected no type and gave no diagnosis. One by one the species included in his genus were used as types for new genera by later authors. The name generally accepted for the present group and including Fusinus Rafinesque, was Fusus Bruguiére, 1789, but not of Helbling, 1779. In 1840 Swainson instituted the genus Chrysodomus and men- tioned as typical example (p. 90) the “beautiful orange mouth wilk of England” (Fusus antiquus). The first species of his list given on a later page is (0. dispectus (sic), the second C. argyrostomus (= C. antiquus). Both are unquestionably congeneric, and the former, Murex despectus Linnaeus, has been taken as type by several authors who probably did not notice the selection of a type on the earlier page. Shell large, short-fusiform, smooth or spirally sculptured, some-_ times with rude axial ribbing or nodosities or varixlike sharp laminae; outer coat of the shell subtranslucent, the inner layers with a darker, usually purplish tint, the periostracum inconspicuous and dehiscent; last whorl longer than the spire, with a wide aperture, the outer lip in the adult flaring or subreflected, not thickened; pillar flexuous, smooth; labium without callosities or lirae; inner side of the outer lip without liration in the typical group; the canal rather long, wide, open and flexuous; animal short and broad; the penis large, usually sickleshaped and with a small elongate terminal papilla; operculum ovate with apical nucleus, nearly closing the aperture; ovicapsules massed, sessile either in a heap as in Buccinum, or in acylindrical erect group; nucleus submammillary, of the Chryso- domoid type hereinbefore defined; the subsequent whorls rapidly in- creasing, not numerous. The dental formula 1. 1. 1, the teeth usually tricuspid, the central rhachidian cusp and outer lateral cusps usually larger; the minor cusps often irregular, multiple or obsolete. The habitat of the genus is in cold water of the North temperate or Arc- tic seas. No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 915 Section SULCOSIPHO Dall. Shell like Chrysodomus but more slender and elongate and with the whorl in front of the suture conspicuously widely sulcate or tabu- late, the nucleus inflated and slightly oblique, the color whitish. Type.—C hrysodomus tabulatus Baird, Puget Sound. C.adelphicus Dall, of Japan, appears to belong to this group also. Subgenus BARBITONIA Dall. Shell short and stout, resembling CArysodomus, smooth or axially ribbed, the outer wall of the aperture in the adult spirally irate within. Habitat, Northeastern Asia and Japan. Type.—fusus arthriticus Valenciennes, 1858, Hakodate. The closely related Neptunea cumingi Crosse, 1862, according to Aurivillius, has a radula differing from that of typical Chrysodomus in having two rather long cusps on the laterals, the rhachidian tooth bearing two curved cusps springing backward from the anterior edge of the basal plate, and between them on the posterior edge of the plate two short triangular cusps with no median denticle. The operculum is large, slightly arched with an apical nucleus. Fusus Lulbaceus Bernardi, and vinosus Dall, have the dentition of Chryso- domus, lack axial ribbing and lirations, and, though otherwise simi- lar, do not belong to this group. Genus SEARLESIA Harmer. Searlesia HARMER, Pliocene Moll. Gt. Britain, vol. 1, 1915, p. 135. Type, Trophon costifer S. Wood, Crag of Britain. Chrysodomus CoSSMANN, Essais, vol. 4, 1901, p. 101. Nucleus (of S. dirus) smooth, of two laxly coiled smooth whorls changing abruptly into the adult sculpture of few strong axial ribs crossed by numerous spiral threads. The shell-structure subtrans- lucent, dark colored; the shell short-fusiform, periostracum incon- spicuous; aperture shorter than the spire, the outer lip thickened and internally lirate; the body callous, with a narrow chink between the reflected enamel and the strong siphonal fasciole; canal short, open, slightly recurved. Radular formula $ :4:4, the median rachi- dian cusp longer than the others. The specimens of 7. costifer at my disposal show the nucleus less perfectly than the recent species from which I have taken the de- scription, but they appear to be essentially similar. The genus is convenient as it takes in several West American and Japanese species for which no satisfactory place had hitherto been found. The operculum is similar to that of Colus, long-ovate, arcuate, with apical nucleus and, on the proximal side, a marginal band of vitreous enamel. 916 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. von, 54. Genus ECPHORA Conrad. EHcphora Conrap, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., vol. 1, 1848, p. 310.—Dat1, Trans. Wagner Inst., vol. 3, 1890, p. 124. Type, Fusus quadricostatus Say, Miocene, Maryland. Shell vertically depressed, few whorled, the last much the largest; structure of shell Chrysodomoid; sculpture of few strong spiral ribs; canal short, very deep and narrow with a large, funicular um- bilical pit. Stenomphalus Sandberger, 1853, from the North European Mio- cene, appears to represent this form on the other side of the Atlantic, but I have not been able to examine a specimen. Genus COLUS Bolten. Colus Botten, Mus. Boltenianum, 1798, p. 117, edition of 1819, p. 82. No type selected. Neptunea B Linx, Beschr. Rostock Samml., vol. 3, 1807, p. 117. No type selected. Tritonofusus Brcx, Amtl. Ber. d. 24 Vers. Deutsche Naturf., Kiel, 1847, p. 114. Type, Fusus islandicus Chemnitz — HERRMANNSEN, Ind. Gen. Mal., vol. 2, 1849, p. 611.—Datt, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 522. Not of Mérch, Fort. ov. Gronl. Bloddyr, 1857, p. 18. Neptunella VERRILL, Inv. An. Vineyard Sound, 1873, p. 6387; Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 38, vol. 6, 1873, p. 439. Type, Fusus pygmaeus Gould. Not Neptunella Meek, 1864. Siphonella VERRILL, Checkl. Mar. Iny. Atlantic Coast, 1879, p. 20 (New name for Neptunella preoccupied). Not Siphonella Hagen, 1851, Insecta. Sipho Morcu, Cat. Yoldi, vol. 1, 1852, p. 104. Not Sipho of Fabricius, 1822, or of Brown, 1844, or Sypho of Brown, 1827. Fusus of many AuTHors, but not of Helbling, 1779. Colus Dati, Journ. Conch. (Leeds), vol. 11, No. 10, 1906, p. 294. Type, Murex islandicus Gmelin. Sipho DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, p. 81. Type, Buccinum gracile Da Costa. Shell long-fusiform, slender, with numerous moderately rounded whorls, the nucleus Chrysodomoid, the shell structure usually white, often with a chalky external layer under a conspicuous, usually brownish, adherent periostracum; sculpture spiral, seldom very strong, sometimes nearly obsolete, never axially plicate or ribbed; aperture of moderate size, the outer lip simple, acute, not thickened or reflected, rarely slightly expanded; pillar smooth, the inside of the outer lip not lirate or denticulate; canal varying in length, usually somewhat tortuous or, when short, recurved; operculum filling the aperture, formed as in Chrysodomus. Radula like Chrysodomus, the minor cusps variable, the rhachidian tooth always cuspidate. Ovi- capsules solitary, lentiform or hemispherical, attached by the whole of the flat side, usually with several enclosed voung. Nepionic shells NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. O17. small, generally with the apical whorl inflated, the next succeeding somewhat constricted, and the rest regularly increasing; but the nucleus varies as previously described from inflated and irregular to blunt and regularly coiled, but always smooth. Type—Murex islandicus Gmelin. It is questionable whether the small form named by Gould Fusus pygmaeus should be separated sectionally from Colus proper, or not. The characters of radula and periostracum upon which Verrill based his Veptunella are common to species of larger growth which one would not think of separating. The nucleus, however, is pecu- liar in being strongly spirally keeled clear up to the minute apical cell, thus tabulating the nuclear whorls. The summit, however, is not flat, and there are no such radial riblets as are found in Siphon- orbis. Sipho parvus Verrill, a still smaller and similar species as far as adult characters go, has the nucleus Chrysodomoid, though on a smaller scale. Another group of species, typified by /usus spitzbergensis Reeve, has a special aspect due to the short canal and the prominence of the spiral ribs separated by chaneled interspaces. It may be called Aulacdfusus. Subgenus LATISIPHO Dall. ? Parvisipho CoSSMANN, (part) Cat. Eocene bas. Paris, vol. 4, 1889, p. 147. EKocene of Paris basin. Type, Fusus terebralis Lamarck (not Gould). Shell of moderate size, Buccinoid in form, with fine spiral stria- tion or none; no axial sculpture; the periostracum persistent, smooth; the spire short, about equal to the aperture; the canal short, “markedly recurved; the outer lip ample, simple, slightly reflected in the adult; the body and pillar callous, smooth; the siphonal fasciole strong with no chink between it and the columellar callus. Operculum as in Colus with apical nucleus. The nuclear whorls as in Colus but small. Type-—Chrysodomus hypolispus Dall, 1891, U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 122606. Bering Sea. The group of fossil species, included under Parvisipho by its author, from the present writer’s point of view appears heterogene- ous, including smooth, plicate, and varicose species, some with inter- nal lirae in the aperture. P. terebralis Lamarck seems from the figure somewhat like the present group in outline, but, considering its geological remoteness, the boreal habit and buccinoid aspect of _the group here assembled under Latistpho, it seems that a separa- tion is not unreasonable. The features in Parvisitpho upon which M. Cossmann lays special stress, such as the pillar without callus, the absence of a siphonal fasciole (bourrelet), etc., are quite the 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54. contrary of those which obtain in Latisipho, of which numerous spe- cies exist in the Bering Sea region, and which are contrasted with typical Colus by their buccinoid form and strongly recurved short canal. This group is related to Colus much as Latifusus is to Plicifusus. Curious zigzag ridges, not very prominent, appear behind the shoulder of the last whorl in some specimens of this species, but are absent in others. No explanation of them is obvious, but I suspect them to be pathologic. Subgenus ANOMALOSIPHO Dautzenberg and Fischer. Anomalosipho DAUTZENBERG AND FrscHer, Res. Camp. scientifiques de Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, p. 99. Shell solid, of moderate size, the nucleus unknown, the sculpture exclusively spiral, the sutures not constricted, the aperture shorter than the spire, the canal very short, wide, hardly differentiated from the aperture. Type—Sipho verkruzent Dautzenberg and Fischer (not Kobelt) = Colus dautzenbergii Dall. Atlantic Ocean; Grand Banks. - The Sipho verkruzeni, var. plicata figured by Brégger and cited in the work of Dautzenberg and Fischer, appears from the excellent figure to be probably a young specimen of Plicifusus areticus Philippi. Tritonofusus adonis Dall, and Euthria conulus Aurivillius, are mem- bers of this subgenus, but all specimens yet seen have the apices of the shell eroded so that the nuclear characters are unknown. The radula appears to have normally three cusps on the rhachidian tooth and four on the laterals, but one or more cusps are sometimes defi- cient, according to Aurivillius. Genus SIPHONORBIS Morch. Siphonorbis Morcu, Journ. de Conchyl., vol. 17, 1869, p. 397. No type cited. (First species, Musus lachesis Morch).—Fiscurer, Manuel de Conchyl., 1884, p. 624. Type selected, S. eburx Mérch, Greenland seas.— Dat, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264, p. 522.—DAuTZENBERG AND FiscHsmr, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, pp. 82, 93 (Fusus ebur Morch). Turrisipho DAUTZENBERG AND FIscHEer, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, pp. 82, 97. Type, S. lachesis Morch. Nucleus siphonorbitoid as before herein described; shell generally like Colus, but variable; the canal usually short; the sculpture, if any, spiral; the spire varying in relative length compared with the aperture; the operculum as in Colus; the rhachidian tooth with a single cusp, the laterals with two cusps; otherwise as in Colus. NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 219 The peculiarly depressed, sharply reticulate, nepionic whorls start- ‘ing from a smooth apical cell form such a contrast to the nucleus in Colus that it seems reasonable to separate them generically. Genus KRYPTOS Jeffreys. Kryptos (Jeffreys) DAUTZENBERG AND FiscHer, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 9, 1896, p. 485. Type, K. elegans Jeffreys, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 9, 1896, p. 485, pl. 15, fig. 20 (Separate copies, p. 41). Northeastern Atlantic in deep water. Nucleus initially smooth, then depressed and reticulate as in Siphonorbis; shell as in Siphonorbis except that axial ribbing is developed over part or the whole of the shell, becoming reticulate or nodulous at intersection with the more prominent spiral sculpture. Operculum rounded-quadrate, short, as in Beringius; verge relatively enormous, cylindrical, with conical tip; eyes and radula apparently wanting in the typical species, A. elegans. A manuscript note of Jeffreys states that the type is identical with Boreofusus nodosus Jeffreys of the Porcupine Expedition ; but I have not found that 2. nodosus has been published, though we have speci- mens so labeled in his collection. The typical species of Avryptos has a plain, somewhat concave band in front of the suture and behind the nodosities at the shoulder of the whorl. Locard referred the species to Plewrotomella, but the nuclear characters are so obviously Siphonorbitoid that I can not accept this conclusion. Fusus fenestratus Turton, (+fusiforme Broderip, +roderipii Jeffreys) probably belongs to this genus. Jeffreys’ statement that the “top whorl” is smooth results from the fact that Broderip’s type-specimen, now in the Jeffreys collection, had been cleaned with acid. Other species are Husus abyssorum ‘Fischer, 1884! (profundicola Verrill and Smith, April, 1884). F. sarst Jeffreys is not a plicate species and probably =ebur Morch. This group is related to Siphonorbis somewhat as Plicifusus is to Colus. Genus PLICIFUSUS Dall. Plicifusus Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 528. Type, Fusus kroyeri Moller. Parasipho DAUTZENBERG AND FIscHER, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, pp. 82, 100. Type, F. kroyeri Moller. Shell strongly plicate axially, smooth or spirally sculptured, usually with an inconspicuous periostracum; nucleus Chrysodomoid; aper- ture ample, the outer lip markedly flexuous behind, slightly ex- panded, simple, sharp; the pillar callous, the canal slightly twisted 1 Fischer’s separate copies of this leafiet were received July 26, 1884; the part of the Journal de Conchyliologie containing it, in November, 1884, at the Smithsonian Institu- tion. I am unable to say when this number of the Journal was published. It is dated 1888 but did not appear until sometime in 1884. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. and recurved, moderately long; the aperture (including the canal) about as long as the spire. Operculum as in Colus. Dentition (of ° P. arcticus Philippi) 4:4:4, the cusps of the rhachidian subequal, the middle cusp of the laterals smaller and often variable or bifid. The type of.the radular sac is chrysodomoid. Arctic seas. The small size, livid coloration, and heavy shell of the North Atlantic species described by Mdller, is so different from the large, whitish, thin form from the Arctic Ocean and Bering Sea named ~ by Philippi in 1850 Fusus arcticus, that I think it best to regard the two as distinct species, though they have generally been regarded as synonymous. : Subgenus REtTIFuSUS Dall. Shell of small or moderate size,.with a conspicuous dark usually vernicose periostracum; axially plicate, the surface reticulated by _ sharply incised spiral grooves; nucleus swollen, chrysodomoid; outer lip flexuous, slightly reflected, sharp, simple, without internal lirae; canal short, recurved, with the siphonal fasciole indistinct; opercu- lum arcuate with apical nucleus. Bering Sea and north Pacific. Type.—Tritonium jessoense Schrenck. Ohrysodomus virens Dall, and several new species belong to this group. Subgenus LATIFUSUsS Dall. Shell short and broad, whitish, with a dull slightly villous perio- stracum; arcuately plicate with fine spiral threading; canal and aperture as long as the spire; outer lip strongly flexuous behind, slightly thickened and reflected; pillar short, smooth, with the body . coated with callus in the adult; canal short, wide, recurved, with the siphonal fasciole feeble; operculum arcuate, the nucleus apical and in perfect specimens incurved; the apex of all the specimens is more or less eroded, but appears to have been acute and chrysodomoid. Type—Chrysodomus griseus Dall, Californian coast in deep water. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 96531. This is the buccinoid phase of Plicifusus as Latisipho is of Colus. Subgenus MicroFrusus Dall. Shell small, with a somewhat villous, inconspicuous periostracum ; nucleus smooth, swollen, obliquely tilted, chrysodomoid; subsequent whorls near the apex axially ribbed, the remainder without axial sculpture; spiral sculpture of fine close threading; suture appressed, spire acute; aperture shorter than the spire, with a wide, very short, recurved canal; outer lip simple, sharp; pillar without callous de- posit, or marked siphonal fasciole. Type—Chrysodomus acutispiratus Sowerby. Japan, U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 274056. NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 221 It is possible that some of the species included under Parvisipho Cossmann might find a place here. Section HELICOFUSUS Dall. Shell small, short, inflated, with an external chalky layer covered with a dark rude periostracum, both usually eroded; the inner shell layer of an orange color; nucleus large for the shell, depressed, dome- like, smooth and of about one whorl; the succeeding whorl or two with short small axial ribs, the later whorls with only fine spiral sculpture, usually eroded; aperture as long as the spire; outer lip sharp, flexuous behind, not reflected; body and pillar with a thin callus; pillar short, twisted, abruptly bent to the left with the wide short canal, no siphonal fasciole present; operculum as in Plicifusus. Type.—Chrysodomus laticaudatus Dall. Alaska U.S. Nat. Mus., Nos. 210801 and (nucleus) 213357. The remarkable way in which the canal is diverted from its normal direction, seems to place this species in a group apart. The large number of specimens collected, though showing some variation, are constant enough to indicate that the deflected canal is a permanent feature. The tendency to superficial erosion is also characteristic. Genus EXILIA Conrad. Eailia Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n. ser., vol. 4, p. 291, 1860. Type, #. pergracilis Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, 1860, pl. 47, fig. 84. Eocene of Texas. Shell elongate, very slender, with numerous whorls, chrysodomoid nucleus, and a straight canal; periostracum conspicuous, polished ; sculpture of numerous fine flexuous axial ribs and spiral striation; aperture small, simple, not lirate within, outer lip thin, sharp, not. reflected ; inner lip and pillar smooth, without plications or denticles of any sort; operculum long, slightly arcuate, with apical nucleus. This shell has the nucleus and periostracum of Plicifusus but much the form of Fusinus, of which Gabb’s Fatlifusus is a synonym. A curious error appears in Cossmann’s Essais de Paléoconchologie com- parée, (livr. 4, 1901, p. 26,) in which H’wilia is described as having two oblique plaits on the pillar. There are none of any kind what- ever. M. Cossmann’s specimen was probably wrongly identified with Exilia, and may have been a Fusimitra. Chrysodomus rectirostris Carpenter, and C. kelseyi Dall, appear to belong to this genus, which is also represented in the Pliocene of California. Genus VOLUTOPSIUS Morch. Volutopsius Moxrcu, Fort. ov. Gronl. Bléddyr., April, 1857, p. 13; Article Manual, 1875, p. 129. Type, Fusus largillierti Petit. Greenland. Strombella Gray, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus., Jan. 1857, p. 18. Type, Strombus norvegicus Gmelin. Not Strombella Schliiter, Syst. Conch. Samml., 1838, p. 22. 999 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Volutopsis Datu, Proce, Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 5, 1873, p. 57—G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., 1878, p. 268.—DaAUTZENBERG AND FiscHErR, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, 1912, p. 64. Shell large, frequently rude or irregular, with the last whorl largest, covered with a thin, inconspicuous more or less dehiscent periostracum; spire short, blunt, beginning with a relatively large smocth bulbous nucleus; sculpture variable, smooth, spirally striate, or with indistinct wavelike axially directed prominences or even with feeble axial ribs; the aperture ample, the canal short, wide, hardly differentiated. Operculum short-ovate or rounded-quadrate, the nu- cleus at the right anterior corner; dentition: the rhachidian tooth with two to five small cusps, the laterals with two large arcuate cusps. In V. castanea Morch the formula is $: 4:4; in V. norvegica $:4:4, in V. fragilis 4:4:4 according to Sars and Hanna. Ovicapsules large, hemispherical, attached by the whole of the flat side, contain- ing several embryos. The species are boreal and Arctic, especially numerous in the Bering Sea region. Having compared the Newfoundland V. largillierti with a large series (35 specimens) of the V. norvegica, 1 am inclined to regard them as distinct though closely related species. Mérch’s type was the former; in it the nucleus is large, flattish above and with about a whorl and a half. The shell is thin and of an orange tint. In nor- vegica the enfolding of the apical whorl is almost pointed, and the nepionic shell continues in a subcylindric fashion for three or four whorls. The test is white and heavy. Tn accordance with the International rules for nomenclature, I have returned to the original spelling of the name. A feature which is not confined to this genus and which is fore- shadowed in Ancistrolepis is that, while the species hike V. castanea which live in shallow water near shore retain the usual long retrac- tile proboscis and well developed functional radula, other species living in deep water have the radula degenerate in size (V. fragilis) , the proboscis much shortened and the esophagus enlarged. From dissections made by Mr. G. Dallas Hanna under my supervision, these facts have been demonstrated. It seems that these deep water dwellers live chiefly by swallowing quantities of mud containing minute organisms, with which the stomach and esophagus were found loaded. The radula being no longer required and a long proboscis being inconvenient for the purpose, both appear to have degenerated. Something of the sort was noted by me in connection with Aneistro- lepis in 1902, and with an abyssal trochoid mollusk (Z'ureicula bairdii Dall), in 1889. These adaptations to suit the environment would probably be found on examination of a series of species to gradually merge into one another. NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 223 Mr. Hanna finds that in Volutopsius and Pyrolofusus the radula is contained in a long sac below the esophagus and separated from it by a thick muscular septum. It emerges by a small orifice near the end of the evertible proboscis, so that on splitting open the pro- boscis no radula is visible. In Chrysodomus and Plicifusus on the other hand, the radula lies on the lower side of the esophageal tube covered only with a thin, not muscular, membrane. In Beringius (Kennicottii Dall) the radular sac is of the Chrysodomoid type. Genus PYRULOFUSUS Morch. Pyrulofusus (Beck Ms.) MoOrou, Mem. Soc. Malac. de Belgique, vol. 4, 1869, p. 20. . Sole example, Fusus deformis Reeve. Pirulofusus CossMANN, Essais Pal. Comp., vol. 4, 1901, p. 98, as synonym of Chrysodomus. Heliotropis DatL, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 5, April, 1878, p. 61. Type. Neptunea harpa Morcn. Pyrulofusus FRietr, Jahrb. Mal. Ges., vol. 6; 1879, p. 280; N. Atl. Exp. 1882, vol. 1, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 8; pl. 4, figs. 11-18—Fiscurr, Man. de Conchyl, 1884, p. 624.—DautTzENBERG AND FiscHer, Res. Camp. Scien- tifiques de Monaco, 1912, p. 67. Pyrolofusus Krausr, Arch. f. Naturg., vol. 51, 1885, p. 282; Zool. Jahrb., vol. 6, 1892, p. 362.—FRIELE AND GreIc, N. Atl. Exp., vol. 3, 1901, p. 102.—Dat1, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 523. Shell large, relatively thin, with a very short spire and large body whorl, usually sinistral but with rare dextral individuals; nucleus very large, smooth, flat-topped, infolded with an apical dimple, subsequently spirally sculptured, with obscure axial folds; perios- tracum thin, dehiscent; aperture ample, the outer lip expanded and thickened, the body and pillar enameled, often brightly colored: the canal very short, shallow and wide, hardly recurved and with no evident siphonal fasciole; operculum much smaller than the aper- ture, rounded-quadrate with apical nucleus: radula chrysodomoid but rather irregular, the rhachidian tooth in the typical species tricuspid; the laterals with two large terminal cusps, the median cusp of the central tooth variable. Ovicapsules as in Volutopsius, large, solitary, and hemispherical, with few embryos. I have dex- tral specimens of both the sinistral species; an Arctic Pliocene form is dextral. P. harpa Morch, has two strong cusps on the rhachidian tooth and two on each lateral. According to Friele the middle cusp of the rhachidian tooth in P. deformis is quite irregular. The Fusus contrarius 1s not a member of this genus, but merely a reversed species of Chrysodomus. Genus BERINGIUS Dall. Beringius DAL, Sci. Expl. Alaska, 1879, pl. 2, figs. 1, la—c. Sole exampie. Chrysodomus crebricostatus Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 9, 1886, p. 804; vol. 7, 1894, p. 710; vo'. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 529, pl. 35, fig. 1. 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54 Jumala Frietr, N. Ttl. Exp., vol. 1, 1882, p. 6. Type, Fusus turtoni Bean, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1898, olim.—DAUTZENBERG AND FIscHER, Res Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, p. 62. Ukko FRIELE, in Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 2, 1893, p. 352.— FRIELE, Moll. Nordseefahrt Alichael Sars, 1902, p. 6. Shell dextral, large, solid, the spire usually longer than the aperture, the sculpture very variable but usually strong; the periostracum thin, dehiscent; the nucleus swollen, with several hardly increasing whorls forming a subcylindrical tip to the spire in most cases; aperture of moderate size, the outer lip slightly expanded and hardly thickened ; pillar smooth, short, callous; canal short, wide, hardly recurved; operculum smaller than the aperture, subovate with apical nucleus; radula peculiar, with an edentate rhachidian plate, the laterals formed by single strong cusps with the tip incurved and two or more small blunt denticles on the inner edge near the middle. The ovi- capsules are pouch-shaped, pedunculate, attached by the edge of the disk and opening at the upper edge, with few embryos. None of the other groups here designated, except M/ohnia, show such variation as this one in types of sculpture among the species; ranging from smooth to strongly axially ribbed, strongly spirally ridged, or finely striated. The name Ukko was substituted for Jumala by the author, because it was found that the latter is the name by which the Christian Lapps signify the Deity. Both names are antedated by Beringius. Genus LIOMESUS Stimpson. Liomesus Svimpson, Canadian Naturalist, new ser., Oct. 1865, p. 34. Type, Buccinum dalei J. Sowerby. Buccinopsis JerrrEys, British Conch., vol. 4, 1867, p. 297 (B. dalei J. Sowerby) ; Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Rep. for 1868, p. 244; (not of Conrad, Emory’s Rep. Mexican Boundary, vol. 1, p. 158, pl. 138, figs. 4a—A4b. 1857). —Koset, Conch. Cab., ed. 2; Buccinum, p. 99, 1888. Liomesus HARMER, Brit. Pliocene Moll., p. 115, 1914. Shell of moderate size, bucciniform, the nucleus minute, with a very short twisted pillar, the outer lip thickened but not reflected ; pillar and body smooth; the periostracum conspicuous, often villous; the operculum with apical nucleus; the rhachidian plate edentulous, the lateral teeth thorn-shaped, simple, their apices incurved without accessory denticles; the ovicapsules like those of Beringius but smaller. The typical species is a Crag fossil of England, but it has long been confused with a totally distinct recent form from the Doggerbank, the earliest specific name for which is Buccinum ovum Turton, 1825. A later name is Zritonium eburneum M. Sars, 1849. The recent species of Bering Sea, like the British alae fossils, are solid heavy shells, while the recent European species is thin and delicate. The radula is very long. No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 225 Genus ANCISTROLEPIS Dall. Ancistrolepis DauL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 17, 1895, p. 709. Type, Chrysodomus eucosmius Dall, Bering Sea; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 523; Smithsonian Misc. Coll., No. 1727, 1907, Dp 15%. Shell buccinoid, with the pillar shorter than the aperture, twisted as is usually the canal; suture channelled; nucleus beginning with a small initial cell, a blunt apex and followed by regularly increasing inflated, smooth and polished whorls; the periostracum usually coarse and villous or laminate; operculum straight, concave, fan-shaped with apical nucleus and small area of attachment; penis on a stout stalk with pediform distal extremity without any curved or attenu- ated terminal papilla; radula degenerate and disproportionately small, rhachidian tooth with three long subequal cusps, the laterals with a larger outer and two smaller inner curved cusps. All of the species have spiral sculpture, some very strong. None of them has any axial ribbing. In most of them the periostracum is dehiscent and the shell substance white. Section JAPELION Dall. Shell with a produced spire, a very wide and sharp-edged channel in front of the suture and the periostracum adherent, polished, con- spicuous. Otherwise as in the typical section so far as known. Type. —Buccinum hirasei Pilsbry, 1901. Japan. It is a remarkable case of convergence which has brought ‘the typical species of this section to a point where in its specific characters it almost reproduces those of Zritonium pericochlion Schrenck. A casual inspection would hardly distinguish between them, but Azrasez has the short pillar of Ancistrolepis while pericoch- lion has a straight long pillar and hardly recurved perfectly distinct canal. It is probable that the latter bears a relation to Colus such as Sulcosipho tabulatus does to Chrysodomus. But until the soft parts and operculum are known, I refrain from further action. There are a number of groups of fossils and a few recent forms which apparently belong to the Chrysodominae, or like 7'roschelia seem to bridge the gap between this subfamily and the Fusinae. In the absence of authentic specimens it has seemed best in this review to restrict myself to the consideration of the boreal and Arctic forms of which the United States National Museum possesses a quite un- equaled series. The position of Sulcosinus will remain undetermined until speci- mens are obtained containing the living animal. Its conspicuously thickened continuous peristome is not paralleled either in the Buc- cininae or Chrysodominae. 3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——16 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54 DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. TURRIS (CRASSISPIRA!) RUGITECTA, new species. Shell solid, moderately large with ten whorls, exclusive of the (lost) nucleus, blackish brown with a broad pale peripheral band; axial sculpture of about (on the penultimate whorl 17) short oblique similar ribs, beginning at the shoulder and on the last whorl gradu- ally becoming obsolete toward the canal, separated by subequal inter- spaces; spiral sculpture of in front of the suture a prominent blunt keel, in the anal fasciole two or three subequal cords; in front of the shoulder (on the penultimate whorl] four, on the last whorl twelve or more) flattish equal cords overrunning the ribs, separated by nar- rower grooves which toward the canal become gradually wider; apex acute, last whorl more than half of the length of the shell, aperture rather narrow, smooth within, the enamel dark brown except where the pale band reaches the margin of the outer lip; anal sinus wide, not very deep, rounded proximally, canal wide, short, slightly curved to the right, with no siphonal fasciole. Length of shell 30; of last whorl 16; of aperture 12; maximum diameter of shell 10 mm. Habitat—Lower California, off San Bartolomé Bay, Dr. Paul Bartsch. U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 266911. This is a remarkably fine species, less black than most of the species of Crassispira. Toward the upper part of the spire the spaces be- tween the ribs remain brown, but on the later whorls they partake of the waxen pale band as well as the ribs. PLICIFUSUS (RETIFUSUS) SCISSURATUS, new species. Shell slender, elongate, acute, with grayish buff colored perios- tracum and about eight whorls without the (lost) nucleus; suture distinct, slightly appressed; whorls moderately convex; axial sculp- ture on the penultimate whorl of about thirteen narrow, rounded, retractively arcuate plications extending from suture to suture and on the last whorl over the periphery to become obsolete on the base; spiral sculpture of (on the penultimate whorl 10-11) straplike flattish bands separated by narrow deeply cut grooves, and divided by a shallower groove in the center of each spiral; these bands are | practically uniform over the whole surface; aperture sublunate, the canal wide, recurved, half as long as the aperture; outer lip recurved, thin, white, the throat more or less livid; pillar white, erased, arcuate, obliquely truncate in front, the fasciole inconspicuous. Length of shell 55; of last whorl 35; of aperture and canal 25; maximum diam- eter of last whorl 19 mm. Habitat—Nemuro, Japan. Hirasé collection, U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 274071. No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 99" This species belongs to the group of P. yessoénsis Schrenck (man- churicus EK. A. Smith) but is much larger than that species, the perios- tracum lighter and polished, the canal relatively longer, and the whole shell relatively more slender. PLICIFUSUS (AULACOFUSUS) RHYSSOIDES, new species. Shell slender, fusiform, with an olivaceous periostracum, and about seven whorls, nucleus more or less eroded but apparently globose and blunt; penultimate whorl with thirteen retractively arcuate rounded plications with about equal interspaces, extending from suture to suture and obsolete on the periphery of the last whorl; the suture distinct but not constricted; spiral sculpture of fine equal close-set rounded threads, about three to a millimeter, slightly sparser toward the canal; aperture semilunate, white within, the outer lip slightly expanded; canal short, wide, recurved; the pillar white, shghtly arcuate, erased, obliquely truncate in front, the siphonal fasciole faint. Length of shell 49; of last whorl 80; of aperture 20; maximum diameter of last whorl 18 mm. Habitat—Rikuzen, Japan. Hirasé collection. Cotype, U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 274069. The operculum is thin, pale yellowish-brown, the apex strongly incurved. This species is quite close to P. rhyssus Dall, from which it differs in its more fusiform shape, less inflated whorls, less con- stricted suture, and, in the specimens available, lighter colored perios- tracum. The incurvation of the apex of the operculum suggests an approach toward M/ohnia. PLICIFUSUS (LATIFUSUS) WAKASANUS, new species. Shell of moderate size, thin and light, covered by a yellowish- brown smooth periostracum, with six moderately rounded whorls without the (lacking) nucleus; suture distinct, not appressed ; whorls axially sculptured with (on the penultimate whorl 15-18) retrac- tively arcuate plications, strongest near the suture, barely crossing the periphery, and becoming gradually obsolete on the last whorl; the plications are rounded, not sharply defined, and have about equal interspaces; spiral sculpture of numerous equal flattish threads with narrower interspaces, about three threads to a millimeter, this sculp- ture covering evenly the whole surface; aperture semilunate, interior and pillar white; outer lip slightly expanded, pillar straight, an- teriorly obliquely truncate; canal short, recurved, with no marked siphonal fasciole. Length of shell 40; of last whorl 28; of aper- ture 18; maximum diameter of last whorl 17 mm. Habitat—Wakasa, Sea of Japan. Hirasé collection. This belongs to the group represented on the American coast by Plicifusus (Latifusus) griseus Dall. 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. COLUS (LATISIPHO) LEPIDUS, new species. Shell very thin, with a strong, smooth, yellowish-brown periostra- cum which in drying comes away from or cracks the thin calcareous portion of the shell; whorls six without the (deficient) nucleus, mod- erately inflated, with the appressed suture somewhat constricted ; in front of the suture there are whitish radiating ill-defined patches which in some specimens might almost attain to something like a color pattern; the apical whorls of the best preserved specimen are decorticated and slightly eroded, but bear the remains of about seven oblique short plications which apparently did not reach the sutures; the later three whorls are smooth, except for a few very faint irreg- ular indications of spiral threads; the aperture is short, roughly semilunate, with the outer lip slightly expanded and reflected; the pillar is straight, white and somewhat callous; the color within the aperture livid purplish; the canal short, slightly twisted, with no marked siphonal fasciole. Length of shell 40, of last whorl 25, of aperture 15; maximum diameter of last whorl 17 mm. Another specimen increases more rapidly in diameter, that of the-last whorl measuring 20 mm. Habitat—Iterup Island of the Kuril group. Hirasé collection. There is nothing on the American coast that resembles this species, and the color painting is unique among the species of the region. Unfortunately both the specimens are more or less broken and eroded. COLUS (LIMATOFUSUS) TAHWITANUS, new species. Shell small, buccinoid, with about six whorls; nucleus eroded, suture deep, not appressed; whorls well rounded; sculpture of fine even uniform grooves with wider flat interspaces over the whole shell; periostracum dull, olivaceous; interior white, outer lip re- flected, arcuate; pillar and body erased, axis twisted, almost pervious, canal very short and strongly recurved. Height 33; max. diameter 17 mm. Habitat—Of Tahwit Head, Washington, in 178 fathoms, mud. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 122682. SEARLESIA CONSTRICTA, new species. Shell dark purplish brown, strongly constricted and appressed at the suture, rude and with no visible periostracum, with about six prominently rounded whorls without the (decollate) nucleus; axial sculpture of (on the penultimate whorl 12) prominent nearly straight rounded riblets which become obsolete toward the sutures and on the last half of the last whorl; spiral sculpture on the earlier whorls of strong rounded threads overrunning the plications without nodosi- ties, and alternated with one or two intercalary smaller threads all No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 229 close-set; this alternation continves over the shell, but is less con- spicuous on the last whorl; aperture semilunate, livid brown within, pinched to a notch by the sutural constriction; outer lip somewhat thickened, not reflected, lirate within (with about 15 lirae) ; inner lip with a thin coating of brownish enamel and three sharp sub- sutural lirae in the adult, close to the subsutural notch; pillar nearly straight, canal narrow, strongly recurved, short, with a very con- spicuous flaring siphonal fasciole, with a chink between it and the reflected enamel of the inner lip; operculum small for the size of the aperture, brownish, with apical nucieus. Length of shell 44; of last whorl 29; of aperture and canal 19; of operculum 7.5; maximum diameter of last whorl 17.5 mm. Habitat—Fusan, Korea. Hirasé collection. Cotype, U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 247072. This shell belongs to the group of @. dirus Reeve (incisus Gould), of the west coast of America, and which includes “ Huthria” viridula Dunker (? ferrea Reeve) of Japan. The probabilities are against the identification of the northern group, which has received the name of Searlesta from Harmer, with the Magellanic Huthria typified by E. plumbea; so I have accepted Harmer’s name for a group which appears to be largely represented by species in the North Atlantic Pliocene, and in regard to the generic affinities of which very diverse opinions have been expressed. ANCISTROLEPIS LATUS, new species. Shell large, solid, pale orange color under the (lost) periostracum, with two nuclear and five subsequent whorls rapidly enlarging; nu- clear whorls beginning with a minute apex followed by two rounded, smooth, inflated, equal whorls with a deeply constricted suture form- ing a subcylindrical apex to the mature shell; later whorls with a wide and deep channel in front of the suture bounded in front by a sharp thin elevated keel; the remainder of the surface with numerous, obsolete flat spiral ridges which are larger and more perceptible on the base of the last whorl, where (in the type) six may be discerned, with narrower interspaces; axial sculpture of rather rude incremental lines; aperture wide, notched at the end of the keel; outer lip sharp, rounded; inner lip with a smooth continuous callus, its edge slightly raised ; canal very short and wide; siphonal fasciole well marked; in- terior of the aperture orange and white, concentrically zoned. Length - of shell 100; of last whorl 75; of aperture 57; maximum width of shell 70 mm. Habitat—Quelpart Island, south of Korea. Hirasé. Type in Hirasé collection. This species is wider with a wider presutural channel and more elevated keel than A. magnus Dall, to which it is of described spe- 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. cies most nearly allied. The latter has a smaller and shorter nucleus and white shell substance. It is also a lighter and thinner shell. It is possible, judging from some of the other species, that the spiral ridges which are obsolete in the type-specimen, may in other individ- uals be stronger and more elevated. The operculum is unknown. ANCISTROLEPIS DAMON Dall. Chrysodomus (Ancistrolepis) damon Dart, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., No. 1727, p. 157, 1907. The original specimen of this species from which it was described had a single low keel at the shoulder and half a dozen nearly obsolete ridges on the base. Specimens from Nemuro, Yesso, sent by Mr. Hirasé have five prominent cords on the base with wider interspaces, and the spiral striation quite perceptible over the whole surface. There is also a cord in front of the suture, between it and the shoul- der keel. Another specimen from the same locality has in addition two strong equidistant cords on the periphery in front of the keel. For these quite distinct looking forms, I propose the varietal name of polygramma. SIPHONALIA LUBRICA, new species. Shell slender, acute, with about seven whorls and a nucleus of some- what less than two additional whorls; with brown flammulations and more or less interrupted spiral rows of brown dots on a yellowish- white ground; nucleus smooth, polished, flat-topped with the whorls inflated; subsequent whorls sculptured with (on the penultimate whorl 12) short rounded axial riblets at the shoulder of the whorl but more or less obsolete above and below, and varying in extent on the spire in different specimens; these are separated by narrower interspaces and may be obsolete on the last whorl and a half; spiral sculpture of close-set inconspicuous threads more or less flattened on the last whorl and rarely with occasional smaller intercalary threads; suture rather constricted and strongly appressed; aperture rounded, the outer lip thin and sharp; when mature (and not worn by hermit crabs) with eight or ten lirations a little within the margin of the outer lip; a small, prominent subsutural callus on the body and another at the margin of the canal on the concavely arcuate pillar-lip; throat and pillar white, the latter slightly erased; canal narrow, long, strongly recurved, the fasciole not prominent. Length of shell 59; of last whorl 40; of aperture 18; of the canal 17; max- imum diameter of last whorl 22 mm. Habitat—Tosa and Nagasaki, Japan. Hirasé collection. This species is rather exceptional in its slender form and polished surface. The operculum was not preserved. The prominent callus on the edge of the pillar at the inception of the canal gives it some- what the aspect of a Fasciolaria. No. 2134. * NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. O34 BUCCINUM SIMULATUM Dall. Buccinum simulatum Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., No. 1727, p. 150, 1907. Petrel Bank, Bering Sea, in 54 fathoms. Habitat—Akkeshi, Yesso. Hirasé collection. The Japanese specimen differs from that from Bering Sea, in hav- ing the sculpture a little more prominent and the axial plications smaller, more distinct, and numerous. These differences, however, are well within specific limits in this genus. BUCCINUM GLACIALE, var. PARALLELUM Dall. Tritonium carinatum DuNKER, Novit. Conch. Moll. Marina, p. 1, pl. 2, figs. 8, 4, 1858. Not Buccinum carinatum GMELIN, 1792, or Turton, 1819. Buccinum angulosum Morcu, in Dunker, Novit. Conch. Moll. Marina, pl. 2, figs. 3, 4, explanation on plate. Not B. angulosum Gray, 1839. This variety of B. glaciale seems confined to the Bering Sea region and many specimens reach a length of 80-85 mm., while I have one 95 mm. in length from Atka Island, Aleutians. Mr. Hirasé, how- ever, has reached the other extreme by sending a specimen quite ma- ture and characteristic which is probably a male, and measures only 26 millimeters long. It is from Iterup Island of the Kuril group. Both the names previously given to this variety were preoccupied for other species. BUCCINUM STRIATISSIMUM Sowerby. Buccinum striatissimum Sowersy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 4, p. 370, fig. 1, 1899. The typical form of this species is the fine large shell figured by Sowerby. In the northern dredgings there are numerous apparently adult shells of a stout and stumpy character, whose thickset appear- ance is increased by the fact that the apex is usually eroded. These on examination prove to be nearly all males, a few immature females forming the exceptions. I showed years ago that in certain species of Buccinum the males were usually very much smaller than the fe- males, who have to carry the vast mass of material composing their heaps of agglutinated ovicapsules. This does not seem to be true of all the species of Buccinum, but is markedly so in B. cyaneum and B. hydrophanum Hancock, and appears to be so in the case of B. striatissimum. The variety of B. wndatum which lives on the coast of New England has two races of males, one of nearly the size of the average female, and another conspicuously dwarfed. This small thick male B. striatissimum has such a different aspect from that of the large thin females that it might easily be taken for a distinct form. 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. BOREOTROPHON XESTRA, new species. Shell fusiform with about six moderately rounded whorls, white with a thin chalky external layer, and distinct suture; last whorl axially sculptured with sixteen sharp elevated laminae, continuous over the whorl but obsolete on the canal, and rising in a short tri- angular spine at the shoulder; there are also rather strong axial lines of growth irregularly distributed; there is no spiral sculpture; aper- ture rounded, outer lip sharp, slightly expanded, inner lip smooth, white, with a thin layer of enamel; pillar obliquely truncate at the proximal end of the canal; canal narrow, long, arcuate, slightly re- curved. Length of shell 34; of last whorl 27; of canal and aperture 20; maximum diameter of last whorl 19 mm. Habitat.—Station 4813 of U. S. 8S. Albatross, in 200 fathoms, mud and sand, off Sado Island, Japan, bottom temperature 33°.9 Fahren- heit. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 205508. Also at Sagami, Japan, Hirasé collection. This belongs to the group of B. cepula Sowerby, than which it is more delicate, with a longer spire and generally thinner shell. The Hirasé specimens were immature. BOREOTROPHON ECHINUS, new species. hell thin, yellowish white, fusiform, with about six post-nuclear whorls; nucleus small, smooth, with about two laxly coiled whorls; subsequent whorls spirally sculptured with from one to three strong, rather distant cords, the posterior cord being at the shoulder of the whorl; on the last whorl there may be five to eight of these cords, those on the canal being more or less obscure; at their inter- section with the varices these cords develop guttered spines, usually only the spine on the posterior cord at the shoulder is prominent and this in a well developed specimen may be long and deeply recurved, even sickle-shaped, while in less well developed specimens there may be only an ordinary triangular anteriorly grooved short spine; the slope between the shoulder and the suture behind it has no spiral sculpture; axial sculpture of thin sharp varices varying from ten to seven, less numerous on the later whorls and more or less spinose at the intersections with the cords; aperture sublunate, outer lip sharp, thin, slightly expanded; canal rather long, some- times bifurcated by the end of the previously formed canal, rather tortuous, narrow, and recurved; inner lip concavely arcuate, smooth. Length of shell 36; of last whorl 30; of aperture and canal 22; maximum diameter (excluding spines) 13 mm. Another specimen is about one-third longer. Habitat—Sagami, Japan. Hirasé collection. Cotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 274076. NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. Ise This very elegant species belongs in the group of B. stuarti Edgar Smith, of the west American fauna, and is subject to the modifica- tions of sculpture which I have elsewhere discussed in this genus. ANACHIS BARTSCHII, new species. Shell small, polished, white, with (on the upper whorls one, on the penultimate whorl two, and on the last whorl one near the suture, two at the periphery, and three to five on the base) narrow brown spiral lines; between the peripheral pair on the ribs is a series of squarish, nearly black spots, about eleven on the last whorl, but sometimes a rib is skipped; whorls seven, spire acute; nucleus white, small, smooth, blunt, of a whorl and a half; axial sculpture of eleven or twelve rounded, nearly vertical, equal and equally spaced ribs, with subequal interspaces, extending from the suture well beyond the periphery; spiral sculpture of a few faint striae near the end of the canal; behind the outer lip is a slight varicose swelling; aperture less than half the length of the shell; outer lip thickened, with a sharp edge, internally with four small denticula- tions; body erased, pillar smooth, canal short, rather deeply sinuous, the axis minutely pervious. Length of shell.8; of la&8t whorl 4.7; of aperture 3; maximum diameter of shell 3.5 mm. Habitat.—Mazatlan, Mexico. Dr. Paul Bartsch. Type in United States National Museum, Cat. No. 265463. This is one of the prettiest species of the group from the Gulf region. The painting recalls that of A. azora Duclos, from the Mauritius, but the latter has strong denticulations on the pillar lip. LEPETA (CRYPTOCTENIDIA) LIMA, new species. Shell large for the genus, ovate, with a convexly arcuate back, the apex one-fourth the total length from the anterior edge, the anterior slope straight or slightly concave; sculpture of concentric close-set sharp slightly elevated lamellae over-running numerous narrow, ele- vated, clean-cut threads which radiate from the apex to the periphery with equal or wider interspaces, and scaly at the intersections; the sculpture is uniform over the whole surface and rasplike to the touch; shell white, usually discolored by a ferruginous coating externally, the interior bluish white, more or less translucent. Length of shell 37; width 30; height of apex above the base 10 mm. Habitat—Nemuro, Yesso, Japan. Hirasé collection. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 274074. This is sharply distinguished by its size and rasplike surface from any of the other species. The name Cryptobranchia having been used by Gray, thirty years before Middendorff’s application of it to the present group, I substitute Cryptoctenidia. 934 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. VENERICARDIA (CYCLOCARDIA) MORSEI, new species. Shell of moderate size, solid, moderately inflated, covered by a yellowish horny periostracum; the umbones rather acute, prosocoe- lous, over a short, rounded, deeply impressed lunule; sculpture of 17-18 radiating arcuate ribs, rendered slightly nodulous in places by rude, conspicuous, rather irregular lines of growth, and separated by subequal, almost channelled, interspaces; interior yellowish white, the muscular impressions rather deep, the hinge normal, the margin with squarish crenulations; the ligament as long as the posterior hinge-line. Height of shell 28; width 25; diameter 15 mm. Habitat.—Sagami, Japan. Hirasé collection. Cotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 274075. This species has a remarkable superficial resemblance to V. borealis Conrad, of the North Atlantic, and, without careful comparison, - would be unhesitatingly referred to that species. The number of rays is the same, the profile is very similar, and the color not very different. However, a close examination shows that in the Japanese species the periostracum is horny, not villous; the lunule is short, rounded and deep, not long, narrow and shallow; the valves are more inflated; the radiating sculpture is more prominent, the interspaces are more sharply defined, and the anterior cardinal tooth averages narrower. The present species is named in honor of Prof. Edward S. Morse, who has published on this genus. There is no closely related species on the Pacific coast of America. VENERICARDIA HIRASEI, new species. Shell solid, subquadrate, suffused with light brown and rose color, inflated, equivalve, inequilateral, the beaks high, strongly incurved, prosocoelous; umbones one-sixth the total length from the anterior end, overhanging a deeply impressed short-cordate unsculptured lunule; radial sculpture of 29-30 narrow prominent equal and equally distributed ribs with subequal channelled interspaces; these ribs are spinose with each spine issuing from the interior of its predecessor, the distal margin of the cup of each spine in the middle part of the disk being thickened into a conspicuous ring out of which the next spine issues, as in some Cardiums; in the middle of the shell there are about four spines to the length of five millimeters along the rib; interior white, the hinge normal, the lower valve-margin crenate by the sculpture. Length of shell 37; height 30; diameter 30 mm. Habitat—Kii, Japan. Hirasé collection. This very handsome Venericardia has no very close relatives in the genus, perhaps the V. spinosa Lamarck of the Mediterranean being as near as any. There is nothing like it on the Pacific coast of America. THE HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. By Watrer Hoveu, Curator of Ethnology, United States National Museum. INTRODUCTION. eo This publication aims to give an impression of the arts and indus- tries of a tribe of Pueblo Indians at a period when they were little modified by outside influences. It may serve as a guide to the Hopi collection now exhibited in the Natural History building of the United States National Museum. Handbooks of this character which are made up virtually of extended labels of the collections are projected for other sections of the exhibit of Ethnology. The following descriptive label for the family group case dis- played in the west north hall of the Natural History Museum of the Smithsonian Institution in Washington gives a brief account of the Hopi: The Hopi Indians occupy stone-built villages in northeastern Arizona. They were first seen by white men in 1540 when Tobar and Padilla were dispatched by Coronado to visit them. On account of the isolation of their country, they have preserved to a greater degree than other tribes the arts and customs of the Pueblos. They are farmers and depend mainly upon corn for their sub- sistence. Among the arts in which they are skillful, are weaving, basket-mak- ing, and wood-carving, and in the minor art of cookery they are widely known among the Indians. The group represents the parching, grinding, and baking of maize which goes on in every household. A woman and little girl grind on the slanting millstones the corn prepared by the parcher, The baker spreads with her hand the batter on the heated stone slab and the result Is the paperlike bread called piki. Another woman is weaving a basket of yucca leaves. The man brings in from the field a backload of corn ears and the boy exhibits triumphantly a rabbit which he has killed with the curved boom- erang club peculiar to the Hopi. AGRICULTURE AND REARING. Agriculture is the principal occupation of the Hopi. They are industrious and resourceful tillers of the soil under conditions which would seem hopeless to a farmer. Their efforts are principally de- voted to raising corn, but wheat, beans, squashes, and common vege- tables are grown. They preserve an agriculture of native cotton, Gossypium hopi, which they use for ceremonial purposes.’ 1Lewton, F. L., The Cotton of the Hopi Indians: a new species of Gossypium, Smith- sonian Misc. Coll., vol. 60, No. 6, Oct. 23, 1912. PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2235. 236 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. Corn is planted in the sandy soil along the washes, dependence for its ripening being placed on the winter snows and the summer thunderstorms. In spite-of the conditions, large quantities of corn are produced. The. fields are cleared of brush in February and leveled. Planting begins in April and the crop is gathered in September. Spring frosts and sandstorms are draw- backs to the success of the crops, and sometimes floods injure the low-lying fields. The tools used are a planting stick usually with wedge point (pl. 19, fig. 4), but sometimes having a blade (pl. 19, fig. 5). A hole is dug and from 6 to 12 or more grains placed therein and Me : covered. The hills are about 6 feet apart. Fig. 1.—Iron proap nor or spantsa ‘The plant is small and rarely 5 feet high, her apes the ears shooting near the ground. The field is kept pak of weeds by means of hoes, usually the heavy homemade blade of Spanish pattern, like Hace seen among the Rio Grande Pueblos (fig. 1), sometimes of wood (pl. 19, fig. 6), and anciently, according to tradition, of stone. These implements Fic. 2,—HAND DIBBLE OF WOOD. are smooth ceo ts blades of fine stone (see Archeology, second floor, east side), found mostly in the northern cliff-house region, but never in ancient Hopi sites. The Hopi call them wiki, hoes, regard them as sacred obyects, and place them on the altars of some of their ceremonies, but there is little evidence that the fhe spatulate stones were actual hoes, though the Hopi may have anciently used stone hoes. The wooden hand trowel for tending plants appears to be a_ survival (fig. 2). Corn is gathered by removing the Fic. 3.—FIeLp pir ovEN For Roasmne 6 ears and transporting them to the GREEN CORN i Tae eC aeene pueblo in wicker carrying baskets on the back (see family group) or in blankets over the back or on the burro. The fodder is gathered by breaking off the stalks and tying them in bundles. It is usually almost valueless, as the leaves are frayed or whipped off by the wind. Much of it is used in the green state during the roasting-ear season, when a part of the crop is baked NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. W384 in field pit ovens (fig. 3), and either eaten at feasts or strung on cord to be dried for winter provision. Husking pegs of bone or wood have been observed among the Hopi, but it is not known that this imple- ment is ancient. Corn ears are stored in the house in a place reserved — for the purpose, is often sorted by the colors, and is occasionally taken out, sunned, and brushed to free it from dust and insects (pl. 20). It is also stored by crops, one year’s-being held over in case of failure due to a bad season. This custom is said to have arisen on account of famines, which have often plagued the Hopi in former years. Hopi corn is a pure breed of ancient strain, 12 rowed, white, yellow, red, carmine, dark blue, black, and variegated. The cobs are slen- der, the ears 5-7 inches long, generally perfect, and the grains regu- lar and not indented (pl. 21). The Hopi have also pop corn and sweet or sugar corn, both prob- ably introduced. Sweet corn is referred to as the particular posses- sion of the Middle Mesa Pueblo Shemopavi, where it is raised in some amount.* In the cornfields scarecrows consisting of sheep scapulae, tin cans, etc. (pl. 22, fig. 3), are set up. For cleaning brush from the fields, a curious rake-fork is used (pl. 19, fig. 1, Cat. No. 128767, collected by Mrs. M. C. Stevenson). It consists of a three-tined branch of a juniper tree, peeled, and across the tines is secured by lashing a strengthening rod of wood. For picking the fruit of the prickly pear, wooden tweezers, natcha, are used (pl. 19, figs. 2,3). The fruit is picked with the tweezers and rolled in sand until the spines are removed. The Navaho, Zufi, Pima, Papago, and other southwestern tribes use similar implements. A great number of varieties of beans are grown by the Hopi and these form a substantial addition to their-fare. They are named pala mozhri, red beans, avatch mozhri, speckled beans, ete., from their color or markings. Success also sometimes attends the plant- ing of peas. Squashes, gourds, pumpkins, ‘melons, and onions are raised. As in Mexico, the flowers of the squash are much appre- ciated as a dainty food. Of cultivated fruits, the Hopi have only peaches which were in- troduced among the Pueblos several centuries ago by the Spaniards. The trees are planted on sand slopes below the pueblos and as there are no peach diseases or insect enemies in the region, they flourish to a considerable age. At this elevation, however (6,500 feet), frosts render the crop precarious. The Hopi are extravagantly fond of the fruit and a good yield is a matter of great rejoicing. The ber- ries of the rhus and prickly pears furnish the only native fruits in the immediate environment of the Hopi. 1Collins, G. N., A drought-resisting adaptation in seedlings of Hopi maize, Journ. Agricultural research, Washington, D. C., vol. 1, No. 4, Jan. 10, 1914. 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. 54. DOMESTICATION. At the time of the arrival of the Spaniards the.Hopi had two domestic animals, the dog and the turkey. The dog appears to have been a short-legged species, resembling a dachshund. The name given this animal is poko, which also means pet or attendant animal of the world quarter beings. Bones of the dog are not infrequently dug up. The skull of a dog was excavated from a grave at Chavez Pass, Arizona,? the specimen being polished, as though from use as a fetish or object of special care. The turkey is the only bird that was domesticated by the American Indians north of Mexico. In the latter country the turkey was a familiar domestic animal, and in the Pueblo region the same condi- tion of affairs seems to have prevailed since early times. The turkey is mentioned in the Zui cosmogenic legend, and its tail-feather mark- ings are said to be caused by the slime of the earlier wet world. It is a sacred bird, probably never eaten but preserved for its feathers, which were used both for ceremonial and practical purposes in pahos and in preparing the feather cord from which garments were con- structed.$ The Hopi have received from the white man horses, burros, cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, chickens, and cats. It is difficult to say in what order the animals came into the possession of the Hopi, but in point of usefulness the smaller animals are first. (A bell of horns for grazing animals is shown in pl. 22, fig. 1.) The care of cattle neces- sitates the use of the horse, and it is probable that the Hopi acquired these animals late and never owned them in number. The burro, however, is an animal suited to meager environments, and has become inseparable from the Hopi economy. With the larger animals came rude harness, spurs, whip, hobbles, the lariat, and other articles con- nected with them (pl. 22, fig. 4). In the humane treatment of animals the Hopi has much to learn. Horses are often overworked and starved, and the goad is some- times cruelly used on the weak, jaded animals. Burros are “ pun- ished” for stealing, the penalty being the loss of an ear. Some old offenders have suffered the loss of both ears. The Hopi does not appear to be intentionally cruel; he is rather childishly careless of the rights of the dumb creatures under his charge. The equipments rendered necessary by the introduction of the horse are crude com- pared with those of the Navaho, and reflect the scanty resources of the Hopi and their incomplete utilization of the horse, again losing 1ZLucas, F. A., A dog of the ancient Pueblos, Science, n. s., vol. 5, No. 118, April 2, 1897, p. 543-544. 8 Fewkes, J. W., Two summers’ work in Pueblo ruins, 22d Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethn., pi2i. 3 Hough, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914, p. 71. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 239 in comparison with the Navaho, who are the best horsemen in the Southwest. The Hopi depend almost entirely upon their flocks of sheep and goats for the material for clothing and for animal food. The sheep apparently do not differ from those of the Navaho, whose flocks are mostly mongrel interbred animals whose fleece is coarse and full of chaffy useless fibers called kemp by wool graders. The fiber is very strong and serves well for the manufacture of coarse stuffs. Hopi sheep are herded with goats whose courage and aggressiveness serve to protect the weaker sheep. The flocks are constantly tended by herders while grazing. At nightfall they are driven into stone cor- rals, located on the wide ledges just below the pueblo. The herders are usually women and children, but the men also are charged with the responsibility when the numerous ceremonials do not require their attention. A crook is used in herding and the sheep are sheared with the iron shears of commerce. Sundry piles of stone set up in various places are said to be for the purpose of guiding the herders in driv- ing their charges, probably with regard to the boundaries of com- munal or clan lands. Chickens are kept in some number for eggs, which are sold to the white people when the latter can be induced to buy. Sometimes a coop is built on the house roof for the chickens, but usually they roost in the rooms. They do not thrive, principally on account of in- sect pests. Dogs are plentiful in the Hopi villages, where they lie around sleeping in the shade all day. Their nocturnal habits appear in the excursions, yelping and fighting, in which they engage after sun- down in the pueblos. They are mongrels of little use except as scavengers and for hunting rabbits. Cats are very scarce and die soon under the severe conditions as to food and water in the pueblos. DOMESTIC ECONOMY. The Pueblos are better provided with vessels for various domestic use than any other tribes, and this accords with their great advance- ment in domestic science. With apparently small advantages to be derived from an environment that seems to offer little for mate- rial needs, the Hopi present a striking example of resourcefulness. The chief necessity in this arid region is for containers adapted for water, salt, seeds, for cooking purposes, and other multifarious uses; and this need was supplied by pottery, which even at the earliest time at which the Hopi are known to investigators was greatly diversified in form, texture, and ornamentation. Plate 23 shows: Figure 1, a dipper; figure 2, a salt vessel; figure 3, a condi- ment bowl; figures 4 and 8, bottle forms for water; figure 6, spoon; figure 5, a water vase; and figure 7, a food bowl. 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Vessels of wood—Vessels of wood were uncommon and were usually procured only when natural shells or knots suggested the use as spoons or small bowls. The cottonwood, which may be termed the culture tree of the Hopi, decayed easily, forming hollow cylin- ders which were adapted with not much work to the shells of drums and gave this tribe their only idea of a boat, expressed in the snake legend. The roots of this tree being of even grain, soft and easily worked, were the favorite material for feather boxes and gaming cups. (See pls. 43, 48.) Feather boxes for holding the plumage necessary for pahos and the decoration of religious paraphernalia are by far the most common wooden vessels employed by these Indians. — (See pl. 48, figs. 2, 3, 4; and fig. 4.) Vessels of skin, etc-—Vessels of skin, raw- hide, or membrane were also of slight value in the Hopi domestic economy, and those now or recently found in the villages were of scrota of the domestic goat, made by distending the membrane with sand, leaving to dry, and fitting with a rim of bent branch of rhus over which the skin was turned and stitched with sinew. The Hopi, however, knew how to work raw- hide into masks, decoys, etc. Gourds.—The light, strong rind of the culti- vated gourd marked this plant for a wide range of usefulness among the Hopi. Despite the discovery of pottery with its attendant econ- omies, the gourd continued in favor, its light- ness and strength being valuable qualities, while its use was not superseded by basketry, which brought in vessels that were lighter than pottery and nonbreakable. The species of gourd cultivated by the Hopi Fic. 4.—BOX WITH BUCK : : SKIN COVER ForsacreD are small, and the imposing gourd vessels FEATHERS. ° such as are seen about the Pima houses are ab- sent from the Hopi economics. The small gourds, however, are very useful for many purposes, and the shell, which is more available and more easily worked than wood, has numerous applications. In con- nection with water the gourd is used for dippers (pl. 24, fig. 3, pl. 22, fig. 2) spring bailers, sacred water vessels (pl. 24, fig. 2) and canteens; for household use, as spoons, cups, and dippers; as tools, for pottery smoothers, and cups for paint; for special use, as seed bottles and ves- sels (pl. 24, figs. 1, 4, 5), medicine holders, powder horns, etc.; in music, as horns, trumpets, flutes, bells, and rattles; in games, as pea shooters, ete.; in religious paraphernalia, as parts of masks such as NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 241 noses, horns, flowers, etc., the mask head of the serpent effigy, also for containing sacred honey and water, and as pahos; in art, as gourds decorated with symbolic designs. The gourd has always been fertile in suggestion to the Hopi and to the tribes of man, as illustrated by the adaptations for masks mentioned above and for the forms it has impressed upon pottery and basketry. Cradles.—The Hopi cradle is of two types, the one commonly used consisting of a yoke made by bending a sapling of green wood and weaving across it wicker work of rhus stems (pl. 25, fig. 2). A bow also of wicker is adjusted at the upper end of the cradle to protect the face of the infant. A carrying cord is attached to the limbs of the yoke about one-third of the length of the cradle below the head. An orifice is left in the wicker work of the cradle at the proper place for adjusting an absorbent mass of frayed cedar bark under the in- fant. The baby is folded in a blanket, laid on the cradle and secured to it by means of a woven belt or band of cloth wound continuously around the cradle and infant. The cradle described above is peculiar to the East Mesa and Oraibi. The other type of cradle consists of a thin board with rounded ends and has a collapsible bow made of three withes held in position by cords (pl. 25, fig. 1). The margin of the plank has holes burnt or bored through it in which cord loops are fastened. The band for securing the infant on the cradle is rove through these loops. This type of cradle is peculiar to the Middle Mesa. It is more difficult to make than the wicker cradle, since the working out of a board by primitive methods presents an almost insuperable obstacle. in recent years boards from packing boxes have been utilized for cradles. The old cradles have been preserved for generations and are worn thin and smooth from long use. Especially is the wear noticeable where the head of the infant comes in contact with the board. The cradle of the Hopi appears to be a survival from a former environment which entailed the use of a pack cradle whose necessity is apparent among tribes not having fixed habitations. The Hopi now use the cradle merely as a bed for the infant during its period of sleep, the secondary explanation being that lashing in the confines of the cradle will make the child grow straight, and with this object in view especial attention is given to a boy. The effect of the hard cradle in producing deformation of the skull has been notice- able and the flattened back of the cranium of the Hopi and most other Pueblos is very characteristic. This deformation is observed in the most ancient crania recovered from the graves in this region. Fire-making tools——ULike many other tribes of the world, the Hopi have preserved their primitive wood friction fire-making implements for the purpose of religion. The abandonment of the fire sticks in practical use, however, is recent, and all Hopi men still know the 3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54—17 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54 method. The apparatus consists of a spindle and the tablet of wood upon which it is rotated, kindling of rubbed cedar bark and a roll of cedar bark used as a slow match (pl. 26, figs. 1-3). The drill and hearth are made of the root of the cottonwood, a material of peculiar excellence for the purpose. In the New Fire Ceremony the lower piece or hearth employed is made of sandstone, a custom unique in the history of fire-making. COSTUME AND ADORNMENT. | Man’s costume.——There is evidence that formerly when skins were more plentiful the Hopi men sometimes wore shirt coats of tanned Fia. 5.—a, BUCKSKIN SHIRT OF ARCHAIC STYLE. 0, DETAIL OF SEAMS, deerskin of the general type prevailing in America (fig. 5). This is true also of the Zufii and Rio Grande Pueblos and some specimens of this costume, which seems to have come in from the Plains, have survived. Asa rule, however, the costume of the Pueblos is affiliated with that of Mexico and is thus characterized by the use of weaving to a greater extent than among any other North American tribes. Men formerly wore leggins of tanned skin, but these were also prob- ably adopted from outside sources. The typical body garment of the Hopi man in historic times was a length of dark blue or black woolen cloth with an opening made in the middle for drawing over the head, equal lengths of the garment hanging over the back and front like NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 243 the Mexican poncho (fig. 6). This early form with the addition of sleeves was sewed partly down either side, leaving openings under the armpits and slits in the skirts (fig. 7). The sleeves were loose and short. This shirt-coat, which is shown complete in figure 8, had little ornament, but modernly bits of ribbon and stitchings of red and green worsted have been affected. No undergarment except a loin cloth was worn (fig. 9). This feature of dress is well nigh uni- versal and may be considered among the most primitive. The cere- - monial costume gives a good indication of the archaic dress. This consists of a width of cloth finished on the edges, wrapped sarong fashion around the waist and held by a belt (fig. 10). ‘The leather belt was prob- ably not” worn in ancient times and not generally in modern times, those found among the Hopi being adopted from the Navaho. These costly leather belts, heav- ily adorned with large pierced and chased silver plaques, are worn by young men who wish to be leaders of fashion. Woven belts and garters for holding the by fl leggings are ancient (fig. 11). Ul Gn , It is difficult to ascertain whether the | fG \ legging was anciently used. The pre- sumption, however, is that it came into use at the time when the moccasin re- placed the sandal. The legging was a square of tanned deerskin folded once around the calf of the leg and tied with a thong or woven garter (fig. 12 a-b). A more ornamental legging with pairs of tying cords and fringe (fig. 13) is a com- panion piece with the “old style” shirt (fig. 5). Another more pronounced in fic. 6 —Ancnatc Form oF sumer art, folded on the leg and tied with the A eae garter, is shown in figure 14.. Knit leggings are sometimes worn by old men and women. Moccasins are worn by all Hopi men. Though their form is char- acteristic and not to be confounded with those made by any other tribe, it is a fact borne out by archaeological evidence that the Hopi and other Pueblo tribes anciently were sandal-wearing peoples and it must be concluded that the leather moccasin was acquired from the non-Pueblo tribes. Peculiarities in the manufacture of the Hopi moccasin, especially the sole bent up around the sides of the foot, seem to point to the Navaho and Apache as the tribes responsible for the change in footwear, and this change probably took place after Ss SSW S a hee i } ‘ ‘ A) Ww , \ i S G ; . ¢Z v4, SSS SS yj Z SS Y y Me Zu PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vor. 54. AD PELE PIII > aR EL FIG. 7.—SHIRT FORMED BY ADDITION OF SLEEVES. @, b, FORMS[OFgNECK OPENINGS. ¢, d, METHOD OF APPLYING SLEEVE. Fig. 8.—COMPLETED SHIRT. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—-HOUGH. 245 the introduction of cattle. The man’s moccasin (fig. 15) is well made and serviceable. It is composed of (a) the sole made |. of rawhide from the back of the cowskin, (}) the vamp, I i fe i — and (c) the tongue. At present the Hopi use siiver but- He tons for fastening the flap, like the Navaho, instead of tying thongs. ‘The boys’ moccasin (fig. 16) sometimes has an extended vamp in two parts sewed together, going around the foot as an ankiet. The blanket also enters somewhat into Hopi costume as an emergency or temporary wrap for a naked priest going through the wintry air to the Kiva, or by the softer men of modern days. The blanket is generally put to more practical use for carrying a canteen or sup- | plies on the back or as bedding. Smaller adjuncts of clothing, as pouches, etc., were rarely used by the Hopi, except in ceremonies for sacred meal (see fig. 46). Among the Hopi men, not so frequently as among the other Pueblos, the hair is tied in a knot at the back of the head with a narrow woven tape. The Hopi have adopted this style exclusively since the “ hair-cutting order” went into effect. Anciently the hair cord was probably of twisted or braided cotton or other fiber like the Navaho tsos be tlotl early adopted by this tribe from the Pueblos. Garters for securing the tops of the leggings are worn by Hopi men and this custom is common among all the Pueblos, but there is no evidence of its antiquity. Orna- ments worn by men consist of beads of worked shell and Fic. 9—Man’s stone made into a necklace. The beads, which are disks, “°~°"" are strung uniformly into a strand of a certain length or are spaced | i H LIME a TT Fic. 10.—a. MAN’S CEREMONIAL KILT. 6, METHOD OF WEARING. at intervals with oval pieces of shell or turquoise (pl. 27, fig. 1). Sev- eral of these strands are bunched and bound together for a short 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. space, forming a necklace which is put on over the head. The importance and value of these necklaces to the Hopi is very great, because of the religious significance of the beads and their pecuniary worth. The standard value is about two dollars a string, depending on the character of the beads and the amount of turquoise. The Hopi do not make beads, but obtain them in trade from the Zuni or Rio Grande tribes. Beads are the most ancient recog- nizable feature of Pueblo costume and are found prac- tically of the same form and materials in prehistoric ruins. Ornaments of metal, as earrings, finger rings, ete., are of modern introduction among the Hopi, who were unacquainted with metallic minerals before the arrival of the Spanish. Hopi men formerly wore on the left wrist a band of leather to take the rebound of the bowstring, but this part of costume has not survived for personal use, though it is still in ceremonial use. The parts of man’s costume here described may be regarded as typical of a completely dressed Hopi, but only on rarest occasions has any one seen the complete assemblage. Usually the season, avocation, wealth, age, or whim of the individual fixes the matter whether he shall wear all, a part, or Fia@. 11.—W0OvVEN GARTER, Fia. 12.—a, OUTLINE OF MAN’S LEGGING; b, LEGGING COMPLETE. next to none of the tribal costume. As in civilization, the most lavishly dressed man has nothing else to do. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. Bae Married woman's costume—The chief garment of the married woman is of dark brown and blue blanket stuff woven in one piece for her by the men weavers. It is wide enough to reach from the shoulder to the middle of the lower leg, though worn shorter when yy pope) Sihal pias 2 ] Fic. 13.—a, OUTLINE OF FRINGED LEGGING; b, LEGGING COMPLETE. moccasins and wrap-leggins form a part of the costume. ‘The mak- ing of one of these blankets into a dress is simplicity itself, only re- quiring the two ends to be brought together and sewed (fig. 17), the result being a bag open above and below, the seam on the left side. The upper edges are now stitched together for a short distance over the right shoulder, an opening being left there for the right arm. It is now ready to be drawn on over the head, and when it is in place it will be seen that the left arm and shoulder are free (fig. 18). The dress is sometimes or- namented with embroidery and stitching of colored yarns. The weaving of 14.—a, OUTLINE OF WRAP-LEGGING; b. LEGGING APpLinp this dress is interesting i, a oe and is described on page 254. Sometimes the blanket, pusala, is not made into a dress, but is used to enwrap the baby or for other household purposes. Tt is the completed fabric in demand among the Pueblos, with whom it was exchanged for beads and other commodities. The 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. [vou. 54. pusala is of standard size, measures 50 by 60 inches, and as all Pueblo wear the same style of dress, it is available for clothing in any part of the Pueblo region. The serviceable quality of the Hopi pusala is excellent and well known to the Pueblo In- dians. A wide, long belt, woven by Hopi women or purchased 6 trom the Navaho, girds the dress at the waist (fig. 19). This belt is given many turns around the body, and the end tucked under, Fia. 15.—MAN’S MOCCASIN. a, SOLE; b, VAMP; c, TONGUE. FIG. 16.—a, BOYS’ MOCCASIN WITH b, ANKLET VAMP. the long fringe hanging down on the left side (see fig. 18). é Onmarried woman.—The costume of the unmarried woman is like Fic. 18.—MODE oF WEARING WOM-- FiqG, 19.—WoOMAN’S Fic. 17.—WOMAN’S BLANKET DRESS. AN’S BLANKET DRESS. WOVEN BELT. that of the married woman except that earrings consisting of little wooden tablets overlaid on one side with a mosaic of turquoise are NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 249 worn (pl. 27, fig. 2). The dressing of the hair in whorls is character- istic of the maidens. The method of hair dressing is as follows: The hair is carefully brushed with a bundle of grass stems (pl. 28, fig. 1), parted in the middle and divided into two locks, each wound over a wooden bow (pl. 28, figs. 2, 3) of size determined by the length of the hair. The mass of hair on the bow is pressed together at the middle and wound with hair cord (pl. 28, fig. 4), which is passed at each turn also around the lock of hair next the head in figure eight winding. When the winding is completed, the bow is removed and the hair adjusted into a circular shape. Previously the hair whorls were held in shape with a light structure of corn husk covered with hair combings. These forms were six inches in diameter divided into two sections (fig. 20, a, 6) the division facilitating the tieing of the hair (fig. 20 c). This coiffure is said to represent the squash flower and to be significant of fertility as well as to indicate that the girl is of marriageable age. Fic. 20.—a, b. ARCHAIC HAIR FORMS OF CORN HUSK. ¢. MAIDEN’S HAIR WHORLS. Children.—Little attention is given to the clothing of children, but such garments as they possess are modeled after those of their par- ents, being usually cut from cast-off apparel of adults. Married women.—In full dress the Hopi women wear a camisa with sleeves. This garment is at present made of calico, resembles the Mexican Auipil, but it is not possible to say that it is traceable from ancient times. The probability is that it was adopted not many years ago. The shoulder blanket is the most striking article of Hopi women’s dress. The colors are red, white, and blue, the body of the blanket being white with wide border of red and blue. The material is cotton and wool and the weaving is diversified and excellent. The blanket measures 36 by 48 inches and is worn over the shoulders somewhat like a shawl. It is not customarily found in ordinary 250 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. use, but is worn in full dress and in ceremonies (fig. 21a, b, ¢). Un- married girls, however, wear it when out walking, and matrons don it on gala occasions or during ceremonies. Within the last 15 years Hopi women have begun to wear a length of gay cotton print in the manner of the Mexican rebosa or the Spanish mantilla. It is hike these also, a versatile gar- ment as to the methods of wearing it, and adds a bit of style to the rather primly clad and demure maidens and young matrons. The blanket worn as part of the mar- riage ceremony, and which becomes the woman’s choicest possession, is woven of white cotton. It is care- fully woven, so as to be a perfect example of the weaver’s skill (fig. 22a). It measures 48 by 58 inches, is quite heavy, the weaving being like canvas, and requires the tieing FIG. 21.—«, b, BeBe OF WEARING THE SHOULDER strings observed on the upper edge. BLANKET, ¢, SHOULDER BLANKET. 5 : The corners are sometimes rein- forced with yellow yarn. Itisrolled ina reed mat (fig.226). After the marriage ceremony the blanket is heavily embroidered with worsteds FIG. 22.—a. WHITE COTTON WEDDING BLANKET. 6, WEDDING BLANKET ROLLED IN BED MAT. in pleasing color and designs and heavy tassels are fastened to the corners. The Hopi married woman’s hair is parted with a straight NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 251 part and gathered into two locks over the ears. Each lock is wound over the first finger and the end drawn through as the finger is with- drawn (fig. 23). The end of the lock is looped up and caught in the winding (fig. 24). There is thus found a loose knot which is wound over and over with hair cord, the result being a spindle swelling at Fic. 24.—METHOD OF TIEING Fa. 23.—METHOD OF TIEING WOMAN’S HAIR, SECOND FIG. 25.—METHOD OF TIEING WOM- WOMAN’S HAIR, FIRST STAGE. STAGE. AN’S HAIR, COMPLETE, the middle of the lock (fig. 25). In connection with care of the hair a device of thin slips of hardwood is used for crushing lice (fig. 26). Navaho silver bracelets are sometimes worn and rarely earrings. Necklaces like those of the men are worn. Formerly necklaces of juniper berries and other wild fruits and seeds were worn by women (pl. 27, fig. 3). Hopi women customarily go barefoot, but it is probable that the cumbrous moccasin with wrap-leggins was formerly more in use than at present, when deerskin is scarce and expensive, beyond the means of the poor and frugal Hopi. The woman’s moc- casin (fig. 27a, b, c, d, e) is small, stylish, and has the sole turned higher around the sides of the foot than the man’s moc- casin. To the edge of the upturned sole is sewed a whole white tanned deer- Fig. 26.—Suirs or HARDWoop FoR = Skin, which is wrapped in folds around f, ftoido> tO Dail the calf of the leg and ties at the knee, giving the limbs a most elephantine appearance. Moccasins of this style are required in the trousseau of a bride, and it is probable that they will be made to last her lifetime, since she, like her sisters, will prefer to go barefoot. Baby’s moccasins are made of fur (pl. 29, fig. 2) and small children wear a replica of their elder’s moccasin (pl. 29, fig. 1, boy’s moccasins; fig. 3, small girl’s moccasin leggins). 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. A curious and rare article of costume is an eye shade, which is made of a circular frame of rods (fig. 28b) to fit around’ the head. and a bowed frame attached, covered with skin to form a visor (fig. 28a). WEAVING. The summer climate of the elevated region inhabited by the Hopi is that of Maine, but the winter temperature, while not so low is nevertheless cold enough to necessi- tate substantial woolen clothing. For centuries the Hopi have been famed as weavers of excellent blue cloth which was traded for by many tribes living far or near-in the Pueblo region. The Hopi did not weave cloth in a commercial sense; the products of their looms were mostly finished “ blankets” of estab- tablished measurement (50 by 60 inches), which without cutting or alteration would make a woman’s dress or smaller “ blankets” for chil- dren (see Costume, p. 247). The true blanket or serape, like those for whose manufacture the Navaho are celebrated, was so rarely made by the Hopi that it can scarcely be con- sidered in describing their textile in- dustry. Narrower widths of woolen stuff than that of the woman’s dress were made for men’s garments. Spe- cial weavings of cotton, or of cotton and wool, as the wedding blanket and the girls’ shoulder wrap, etc., were of ceremonial character and are Fic. 22—WOMAN'S MOCCASIN LEGGING. treated under separate headings. @, SOLE; b, VAMP; c, WRAPPING; d, VAMP . : SOLE AND WRAPPING JOINED; €, COM- Materials.—The earhest fabric BORTE: of the Hopi referred to by white men was made of cotton and this textile material is found in the ancient sites of the Pueblo region. Cotton and shredded yucca fiber were the ancient vegetable fabric materials. The use of cotton has survived the introduction of wool, being prescribed for textiles used in ceremonials, the largest work being the wedding blanket (see also Hair cord, p. 261). Cotton was prepared by whipping the fiber- enveloped seeds with a bundle of pliant rods (fig. 29) on a bed of sand, the process being shown in figure 30. This primitive gin removes the seeds and leaves the cotton in a fluffy mass, which is NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 053 made into rolls by hand. Bowing cotton after the Asiatic method appears to have been unknown in America. The excellent quality of the Hopi blanket is due to the strong fiber of the wool of their native sheep and to the conscientious Fic. 29.— WuHip FOR FLUFFING COTTON. Laying up the warp.— Since the fabric is to be woven to the edges and work in pre paring the yarn. The washed wool is dyed with indigo, a material that has from time immemorial been an article of commerce in the Southwest, where it was in- troduced by the Sp anish. The Tig. 28.—a. EYE SHADE COMPLETE. 0. FRAME OF EYE wool, which Pee was formerly whipped like cotton, is now carded with the toothed appliance which was no doubt introduced on the transfer of the present weaving art to the Pueblos some time after the Spanish-Mexican invasion, formed into rolis and spun on the simple spindle, which consists of a rod about the length and size of an arrowshaft weighted with a per- forated disk of wood, horn, or earthenware (pl. 30, figs. 4, 5, 6). After spinning the yarn is stretched and smoothed by taking one turn over a polished corncob and drawing the corncob along, care being taken to regulate the tension, and finally the loose fibers are re- moved by singe- ing and the fin- ished yarn laid ap id ans, -* § finished there without sel- Fig. 30.—PROCESS OF WHIPPING COTTON. vage or loose ends, the warp is measured back and forward continu- ously between two rods fastened by means of pegs in the floor at a 954 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. I proper distance apart, and the warp yarn given a regular spacing with a winding of cord which passes through the loop and over the rod, taking in the next loop, and so forth. The warp ends are thus in a line on the periphery of the rods. The lower rod is tied to the floor or cloth beam, and the upper rod is tied at the ends to another rod which receives the lacing of cord which goes over this rod and the supporting beam (pl. 31). Setting up of the loom.—The warp, with its rods forming a frame, is then stretched between two beams, the upper attached to pegs in the kiva wall and the lower secured by plaited wool rope to sockets © bored in a plank set in the floor, which takes the place of the sockets made in the stone slabs of the floor according to ancient practice. The warp frame is secured to the beams by a spiral winding cord and is not applied as among the Navaho, who run the cord under the beam along the edge of the warp. The warp is kept taut by cords which lash the upper loom beam to the wall pegs and may be ad- justed if the web becomes slack. One man can set up the warp, but the services of two are preferable. The loom is then suspended in a vertical position and the weaving begins at the lower border. The heddles are then applied either for plain, checked, or diaper weaving, as required, all three of these methods being sometimes used on the same piece of work. The dress blanket is usually begun with three diaper heddles and with them is woven a broad band of basket pattern, or “birdseye” in blue. The warp is then reversed in the loom frame and a similar band is woven at the other end of the blanket and the termination of each of these weavings is finished with a cording. The body of the blanket of dark brown wool is then put in with two heddles set for plain weaving. The finishing off of this portion of the blanket is very difficult and is effected by means of slender rods which open the sheds. The weaver beats the weft home with a wooden sword or batten, small in case of the belt loom and large in case of the blanket loom (pl. 30, figs. 1, 2,3). This is also effected at certain points when necessary with a weft comb, which consists of a strip of wood having teeth cut at one end. At the finish a slender bone awl is used for pressing the weft home. The large batten is used to spring or hold open a shed, as the heddles are only actuated by hand, the Pueblo looms being vertical, and on account of this position none of them have the simple but important device for moving the heddles by foot power, which is practicable on the hor- izontal webs of the Old World. The horizontal loom, however, was used in ancient Mexico,! but was of great simplicity. A primitive shuttle (fig. 31), consisting of a stick on which yarn is wound to and fro, is employed. 1Dr. Washington Matthews, U.S. A., Navaho Weavers, 3d Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Nthnol., 1881, p. 391. BOuRASS. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 255 Several very old blanket weaving tools are in the Museum col- lection, and considerable difficulty has been experienced in definitely ascertaining their use, especially since these tools are archaic to the present weavers. Figure 32 is the oldest and best specimen of browned oak polished by long use and carved back and front with patterns. It was collected by Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, who was told that the notches on the handle of -the tur z kohu, as it is called, recorded the number of blankets the weaver had made, and the notches on the blade the number of days to be consumed in making a blanket, thus indicating an interesting record or tally stick. The terraced end set with sharp iron point probably served to push in certain threads of the warp to form a special shed for diaper weave. Figure 33 is also of oak with two spurs formed in the end. These probably served as a comb for pressing down por- tions of the weft. Figure 34, of oak, resembles the Fic. 31—SHUTTLE OF Fie. 32.—a, BLANKET WEAVING TOOL. 5, BACK VIEW. PRIMITIVE FORM, stretching pins used by the embroidery of blankets (fig. 38). This specimen has-also tally notches on the side. Belt weaving.—tThe greatest play of fancy in the Hopi textile art is in the weaving of belts. Apparently tapes, belts, and other narrow weavings have a long history and preserve to some extent the primitive art in tools, methods, and designs. Wider fabrics are the product of civilization and have not the long lineage of design that is unbroken in the narrow fabrics. The handicraft that could produce small and greatly varied patterns with a few warp threads was not perpetuated in the fabrics requiring numerous warp threads. An examination of the hand woven tapes and belts of Europe, Asia, Fic. 33.—a, OAK BLANKET WEAVING TOOL. D, SIDE VIEW. 956° PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEU VoL. 54. and North Africa will prove a » revelation in design. The Hopi and other Pueblo belts take their place in this most interesting series that has been generally overlooked by students of textile manipu- lation and design. In the Pueblo tribes the weaver’s art antedates the introduction of wool and dyed yarns on which the present indus- try largely rests. Hopi belts are woven on a small loom and worked in all respects like the blanket, except for the taking out of threads at the central warps where the design is woven. They may also be woven with reed heddles, an ancient improvement in weaving methods, which renders the separation of the warp to produce the sheds much easier than by the cord heddles, the latter an invention presumably more ancient than the reed heddles. An interesting feature of belt weav- ing is that the operator’s bedy forms part of the loom illustrated by a figure in the Zuni family group in the Natural History Building of the United States National Museum. The warp, which is attached to a roller of wood secured to-a sup- port, is stretched by cords which are fastened to the ends of a yoke FIG. 34-STRETCHER AND RECORD IN wEavine Passing over the weaver’s back ' BLANKETS, and tied to the cloth beam. By movements of the body, the weaver, who sits on the ground in front of her work, can tighten or loosen the warp, an advantage in making the sheds for the passage of the shuttle. This device is in world wide use and appears to be connected with the distribu- tion of weaving from a culture center. The tools in belt weaving are the same as those employed in blanket weaving but smaller. The roller or cloth beam and the back yoke, however, are not parts of the blanket loom. Instead of using the back yoke of the Pueblos, the Navaho stretch the belt warp in the V-shape opening of a tree fork, which forms a belt loom of primitive aspect, as shown in one of the groups in the United States National Museum. The warp of a typical belt is set us ont Two pairs of white threads for edging; 12 red and 12 green on both edges forming plain- woven red and green bordering pend: 60 red yarn and 14 white cotton threads, forming the middle pattern section; and then warps of red and green as above to the other edge, which is bound with two pairs of white threads. Another example has two white edging warps, 12 red, 6 black, 12 red, 20 white, 20 red for center band; and to other edge 12 red, 6 black, 12 red, 2 edging warps. In the pat- NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 257 tern band the red threads are worked in pairs, the white always single. The weft is white wool yarn and shows very little in the pat- tern and not at all in the border bands. The specimen is 1% inches wide and is probably Zui. In Hopi belt weaving the heddles are not applied for patterns, but continuously, to alternate warp threads as in plain weaving, the de- signs being formed by lifting the required warp yarns by hand with a small wooden blade or batten. This interesting combination of hand and machine work points to a more primitive method as in the Navaho, Chilkat, and Salish weavings. As remarked, the belts of the Hopi and Zufii exhibit great skill in technic and ingenuity in pattern. The warp and weft are often of the same yarn, giving uniformity of texture, but usually the warp is partly of yarn of the same thickness as the weft yarn and partly smaller. This arrangement furnishes a fertile field for the play of design. The warp in the central or pattern band of a belt is generally of small white yarn and another color of larger yarn, usually red, the former working’ out white pattern grounds, having raised figures in red warp, the latter contrast being produced by the difference in size of the yarns, the small warp being worked singly and the larger in pairs. Wedding blanket of cotton—The Hopi wedding blanket, following correct custom, should be of plain white cotton fabric, resembling coarse canvas woven in the hand loom (fig. 22). During the year following the investiture of the bride with the wedding blanket it is embroidered on the upper and lower borders with symbolic patterns in black, green, red, and rarely yellow yarn, and on each corner is fastened a large tassel which is formed on a grooved flat stick about which the material for the tassel is wound. The upper corner tassels are usually white and smaller than the lower, which are of black and red. The embroidered band on the upper margin of the blanket is narrower and simpler in design than that of the lower, whose pattern represents rainclouds, rain, squash flowers, and butterflies, applied in a very pleasing ensemble. No embroidered wedding blankets antedate the period when dyed yarns could be procured from the trader and all known specimens are worked with worsteds, but many were collected before aniline colors came into use. As to the character of the wed- ding blanket before wool was introduced there is no information, though following the method employed in the kilts of the Snake society the garments may have been ornamented with painted designs. It is probable, however, that no large woven blankets were made in ancient times, and no wide fabrics have been found in the cliff dwell- ings, the widest being 26 inches from Grand Gulch, Utah. 3348—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54—18 2958 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Weaving of kilts—The kilts worn by Hopi priests in ceremonies are of two kinds, plain woven cloth, which is made of coarse cotton yarn strongly fulled and resembling canvas, decorated with symbolic designs in red, black, and white paint worn by the Snake and Ante- lope fraternity; and the other of similar canvas decorated with woven designs in bright worsted, worn by the Flute and other frater- nities. These are woven in small looms, the tools and procedure be- ing the same as in the blanket loom except that in the second va- riety the heddles are set to work in the patterns _————— in colored yarns. Sometimes, how- ever, the designs are worked in by embroidering after the piece is finished in the loom. The up- per border is corded with black yarn. The lower edge is finished with a braid of black wool sewed. to the margin. The corners are finished with small tassels. These kilts are 20 inches wide and 394 inches Fig. 35.—SASH LOOM WITH WEAVING IN PROCESS. WEFT COMB (TO RIGHT). long. ay wat i il iW Gu eh iM 8 i NM a y \ ah a uy bed bp Weaving of sashes—Sashes worn in ceremonies are panels of plain weaving of cotton or wool, decorated at the end with designs in col- ored yarns and terminating in a fringe. They are woven plain for part of the length and then the heddles are adjusted to work in the patterns in yarns (fig. 35). Two sections or panels thus made are sewed together at the upper end with a roving of cord. In most specimens in the Museum the warp and weft are yarn of the same size. Where the decorated weaving begins a much finer weft is used. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN CQLLECTION—HOUGH. 259 The effect of this is not to alter materially the surface of the cloth but to narrow the weaving which would have been necessarily much wider on the addition of the worsteds used in decoration. There is also an advantage in narrowing the sash at the end with the effect of making it more graceful. Specimen Cat. No. 166318, U.S.N.M., Hopi Indians, Arizona, collected by James Mooney, has a small warp and a thicker weft. At the beginning of the embroidery the weft and warp cords are made of equal size. This again produces a taper- ing form and distinctly finer cloth. These sashes are made 9 inches wide and 44 inches long to 104 inches wide and 48 inches long. Braiding the sacred white sash—A typical example of the sacred sash (Cat. No. 22953 U.S.N.M., collected by Maj. J. W. Powell) is composed of 216 threads of white cotton about the size of small package cord braided into a band 8 inches wide and 61 inches long to the termination of the solid braiding (fig. 36). The work is started midway of the cords where a twining is applied tempo- rarily and proceeds toward either end, where the cords are divided into 12 tresses braided into narrow tapes for a short distance. Rings are now slipped on over the cord and secured and the cords divided into sixes are twisted together, hanging down as 36 twists forming a long fringe. The rings (fig. 36), which number 18, have an annular core of corn husk wound with cord and are secured to the cord bundles by tying at the termi- nation of the braided portion of the tape. This most remarkable example of braiding is worked with great skill, and the finished texture is even and compact. No tools are i, 36—Brawep sAcrED WHITE required for this work, and it is only neces- Pac pa sary after the braid is begun at the middle to secure this portion between two wooden clamps in order to suspend the mass of cords from a support in the wall. The cotton employed in these sashes is native (the only Pueblo aboriginal cotton that has survived), grown exclusively for ceremonial purposes and prepared by men in accordance with traditional religious usages. Plaited sacred sashes were used by all the Pueblos; it is not known, however, that all the tribes made them; probably most of the tribes procured the sacred cotton or the finished sashes from those Pueblos who lived in the area where the cotton plant could be grown. The art of making the sashes is ancient, as the remains of a square, ar SS A — SSS 2 SS See = —— — SS = SSssSss> SSS 5 = == SSS Ss eee : a SSS LSS = SSS os SSS SSS Ss S = SSS SSS SSS eS SSS SSS Sse = SS <— — 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. braided (sennit) sash fringe with rings found in Bear Creek Cave, Blue River, Arizona, show.? These sashes, which are kept white by the application of kaolin, are used by the Hopi priests in the Nashnaiya ceremony. They are secured at the waist and hang down in two panels on the left side. The Zufii use them in the sword swallowing ceremony of the great fire fraternity.2 The Hopi name for them is wuko kwewa, great sash. It is possible that this sash may be of Mexican origin. Embroidery—The Hopi embroider ceremonial kilts, sashes, and wedding blankets, and to a slight extent the woman’s dress for every- day wear. The art as it exists at pres- ent appears to have been acquired from the white man, but it may also have been derived from weav- ing, as in the raised woven work on the hems of the women’s Fi@. 37.—a@. EMBROIDERY ON SASH. b. WORK STRETCHED. Woopen (dress or the raised STRETCHER (IN CENTER). figures on belts. The material to be embroidered is stretched by means of strips of wood having points at the extremities (fig. 37, a, 6, ¢), and when used are buttoned into the goods and the working done with a fine bone awl (now with a darning needle). Larger stretchers, consisting of a strip of notched wood with a pointed rod lashed to the ends, are useful for larger embroidery spans or for stretching blankets (fig. 38). Tassel making.—Tassels are important adjuncts of the ceremonial blankets, and are sometimes of complicated structure. Ordinary blankets are supplied with rudimentary tassels or “tags” at the Fig. 38.—LARGE STRETCHER FOR BLANKET WITH ADJUSTABLE PINS. corners, and completed wedding blankets have bunch tassels made by the ordinary process; sometimes the shank of the tassel is over- laid with colored cords in basket-weave. The tassels for the white braided sash (fig. 36) are made on a tassel stick, a very old speci- men of which is shown in figure 39a, a section of the end showing the grooves. A cord is laid on the longer groove and brought down the sides and a cord is wrapped continuously over it on the stick (fig. 1 Hough, Walter, Ancient Culture of the Pueblos of the Upper Gila River, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., Washington, 1914, fig. 159, p. 76. 2Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, The Zuii, 23d Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer, Ethnol., pl. 18. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 261 396). The under cord is then cut at the point indicated in the shorter groove, the loops slipped off the stick (fig. 39¢), and on it is laid a ring of cornhusk, which forms the core of the tassel; the loops are rolled over this ring and the resultant tassel ball formed. This is an example of remarkable imagination and ingenuity. | Knitting.—Many of the Hopi, in common with the Navaho, Zuni, and other Pueblo tribes, are familiar with the art of knitting, but usually practice it only in the making of leggings of blue yarn. Knit- ting was learned from the whites, at what period it is difficult to ascertain. An unfinished piece of knitting with wooden needles in place was brought presumably from cliff ruins in northern New Mexico by Dr. Washington Matthews, but the circumstances of its finding are not now known. A coarse horsehair legging and one made of brown (buffalo?) hair were also collected by Dr. Matthews. A fab- ric resembling the crochet bags which have a wide distribution in the Eastern and Western Hem- ispheres and are especially common in South and Central America has been found in archeological sites in northern New Mexico and Arizona; no specimens, however, have been found in the southern portion of the Pueblo region. A hook or needle would be indicated for the making of this fabric,’ but no implements of this character have been discovered except a needle of bone? in ancient sites; and it is probable that this method, like knitting, was compar- P&S, Of mans sues od. Tass atively recently acquired. or Emry Korra. Hair cord.—One of the most primitive textile materials is hair, and the kind that is most available is human hair, which without doubt was worked into cord from the earliest times. Among the Hopi hair cord is made by women and at present the art is practically limited to the making of cord used in the coiffure of women. There is evidence, however, that formerly whenever a cord of peculiar strength and wearing quality was needed, cord made of human hair was employed. Some of the earlier specimens collected by the Bu- reau of Ethnology show uses of human hair cord for a netting over gourd canteens, for the strings of marionette birds, and in cere- monies, etc. On the acquisition of cattle and the horse an abundant 1See Mason, Basketry, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902, p. 380. 2See Hough, Museum-Gates Expedition, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902, pl. 13. 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. supply of the material became available. The hair of horses and cattle had some use for lariats, bridles, cinches, and other parts of horse trappings, but not to such an extent as among the Mexicans. It was used in religious paraphernalia, on dolls, etc., to represent human hair. The banner placed above the kiva hatchway, to an- nounce that a ceremony was going on within, is decorated with red dyed horsehair. Hair cord was made by hand or with the spindle. ‘he whirling cord twister, known to the Mexicans -and southwestern Indians, was used by the Hopi (fig. 40). (See also p. 253.) Weaving rabbit-fur robes——A fabric that long antedates woolen blankets in the Pueblo region is made from rabbit fur cut into strips, wound around thick cord and joined by twined work of wool, cotton, or hair cord (see background, pl. 31). The large blankets thus made are warmer and more flexible than dressed fur skins. In ancient times the cords were over- laid with strips of downy turkey feather and formed into robes and body garments. These were still in use in 1540, but no mention is made at that time of rabbit fur robes. The making of this fur fabric was a widespread aboriginal industry all over the Rocky Moun- tains, from the mouth of the Co- lumbia to Mexico. There are ref- erences to their use among the eastern tribes. In making fur robes great lengths of fur-covered cord are first pre- pared, and this generally takes a Jong time, unless rabbits are plentiful. The skins are cut in strips about a quarter of an inch wide, dampened and wound spirally around the cord, and when the skin is dry it remains rigidly in place. The width of the robe having been determined, a section-of the fur cord is bent over and the warp threads tied to it at intervals. The cord is laid to and fro continuously as it is twined in the warp threads, the robes thus having a succession of loops on two edges. When the robe is of proper length, the warp cords are tied to the last breadth of fur cord. The resultant fabric is about an inch thick and warm, but gives a most excellent harborage for fleas and other vermin. Wound work.—The Hopi practice a variety of textile work that is intermediate between basketry and weaving. The basis is a strip of rawhide or other flexible material wound with colored yarns in a counted order of winds, so that when.a number of these strips are Fic. 40.—W HIRLING CORD TWISTER. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 263 laid side by side a pattern is built up. These strips are joined to form anklets, and it requires considerable precision on the part of the worker to wind the strips, which alone are meaningless, but when joined form a pleasing design (fig. 41, a, b, ¢). The method is very like that of the coiled basket, resembling closely that variety known as “ lazy stitch.” The method, however, may be more related to embroidery with quills, which was interpreted in wampum and later in glass beads. Some of the Plains Tribes worked patterns in braided quill on string, which, wound around a pipe stem or other object, revealed the design in the mind of the artist. It is probable that this work was known to many tribes in America, but it has survived in only a few. Hopi quillwork was confined to the making of anklets identical with those described, formed of worsted and rawhide. Porcupine quills were used and the basis is horsehair. The quills were dyed, split and worked over the hair with a series of half hitches (pl. 32). The Zui made simi- lar quill anklets and the method was also known to some of the Rio Grande Pueblos. It is probable that these objects were distributed among some of the Pueblos through exchange. BASKETRY. The working of pliable ele- Fig. 41. Wounp worK ANKLET. @. BACK VIEW, SHOW ments of vegetal origin into ING LINING; b FROND VIEW; ¢C. COMPLETE. basketry and cognate textures is an important feature of the eco- nomic life of the Hopi. The great development of the potter’s art in. this region has not apparently diminished the necessity for basketry, which has a range of employment here comparable with that in other strictly basket regions. The grosser use to which basketwork is put is in the construction of wind breaks in the fields and the twined weav- ing employed is the simplest and most primitive method known to man. Twining, however, is not well represented among the Hopi, the only instance of its use being the grass stem mat in which wedding blankets are rolled.2. There have been collected in the Hopi pueblos numerous twined baskets, some of them very old, but these baskets are of Ute workmanship and have been brought to the Pueblos by exchange. Baskets of extraneous origin will be mentioned later. 1 Mason, O. T., Aboriginal Basketry, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902, p. 249, 2Tdem, pl. 103. 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. YOu. 54. The use of fiat splints or strips gives rise to basket structures of one type having several varieties in complexity, passing from checker to twilled and finally to diaper as the highest expression. Generally this construction produces thin, weak textures familiar in the mats made by many peoples. The Hopi made mats, apa, from ancient times down to several decades ago. Formerly throughout the Pueblo region it was customary to enwrap the dead in matting before burial, traces of this material being found in ancient cemeteries.1_ Matting is common in cliff dwellings and ceremonial caves.? The matting hoods over fireplaces are the only survival of this textile among the Hopi. The basket that most characterizes the Pueblo Indians is made from strips of yucca leaf. They are usually in twilled and sometimes in diaper weaving. The forms, which are rarely graceful or regular owing to the roughness of the material, are circular trays often large; squarish baskets with vertical walls; and somewhat bottle-shape baskets. The splints are bent over and sewed to form the edge, and frequently a wooden hoop is used to strengthen the rim, a feature also of ancient baskets of this type.* Neatly formed head rings or pottery jar rests, forehead bands, belt weaver harness, and cradle head bows are of twilled weaving. , The Hopi specimens differ little from similar objects made by other Pueblos. None of the Pueblos ever made lids or covers fitting over or telescoping the basket receptacle, a practice rarely absent wherever this style of basket weaving is pursued in other parts of America and in the Eastern Hemisphere. American examples may be cited from the Pimas, Mohaves, Cherokees, Choctaws, and other southern tribes, Mexicans, Central Americans, Guianians, Peruvians, etc. Wicker basketry, uncommon in America, is prevalent among the Hopi and Zufii and little used by the other Pueblos. The Hopi wicker baskets are the most artistic to be found in the world, and here the decorations on wickerwork reaches its highest perfection, pre- senting a surprising range of color and symbolic design. The forms decorated in color are placques, and occasionally small deep baskets; forms with structural decoration are oblong trays. Carrying bas- kets and one of the two varieties of cradles are of wickerwork. The frames of some of the masks are made by this method. It is worthy of remark that wicker weaving is almost confined to the Pueblo or Oraibi. The common material for wicker basketry are the stems of Rhus, tough and strong, forming the frame work, and the stems of Bigelovia graveolens, Chrysothamnus graveolens, and Verbesnia encelioides, the latter desert plants, commonly called rabbit brush, furnishing innumerable stems of even size, rather soft, but 1 Wewkes, 22d Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., 1900 (1904), fig. 60, p. 97. 2 Hough, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914, pl. 16. 8Idem, p. 88. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 265 wearing well. The stems are gathered, peeled, rubbed to remove slight irregularities, and dyed. Dyeing is done by various processes and with various materials, subject generally to individual methods and experiences. Body colors as black, white, green, red, and brown, are washed on the splints, or sometimes applied after the basket is finished, the medium being an emulsion of fatty seeds of melon, etc., or saliva, or both, formed by chewing seeds, mixing the resulting liquid with paint and applying to the splints with a tuft of rabbit fur. The colors are ground and mixed on a small flat stone. The materials are kaolin or limestone, white; soot or coal, black; copper carbonate, green; red, brown, and sometimes yellow, iron ochers. Dyes proper, mordanted or not, are subject to the fertile knowledge and inventiveness of the Hopi women, who produce a ‘considerable range of colors, often of great delicacy and beauty. This familiar- ity with dyes is shown not only in baskets, but in the preparation of bread, which is often given a variety of colors with vegetal dyes. Some little information as to these colors can be set down as follows: Blue is derived from larkspur fiowers; dark blue, beans, shells of sunflower seeds, and indigo; green, yellowish to olive, from com- posite flowers and leaves; yellow, from CArysothamnus and other desert composite flowers; orange yellow, from saffron flowers; red, from bark of alder, berries of rhus,and flowers of the cockscomb; brown, red-brown, and yellow-brown, from plants of Thelesperma; black, from ink of resin and iron alum as in dyeing leather. Shades of pink, carmine, violet, and lavender are produced apparently by manipulation of the color from cockscomb. As a rule all these vegetal dyes on wood fade rather soon, especially when subjected to actinic light. The weaving of wicker baskets is begun by crossing at right angles a number of the rods which form the foundation. The crossing area is sewed with splints, the sewing forming a square area divided into parts by a diagonal stepped line (pl. 34, fig. 1). The great majority of wicker baskets are begun in this manner and very rarely in older specimens is there a modification of the plan. The radiating rods are then diverged evenly and the tangential element worked in. If enough radiating rods have not been provided to fill out the circum- ference, other rods are added as needed. The edge is finished by a spiral sewing of yucca leaf after the ends of the radiating rods have been bent over evenly. This edging is painted red. Designs on wicker baskets are similar to those on the coiled bas- kets, but show greater freedom. They are tangential, while those on the coiled baskets are radial, in both cases due to the technic of the design-bearing element. The radial designs are forced from cen- ter to circumference, while the tangential designs are forced to ex- pand from side to side. An identical bird design by the two methods 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. D4. shows this (pl. 33, fig. 1; pl. 38, fig. 6). Occasionally in modern coiled baskets the design is aided by overlaid sewing, to show the beaks and feet of the birds, for example. This is an innovation. The foundation of coiled baskets is a bundle of grass stems, takashu (Hilaria jamesii) bemg used. The sewing, which covers and holds together the coil, is of strips of yucca leaf split with the thumbnail into bands of equal width and smoothed by drawing under the pressure of the thumbnail. The wicker basket requires no tools, but the coiled basket demands an awl, preferably of bone, as this sub- stance does not chip or cut the sewing. The beginning coil must be slender and pliable to take the short turns, hence it is formed of shredded yucca leaf instead of the harsh grass, the latter being added when the coils grow larger and less curved. The coil grows less again on the outer edge of the basket where it tapers to a finish. The lining strip or sewing is secured at one end, passed over the coil, through a hole made by the awl, engaging some of the previous turns and foundation grass stems, and so on until used up, when an- other strip is started in. Im case the pattern requires a color at some point in the sewing, a splint of the color desired is started in. The pattern is regulated by counting the stitches. Both the coil and the sewing are kept moist by burial in damp sand, which the basket weaver keeps near her. ‘These baskets are very strong and serviceable, and more of these are made than of any other kind. They resemble, in the size and substance of the coil, the baskets of North Africa; but they are of ancient use in the western and north- ern Pueblo region and not the result of foreign influence. Coiled baskets are made in the three towns on the Middle Mesa. Coiled basket forms are circular placques, most numerous and sometimes very large; deep bowl forms, sometimes at present with un-Indian handles and covers; and vase forms which are modern. About 1872 coiled sombreros were made as an innovation. Though the coiling was the finest ever made by the Hopi, these hats were too heavy for comfortable wear. Mention should be made of the baskets acquired by the Hopi from other neighboring tribes. At the time of the explorations by Major J. W. Powell in Tusayan, great numbers of these baskets were col- lected and at first thought to be representatives of the Hopi basket art. These are now in the United States National Museum. They consist of twined pack baskets and pitched water bottles of the Utes and Apaches; strong fine coiled bowls and twined pitched water bot- tles of the Havasupai; coiled bowls of Ute-Navaho and water bottles probably from the Mohave. These were also rod and splint baskets, evidently very old, whose origin is unsettled. They were found also at Zuhi and in the Rio Grande pueblos. The largest collection of these interesting baskets is exhibited in the United States National NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 267 Museum (north alcove, first floor). A descriptive label for these baskets written by Prof. O. T. Mason is as follows: Made up on a coil of small rods or splints of willow or Rhus aronatica. The composition of the foundation coil characterizes basketry of this type as “single-rod coil,’ “rod-and-splint coil,’ ‘two vertical-rod coil,” “ three-rod oil,” “ two-rod-and-splint coil,” “ splint coil,” and ‘straw coil.’ The coils are held together by an over-and-over sewing with osier splints which pass around one coil, under a small rod or splint of the under coil, each stitch interlocking with the one underneath. The ornamentation of these baskets is produced by substituting dyed or natural black splints and the figures are mostly geometric. ‘The borders are fastened on with the plain stitch of the coils, or with a row of false braid effected by passing a single splint backward and forward under the stitches of the last coil. They are smoothly and strongly made of well-prepared material, decorated with archaic patterns, follow in the main the forms of ancient pottery, and their appearance suggests great age. It is probable that they are the work of some ancient Pueblo tribe now extinct, and have been preserved among the Pueblos for hundreds of years. Mr. Cushing wrote that some of these baskets had been recovered by the Zuni from prehistoric deposits. So far as known, no specimen has been found by explorers of the cliff dwellings and none occur in the remarkable basket finds in Grand Gulch, Utah, described by Mr. George Pepper. Some of these interesting baskets are figured by Professor Mason.? Baskets of the thick coil type are made by the Pima and Indians of northern Mexico, usually for coarse construction as in granaries and storage baskets. They are not covered with sewing as in the Hopi examples. The Hopi variety of coil basket has an ancient history in the Pueblo region, specimens having been found in the Bear Creek ceremonial cave on Blue River, Arizona.’ The tools used in basket making are simple, the awl being most in evidence though needed mostly for coiled baskét making. This important tool, which serves for many uses, is at present made from the leg bone of the sheep, but was formerly made of deer bone. It is brought to a fine smooth point on a whetstone and constant use in sewing gives it an exquisite polish. A metal knife and of recent years even scissors, form part of the basket maker’s equipment; formerly chips of flint or obsidian may have served. A polishing stone some- times grooved may be used, though the rods may be smoothed by drawing them over sand rock in place on the mesas. A wrench of antelope or goat’s horn (pl. 46, fig. 4), like those employed in straightening arrow shafts, may be used for the larger rods, ancient basketry owes its excellent craftmanship to this tool. 1 Ancient Basketmakers of Soutieasvenn Utah. Seppieiient to Tosa American Mu- seum Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. 2, No. 4, April, 1902. 2 Aboriginal American Basketry, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902, pl. 28. 3 Hough, 1902, Culture of the Ancient Pueblos, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914, pl. 24. 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 5-£- The ornamentation of Hopi basketry, pottery, and other articles is never merely aesthetic or employed for the sensuous pleasure in beauty of form and color. It expresses itself in symbolism of re- ligious meaning, the outgrowth of nature worship which embraces and gives import to design, color and even material. The origin of art in religion and its inextricability from belief, a feature which seems to vanish with civilization, is nowhere better shown than among the Hopi nature-worshippers. The significance of a decorated basket thus is far deeper than its beauty and usefulness and greater than the craftsmanship that created its material structure. The color symbolism is based primarily on the geography of the spiritual do- main. The being who rules the northeast quarter is yellow, and ali things in nature about him are yellow, the southwest quarter is blue; the northeast quarter is red; the southeast quarter is white; below is black, and above all colors." The designs on Hopi basketry are not as varied as those on pot- tery, and are less intelligible on account of the difficulty of expressing ideas in the textile medium, which often reduces them to the lowest terms of convention. The commonest designs are of birds or char- acteristic parts of birds. The snake is sometimes found. The ante- lope appears to be the only mammal used in basket decoration, though the mountain sheep may have been represented. Clouds, the rainbow, and perhaps stars are frequently noticed in combination with birds. Kachinas often in elaborate designs are in frequent use, the commonest being the corn maid, avatch or speckled kachina, and man eagle. The tendency in modern baskets is to make these figures more realistic and to accomplish this weaving elements never seen in ancient work are employed. There are also designs in bands or in- dividual figures which have been conventionalized beyond present explanation. On this point it may be said that interpretations of designs secured from modern basket makers are apt to be delusive. The designs must be traced step by step from known designs or parts of designs by the method pursued by J. W. Fewkes on the Sikyatki pottery.2. Doctor Fewkes used as a basis the designs on paraphernalia made by the fraternities for the various ceremonies current among the Hopi. Except a few interesting pieces of pottery from Oraibi, - in which the ancient decorations had survived to some degree, the native ware collected in 1872 and succeeding years showed great de- terioration. This is not true of basket designs, other textile designs, and designs used to decorate religious paraphernalia. The designs shown (pls. 33-41) were selected from the large series in the United States National Museum, from photographs of the “Basket Ceremony,” and from specimens in native dyes collected 1 Hough, Hopi ceremonial pigments, Ann. Rep. U. 8S. Nat, Mus., 1901, p. 467. 2 Published in the 17th Ann. Rept. Bur, Amer. Ethnol., pt. 2. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 269 by the writer. They show the unrivalled skill of the Hopi as de- signers and their inherent aesthetic proclivities. It is hoped they may prove useful in the work of those who are seeking to institute a school of American design which is attracting a lively interest now- adays. ; The designs of the Hopi basket maker deal exclusively with life and nature forms, and these may with more or less facility be identified. There are many examples, however, which show the disintegration of such designs sometimes to small units and often these units are placed in geometric combinations which become difficult of solution. It will be seen that the majority of designs are based on the bird form, which is evidently the foundation of most of the geometrics. In Hopi baskets the color combinations are rarely or never in the order of the symbolic meanings of colors. The wicker baskets are characterized by the greatest variety and brillianey of colors in con- trast with the plainness of Zui wicker plaques. The coiled baskets are more sober in color than the wicker and often the coiled plaque is decorated only in two or several shades of natural yucca. The cause of this difference may be in the indication that greater skill in dyeing was possessed by the Oraibi than by the Middle Mesa basket makers. it seems likely also that yucca splints are less susceptible to dye than the brush splints.? Designs are arranged: In two; two with two secondary; four; and four with four secondaries. Designs containing elements in 5, 6, and 7 may be regarded as departures from custom in the interests of modern ideas of beauty or completeness (pl. 33, figs. 5, 6; pl. 35, fig. 6). Three part designs are not found. Designs of more parts utilize the septums of wicker basket structure in simple alterations and repeats (pl. 37, fig.5). Occasionally the sky band is drawn across the field of a coiled basket, as was the custom in Sikyatki pottery.’ (See pl. 40, fig. 3.) This band never appears in wicker baskets. The concave field of the basket is the sky and embraces the whole circle of the visible heavens, in this respect resembling the decorated area of Sikyatki pottery bowls as observed by Dr. J. Walker Fewkes.? The center of the field in wicker basket plaques, an usually undeco- rated circular space is the heart of the sky, the above. The margin line near the edge of the basket is the horizon. In the free area are placed birds, clouds, etc., and any design worked therein is repre- sented as in the sky. The common arrangement is indicated above, but several different dispositions of the areas are noted. In the case of Kachina figures or masks the whole area is occupied, the demarcations of sky hori- 1 Hough, A collection of Hopi ceremonial dyes and pigments, Ann, Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1900, pp. 465-471. 2Hewkes, 17th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., pl. 2. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ~ vou. 54. zon, etc., Helle obliterated. Sometimes the whole area is occupied Be ends of geometric or continuous figures in squares. Several examples show a two part design, probably birds outlining an elliptic or bilobed figure, undecorated, obliterating the central circle (pl. 87, fig. 6). Rarely in wicker baskets are the radiating arms of the prime compass points represented (pl. 35, fig. 4), but frequently in coiled plaques (pl. 38, fig. 1; pl. 40, fig. 2; pl. 41, fig. 1). The middle portion of Eoied! and wicker plaques is dligtentrtly treated. In wicker plaques the central area is usually decorated only with a stepped diagonal line in the placket in the center formed by over- laying the crossed splints, rods which form the skeleton_of the basket. The circular area is bordered with a band of alternating white and colored rectangles (figures in pl. 35 and others). In the coiled plaque the design begins generally at the second turn of the coil. In bird designs the beaks are placed to the center of coiled baskets and to the margin in wicker plaques (figs. in pl. 33); for coil (pl. 38, figs. 5, 6; pl. 40, figs. 2, 3). The designs on wicker plaques figured show birds and clouds in recognizable, somewhat realistic forms (pl. 33); modified by the de- signers, but recognizable (pl. 34); and converted entirely into geo- metrics (pl. 35). Plate 36 shows kachina and other special designs. Plate 387 shows in figure 1 four antelope in simple line design, which may be compared with the fine realistic designs on the coiled plaque plate 40, figure 1. Figures 3-6 of plate 41 are motion designs and special designs. The designs on coiled plaques show birds and birds and clouds (pl. 88); four and two bird conventions (pl. 39); antelope realistic design and complex bird designs (pl. 40); and designs of birds and perhaps snakes showing motion (pl. 41). As designs become more conventional they tend to overlap; thus, birds and clouds represented as stepped figures can not be distin- guished. Likewise the bird or cloud form may be reduced to a star symbol (pl. 36, fig. 1), or a dragonfly which would be represented as plate 34, figure 1. The bird represented is doubtless the eagle primarily, but other birds may occur. The bird in figure 6, plate 38, suggests the bird fig- ures mounted on a rod and pedestal used in certain ceremonies of the Hopi and especially among the Zuni. STONE. Although their arts have been modified by contact with the white man, the Hopi possess a number of uses of stone inherited from an- other period. These are the metate and mano for grinding corn and the stone hand hammer for working as well as sharpening them}; NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. bho vat abrading and polishing stones; the slab for baking bread; mortars and pestles; paint mortars and slabs; slabs for potter’s work; and covers for ovens, etc.1 These are still made by stone art methods, but the Hopi possess and use stone axes, mauls, hammers, knives, ar- rowheads, “hoes,” etc., found in ancient ruins and now having a secondary employment for domestic and religious purposes. Con- structions with stone are practically the same now as in past cen- turies, and pictographs are still cut in rock faces; on the whole the attitude of the Hopi toward stone, except in minor features, has been little changed by the introduction of iron. It may be said in explanation of this unprogressiveness that the introduction of iron has been slow, in small amount and comparatively recent, due to isolation of the villages, and that no Hopi has yet become an iron- worker. The Hopi probably received their first iron from the Rio Grande Pueblos in the form of crude, heavy hoes (see fig. 1). They were also in touch with the trade in iron arrowpoints, a trade at one time of considerable proportions and extending over a vast terri- tory, causing the rapid disappearance of the stone arrowhead. The iron arrowhead appears to have been brought from the Plains tribes by the Taos Indians and traded to the Pueblos. The Utes, Navaho, and Apache retained the stone arrowpoint in large measure until the recent introduction of firearms, while the Pueblos had discarded it except as fetiches long before this period. The hafting of stone axes and hammers, examples of which have been encountered among the Hopi and other Pueblos, probably in few cases follow the ancient methods, but is a crude application of ingenuity to accomplish the result, much as the problem of mount- ing an ancient specimen would be solved by a civilized man to whom the genesis of the implement was unknown. Archeological objects picked up from ruins are valued as fetiches and are placed on the altars or employed in other ways by the secret orders (see fig. 47). Some of these specimens have come down ap- parently through many generations in Hopi fraternities and are entrusted to individuals for safe-keeping. Other archeological artifacts have been put to practical uses, especially axes and hammers, the resultant misuse without sharpening, tending to reduce an axe to a form resembling that of the hammer and the hammer to a nodule. In many cases metates recovered from village sites have resumed their utility in Hopi households. Stone fetiches were not often made by the ancient Hopi and there is no evidence that they ever made hard stone fetiches in number like those of the Zuni or from ancient sites on the Tularosa River, but figurines worked from soft sandstone and painted representing zooic and anthropomorphic be- 1See exhibit of archeology, second floor, and family group case, first floor. 272 PROCEEDINGS Ol THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ee ings and forming part of the paraphernalia of altars were made.? The manufacture of these required little patience and skill. The Hopi fetiches of stone were commonly natural, such as con- cretions or stones of suggestive shape or color. These were rarely and then only slightly worked, perhaps in the way of a groove for the cord or other chance modification, as the drawing of an eye, the ad- dition of paint, etc., to identify the fetich. Beads of stone and worked shell, while prized and regarded as indispensable for orna- ments as a sign of wealth and of the favor of the gods, are not made by the Hopi, but are secured in trade with the Zufii and the Rio Grande tribes. Turquoise mosaic earrings, constructed by im- bedding small plates of the stone in gum covering a rectangular wooden tablet and finished by grinding and polishing, appear to be still made by the Hopi in perpetuation of the ancient art (see pl. 27, fie. 2). CLAY. The culture of the Hopi is inseparably connected with the fictile art. Knowledge of the properties, uses and value of clay was thor- ough and was displayed in the mixing and application of this sub- stance to house building, as mortar in the setting up of stone walls and as plaster for finishing walls, roofs and floors. The most striking use of clay, however, was in pottery, whose high development and wide employment in every avenue of social life marks a characteristic and remarkable feature of Hopi art. The diversity of pottery forms appears to have been in response to the limitations of the environ- ment (see prefatory remarks on basketry) and the presence of excel- lent clays. The explanation may not be as simple, since there is also required a certain genius and adaptability in the people undergoing development, these qualities differing widely among groups of men placed in the same environment. There is also to be considered the contact with older and more advanced tribes. It is instructive to note here the comparatively negative effect of Pueblo culture and semi-arid environment on the Navaho and Apache intrusions in the Pueblo region. Those tribes which have sojourned in this environ- ment for nearly 800 years have developed nothing resembling Pueblo material culture and have absorbed little from contact with the Pueblos and retain practically unchanged the characteristics of their sub-Arctic culture. Thus they have never made pottery or erected stone houses or taken the close affiliations of village ihe which mark the culture of the Pueblos. The making of pottery among the Hopi is agen reel woman’s work and they carry on all the operations without other assistance. The clays are found in small seams between the great beds of sand- 1See case of fetiches, north side. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 213 stone forming the mesas and must be dug out and carried to the vil- lage with considerable effort. Several varieties of-clays whose quali- iies are known to the potter are found in the various strata of the cliff. These form the basis of the ordinary ware made in the pueblo of Walpi. Very fine clay, which was used by the ancient potters, is taken from the mesa near Sikyatki. This clay is used for very fine work by one or two of the Walpi potters. White clay of the proper quality for washing the surface of vessels is found in this locality, the source of the material being near one of the buttes south of the villages. This kaolin is only used to produce a finish on ware made from the coarser local clays. The body of the ware is a paste, made by mixing two of the local clays in about equal portions. The mate- rial is freed from stones and sand and placed in a bowl and soaked with water. When it has been softened and a portion of it is de- sired for use, it is removed to a smooth stone slab and carefully spread out. During this process some of the moisture of the clay is absorbed in the stone and some dried out by the air, and in a short time it approaches readiness for use. After a course of rolling and Ineading, it is in proper condition. In case the clay has too much moisture, it is spread out on a stone slab which is later leaned up in a slanting position in the sun. It will be observed also that no temper is mixed with the paste. In forming the vessels the clay is taken be- tween the two hands and molded evenly into a long cylindrical mass. This is wound spirally at the beginning; other similar rope-like masses are added until the werk is completed. During the process these coils are pressed together and a vessel of comparatively smooth surface is a result.1 In large vessels this process can only go on for a few inches at a time as the softness of the clay will not bear up under the weight of the structure. Generally several vessels are under process at the same time. Larger vessels are begun on a concave disk of pottery which admits of the work be- ing turned about with facility. When the vessel is firm though still “green,” the surface is gone over with a smooth stone carefully ap- plied with a brushing, rubbing motion, removing all irregularities to bring it to a smooth polished surface. When the vessel is dry a wash of white clay is applied and this in turn is rubbed down with a polished stone. The vessel is now ready for decoration. Material has been prepared for paints by rubbing yellow ochre and dark brown ironstone on a stone slab. Yellow ochre is mixed with water as a medium and burns a bright red on the ware. The ironstone is usually ground with oil made from the seeds of the tansy mustard. This paint burns dark brown. The colors are applied with simple 1See Zufii potters group. 3348—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——19 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. splints of yucca leaf, which are handled with marvelous proficiency by the potter, who holds the vessel on her lap and works out the design with unerring accuracy. The outlines of the solid designs are made first and the surface to be covered is filled in with even strokes. Slabs of stone on which the clay. is worked or dried, stones with which the clay is sometimes crushed before soaking, paint slabs, smoothing stones and other odds and ends of stone lie about the places where the potter works. Some of these are of customary use and others are of temporary or emergency service. As a rule the best potter will have gathered together in her workshop the greatest stock of things that may be useful. The customary tools are spoon-shape formers of gourd for pressing down the coil ridges and for prelim- inary smoothing; polishing stones, glossy from long continued sery- ice; a rabbit fur mop-brush for applying the wash of white clay; and yucca leaf brushes for drawing the designs. Occasionally a small stick is used to punch holes for the insertion of handles or to form the mouths of small vessels. The bottom disk, which is the equivalent of the potter’s wheel, is formed by plastering clay over the convex of a basket bowl, removing the shell of clay and baking it, thus nearly all of these specimens bear basket impressions which are in turn imparted to the bottom of vessels formed in them. The potter also makes use of blankets, baskets and sundry cups, canteens, vases and bowls of pottery in her work. As the potter’s vessels are finished, they are set aside in a safe place to await a calm and convenient day for burning them. The preparation for burning pottery entails much arduous work on the potter. She must gather slabs of sheep dung from the floors of the corrals on the benches below the mesa and carry them in her blanket to the place selected for the kiln. Here also she brings a blanket load of white sandstone and transports from the house on the mesa the pottery to be burned. She clears off a circular space of ground and builds in the center a small fire of dry dung and around this fire disposes the pottery so that it may be evenly heated and thor- oughly dried. The pottery in this heat becomes lead color and when adjudged sufficiently hot and dry is compactly set up over the ashes of the fire, bits of sandstone being used to separate the pieces as stilts are employed by the civilized potter. Around the pile is built up a circular wall of the slabs of sheep dung closed over the top with large slabs. This structure, at once fuel and kiln, ignites from the remains of the previous fire and soon produces a high heat, the pot- tery assumes a bright red color, and when the kiln has burnt out the ware will be thorovghly baked. The kiln needs constant attention to prevent pieces of the fuel falling on the ware, which would pro- duce blemishes. Also if a breeze should start up the potter must shield the kiln with a blanket. On account of superstition the pot- NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. OTS ters maintain silence when the burning is in process lest the spirits be offended and cause the vessels to break. ‘This is probably in part a fire taboo and in part due to a belief that a proper spirit inhabits each piece of pottery. Pottery-making among the Hopi is at present confined Kast and Middle Mesas, having become obsolete at Oraibi. There is evidence that the art which in ancient times produced the superb ceramics of Sikyatki and the interesting and beautiful ware of the ruined pueblos of the Hopi clans had declined and become almost extinct in the late seventeenth or early in the eighteenth century. On the arrival of a group of Tewans from the Rio Grande, who were settled at Hano on the East Mesa, about 1700, the art was revived by these potters, but the style of decoration was necessarily foreign and remains so to this day. Pottery, especially vases, collected at Orabai by Major J. W. Powell in 1872, probably represent a transition or survival of the ancient Hopi art. These unique specimens which are exhibited in the United States National Museum’ were in use by the Oraibi, but were evidently antique and were not still made at the time of col- lection. The designs show transition, and the forms, while following that of the ancient and graceful Hopi vases, are cruder. Some of the old Oraibi pottery imitates Zuni form and design. Ancient Hopi pottery is yellow, orange, and cream color and was never surface washed with other clay. While traditionally some of the Hopi clans occupied formerly the region where gray ware decorated with black was prevalent, this ware was never made by the Hopi since they occupied their present location. A few specimens of a particularly fine gray ware have been found in ancient Hopi ruins on the Little Colorado near Winslow, Arizona. The loss of the art of making gray and red ware by the Hopi presents an interesting field for study, which contains important data on the history of this people.? WOOD. The timber supply in proximity of the Hopi villages is not now and probably never was large or varied. The only tree of general use in the vicinity is the cottonwood, Populus monilifera, pa she hurps be, of the Hopi, a quick-growing tree along washes, near springs, or wherever there is water. The cottonwood forms the chief basis of the Hopi wood-working industry, and on account of its religious associations and economic uses may be termed the Hopi culture tree. The pinyon, Pinus edulis, which grows farther away, is some- what useful for beams, etc.; but the great pines of the mountains are too distant to be available. The most prevalent tree, the juniper, 1 West north hall, first floor. 2A splendid collection of the ancient Hopi pottery is exhibited on the second floor, east north hall of the Natural History Building. 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. Juniperus occidentalis, is valuable for firewood, but its brittleness and crookedness render it almost valueless for Hopi construction. For minor uses the oak, Quercus gambelli, is brought from long dis- tances to the north for bows, digging sticks, clubs, weft battens, etc. (see pls. 30, 44), and the mountain mahogany Cercocarpus, also brought from the north, has its chief use for small weft batens and combs employed in belt weaving. Among the minor wood stuffs having economic value may be mentioned yucca flowering stalks and wands of the rhus and willow. Timbering by the crude processes pur- sued by the ancient Hopi consisted of fell- ing the larger trees and cutting them off to lengths by means of fire. Smaller growths were cut with the stone axe, limbs broken off with the stone hammer-maul, and saplings and stems sectioned with the saw-scraper.? The logs were peeled with the stone axe. So far as can be determined the wedge for splitting wood was not known. In the further operations of wood- working the stone rasp, the knife and saw of chert, and the drill and smoothing stones were used. Of the stone-age tools only the rasp and drill (fig. 42, a, 6, c) have survived to the present, iron tools having been substituted. This change ap- pears to have taken place recently in re- gard to most of the implements. The objects of wood, which are carved, consist of dolls (pl. 42), thus; parts of ns leer Ro Se pen. masks, animal figurines as birds, feather OF AFFIXING THE STRAP. c.DETan, bDOXeS (pl. 43, figs. 2 to 5), etc. ; and pahos OF POINT. of great variety. Joined work consists of masks, headdresses, slats of wood, altar frames, lightning sticks (see fig. 45) and other religious paraphernalia (figs. 48, 44). Joining is effected with leather thongs or fiber cord and wooden pegs and pin- yon gum. Among the various simple objects of wood made by the Hopi are firemaking sticks, digging sticks, rabbit clubs, bows and arrows, weaving tools, parching rods, traps, loom parts, etc., which are described under their appropriate classes. Wood was worked in the main like stone, and some wooden objects like dolls were ground 1 Wor wood used in house construction see Mindeleff Pueblo Architecture, 8th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., 1886, p. 102. 2 Hough, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. Pane ee to shape on stone without the interposition of any tool. Short simple implements like weaving battens and digging sticks were ground in this way and with an abrading stone of convenient shape held in the hand all the mechanical requirements for sculpture in the round, the under- cuts, ridges, cham- fers, grooves, etc., were possessed by the Hopi wood- worker. It is ob- served also that the quality of workmanship in wood shown in the ancient specimens? has not been ad- vanced by the pos- session of iron tools in the modern 76. #4 MASE OBNANENTS Fi@. 43.—ORNAMENTS FOR SIDES OF MASE. epoch. It appears FRONT VIEW. 0. {SIDE a. FRONT VIEW. 0b. SIDE VIEW. that iron tools have VIEW. only served to increase the facility of getting the raw material and the speed of manufacture of the products. Fig. 45.—a. LIGHTNING FRAME CLOSED, }, SAME EXTENDED BY PULLING HANDLES TOGETHER. The absence of the wedge which generally precedes the saw or any other primitive tool and useful in the procural of masses of wood 1 Fewkes, Dr. J. Walter, 17th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., pt. 2, pls. 164-5; Hough, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. with plane surfaces was a great drawback to Pueblo woodworking. Such wood sections of smail size and of very fissile wood as the {lower stalk of yucca and like plants were indeed made in some locali- ties, but in small amount and probably by splitting with the flint knife. Usually such pieces were ground down on sandstone from larger masses of wood. Cottonwood trees often decay, forming hollow shells of thin wood which the Hopi appropriate for drums. HORN. The Hopi formerly made a limited use of horn in the arts, chiefly for large spoons used in preparing and serving food. For these utensils the material was the horns ef the mountain sheep which already approximated the form desired. The horn was rudely dressed and bent to shape with heat, and the finished ladle is rough and clumsy, probably owing to the difficulty in working the sub- stance by the abrading methods practiced by the Hopi. Identical horn ladles are found in all the Pueblo villages and their number indicates the abundance of mountain sheep formerly existing in the mountains of New Mexico and Arizona. The disk whorl of the spindle was sometimes made of horn, and hooks for the pack strap and combs for weaving were occasionally of the same material. Horns of the antelope were used entire as hooks planted in the walls of houses; sewed to certain helmet masks or perforated to form a wrench for straightening basket wands, ar- rowshafts, or other rods (see pl. 46, fig. 4). Entire horns were also used as bells or rattles (see pl. 22, fig. 1). BONE. Bones of animals entered little into the arts of the Hopi, the chief use being for awls (see pl. 46) and leather-working implements. Scapulae were used in music (see pl. 51) and as scarecrows (see pl. 22, fig. 3). SHELL. Shell work is sparingly practiced by the Hopi, but when possessed of shells from the sea, which they value highly, they are able to per- forate them for stringing as necklaces and rattles; but they do not make beads or do any work in shell comparable to that found in the ancient ruins. LHATHER. The environment of this portion of Arizona is not animal and there was always a scarcity of skins for clothing and other uses. In consequence weaving became much developed among the Hopi. Nevertheless, the trade in tanned deerskin was very important and NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 279 comprised the chief exchange with less advanced tribes living on the range of the deer. The most valued skins were procured from the Havasupai living in Cataract Canyon, about 100 miles west of the mesas. Jess valued skins came from the Apache of the White Mountains, to the south. Formerly great herds of antelope roamed over the rolling grassed plains of the basin of the Little Colorado River. A disease of some unknown character is said to have dimin- ished their herds in historic times, and on the introduction of great numbers of cattle, with the consequent depletion of the grasses, the antelope became practically extinct. This animal, though difficult of capture, no doubt furnished a certain amount of food, but its skin is thin and weak and of insufficient value to repay tanning. _ Dyeing leather by infusions of bark, etc., was known to the Hopi; and they applied colored earths by rubbing them into the open tex- ture of the surface of soft tanned skins. Colors were also applied mixed with some medium as saliva, or an emulsion of oily seeds, etc. The mordant for infusion or vat color was almogen or crude native alum. In dyeing leather black an advanced process like that known by the Navaho was employed in which an iron tannate (ink) is found. The knowledge of this process appears to be derived from the white man and probably came in with the weaving of wool like the secret of mordanting indigo, this dye being introduced to the Pueblos at an early date at the Spanish settlements on the Rio Grande (Santa Fe, Espancla), in order to encourage the industry on the Crown lands of Mexico. It appears, however, from archeological data, that mor- danting was known to the ancient Pueblos, but not to the extent indicated by the black dyeing process mentioned, which resembles more the crude rule of thumb recipes developed with the European industries before the knowledge of chemistry became accessible. The lines of progress of the dyer’s art have been followed to a greater or lesser extent by most uncivilized tribes; thus some of the processes now reduced to scientific exactness are observed in their erude tentative shape among people of low advancement. In some envi- ronments the conditions are rarely favorable for their utilization. They are put to use in areas where a civilization is developing under what may seem unfavorable surroundings and the needs of the popu- lation must lay under contribution for products lands situated at great distance; thus Peru drew on the Amazon Valley; Mexico on its tropical coasts; and the Pueblo region on its subsidiary environ- ments. It can readily be seen that the Pueblos would have developed a much more complex and markedly higher material civilization if tropical or subtropical sources of supply had been accessible. The 1 Hough, A collection of Hopi ceremonial pigments. Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1900, pp. 463-471; Pepper, The Making of a Navaho Blanket. ‘“‘ Everybody’s,’”’ Jan., 1902, p. 37. 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Hopi, thrown on their own resources, made a creditable showing in the application of color to materials beginning with the most primi- tive and advancing as follows: Staining with earth and mineral colors; dye infusions of flowers, seeds, bark, etc., simple or in com- bination, or combined with mineral colors; the discovery of fixing or saturating material with color by boiling in infusions; and the dis- covery, by chance perhaps, of a mordant through empirical experi- mentation. ‘Tools used in tanning have not been seen among the collections from the Hopi, as these collections have all been gathered in recent years since the game became scarce. From prehistoric sites there have been recovered leatherworking tools, consisting of breakers of deer tibia and pelvic bones and fleshers of femurs. Such bones on account of their shape and availability were generally used by the American tribes. The cutting of leather by primitive methods presents some difficulty, and it would seem probable that among the American Indians before the introduction of iron elaborate leather work would be difficult and for costumes perhaps robes to a large extent served the purpose of formed garments. Rawhide and tanned skin can be cut with chips of chert, chalcedony, and obsidian, the latter being very good for the purpose, but none of these stones are as effective as iron. All leather cutting in prehistoric times was done with chips or flakes of stone and no classified implement for the purpose has been found. The chief tool in leatherworking is the bone awl, whose point makes possible fine sewing as that with the needle. Awls are found in profusion in the ancient sites, those for leather sewing being characterized by a fine slender point. Another important use of tanned leather is for moccasins (see figs. 15, 16,27). The method of making them is as follows: The outline of the foot is traced on the piece of rawhide, the thick skin on the back of cattle being regarded as best. Outside of this outline a margin of about half an inch is traced and marked, and the sole cut out to this outline. The next step is to soak the sole, form it up at the edges, and around the edge is cut a slit for the welt. The welt is then bent up and the vamp which has been cut out is sewed on with sinew by means of the bone awl. When the sewing of the vamp is completed, the moccasin is turned inside out and the heel portion sewed on, care in every case being taken to hide the stitches, the resultant work being extremely neat. The heel leather is cut with a flap which goes over the ankle and is buttoned as in the Navaho moccasin, or tied with a buckskin thong. It will be seen that as the sole is larger than the foot, the surplus rolls up over the sides, giving an excellent protection for the foot against sharp rocks, thorns, etc. Often, according to taste, the te and heel por- tion are of different colored leather. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 281 A variety of small pouches of buckskin are made, usually being simple pursings of leather, or with little sewing. The most com- plicated is in the shape of a crescent moon, the opening supplied with a flap, being at the center. Thongs for carrying the pouch are tied at the ends of the horns. This pouch resembles those of the Zuni (fig. 46). Another use for leather is in making ceremonial shields and masks, and for this purpose rawhide is used. Some of this.work, especially in imitating the form of horns of the mountain sheep, is very skill- _ fully done. One of the important uses of leather at present is connected with the horse and burro for sinches, hobbles, pack saddles, bridles, whips, etc. Lariats braided from buckskin were formerly made, and the work on them is very neat. WORK IN FEATHERS. Feathers are of prime importance among the Hopi on account of their extensive use in ceremonial paraphernalia and objects 7 nearly connected with re- Fic, 46.—LEATHER WAIST POUCH WITH WAIST CORD. ligion. In this respect they are used on ceremonial costume, masks, prayer sticks, prayer offerings, and offerings of felicitation at the Soyaluna ceremony (see pl. 43, fig. 1), and many others. There is little if any secular use of feathers, but quills were used in a kind of textile work (see pl. 32), and as bird snares. Anciently feathers of the turkey were applied to cords ‘with which blankets were made, and these blankets preceded the rabbit skin robe. MASK MAKING. The skill of the Hopi is displayed in the making of masks, which with other complicated religious paraphernalia, demand a many- sided ability for construction.1_ Masks covering the head are formed of a width of dampened rawhide, sewed at the edges and pushed or formed into shape. Orifices are cut for the mouth and eyes. When dry the leather is firm and the mask is painted and decorated. Teeth are sometimes cut froma strip of leather and fastened on with sinew. The tongue, if required, is a strip of leather painted red and thrust through the mouth orifice. If a beard is required, it is made from horsehair or fur and sewed on. Lashes of hair are placed over the 1Hxamples may be studied in the west-north hall of the United States Natioinal Museum. 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. eyes and a mass of horsehair or fur sewed to the top of the mask. The nose is often a cylinder of wood sewed in place with sinew or pegged on, or it may be the neck of a gourd, and the ears are often blocks or tablets of wood or flaps of leather. Many masks are sup- plied with a visor consisting of a section of coiled basket. Some of the masks require snow on top, and this is simulated with cotton; feathers, grasses, etc., also decorate the masks. Around the lower margin of some of the helmet masks is tied a roll of painted cotton cloth or fur or pine twigs as seen also in Zufi helmet masks. Cap masks have for a foundation a bowl-like wicker or twilled basket structure, or in modern times the crown of an old felt hat. Horns of the antelope are pierced with holes at the base and sewed on or imitation horns of the mountain sheep ingeniously molded in rawhide are sewed to the masks to form the headdress of the Ala- wimpkia or priests of the Horn Fraternity. The necks of gourds are also used to represent horns. The horns and cap of these masks are frequently formed of one piece of skin, and to cut the pattern so that it will join properly requires considerable ingenuity. Masks representing women resemble masks with which civilized man is familiar. The face is modelled with some art and when sur- faced with pinkish clay and supplied with a wig have a striking similitude to Hopi women. Women’s masks or those representing female beings are supplied with eais representing squash flowers formed by wrapping bright yarns over a radiating frame of splints or martynia spines (fig. 43 a, b). A coronet around the top of the mask is sometimes formed in this way. Flowers are often carved from disks of gourd (fig. 44 a, 0) or consist of a wooden disk with wooden petals stuck around the periphery, or they may be of carved wood. Bangs on the woman’s masks are made of horsehair dyed red. This is made in a strip, the ends of the hairs held tightly by a braid- ing of three cords. Sometimes the bang is made of white goat’s hair. All the ancient female deities wore bangs. The masks of joined wood are remarkable pieces of work. They are fan shape and consist of numerous bits of wood ground to shape and joined with wooden pegs to represent flowers, stars, rainclouds, birds, etc. They are erected on a semicircular frame of wood or rods coy- ered with cloth which fits over the sides of the head. They are gaudily painted with bright earths and are very striking. In the apex is a ring of cornshuck which rests on top of the head when the mask is in place, and the mask is secured to the head by leather straps or buckskin thongs. Some of these masks are made up of rain-cloud tablets sewed together and have a rectangular opening for the head. Some of them consist of a framework of rods covered with painted cloth or skin. This construction is carried out in other religious NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 283 classified as follows: 1. Helmet masks cf rawhide, which cover the whole head. Bag masks after the helmet type. 2, Face masks modeled in rawhide to represent the human countenance, ani- mal, or monster heads. 3. Cap musks of basketry with curving horns modeled in skin or made of nécks of gourd. Hat masks of one piece of skin forming the head part and two upright horns. 4, Coronet or tablet masks of joined pieces of wood or skin stretched over a framework. With these is worn a visor or band passing around the head and having eye, nose, and mouth holes cut in it. Such visors are also worn with the cap masks. ; There is an immense amount of inventive ability, mechanical skill, and artistic labor displayed in the construction of ceremonial para- phernalia—the scenery of the religious rites, if it may be so called. The personal paraphernalia of costume masks and objects collected, with the participation of the celebrants, run the gamut of complex- ity in their preparation, but the requirements of the collective set- ting of the ceremonies are even more far-reaching. The difficulty of the mere record of the preparations and mechanical conduct of a single ceremony is enormous. The altars alone, erected by the dif- ferent fraternities during the rites, are marvels of complexity. Some ceremonies demand mechanical manipulations that are surprising in their production and in their effect on the beholder. One of these is the Palulukong ceremony, excellently described by Doctor J. Walter Fewkes, which huge mechanical snakes emerge from orifices in the altar frame or from great jars and struggle realistically together or with the celebrants. An invention of the Hopi which shows ingenuity is a folding frame used in ceremonies to represent lightning (figs. 45 a, 5). WEAPONS AND HUNTING. The social organization of the Hopi is very complex, being inter- penetrated by the rules and laws of an extremely involved religion, itself a partial fusion of ideas of varied origin. In its elementary form the organization is based on the clan and its group of laws, secular and religious. The case of a single clan occupying its own settlement is comparatively simple. Here the government would be administered by the circle of clan elders who act both in a religious and secular capacity, directing all the prac- tical work of the clan, but on a religious basis—that is, all activities are to be referred to the direction of the supernatural powers, ap- peal to which would be through the fraternity. The approximation 1Fewkes, Dr. J. Walter and A. M. Stephen. The Pa lu lu konte: Journ. Amer. Folk- Lore, vol. 6, Oct. and Dec., 1903, pp. 269-284. 284 PROUEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. of several clans in one village requires adjustments, but these give rise to no serious changes in the organization. A coalescence of clans gives rise to no higher social functions, and it may be said that at the arrival of the Spaniards the executive or gubernatorial functions of the Hopi were not invested in a single head. This feature was forced on the Pueblos by act of the United States Gov- ernment by the appointing of civil chiefs, whose power in effect was nothing unless it coincided with inherited clan delegation of authority. The displacements of the social organization at times are very curious. Ordinarily when a ceremony is not in progress such regu- lation of the activities of the pueblo as are necessary is provided through the council apparently without action of a fraternity. Dur- ing a ceremony the pueblo appears to be in the control of the fra- ternity or fraternities holding the ceremony. This is shown in the closing of the trails leading to the pueblo to prevent profanation, first observed by the Spaniards under Espejo in 1583. The patrols who even to this day order white men away during ceremonies seem to point to this feature. It would appear that clan control of the village was the usage at times of a ceremony held by members of a clan. It is true, however, that all ceremonies by any clan whatsoever are held for the common good of the associated clans constituting the village. War and hunting are also features of the social organization. War or protection was socio-religious and was entrusted to a fraternity. Hunting belonged to the communal type and was a feature entering into the rites of some fraternities. HUNTING. Hopi legendaries say that before the advent of the white man their country was covered with excellent grass and consequently there was much game. There appears to be a substantial foundation to this legend, since we know that by wasteful methods of over- stocking, the grasses and other herbage of Arizona have been reduced by the white man to a minimum in some parts and exterminated in others. In former times, then, the range of animals may have been extensive where now they are restricted. The antelope was, as we know, plentiful in all portions of the open country, and prob- ably deer of several species ranged with them. Bear also had a more extensive range on account of food, there being evidence that juniper forests were much more widespread than at present. Smaller mammals, like the fox, coyote, wolf, skunk, raccoon, porcupine, badger, prairie dog, rabbit, hare, mice, etc., may or may not have NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 285 been more prevalent. Birds are still numerous; reptiles and insects are yet in sufficient quantity. The above is a summary of the animal resources, near and far, which were available to the Hopi and use was made of all of them. The capture of the larger mammals was effected by battue, the game, principally antelope, being driven into corrals having pockets. This method was pursued anciently but was greatly accentuated on the acquisition of the horse and the iron axe. The Hopi, however, did not pursue this method to the same extent as the Navaho, pre- ferring rather to depend upon the number engaging in the hunt and individual agility which rivaled that of the animals themselves. They also wore as decoys the heads of antelope prepared for the purpose, thus taking advantage of the well-known curiosity of this animal. Hunting was, to a great degree, ritual, ceremonial hunts being an accompaniment of certain ceremonies, as the Soyaluna. Hunting undertaken as such by individuals was attended with ceremony and aided by fetiches, but chance flushing and pursuit of game-had no religious character. The curved flat club-boomerang was the favorite weapon for killing small game, and in good hands was almost as accurate within its range as the bow and arrow, but the latter had necessarily a more extensive use. Skill in throwing rocks may be mentioned in connection with the capture of game. The capture of animals depended upon the habits of the animals themselves and upon circumstances. Thus, during heavy rains, rivulets were con- ducted into the burrows of prairie dogs by means of a hoe, and the animal coming out in half-drowned condition was dispatched with a stick, dozens being so captured in a short time. The habits of animals were well known to these Indians, and this knowledge was brought in play when the occasion arose. Animals taken ceremonially for use in religious observances are required to be captured without mutilation and without shedding of blood. This taboo is based on the prescription of perfect offerings and has given rise to the use of the club-boomerang, regarded as a ceremonial hunting weapon for the capture of small mammals, in- stead of the bow and arrow.’ Birds whose plumage alone is desired in its utmost perfection are therefore not killed with the club or the bow and arrow, but snared and trapped. Small birds are taken with a series of nooses secured at intervals along slender rods planted near springs where birds congregate. The nooses now used are of horse- hair. Seeds are scattered about the place and the birds feeding become snared in the nooses. Eagles are caught with far greater difficulty, the method being to build a circular tower on some high elevation, place over the top a frame of rods lashed together, and 1The Zuni prescription for the ceremonial taking of deer is that the animal shall be smothered. Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, 23d Ann. Rept. Amer. Bur. Ethnol., p. 439. 2986 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. upon which is tied a rabbit. The hunter after ceremonial purifica- tion enters the tower and patiently waits for an eagle to swoop down upon the rabbit, and when this occurs the man reaches through the frame and seizes the eagle by the legs. In its struggles to escape the eagle becomes exhausted, rendering its subjugation easier, but the hunting needs, on the part of the Indian, great patience, courage and address.’ Eagles so captured are impounded until the feathers are needed. The Zufi keep them in cages.” Especially important in Hopi ceremonies is eagle down and the supply is gathered from young birds taken from the nests whose ownership is vested in the clans.’ These birds are brought to the pueblo, stripped of down and killed by pressure on the sternum and buried in the eagle cemetery. The wild turkey was formerly kept for its feathers’ and at present the domestic turkey is used in its stead. The great demands for feathers of various birds in the ceremonies necessitates efforts to maintain the supply, and extraordinary skill in capturing them. Communal hunts, so-called, should be considered from the social and religious side of Hopi life rather than from the economic stand- point. The origin of the custom may have been utilitarian, neces- sitated by the habits of game in an open country, the primitive gre- garious method of Hopi hunting by driving, running down, and surrounding the quarry, the protection of numbers in the presence of enemies, and finally the carefree enjoyment of such hunts in com- pany with congenial spirits intent on getting the most out of the cecasion. In fact to an observer of a hunting party in action, the peaceful people seem to be anything but that, and to have let them- selves loose with the intention of massacring everything living in sight. The hunt may be divided into two periods—the departure to the field with hilarity, the fierce hunt, though only for rabbits, and the subdued return with whatever the gods of the chase have awarded in the way of game. The Hopi trap the coyote, the fox, and other mammals and birds. The common form is the deadfall, the weight consisting of a flat stone held up on a peg with rounded ends, the lower resting on a con- vex surface of wood, giving a. very unstable support. The bait is tied to the peg and a slight pull upsets the support and releases the stone. A similar trap is found among the Zufii. The simplicity of this device is noteworthy; it can be prepared in a short time from material readily at hand and without tools, the rubbing necessary to round the sticks being done on stones. The figure four device is not known to the Hopi and indeed on account of the meager environment 1 Property rights in eagles among the Hopi, J. Walter Fewkes, Amer. Anthrop. (n. s.), vol. 2, Oct._Dec., 1900, p. 70. 2 Zuni Folk Tales, F. H. Cushing, New York, p. 34. 3 Pewkes, Amer. Anthrop. (n. s.), vol. 2, 1900, p. 69. 4 Winship, in 14th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., p. 517. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 287 the rather complicated inventions which characterize the traps of the tribes who depend largely upon the chase are not developed here. The name for trap is cha-kom-i, appearing in continuation as ish- chahomi, coyote trap; peha-chakomi, bird trap. WEAPONS. One of the most curious of American Indian weapons is the throw- ing club, “boomerang,” called pute kohu (pl. 44, fig. 4, Cat. No. 126348 U.S.N.M.). It is made of oak, Quercus gambelli, a very hard tough wood, presenting great obstacles to working, especially with the crude tools and appliances of the Hopi. The club is flat, about one-half inch thick, and the curve is produced by working from wood selected for its natural bend. At one end a hand-grip is cut and the other end is usually apexed. The club is smoothly finished, often polished, and is painted red with a customary—perhaps prescribed— design in black, representing rabbit feet. The careful finish of the club appears to be for the purpose of expediting its passage through the air. It is held in position for throwing with the concave edge front brought down with a sweep and released in a horizontal posi- tion (pl. 53). It rotates in the air and on striking the ground or an obstacle executes a series of evolutions, often for several yards around the point of contact, touching the ground and erratically flving up several times, but has no tendency to return to the thrower. The Hopi use this club with considerable skill in hunting rabbits and rarely miss the quarry. The weapon appears to be very ancient and may at present be assigned almost exclusively to the Hopi. Clubs that suggest the beginnings of the flat pute kohu are frequent (pl. 44, fig. 1, Cat. No. 69480, U.S.N.M.) and are the common form of the Zuni. This club is often flattened on the sides (pl. 44, fig. 2, Cat. No. 69534, U.S.N.M.) and when more flattened and formed at one end for grasping (pl. 44, fig. 8, Cat. No. 69443), the resemblance to the typical putc kohu (pl. 44, fig. 4) 1s apparent. The bow and arrow must be regarded as having been the most im- portant weapon of the Hopi, but as the innate character of the people is peaceful, their name expressing this aspect, the extent and develop- ment of weapons among them is very limited. The bows, so far as may be determined from specimens collected within forty years and which no doubt represent modified survivals, are small. They are made of a hard and elastic oak, Quercus gambelli, procured in the mountains far to the north of the villages, and though short are _ strong and effective. They are self bows and there is no evidence that they were backed with sinew, as was the custom with their neigh- bors and enemies, the Ute, Navaho, Apache, and other tribes. As mentioned, the formation of a bow from tough oak by means of the 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. crude stone-age tools, was difficult; the procural of the wood itself required exceptional labor, especially as the wedge was not known. As among most American tribes, fire and the stone ax were the chief agencies used in timbering. The bow was worked out from the rough wood and finished by attrition on sandstone and with gritty rubbing stones (pl. 45, fig. 1, Cat. No. 69532, U.S.N.M.). The curve in the back of the bow is formed by heating and bending the wood. The nocks are not deep. The string is of sinew looped at one end and wound and half hitched to the bow at the other end. Most of the bows are painted, which indicates their connection with religious ob- servances. This has been the case with ceremonial offerings of bows, etc., from ancient times. Arrows are made from sprouts of Rhus, oak shoots or wild currant smoothly finished (pl. 45, figs. 2, 3, Cat. Nos. 69,603; 84,318 U.S.N.M.), the triple feathering of hawk’s plum- age wrapped on with sinew. The shaft is grooved, as was the general custom in America. Reed shaft arrows have not been used by the Hopi since their settlement in their present location; but the reed, Phragmites communis, has almost disappeared from the southwestern United States, and its extinction was gradual up to the time of settlement and grazing, when it passed away very rapidly. No Pueblo stone pointed arrows exist, iron having superseded them, and the stone points are frequently used as charms (fig. 47). The bark was scraped off, the rod ground and polished with standstone abraders (shown in archeological collection), Say ke bast! MB fee straightened with a horn wrench (pl. 46, fig. 4), ASA cHARM aganstuicnt- feathered, the point set in, and the shaft ae painted with yucca splint brush (pl. 46, fig. 1) — from a paint pot of four colors (pl. 46, fig. 5). The awl and primi- tive basket for holding resin are also property of the arrow maker. To protect the wrist from the recoil of the bowstring, a leather wristlet is used (pl. 45, figs. 4, 5, Cat. No. 75700, U.S.N.M.). The examples in the United States National Museum are made from — harness leather procured from the white man and have attached to them plates of tin ornamented with pierced work or punching. It appears probable that lances were never used by the Hopi, or if so, only to a slight extent. They have been observed among some of the Pueblo tribes, who, it is thought, adopted this weapon from the Spaniards. The lances referred to have iron heads, often bear- ing the name of the maker and date. The iron-head lance of the Comanche, Kiowa, and other plains tribes may have had as a proto- type a shaft tipped with a chipped stone head, like those which are NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 289 known to have been used in Mexico and which have come down to recent times among the northwest coast tribes and Eskimos. While objects which appear to be shields of the flimsiest char- acter are made use of by the Hopi in ceremonies, no effective shield has ever been found among them. A large basketry shield is noted from the ancient ruins of the Canyon de Chelly.t. This forms the only evidence that the shield was used by the ancient Pueblos. The eastern Pueblos used shields, and it is worthy of consideration whether they were introduced from the plains. There is no trace of the throw stick among the Hopi, nor has it survived in any of the southwestern tribes, though formerly its use was widespread. There is evidence that the throw stick had been invested with a ceremonial character even in ancient times among the Pueblos, a feature which often marks the decline and disuse of an implement. It is improbable that the stone axe or stone head club ever had important or general use as warlike implements of the Hopi, which seems to be borne out by the scarcity of such stone age relics in the ancient ruins. Nevertheless, a weapon or implement, called pu u kong, traditionally having a stone head, has given its name to one of the Hopi ceremonies. It may be possible that the stone head club mentioned was the peculiar weapon of one of the clans aggregated to the Hopi in former times and retained as a ceremonial element in the rites observed by the clan. The charac- teristic weapons of the Hopi appear to have been the bow and arrow and the wooden club. There is a tradition that a stick curved at one end like a shepherd’s crook was anciently used as a weapon, but in a manner not explained. These crooks are associated with war- riors in ceremonies and it is surmised that they may have been used for hurling darts somewhat as the throw stick. Frank Hamilton Cushing suggested the evolution of the bow from a stick of this kind having a cord stretched from the end of the crook to the straight part of the shaft, a dart being projected in a manner intermediate between the method by the bow and throw stock. The sling, which, with the throw stick, seems to be connected with the development of the bow, was never an aboriginal weapon of the Hopi. The warrior according to Hopi ideas is represented in plate 52. The older weapons have become playthings for children, for whom are made bows, arrows, targets, clubs, etc. These weapons have also survived as ceremonial objects and one of the chief contributions of religion to the history of culture is the preservation of obsolete forms. GAMES AND MUSIC. Athletic games are limited among the Hopi, the game of shinney or bandy being almost the only open-air sport. The shinney is a 124th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. HMthnol., pl. 1. 3348—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——20 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vol. 54, stout curved club of Gambell’s oak, brought from the mountains to the north, the ball being of buckskin stuffed with wool (pl. 47, figs. 1, 2). Foot races, hunts, and mélées in the basket dance are ceremonial. Games of pursuit and capture follow the snake dance and are not considered sports, but general expressions of good feeling. Children’s games and toys consist of buzzers (pl. 47, fig. 4), tops which are actuated by a whip (pl. 47, fig. 6); handball (pl. 47, fig. 7); and pea shooters of gourd and yucca stalk, the spring being a strip of elastic wood (pl. 47, figs. 5 and 8). The Hopi have a vanity: of the guessing game, widely dissemi- nated among the Indians. For this game they use four cylinders of wood excavated at one end into a cup-shape cavity and decorated with painting, burnt work, carving and feathers (pl. 48, figs. 1-4 and 5-8, two sets. Cat. No. 128763 and 22330, U.S.N.M., collected by Mrs. M. C. Stevenson and Major J. W. Powell, respectively). The game is played by hiding a small object beneath one of the cups, hav- ing the opponents guess where it is concealed. A bundle of scoring straws keep the record. The cups figured on plate 48 are excellent specimens of work in wood, and of decoration, especially by pyroligny. The kicking game of the Zufi and other southwestern tribes does not occur among the Hopi. Mention has been made of the custom of shooting with bow and arrow and of throwing stones at a mark. Feather darts of corncob are thrown at a rotating ring of corn husk (pl. 47, fig. 3). This game, which is called “ Motoun,” throwing the wheel, is ancient in the Pueblo region. It is played by boys. Women in the Owaculti ceremony throw arrows at a similar wheel.? Hopi children, having few toys, are compelled by the exercise of imagination to make the simplest objects serve in their child drama- play. It is interesting to observe the seriousness with which the little children conduct their play and the great psychologic reac- tions stimulated by a few corn husks, bits of stone, etc., gathered and spread out in some quiet place serving as the imaginary theatre. The Hopi are very fond of their children and do as much as they are able to contribute to their amusement. The practical side of most amusements is generally uppermost and play and education for future duties are cunningly combined. Objects in miniature are made for children. The potter constructs toy vessels, rattles, and dolls (pl. 49, figs. 1, 2, and 3), and sometimes manufactures models of houses (pl. 49, fig. 5). Toy cradles (pl. 49, fig. 4) are the most common and ihe most prized possession of the little girls. A little boy is given a bow and target. It is difficult if not impossible to differen- tiate the religious and secular ideas and usages in respect even to 1 See Culin in 24th Ann, Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., pp. 495-497. NO. 2235. AOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—-HOUGH. 291 children’s toys. From the standpoint of adults, children’s toys are given a religious significance through connection with ceremonials, but without doubt the children employ the toys secularly according to their limited knowledge. Dolls, therefore, are not the impersonal figurines of civilization, but are representations of spiritual beings. There are no dolls which can be named Flora or Mopsey; the name is that of some awe-inspiring ancestral or nature spirit. In fact the Hopi infants have no dolls as the name is understood in civilization. The figurines called dolls are tihus (see pl. 42), a word like the Nahuatl ¢eo, translated god, and are prepared by celebrants in Kat- china ceremouwies to represent the being to be impersonated by the actor. After the ceremony the thu is given to a child, who thus may become acquainted with the characteristics of the being and who probably is supposed to secure also some guardianship or other bene- fit trom its possession. The ¢hus are respected and treasured by the children, who are not expected to fondle them as dolls, but such is sometimes the case. MUSIC. The meaning of the rattle is complex. It is principally a device for marking rhythm and is so used in the cycle of songs in the Flute and other ceremonies as well as in the meetings for instruction in sing- ing. The rattle is also sounded at intervals in ceremonies as though marking an event in the perfermance. The sound is thought to have a magic influence and really has a hypnotic and inspirational influ- ence. Several kinds of rattles are possessed by the Hopi, this class of musi- cal instruments showing great variation. Simplest are the fringes of seeds, hoofs, shells, etc., attached to ceremonial garments and sounded by movements of the body. The rattle of cedar berries is called le pos te qua bi. Not much in advance of this are the rattles of moun- tain sheep horn (al te qua bi). These consist of three horns pierced at the apex. provided with a thong, tied together and to a cord a cot- ton loop for suspension as with the horn bells mentioned below used by the rain priests in their morning runs to bring rain (see pl. 99, fig. 1). Toots of cattle also iareaek at the point, knotted on a thong and bunched, are frequently used in the same manner as the horns. Bells of mountain sheep horn with clapper of the same material are sometimes bunched with other horns and hoofs and carried on their rounds by rain makers. The Zufii occasionally make globular pottery bells, apparently a frank copy of a sleighbell, and in the ancient ruins in the Jettyto Valley, once inhabited by Hopi clans, small pottery bells of this form are somewhat frequently found. Occasionally they are of metal in the ruins south of the Colorado 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vor. 54, Chiquito and have been evidently derived from Mexico. The bell must then be included in the list of Hopi musical instruments. Of the same nature as the bell are trinkets of shells of olivella and conus, worked or unworked, prevalent in ancient sites, and of hoofs, seeds, etc., occurring on existing religious costumes and paraphernalia. A - curious scarecrow, consisting of a ring of twigs wound with cotton cloth, to which are tied, with wool cord, shoulder blades of a sheep and a tin can, is one of the oldest specimens from this region in the United States National Museum. (Cat. No. 9571, collected in 1870 by Dr. Edward Palmer.) (See pl. 22, fig. 3.) Rattles of peculiar sacredness, made from the shells of the water tortoise, are called yung uh sho na (pl. 51, fig. 5). These animals are collected in the Colorado Chiquito, eviscerated without injury to the shell and the latter brought to the villages for use in the cere- monies. In making the rattle, antelope hoofs are fastened to thongs and sewed to a strip of buckskin provided with a loop to tie through the arch of the shell. A thong is passed through the other arch of the shell for fastening the rattle to the left leg of the dancer just below the knee. The movements of the dancer strike the pendant hoofs against the dome of the shell, producing a sharp sound. Some of these rattles in the National Museum collection are much worn from continual use. The Sia and perhaps other Rio Grande Pueblos bore holes through the shell for the thongs which secure it to the leg. The rattles of hoof fringing the snake kilt are called shz la la, and when of conical metal tinklers like those used by many Indian tribes, are called shi va mash e. The natural rattle of the dry seed pods of an astragalus used to amuse children are also called shz la la. Rattles of which the sounding portion is the shell of a gourd are very common (pl. 50, figs. 1, 8, 4, 5). They are oblate, pear-shape and conical. The handle is of wood, either tapering regularly or with a shoulder formed on it, inserted in openings cut in the shell of the gourd, the latter resting on the shoulder and held by a peg passing through the projecting end of the handle. In the oblate specimens the handle passes through the gourd horizontally and in the pear and other forms vertically. The handle is short in most cases, but sometimes the gourd is placed at the end of a long staff of yucca flower stalk used in one of their ceremonies. A buckskin or cotton cord is passed through the base of the handle for suspension. Gourd rattles are always painted in bright colors and appropriate symbolism, the tendency being toward movement symbols. They are repainted and refeathered at the recurrence of the ceremony for which they are used, but sometimes a worn specimen is employed in soothing a child to sleep or for marking time in the singing classes. Rattles of skin are only used by the Snake, Antelope, and Soyal fra- ternities. They consist of a hoop of wood forming a frame over NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 293 which dampened skin is stretched. The short handle is enveloped by the surplus leather and fastened with thong. This rattle is always painted white. Its sound is likened to the warning of the rattlesnake. Pottery rattles, following the form of the gourd rattles or as small toys for children, are sometimes made, but have no use in religion (pl. 50, fig. 2). Clean, white quartz pebbles, in some cases small crystals picked up from ant’s nests, are put in the rattles; and frequently, as is the Zuni custom, sacred white meal is added. The Pima use wheat or white quartz pebbles as a rattling material, and the Yaki the seeds of the Washington palm. The Zufi use white quartz pebbles and some- times pink glass beads, and the Rio Grande Pueblos, in examples examined, pebbles of various colors, red predominating. All rattles when prepared for ceremonies have attached to them downy feathers of the eagle on sacred cotton cord. This appears to be a form of consecration, the “breath feather,” as it is called, giving communication with the spiritual world (pl. 50, fig. 4). Some of the ceremonies have special rattles belonging peculiarly to them, as the pa a ya of the Flute ceremony, which consists of a crook bearing at the end a bunch of shells; and with the crook are tied a grass stalk and a rod set with disks of gourd, the bundle form- ing an object used only in the Flute ceremony. Another form of rattle, truk kun pi, is one in which the sound is produced by rasping a rod of wood or a sheep’s scapula over a row of notches cut in a stick (pl. 51, figs. 14). The notched stick is laid over the open mouth of a jar or gourd to increase the resonance. This rattle is entirely ceremonial, and is played by the men who represent the female Kachinas in the dances, hence it was called by observers “hermaphrodite stick” among the Pueblos and southwestern tribes. There is only one doubtful example going to indicate its antiquity in the Pueblo region, a notched bone discovered in a ruin near the Petrified Forests of Arizona. In Mexico, however, numerous notched human femurs used as rattles have been recovered. The Pueblo notched rattle shows careful work in wood, and often bears carving and decorative painting. The Hopi specimens usually terminate in a terrace cloud carving. The Rio Grande notched rattle is generally sounded with a rod of wood, while the Hopi and the Zuni use a sheep’s scapula.! The Hopi collection in the United States National Museum contains several specimens, consisting of a disk of pottery or stone pierced with two holes through which pass cords, the disk being rotated by the alternate twisting and untwisting of the cords, the motion of the 1 Archeological Fieldwork in Arizona, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1901, pl. 56. 294. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. disk producing a buzzing sound. The instrument is familiar as a toy of civilized children, and the Hopi probably have received it from the white man, especially since it has not become a part of the religious paraphernalia (see pl. 47, fig. 4). One of the simplest yet most remarkable and very widely diffused instruments of music is the bullroarer, the rhombus of the ancient Greeks, consisting of a tablet of wood whirled through the air by a free-arm movement at the end of a string, producing an awesome groaning sound (pl. 51, fig. 6). The Hopi bullroarer is used ex- clusively in religious ceremonies, following in this respect its em- ployment by almost all peoples, now or formerly. In civilization the instrument sometimes continues its usefulness as a child’s toy. There is evidence of its antiquity in the Pueblo region.t. The Hopi bullroarer is a rather thick tablet, pointed or terraced, usually at one end, supplied with a cotton string sometimes tied to a short handle. It is painted with white, red, black, or other pigment and décorated with the lightning symbol. In the Snake Dance it is in- trusted to the war priest, who whirls it vigorously for a short interval at the commencement of the open-air ceremony of both the Snake and Antelope Fraternities. It is used also in the Soyal and other ceremonies. In all cases it is kept a mystery. The Hopi associate the sound with meteoric phenomena, and its use may be in effect an incantation to bring rainstorms. The Hopi drum has a shell of cottonwood taken from a decayed tree trunk, and in most cases little modified by artifice, the shell thus showing irregularities of the surface and diameter of the tree. The heads are circular pieces of goatskin from which the hair has been removed; the skin is cut larger than the diameter of the shell, damp- ened, lashed on by a continuous thong, passed through holes cut alternately in the edge of the skin and fastened off. Sometimes a thong turned over each member of the lacing is passed around the middle of the drum. A thong for suspending the drum is tied in the lacing. The stick is short and has a padded beater of cloth tied on with string, and the drum is struck in the center of the head. One of the heads is often decorated with four animal figures. The Hopi drums in the United States National Museum are from 8 to 15 inches high, and from 12 to 18 inches in diameter. The native name is pur shuk pi po ya. A thin two-head, properly a tambourine, is also used. It has a shell of cottonwood 8 inches high and 16 inches in diameter. The heads of goatskin, lashed on as in the large drum, are decorated with a symbolic design representing a sun shield. There is no evidence of the antiquity of the wooden shell drum among ’ 1Hough, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914, pl. 26. NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 295 the Hopi or other Pueblos, no specimens having been found in the cliff shelters or in locations where perishable material would be pre- served. It appears probable, however, that the principle of the production of sound by vibrating membranes was known anciently to the Pueblos, and the pottery single-head drums of the Zufi and Rio Grande tribes may be the surviving form. The pottery drum is not found at present among the Hopi. The Hopi wooden drum is very crude compared with those of the eastern Pueblos, and seems older, but neither the drum or tambourine appear among the musi- cal instruments used in the unmasked or more archaic ceremonies, and for this reason seem to have been introduced by clans from the Rio Grande. (See cases in exhibit of Ethnology.) The most important wind instrument possessed by the Hopi is the flute, an object regarded with peculiar veneration by the American Indians, as it is also by the Chinese (pl. 51, fig. 7). Two cognate Hopi religious organizations, the Blue Flute and Drab Flute fra- ternities+ base their ceremonies upon this instrument, and the clans to which the ceremonies are assigned also derive their name from it. The flute belongs to the di- rect class, being held vertically and blown ry. 48wmsmxz oF two POTTERY across the end; has five holes, and is made ee of a tube of the ancient prescribed material, but now often of cane procured from a distance. The Hopi wish to incorporate light with the charm liquid or medicine, and in ceremonial purification. This is done by a reflection of sunlight from the facet of a quartz crystal. Smoke incense is added by blowing the vapor into the medicine and music by sound- ing a flute or whistle in the liquid. The same observance is presum- ably indicated when during the Flute ceremony, flutes are blown in the springs. The Flute clans are said to have come from the south, and in the ceremonial caves of the upper Gila objects made to repre- sent flutes have been found, which were perhaps offerings from these clans. Small transverse flutes of reed are also found.? The ancient and modern tribes used whistles of bone of the wing of the eagle, like those used by most Indian tribes. The bone has an opening in one side and a mass of pitch or resin is put in the bone to force the wind over a sharp edge in the bone, vibrating the column of air to form the sound. These whistles are called tur turk pi, and 1 Fewkes, 19 Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., pt. 2, 1900, p. 957. 2? Hough, in Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 126, fig. 328, 1901; Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mis: p: 322, pi. 56; fig? 2: 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. are used like the flute in ceremonial consecration of medicine as well as to imitate bird calls. A whistle made by enclosing a leaf or grass blade between two pottery disks is sometimes used (fig. 48). The Hopi use a flute consisting of a gourd having a sound hole. This interesting object is a decoy for deer. (Cat. No. 22865, U.S.N.M.) Gourd trumpets or megaphones supposed to represent the hoarse bellowings of the great plumed serpent, are used in the Pa lu lu kong ceremony. As will be seen from the descriptions above, the Hopi have merely a few primitive instruments, the flute being the highest in the scale of invention. No string instrument occurs among the Hopi. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 236-237. aio feat U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 20 SUNNING AND SORTING CORN. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 237. ee ee ae rh ahh U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 21 POP CORN DARK PURPLE SWEET CORN RED ON RED COB EARS OF HoPi CORN. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 2307. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 22 HORN BELL, SCARECROW, DIPPER OF GOURD, AND SPURS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 237, 238, 278, 291. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 23 DOMESTIC VESSELS OF POTTERY. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 239. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCDEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 24 VESSELS OF GOURD. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 240, U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 25 CRADLES. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 24], rr me a) >» EAL. PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 26 U.S, NATIONAL MUSEUM ‘hd 20Vd ABS NOlldIvOSaG YOY “HOLVIA] MO1S GNV SHOILS ONINVIA-S4l4 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 27 JEWELRY WORN BY MEN AND WOMEN. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 245, 251, 272. jak ae ie of ines LY, 1 = ae we i e bad - Noa ig 7 a oy) U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 28 ARTICLES FOR HAIR DRESSING. FOR DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 249, Se side ae a my ee U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 29 FOOTWEAR OF CHILDREN. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 251. 7 # 4 wa } = = . 1 ’ i * a, " + i : D — . ; : _ : . \ q * : | Y " ¥ 1 ; - . + ; . 4 : rm . 4 4 7 a -s a os a a © # / ise 5 4 : . 3 >= a) : a A a RD + : y! = ‘ i A . i ; ~ = .) at i is r = ~- é nak Mi + ! S i U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 30 WEAVING BATTENS AND SPINDLES. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 253, 254, 276. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 31 Hopi Loom AND WEAVER. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 254, U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 32 es: ‘2 rien ryt a Pics a tr ee | ; Tinga [4 Mgrs Pine i QUILLWORK ANKLETS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 263. i, mt ‘ Pie uN Fs vast ! in a3 is f : U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 33 YY Ss AY ™ AA qt Pi ee I Mut 1 We Wh NCC \ 1 {\ rg PAN DERE TN \ KS ry \ \ Sara | aa eee, nt} — Ae gee WN | | A wt ig a nese Ne ae) \ eae 1 hee Ln WICKER BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 34 SSS rm \\ e \ Ne \\ Ne .. \ ‘ \\ ; SA NaS Siig oy Sih WSs ) yy | \ “SSEZu7 6} S E276 X < Cup Ui WICKER BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270. md ; ae" rye ge a, ‘gare SE avy, AL relay Te 4h “2 A U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 35 i A \\ BE Wg NOS WEN WY KOs QFE Yh, ‘4 @ a eit WICKER BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL."36 HN) ma a ot Mh a vine NN Hg A NUON teat ) WICKER BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM om My PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 38 on saa quent Og ent yp 2 @ , ¢ : \) anvil iw y aS wou. CA x et ge p LS ey SAAT yg N eau at af t S i Re 4 yy ) ? My; OU py MS iP hihi US \\ Ys Mi 7 fl ay : oti SS ine 7 AM % Ww 4 —= , 225 = Be SSeS -—|— CAE i — + — = SR A i = = x "Ze | a ' ZAI SS —— 4 S =. HIN eS FA WS , Ws SS yl = } As yl; i’ | Ly iy i i COILED BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS. FoF DEscRiPTION SEE PAGES 269-270. 7 ig ‘ “ay att C=: SS AS=SSEe: } fit (2255 A". iT \ \S Nea so Ry Ki ae MN! oss x, Ay i Se Zirh; ‘Ma WS ae SS | TS eH wis os VAS OOS THN a4 RAN Sl MN A iii Hi Nj (ML INNS COILED BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270. . aes atta s & me i € U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 40 = “AULA <& oe ge esi n> S . Tn ae Nt u ly 4, &S a \4 ’ Ww, Wa ») Le < ll ZY mM. Seal Ang m Panny, i. 3 \ Loy SS Ro ig ANANSI THT Wil mh r S\N Mie 794 Gy ONIN AS ~~ “A a? BENZ PG M z Se STS Nam e EZ MI SS we \"SeeegeG ike SS Gsss He ASSSS ASAT th ore a) \ te, SGP gf @ fl BM Gs To nn Bh CAS Cina A yl Hl Fad Re Ca I i a \ be ‘ ji Be I Ag SY if , ho” Muy a AI a NN, LU! TTT Ta tS eR Si ] SESS ws wl MH) FV WW / Y = SL W ea 1) LO ZZeE SSS WWE Ae BSS Sill ZA SESS Katte ZEZEEEE — Aas —— == HS Eee see= pre Ze Gea §Ss Spee BAZ DTS COILED BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 41 Le) \) han \ = BS2SSS >= SM 4 = See SIB2ZZ = SS===> eS \ ea — ~ S B225 \ ZZGS|\NSS= A is eZe ZZ GUIs. 7 yj S SS. BR \ OZZARINS os SS Ss Ze CG a IWS So SS Eg Giff ANWR ; ZUM, @MWWYISD Lee Beit BSS Se "ij, \) x S COILED BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 259-270. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 42 FIGURINES CARVED FROM WoOobD. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 276, 291, U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 43 SOYAL FEATHER OFFERINGS AND BOXESIFOR FEATHERS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 240, 276, 281. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 44 FORMS OF THROWING CLUBS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 276, 287. - hon “ U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 547 PL. 45 Bow, ARROWS, AND WRISTGUARDS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 288. Pi U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 46 ARROW-MAKING TOOLS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 288. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 47 GAMES AND TOYS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 290. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 CUP-AND-BALL GAME SETS. For DEscRIPTION SEE PAGES 240, 290. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 49 DOLLS AND TOYS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 290. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 50 RATTLES OF GOURD. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 292. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 51 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 292. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM ‘PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 52 COSTUME OF WARRIOR. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 289. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 53 THROWING THE RABBIT CLUB. For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 287. oe a eee ae THE FISHES OF MOHAVE RIVER, CALIFORNIA. By JoHn OTTERBEIN SNYDER, Of Stanford University, California. The Mohave River has its origin in the San Bernardino Mountains of southern California. Its tributaries drain a relatively small area of the northern slopes of the ranges which separate its basin from that of the Santa Ana River. It flows down the mountains and almost directly across the Mohave desert, where its dwindling current is at length consumed by evaporation or absorbed by the dry earth. Throughout the greater part of its course it receives no addition to its volume except the water of an occasional spring. Relief maps do not seem to indicate that the river ever had an out- let in the direction of its course, the sink where it disappears lying in a depression which is mostly surrounded by low mountains except where the river enters. From the San Joaquin basin the Mohave is separated by the high mountains which connect the southern Sierras with the Coast Ranges; besides, a wide expanse of desert intervenes between these mountains and the river channel. The flow of the Mohave is rather fluctuating and uncertain, sudden desert storms and long dry periods contributing in turn to an inconstant river volume. The fishes of the Mohave River belong to a single species,! a member of the genus Siphateles,? a channel and lake minnow which occurs in the Sacramento-San Joaquin, Klamath, Oregon Lake, Columbia, and Lahontan systems, and Owens River. The species of this group are very closely related, intergradation of distinctive characters being not unusual. In a measure they resemble geographic races or subspecies of birds and mammals as usually defined, except that being fluvial and lacustrine forms, the range of each is definitely circumscribed, and no intermingling or interbreeding of individuals of different forms is possible. Species of Siphateles are not known from Santa Ana or Colorado rivers. The Mohave species was recorded by Girard in 1856 as Algansea formosa It was then identified with examples of the genus from Merced (Mercede) River, a tributary of the San Joaquin, and until recently the species was regarded as synonymous with Hesperoleucus 1 The river has not been thoroughly searched for fishes. A collection made near Victor by Mr. Clarence H. Kennedy, and somespecimens secured by Mr. Dane Coolidge at Barstow have served as a basis for these notes. 3 Bull. Bureau Fish., vol. 35, 1915-16, p. 60. 3 Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 183. Cotypes of Algansea formosa are in the U. S. National Museum, No. 196 from Merced River, and 197 from Mohave River. They are not well enough preserved for careful comparison, although they serve to show without doubt what species the author described, Merced River is the first locality mentioned, and therefore the name formosa may be retained for the Sac- tamento-San Joaquin form. PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—NoO. 2236. 297 298 (Rutilus) symmetricus.1 The large series of specimens from the Mohave reveals a considerable degree of differentiation when com- parisons are made with specimens of S. formosus and S. obesus, the two species which are geographically nearest them. S. obesus is indig- enous to the Lahontan.system and Owens River. The immediate relationship of the Mohave form, which may be known as Siphateles mohavensis, can not be determined with certainty from an examina- tion of the fishes, and unless the geology of the region points to some previous connection between the Mohave basin and the Sacramento- San Joaquin or the Lahontan systems, the question may remain only partly answered. There is reason to doubt the possibility that the species reached the Mohave through stream capture near the head- waters, as the species of Siphateles appear to be lacustrine and channel forms and are not known to migrate far up into the smaller tribu- taries. The occurrence of the genus in streams without deep, slough- like channels or direct connection with a lake is rare, and individuals are not at any time found at a distance from such places. Tables intended to illustrate some of the more evident differences which separate S. mohavensis, S. formosus, and S. obesus, and a de- scription of S. mohavensis follow. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. i Vou. 54, Scales lateral series.......--. 44 | 45 | 46 | 47 | 48 | 49 | 50 | 51 | 52 | 53 | 54 | 55 |.56| 57 | 58 | 59 | 60 S. mohavensis....-------- eetslasss| Uy) oe AO Id (15 4) 109) 144) 13) G9) dy Haale. cal. coalee chee Ne OMMLOS US see eteeeteetsiateiei= 21 Onan TS say LO Ge On Ae |e a sie sera seme | see sees Ss ODESUS quae cms ob cece ts SER Er| r25| 5-5 |-ee z= ly Lh ls 2p lt ee] Be ly (64) 16h) Als 5 7| 4 1 Scales before dorsal 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | 30 | 31 | 32 | 33 |. Fee ene ee S. mohavensis .. 4 GLO TZ TBS a 46 SES SPS eee ees ee Real. coe S. formosus..-. 8 10) Ge 135) 99!) 025i ease ceo Be seed see Sad easel hocel ees Srilobestisy. Crs sa20- «te a CREUH SSE OSS. by Saat BAL COMA |AL6 ASSN DOIE SSUES EL 2 eR ED Scales below lateral line...... Jeccheeezlin } Gla ely Sil: -leaerskevele- ble lenaslt selected /aesst ee. Sees S. mohavensis.--.-------- ea (ara eee erate Gee IN oO! |) ee [ss aiareificrecsla Me evel l cine, 4] svecsis [le serel| sielerel| eve sell eroien| Brett ore S. formosus...- specie Or Le |! oleghyce Se -cmleectalet. $-|Peeals--slerealesioglee elie palsies e De OUCSUS ach ons sine SR ae | Seto | ears BS" 22" [eins |e stra] arc ara wrelere]| sseicll weicis lavcre cell stereel| srcterell ate ral te Height dorsal fin............./.16 |.17 |---|. IS}. 19). 20) | / 2122223 5) BA. DEMISE Ee SY AOC eee S. mohavensis.........-.-|---- Bi ona} 12 |) etal 121 Doe ae BE seeps ee eS); seas Ae el eee (Oe Sformosus.. -t0% Sh I555.| hI CECI (PLM SMT | TOMB WR kD AED We Sek... ose eee ASE SN OBESUS owe cabin seins cas ile Si 10). Sel S fee | sea cp | saan fecieclla selec Height anaes es cee seem eels pou 9-40) 5 Sel ee | eae 14 |S Abe eLO | sphg) [sks] s, 29] ee) | areca | orator ere tatel| meres ers florets iS. mohavensis.....--.----|---- B. laws 1708, dl oS fyelel od [rect lt... slaved - locale tsligas alt. Bese SEU UHLO SG) SSAA Bec SECS] BABS OBS) PGSe| BASE LTS SCr | LS E20" aS os] aetsei|esere| eteel| seven esta seer WS Obes cen ts he 355 doe 7 125] 12p): (Vel Gelecue|l see loss lace cfoacsleoestes a aloe qalee tree Length caudal fin.....2......). PAIRING seal bs 23) 524 (525: | 26u|i20 | e2eel20.|nG0) |.oL |oo2 |e teed: leaesiecce Siimohavensisne 4. 3535251. | JIN SIL 9.. 2 3h) EOERILOA OW AVEC S24). AO cease 2 | tae eS ee ee SEO MOSUS a cou joeree es ciscoe| [sien twa Seaeloeee socal LH De sal 7) 90) B25) So aay | ae ea eee I eeOD LSU oan asec haces DG ree! a) Toa ea Se nase 1). .28/SR ASA See Number of dorsal rays.-.....|.-.-|..--|---- Sd Dub-Ewelscals--sleaze|-etleemelers- esealeeee (at alee ate =. S. mohavensis...........- ete Beasts levee BST || Oba | ere cerel ie aie ersiatel| sie etal ‘sisters | everarall erete's| Sretere | ateretell ereie ie tetetetal lteter 1S: FONMOSURa: - «mas t- - Fy5- sas loreat esses <4 Hh. belactetcealtpe=lesmalet- P " : SG a 4 er eee F A ; a0 oy ue aod i: | OO a i 3 ae bi 1D gal 1 =a : 4 , ine ah - ; or Oi | ni 7 e wo OF ae On, ie ee 5 pvenild Give tadidae iv? * SO ainad BB rh 8 on 5 98. j ie i, Oe be tafendben bat = a ae | Sgt IBS : eG. 4g Ene) g ‘ ; = pee MS Pen TE yee : : i Is PE ae ; e i ae Le te | &e. Fo Ba: t Va - ge end. of We: es i: i oe teh. | ea. | ac baa feat Ba 3.106. | aac iy SOG. | Bee Os (26... 4 BG 3 da, 4) a6. | i m3 ‘ 1,86. bo “ae : | mee OLS. IST. OTe Maer : a eee ce " : carl eseperl 80 \ ab} ; ely si shiek ) q Gia 3 arc ies Se a CS Are pete Pe: al wring city Smet NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN FOSSIL BEETLES, COCKROACHES, AND TSETSE FLIES. By T. D. A. CocksreEt, Of the University of Colorado, Boulder. The following notes upon new American fossil insects are the result of studies upon several small lots of specimens submitted to me by the United States Geological Survey. All of these specimens have been transferred to the United States National Museum and the catalogue numbers of the types will be found given under the de- scriptions of these species. For convenience of reference the paper has been divided into three headings, as noted below. 1. FOSSIL COCKROACHES FROM THE PENNSYLVANIAN. The insects described below were collected for the United States Geological Survey by Dr. Harvey Bassler, of the Maryland Geo- logical Survey, during 1916, Two localities are represented, and the material adds considerably to our knowledge of the subject. (A) Rock quarry one mile northeast of Mercer Court House, Pennsylvania, above State hospital. (Bassler.) The horizon is 10’ below top of Conoquenessing. (1) Blattoid pronotum, slightly over 13 mm. broad and about 10.8 long; the posterior portion shows transverse striae, as in the living Archimandrita marmoraia Stoll, from Guatemala. Such striae have also been observed in a pronotum obtained by Schlechtendal in the Upper Carboniferous of Saxony. (2) Blattoid tegmen, with the following characters: ATIMOBLATTA REDUCTA, new species. Tegmen about 32 mm. long and 13 broad; interneural structure obscure, appearing rugose, but in the cubital field it can be seen that it consists of cross-veins, variably united by transverse veins in the middle, producing a reticulation of the same general character as that PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSUEM! VOL. 54—No. 2337. 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. in the living Blaberus trapezoideus Burmeister. Venation and shape of tegmen like that of Atimobdlatia curvipennis Handlirsch; anal field long; cubitus with five simple veins below; media with three branches above, the middle one forked, the forks of the middle branch and that produced by the last branch leaving the stem both more remote from the apex than in A. curvipennis,; radius not well preserved, but wit! three branches, more or less divided distally; subcostal venation obliterated. Probably the pronotum described above belongs to this species; its size is such as would be expected. This insect is con- siderably smaller than A. curvipennis, from the “ Upper Pottsville” at Scranton, but the structure is scarcely different. Holotype.—Cat. No. 64842, U.S.N.M. (3) Fragment of an apparently new Blattoid genus, predably related to Adeloblatta from Mazon Creek and Mesitoblatta from Commentry. There is not enough to justify a description and name. (4) Smaller, unrecognizable fragments of Blattoid tegmina Fic. 1.—PRONOTUM OF BLATTID Fira. 2.—ATIMOBLATTA RuouUcTA R.=Ha. tus. PBOBABLY ATIMOBLATTA RE- M.=MEDIA. CU.=CUBITUS. DUCTA. (B) Humphreys Clay Pit, Port Barnett, one mile east of Brook- ville, Pennsylvania. (Bassler.) In the Brookville Clay horizon 10’-15’ above Homewood shales. The insects are in shale. All the insects are Blattoids. (1) Blattoid tegmen, lacking the apex and anal area. PHOBEROBLATTA RETICULATA, new species. Plate 54, fig. 4. Tegmen about 44 mm. long, the subcosta ending about 24 mm. from base; surface between the veins finely reticulated, as in P. grandis Handlirseh. Costa somewhat less convex than in P. grandis; costal area 4.3 mm. wide at level of first fork of radius; subcosta with a short apical fork. then (counting backward) three oblique branches which have branchlets from their upper side (the second with two, the others each with one), then a simple branch, then a branch forked near base. then a few weak strongly diverging branches (no distinct basal division as is described for P. grandis) ; radius with two main divisions, the upper with a small apical fork and two other branches from its upper side, the first (counting backward) with a small apical fork, the second with a very long fork, the upper branch No. 2337. NEW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECTS—COCKERELL. 303 of which forks near margin; lower branch of radius forking a little before level of fork of upper, both divisions again forking, the upper by its branching enclosing six cells on margin, the lower with each division at least once forked, the inferior much sooner than the su- perior; media very straight, forked a little beyond origin of third branch of cubitus, the lower division soon forking again, the two together by their branching enclosing at least seven cells on margin; primary branches of media four, all except the first distinctly above; cubitus long, not rapidly descending, ending far beyond middle of wing, with no distinct superior appendage, but the last three forks are symmetrical, the branches are six, very oblique, the first, third, and fourth with long forks. Differs from P. grandis by the smaller size and the structure of subecosta and cubitus, but is evidently congeneric. P. grandis came from an unknown horizon at Fishing Creek Gap, Pennsylvania, in the lower part of the Anthracite series. There is also a hind wing which I refer to P. reticulata. Holotype.—Cat. No. 64343, U.S.N.M. (2) Blattoid tegmina, representing a new genus. COBALOBLATTA, new genus (Archimylacridae). Large insects with broad elongated tegmina; costa convex, rapidly descending to apex, which is either in lowest fork of radius or in interval between radius and media; surface between the veins with very distinct and numerous cross-nervules, which anastomose to form a reticulation, but the general effect is that of very many cross lines, not the distinct polygonal reticulation of Phoberoblatta; costal area narrower than in Phoberoblaita, only about 3.6 mm. wide at level of first fork of radius; some of the branches of subcosta forked; radius with two main divisions, the first with four primary branches above, the first of these branches forking, with each branchlet forking again near margin, the second and third branches forking once; second division of radius forking, with each division again forking, and the first, second, and fourth of the branchlets so formed again forking; media nearly straight, little complicated, its branches essentially be- low, the main branches two, the second simple, the first forking, and its upper branchlet forking again; cubical field large and broad, the cubitus rapidly descending, with no appendix; branches of cubitus five, the last forming one side of the short apical fork, the second to fourth once forked, the first forked, with each branchlet again forked; and area broad and short, with six veins, the second, fourth, fifth, and sixth branched, the fifth with its lower branchlet again branched. Type of the genus.—Cobaloblatia simulans, new species. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vol. 54. COBALOBLATTA SIMULANS, new species. Plate 54, figs. 1, 2. Tegmina about 44 mm. long, 18 wide; anal field about 15.5 mm. long; end of subcosta about 28 mm. from base of wing. There are two specimens, each with reverse. This fine insect is close to Pachyblatta Cockerell, from the Mount Savage clay, but it is much larger; + the costa presents a regular curve, the branching of the subcosta is much more simple (in the basal part of the costal area there is merely a vague reticulation), and the media is less complicated. In my tables it runs near Xinklidoblatia, from Pittston, Pennsylvania, but it is very much larger, with the cubitus entirely different. The cubitus is suggestive of Olethroblatta, from Germany, but the subcosta is quite unlike that genus. Superfi- cially the species looks like Phoberobdlatta reticulata from the same locality, but it shows many differences in detail. Holotype.—Cat. No. 64344, U.S.N.M. (3) Tegmen lacking apex. BRACHYMYLACRIS BASSLERI, new species. Plate 54, fig. 3. Probable length of tegmen 14.5 mm., width about 8 mm.; length of anal area 8 mm.; end of subcosta from base of wing 8 mm.; interneural structure consisting of very fine cross-veins, which occasionally unite laterally. Subcosta with four branches above, the second with two branchlets above; radius early dividing into an upper and a lower part, the upper with three branches, the first of which again divides near its origin; lower division of radius forking, each division again forking, the upper branchlet of the lower division forking (there may be more complexity, the apex of the wing being missing) ; media dividing early, each division with two branches below; cubitus very simple, with only one main branch, which soon divides, and each division again forks, the fork of the upper division very long, that of the lower very short; anal area with 13 veins on margin, these forming two groups, that of the first four (counting back- ward or from above) and that of the others, separated by a wide interval basally; in the lower division of the anal veins are three forks. Allied to B. cordata Handlirsch, but differing in the more simple cubitus and other details. #2. cordata is from Tremont, Pennsy]l- vania (Anthracite series). Holoty pe.—Cat. No. 64845, U. S.N.M. (4) Tegmen representing a new genus. 1Pachyblatta convexa Cockerell has the tegmen 30.5 mm. long, the subcosta ending 23 mm. from base of tegmen and 7.5 mm, from Jevel of apex. NO. 2331. NEW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECVS—COCKERELL. 305 PTILOMYLACRIS, new genus (Mylacridae). Medium-sized insects with broad subparallel-sided tegmina; sur- face between the veins without visible structure. Costal and radial areas reduced, approximately equal, the radius ending near the middle of the costal margin. Media greatly expanded, much branched, enclosing ten cells on margin; cubitus long, with nine branches, of which only the eighth is forked; anal area with seven nervures, the lowest forked. I have been much perplexed concerning the interpretation of this tegmen, but after close examination in various lights and with different instruments, the above seems correct. ‘The natural ques- tion is, whether all of the apparently extended and complicated media belongs to it, but it seems to do so. The genus is evidently related to Promylacris Scudder and Paromylacris Scudder, both from Mazon Creek, Illinois. Type of genus.—Ptilomylacris medialis, new species. PTILOMYLACRIS MEDIALIS, new species. Plate 54, fig. 7. Length of tegmen about 17.5 mm., width 9.5 ; length of anal area 8 mm.; end of subcosta about 8 mm. from Hees of wing. Subcostal taanicias obliterated ; radius apparently very simple, with three sim- ple branches from ae upper side (compare Goniomylacris Hand- lirsch) ; media complex, with four branches from upper side, the first two (arising close together) each once forked, the third and fourth each with two simple branches from upper side; cubitus with nine branches, only the eighth forked. The media is not wholly unlike that of Afylacris,; it also resembles not of Paromylacris in its general features. fHolotype.—Cat. No. 64346, U.S.N.M. (5) Fragments of another mylacrid species, insuflicient for recog- nition. (6) The following fragment of a tegmen. STENOMYLACRIS, species. A fragment having exactly the characters of this genus, so far as the material shows, but the median and radial fields are wholly missing. Subcostal region broad, ordinary for Mylacridae; branches of cubitus exceedingly oblique and close together, the branching, if any, close to their origin; anal area long and rather narrow (tengih, 10.5 mm.), with numerous veins which form exceedingly acute angles with the margin. The type of Stenomylacris came from the Mam- moth vein, Sharp Mountain Gap, Pennsylvania. 3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——21 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. (7) Part of tegmen of unknown Blattoid, costal and anal regivis and apex missing. Remarkable for the very long simple cells ‘n forks of radius and media; interneural surface finely reticulated. (8) Tegmen representing a new species. PHTHINOMYLACRIS (7?) PAUPER, new species. Plate 54, fig. 5. Probable length of tegmen (the apical part is missing) about 17.5 mm.; apparent width 7.5 mm., but a little of the lower margin is concealed, so that the width was probably fully 8 mm.; interneural structure a fine reticulation, very distinctly preserved. Subcosta straight, ending about or nearly 10 mm. from base of wing, with four branches arising separately, the two middle ones each forked, the last, with the end of the main stem, enclosing a long cell; radius gently curved upward beyond the middle, with four branches above, the first forking early, producing a very long cell; the second also forking early, but each division again forked; the third forking only toward the apex; the fourth forking before the middle; media with two long branches, each forked, below and toward the apex two branches above; cubitus with four branches, the first soon forked, the others simple. The anal field is not preserved. I have been much puzzled where to place this species. In my key to the Mylacrid genera it runs to Phthinomylacris, but differs from that genus in the strong interneural reticulation, the narrower tegmen, and the more complicated media. It can be made to run nearly as well to Hemimylacris, as typified by H. ramificata Handlirsch, but unfortunately the type of Zemimylacris is H. clintoniana (Scudder), which has Archimylacrid characters and is surely not congeneric. Very probably P. pauper should be regarded as the type of a new genus, but the single specimen is imperfect, and it may suffice to leave it in PAthinomylacris for the present. It is much smaller than the previously described species of that genus. Holotype.—Cat. No. 64347, U.S.N.M. (9) Tegmen of a new species. ATIMOBLATTA (?) FLEXUOSA, new species. Plate 54, fig. 6. Probable length of tegmen (the apical part is missing) about 28 mm., width 12.5 mm.; anal area 18 mm. long, its greatest’ width a little over 6 mm.; interneural structure consisting of very fine close transverse veinlets, which frequently anastomose laterally. Subcosta long, the inclosed region narrow and bandlike, but the subcostal branches can not be made out; radius with four branches above, the first twice forked, the third and fourth once forked (there is doubt- less more complexity, now obliterated); media little curved, with three branches above, the first forked a little beyond the level of No. 2337. NHW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECTS—COCKERELL. 307 origin of the third; cubitus gently curved, with seven long simple branches, which are strongly curved apically; anal field with nine veins, the first dividing near base and each division forked, the second forked near apex, the eighth forked. This differs conspicuously from the type of Azémoblaita in the broader tegmen and the flexuose branches of cubitus, but it does not seem advisable to propose a new generic term at present. ‘There is also some resemblance to Parelthoblatia. These forms are related in a general way to Archimylacris and appear to represent an early type of Archimylacridae. Holotype.—Cat No. 64348, U.S.N.M. 2. BEETLES FROM THE EARLY TERTIARY ROCKS OF COLORADO. Recent investigations have shown that in the region of North Park, Colorado, there exist rocks of early Tertiary age containing elytra of beetles. Two of these insects were described under the names Calandrites hindsi and Ophryastites hender- sont.1 Additional material recently received from the United States Geological Survey includes two species, one of which proves to be O. hendersoni, while the other is considered new. At the same time I find two more new species in the museum of the University of Colorado, and these are herewith de- scribed. The fauna or faune represented by these remains must be considerably older than the beds from which Scudder obtained his Eocene beetles. With the elytra alone, accurate generic determina- tions are impossible; and indeed, considering the rae eee antiquity of the fossils, they probably belong to other araranoznsis. than the modern genera which they most resemble. The deposits are doubtless of fresh-water origin. CARABITES (?) ARAPAHOENSIS, new species. Elytron 5.7 mm. long, 2 mm. broad; truncate basally, nearly paral- lel-sided except apically, where it is pointed; surface only slightly convex, with eight longitudinal striae, not punctured. Type.—University of Colorado Museum 5822: “ Eocene, one mile west of Spicer, Arapahoe Pass Road, North Park, Colorado, 24 miles south of fork of road; August 2, 1911 (N. E. Hinds).” The elytron rather closely resembles Carabites exanimus Scudder, from the bank of White River, Utah, but it is much smaller. BALANINUS (7?) BEEKLYI, new species. Elytron 2.6 mm. long, a little over 1 mm. broad; convex, acutely pointed, with eleven punctured striae. 1Proc. U. S. National Museum, vol. 51, 1916, p. 105, pl. 2, figs. 2 and 3. 808 _PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54 U.S.G.S. locality 7120. “NE. 4, NE. 4 sec. 7, T. 9 N., R. 80 W., east of Lake, one-half mile east of Higho, North Park, Colorado. (A. L. Beekly and H. Bassler.)” This is evidently Locality 54 of Bulletin 596, U.S.G.S., p. 63, and is in the Coalmont formation. This elytron has the general form of the acorn weevils of the genus Balaninus, and it is to be noted that species of Quercus occur in the Coalmont - formation. The elytron is more acute than in the llorissant: species, of very much later date, described by Seudder. Tolotype.—Cat. No. 64349, U.S.N.M. OPHRYASTITES HENDERSONI Cockerell. Two elytra. U.S.G.S. 7287. “NE. 4, NE. 4 sec. 9, T. 7 N., R. 81 W., west end of bluff 3 miles north- west of Coalmont, North Park, Colorado. (A. L. Fie.4.—Batanmnus Beekly and H. Bassler.)” Collected August 21, 1911. BEEKLYI. . ‘This is locality 73 in the Coalmont formation, recorded on p. 65, Bull. 596, U.S.G.S. Glyptostrobus is recorded from the same place. CALANDRITES (7?) URSORUM, new species. Elytron 8.6 mm. long, 2 or very slightly over wide, with nine sharp striae, and no punctures; the scutellum appears to have been large. Type—uUniversity of Colorado, 5817. “ Eocene; south of Grizzly Creek, about 4 miles southwest of Spicer, North Park, Colorado, July 31, 1911 (F. F. Grou)? 452 This looks something like C. hindsi, but is re- markably long and narrow, with entirely different sculpture. It presumably represents an _ extinct genus, which can not be properly defined from the elytra alone. The reference even to the blanket-genus Calandrites is unsatisfactory. 38. FOSSIL TSETSE FLIES. Plate 55. The tsetse flies, the genus Glossina of Wiedemann, constitute a very distinct group of the higher Dip- tera, with rather numerous species. Although they etch oA are generally referred to the family Muscidae, which _—_ursorvm, contains the house fly and other common species, they have so many peculiar characters that they may well be re- garded as representing a distinct family. The formidable pro- boscis, ensheathed in the palpi, is directed forward and is always conspicuous. The wings, when at rest, are closed one over the other in a manner observed in no other similar flies—a character which NO. 2387. NEW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECTS—COCKERELL. 309 makes it easy to distinguish tsetse flies in the field from various other blood-sucking Diptera. The venation of the wings is unique, the fourth vein (so-called) being abruptly bent or looped up in the middle, where the anterior cross-vein meets it. The mode of repro- duction is also very remarkable, since the females lay no eggs, but each one produces a single full-grown larva, which almost imme- cliately becomes a pupa. Thus the tsetse flies would attract the attention of entomologists on account of their structure and habits alone, were they of no special importance to mankind in general. Thanks to the labors of Sir David Bruce and many others in tropical Africa, we now know that various species of Glossina are carriers of parasitic Protozoa of the genus 7'rypanosoma, which cause fatal diseases in man and animals. The nagana disease of cattle, due to a parasite carried by Glossina morsitans, 1s absolutely ruinous to the stock interests in certain dis- tricts. The parasite exists also in the wild hoofed animals, which do not become diseased, but serve as reservoirs from which domestic cattle and horses may be infected, provided the proper fly is present. This fact has led to an agitation in some quarters for the destruction of the larger wild animals, such as zebras and antelopes; but it is to be hoped that better means will be found to avoid the spread of the disease. Even more serious is the sleeping sickness of man, due to a trypanosome conveyed principally, at least, by Glossina palpalis. Owing to the opening up of trade routes through tropical Africa, this disease has spread far beyond its original area and has destroyed countless numbers of human beings. Medical men have labored incessantly, and no expense has been spared to find remedies and means of prevention. But while the white man is now able to take care of himself in nearly every case, it is an enormous problem to protect the native people all over central Africa. Up to the present time 17 species and 4 recognizable varieties of tsetse flies are known from Africa. The following chronological table shows when and by whom they were described. Synonyms are omitted. 1830. longipalpis Wiedemann; palpalis Robineau-Desvoidy. 1849. fusca Walker. | 1850. tachinoides Westwood; morsitans Westwood; tabaniformis Westwood. 1891. pallicera Bigot. 1895. longipennis Corti. 1903. pallidipes Austen. 1905. palpalis wellmani Austen. 1910. fuscipes Newstead; morsitans submorsitans Newstead ; nigro- fusca Newstead; brevipalpis Newstead. 1911. caliginea Austen; fuscipleuris Austen; medicorum Austen. 1912. austeni Newstead; ziemanni Grinberg. 1913. morsitans pallida Shircore; morsitans paradoxa Shircore. to the African Continent; G. tachinoides has been found in southern Arabia, as recorded by Captain R. Markham Carter in 1906. In 1892 (Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 93) S. H. Scudder described a remarkable fossil fly from the miocene shales of Florissant, Colorado, at that time supposed to be of oligocene age. He considered it to belong to the Oestridae, which contains the bot-flies and warble-flies. The head was unfortunately missing, but Scudder correctly noted the singular course of the fourth vein, which found no counterpart among living Oestrids. It naturally never occurred to him to compare the insect with an African genus, so he described it as a new genus and species, Paloestrus oligocenus. In 1907 Mr. Geo. N. Rohwer found a good specimen of this species at Florissant, showing the proboscis, and I was able to determine without difficulty that it was a genuine tsetse fly, astonishing as that might seem. An enlarged figure ap- peared in the Popular Science Monthly (August, 1908, p. 117). A figure was also published by Bland-Sutton in the Middlesex Hospital Journal (London) for December, 1907. Mr. E. E. Austen, of the British Museum, the principal authority on tsetse flies, quite agreed with the reference of the fossil to Glossina. Thus it appeared that a million years ago, more or less, tsetse flies inhabited Colorado. Prof. Henry F. Osborn had shortly before dis- cussed the possible causes of the disappearance of so many large mammals which formerly inhabited America, and had suggested that there might have been some flies carrying disease-producing organ- isms, such as the tsetse fly. If at various times and places such dis- eases as the nagana invaded the herds of Tertiary horses and other animals, these creatures might abruptly disappear, leaving no trace of the cause of the phenomenon. It is naturally out of the question to determine whether these ancient species of Glossina did actually carry trypanosomes, but their occurrence in the shales is certainly suggestive. In 1909 I had oceasion to describe a second species of tsetse fly from the Florissant fossil-beds, and named it Glossina osborni. It was published in Nature for April 1 of that year (p. 128). In 1916 Mr. George Wilson was so fortunate as to find two addi- tional specimens of Glossina at Florissant, representing additional species. The specimens are now in the United States National Mu- seum. One cf them, Glossina veterna Cockerell (Nature, Sept. 28, 1916, p. 70) is a truly marvelous specimen, showing not only the proboscis, wings, and body, but even the characteristic hairs on the body. The accompanying plate, kindly made by Dr. R. S. Bassler, shows it enlarged. It is actually 12.5 mm. long, the wings 10.9 mm. The other species, which I have named Glossina armatipes, is not so well preserved, but its salient characters can be made out. ‘The NO. 2337. NWHW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECTS—COCKERELL. 311 armature of the legs, as the name suggests, is striking. It is a rela- tively small form, with the wings about 7.5 mm. long. The outer side of the discal cell is curved, more or less S-like, an exaggeration of the condition found in the living Glossina fusca. The wings are perfectly clear, the veins very pale. The largest of the fossil species is G. oligocena (Scudder), which has the wings about 16 mm. long; next in order is G. veterna; while G. osborni and G. armatipes are smaller insects, with the wings less than 8 mm. In G. armatipes the hind basitarsus carries a pair of stout longitudinally striated spines; similar spines exist in the mod- ern G. fusca. Whether Glossina originated in the Eastern or Western Hemi- sphere may be considered doubtful. There are no closely related genera known, and it is a singular thing that no true Muscidae have been found in the Florissant shales. Grinberg (Zool. Anzeiger, 1906) described Glossinella schillingst from East Africa; a genus and species supposed to be allied to Glossina. It is, however, actually very different, with quite different venation. Bezzi in the year fol- lowing stated that Glossinella was not to be separated from Lype- rosia Rondani, which is now known by the earlier name Haematobia. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE 54, Fossil Cockroaches from the Pennsylvanian. Wig. 1. Cobaloblatta simulans. Type X 2. 2. Cobaloblatta simulans. Reverse of type X 2. 3. Brachymylacris bassleri. Type X 2. 4. Phoberoblatta reticulata. Type X 2. 5. Phthinomylacris pauper. Type X 2. 6. Atimoblatta fleruosa. Type X 2. 7. Ptilomylacris medialis. Type X 2. PLATE 55. Fossil tsetse fly. Glossina veterna Cockerell. ive 1 athe ; $s: a ‘ . rd y: a ¥ “DOT ars ee » Bed ted t ap % uy a Rye Fea ra Ue ab cay gens, _ ) SDH, gst ee ey adie 3 i ‘Las RSET otadert “ta: Fae tpi! te neat ve ° , o- , "i ¢ y : , a3 r 1» ms ico mY yey > yee pe Eee toc he suis at? wf ‘idk Sts nee ; vy a t¢ ae i ok ot al se ne. jth pee" ‘ i De lar? bi Wi be geen | -Se¥d sensing ay oni ws AST Tks amgl et ae gt On HE howeed We Bae ita cna 4 5th) yd" fi ei Set ‘i itsid w ixabaon oF , oe aks stipe oe \ # 5 ; ad ORS $ oh, . haagen i fen * » : 1 : a = Ey Tia { breiihiaks : r ene iP ; & oe Pe a P = ‘ a | - obo hisg ea vith wider: ae ‘te my oa x j ale ’ Net ee ¢ a : ae he ’ eT ii i ry ‘ sh Fr ae Pay ’ : mie, nf} ols te 4% pa vs * eae 5 . = » 7: 1 a ' oF : E ‘ H : 4 i o > awe . tag \ yi “~e9 ey ii Feas HEL bee A wt anges a0 , ; nt: BN Beng i> Hi ; : . : : vied Sole RS £ x Ogu , sie oe? |e i Gt 2 5% a a " } ‘8 10 ai Wi? Gee wiv oo EO 1 eer ted 1 SA ene Wye: : } a | if SL thy PL PRIS af : : ; aye anh le Aiea, . ' . 7 gaits Cus iit ‘1 ify, SA Bs hpi The ai & . 7 ey rGG. a ae Bi ‘gation’ ® al ‘ a - Per seth Ae p Rhadeiogs tah} eS Be f pialhios ee ea iy vara ie A the, I ate ee at 4 ryt nee aftnat me ; ] y AeA ‘ ere i $0) MOY)... PART | nV ea iiatA o engoe emadt oh gets es, =e oe ontaif Wilt joaky omeorreeyy rant cm Ty oh G8 Prsitinty Se rabiae t ie : : ; : rife aati wes)! _ y — « )< “ 1 sg 5 on ; " 7 * sada sa Yo hea ANSTO “i4 aii ri cj PeN “ ” : Ce ‘ Oe Gr FO me ni Ko Bere) = We $ whe say i — i, ey he sr Pt 1i% Aatte hai dif ve os: R; Ne — ur yah rte < 44 taf ad ‘a At. ocean tay HAVO : pene, Mate J ny why 4 a oi smn aprol ve {i Ate Ad é Pit" fo si nee) ws ATO) ae w(t) Tt eral & epee A ya pres Pose ; wr, . A ty ‘Wore OD Ine fttte NEO ae Ny Lan6 * aa pa Sah ont A Ht mt hs as Riel OE aio v iy Cet Soy 4, se vo OL wet HE, Got Sukatt WHE asheNt © Leh O Ris rut nn’ Perce ote 4 . ring a ‘He ry heen Sud wy ah it ‘iti it t. < Ve . : me vi eae BC) ib og Poy ae By. bey bay phen | DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO. By Harrison G. Dyar, Custodian of Lepidoptera, United States National Museum. This is the sixth paper describing new species of Lepidoptera from Mexico. Most of the material is from that sent for determina- tion by Mr. Roberto Miiller, of Mexico City, through the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture. A few species were left over from the previous donations of Mr. William Schaus and Mr. B. Preston Clark, referred to in my fifth paper. The present paper comprises 117 new species, 12 new genera, 1 synoptic table, and 1 reference to synonymy. Superfamily PAPILIONOIDEA. Family RIODINIDAE. Genus CHARIS Hiibner. CHARIS CRASPEDIODONTA, new species. Fore wing with the margin incised between all the veins; hind wing with the incisions deeper, the veins forming points, with groups of spatulate scales lengthening them. Above, black; base of fringe white on both wings; hind wing with a little red at anal angle. Beneath, basal fourth of fore wing with red lines forming rings filled by black spots; then a gray space, irrorate with white scales; a median band of black, edged on both sides with red, touching two black, red-bordered spots at end of cell, with some blue scales be- _ tween and beyond them; a submarginal gray space, irrorate with white; margin and the veins preceding, red, with two rows of blue spots, the inner surrounded by black. Hind wing with the marbling of red lines separating black spots reaching to two-thirds, some of the black spots with metallic blue; a gray submarginal space; margin as on fore wing. The blue spot in interspace 3-4 on both wings is retracted. Expense, 19 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21197, U.S.N.M.; Presidio, Mexico, May, 1913 (R. Miller). 1The fifth paper is in Proceedings United States National Museum, No. 2139, vol. 51, 1916, pp. 1-37, where reference to earlier papers is given. PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2239. 335 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54, Genus IPIDECLA Dyar. IPIDECLA MONENOPTRON, new species. Wings above dark gray, the fore wing with a patch of metallic blue occupying nearly the basal half. Beneath, pale gray; fore wing with a black shade on costal half to end of cell; hind wing with the veins black-lined. Expanse, 18 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21198, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de eee Mex- ico, February, 1913 (R. Millen) Family LYCAENIDAE. Genus THECLA Fabricius. THECLA BUNNIRAE, new species. Fore wing blackish, shaded with fulvous on basal two-thirds below cell. Hind wing with light fulvous shading nearly to margin; a fulvous spot at anal angle; tail at vein 2 long, at vein 3 short. Below, wing gray, slightly yellowish tinted; fore wing with a straight white line from costa to vein 2, edged within by fulvous gray. Hind wing with a faint white line at end of cell; an outer angled white line edged within with red, bent at vein 7, dislocated inward at the inter- space 3-4, forming a slight W thence to margin; a terminal black line preceded by white from veins 1-2; a black spot at tornus with red before it; a powdery gray space; a black spot with orange cres- cent before it in the interspace 2-3. Kxpanse, 21 mm. Type. , U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, February, 1913 (R. Miiller). THECLA VIGGIA, new species. Black above; fore wing with a dark-blue shade below cell to three- fourths; hind wing blue nearly to the margin; tail at vein 2 short, at vein 3 long, with a white tip. Below whitish gray; fore wing with a faint, narrow, dark ellipse at end of cell; immediately beyond, a . curved gray band, edged within by fulvous, not attaining costa or margin; an outer blackish line, white-edged within, bent at vein 5; median space more whitish than base or margin. Hind wing with the cell mark and band as on fore wing, the band with more red, angled on the veins, produced downward along vein 1, without red thence to margin; a submarginal light-gray line, lunate between the veins, extruded between veins 4-6; margin with rounded dusky spots between the veins; a black spot nearly enclosed by red in the inter- space 2-3; a small black dot at tornus, with a little red before; black specks in the interspace 1-2. Expanse, 19 mm. Type.—Cat. No. 21200, U.S.N.M.; Santa Rosa, Vera Cruz, Mexico, May, 1906 (W. Schaus). NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 337 THECLA NIPPIA, new species. Fore wing blackish, shaded with light blue on basal third below cell and in cell to its end. Hind wing blue to vein 6; fringe white; a black terminal line; tail at vein 2 long, white margined and tipped; tail on vein 3 short, white. Below, white; fore wing with faint whiter outer line, dislocated at the veins. Hind wing with the outer line slender, blackish, edged without by white, forming a shallow W from vein 3 to margin; a faint submarginal line; a red spot in the interspace 2-3 with outer black center; a black and red speck at tor- nus. Expanse, 25 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21201, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, January, 1911 (R. Miiller). THECLA JANTHODONIA, new species. Fore wing black, shaded with dark metallic blue below cell for two-thirds. Hind wing blue almost to the margin; tail at vein 2 long, black; at vein 3, short. Below, dark slate-gray; fore wing with a bluish white line from vein 9 to 2 just beyond cell, broken on the veins, and a similar fainter submarginal one. Hind wing with a blue dash below vein 8, one-third out; outer and submarginal lines approximated, similar, of bluish, edged respectively within and with- out with black, broken into spots by the veins; the outer line forms a confused W from vein 3 to the margin, running into the submarginal line; a large black space with blue scales at tornus to above vein 3; a black spot and red crescent in interspace 2-3. Expanse, 25 mm. Type.—Cat. No..21202, U.S.N.M.; Santa Rosa, Vera Cruz, Mexico, August, 1906 (W. Schaus). THECLA VEVENAE, new species. Wings black above, with dark blue luster, which reaches to the margin according to the light. No tails, the anal angle a little hairy. Beneath, shining dark green; fore wing gray along inner margin; hind wing with traces of an outer broken white line with blackish inner edging; a terminal black line on both wings, the fringe gray. Expanse, 21 mm. Type.—Cat. No. 21203, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Vera Cruz, Mexico, June, 1910 (R. Miiller). Near 7’. semones Godman and Salvin. THECLA MURIDOSCA, new species. Wings black; fore wing violet blue in and below cell to two-thirds. Hind wing tinged with blue below cell; a large patch of rough scales nearly covering cell, around which the color is gray. No tails, the anal angle a little hairy. Below glaucous green; fore wing brown 3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——23 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. where covered by the hind wing; hind wing with an irregular outer line, black within, whitish without, faint above vein 4; whole wing irregularly sprinkled with black scales, forming patches outwardly between the veins, most distinct in interspace 2-3. Expanse, 20 mm. Type.—Cat. No. 21201, U.S.N.M.; Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus collec- tion). Family HESPERIIDAE. Genus EBRIETAS Godman and Salvin. EBRIETAS LACHESIS, new species. Fore wing brown, with sparse sprinkling of yellow atoms; a large round black discal spot, with tiny hyaline speck in its upper corner; a single hyaline spot subcostally in interspace 8-9; an inner black spot in interspace 1-2; an outer row, faint, excurved over cell; mar- gin black shaded. Hind wing with basal, median and outer black macular bands and margin black. Below, fore wing with the two hyaline dots repeated, white; bands faintly indicated ; a double small yellow patch above tornus. Hind wing with anal angle broadly yel- low to one-third of wing, the yellow continuing as median and outer rows of spots faintly to costa; fringe brown. Expanse, 34 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21210, U.S.N.M.; Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico, December, 1913 (R. Miiller). Genus BUTLERIA Kirby. BUTLERIA PENAEA, new species. Bronzy black; fore wing with small pale yellow spots; a rounded spot in end of cell and elongate one below it under median vein; a spot in line beyond this in interspace 2-8, one outward in interspace 3-4 and two subapical. Hind wing with an elongate spot in cell and a curved row of three close together about middle of wing. Beneath fore wing with the spots repeated, a little enlarged. Hind wing with rather dense yellow irroration, the spots more numerous, whitish; one in cell; a mesial row of five, nearly in line; an outer row of seven, more irregular and smaller. Expanse, 19 mm. Type.—Cat. No. 21211, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, July, 1915 (R. Miller). : Genus CATIA Godman. CATIA JOBREA, new species. Fore wing bronzy black; costa broadly fulvous to two-thirds, just touching the three subapical fulvous spots; a cuneiform spot in in- terspace 3-4 and a small one as part of it in interspace 2-3. Male stigma large, from vein 1 to median, followed by rough scales from vein 1 to middle of interspace 1-2. Hind wing fulvous shaded over NO. 2239 NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 339 the disk, with traces of outer spots between veins 3 and 5. Below, fore wing fulvous above vein 2, the spots repeated; inner margin broadly blackish. Hind wing fulvous over yellow, with faint outer pale band on center of wing. Expanse,23 mm. ~ Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21212, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, May, 1913 (R. Miiller). The female lacks the fulvous costal shade and stigma. Genus PRENES Scudder. PRENES HEMIZONA, new species. Black with bluish reflection; fore wing elongate, outer margin pro- duced to vein 2; fringe from vein 2 to tornus, white; white spots as follows: A large cuneiform one in base of interspace 2-3; a quadrate one above it in cell; a curved row of five beyond cell, the one in in- terspace 3-4 quadrate, in 4-5 elongate. Hind wing with a white band with rounded ends between veins 3 and 7, yellowish at the ends; fringe white from vein 5 to tornus. Below, as above. Expanse, 40 mm. Type.—Cat. No. 21213, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). An old specimen, without exact data. Genus THESPIEUS Godman. THESPIEUS GAYRA, new species. Brown-black, the spots dull yellow-hyaline; fore wing with two obliquely placed in end of cell; a row of three subapical ones, close together; an oblique row of four large ones, above vein 1, in inter- space 2-3, very large, in 3-4 and 4-5. Hind wing with a diffused spot in cell; an outer row of four closely placed spots in a straight sine; fringe pale yellowish. Below, fore wing as above, the spot in interspace 1-2 diffused. Hind wing purplish shaded, the spots re- peated ; a brown band at middle of wing between veins 1 and 8 and an outer band between 1 and 7, the tornal area dark brown. Expanse, 40 mm. Type.—Cat. No, 21214, U.S.N.M.; Naranjo, Guerrero, Mexico, 3,000 feet, August, 1906 (W. Schaus). A second specimen from Mr. Miiller, without data, but presumably from Sierra de Guerrero. Genus LEREMA Scudder. LEREMA HYPOZONA, new species. Bronzy black; fore wing with arow of pale yellow spots; one above vein 1, one in interspace 2-3 quadrate, in 3-4, two beyond cell, small and extruded, three small subapical. Hind wing yellowish over the disk. Below, washed with whitish; fore wing with the spots re- 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54, peated, except that above vein 1. Hind wing much washed with whitish, except toward apex; a broad, median, curved, whitish band between veins 2 and 8. Expanse, 24 mm. Type.—Cat. No. 21216, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, February, 1916 (R. Miiller). Genus PADRAONA Moore. PADRAONA SOPHISTES, new species. Brownish black, marked with fulvous; fore wing with a band along costa to end of cell, forming a bar in upper half of cell, obliquely cut at its end by the radial nervules; a band along inner margin to two-thirds, joining the outer band that narrows above, is indented at end of cell and ends at vein 7; fringe fulvous. Hind wing with the inner area broadly fulvous, joining a broad outer band that ends at vein 7; fringe fulvous. Below, fore wing shaded with fulvous at apex, marks repeated. Hind wing all fulvous, the dark parts above showing by transparency. Expanse, 24 mm. Type.—Cat. No. 21217, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Vera Cruz, Mexico, November, 1908 (R. Miiller). PADRAONA INCULTA, new species. Black, fringe touched with fulvous; fore wing with a fulvous shad- ing along costa; an outer oblique band, cut by the veins, curved over cell and dissolved into spots, leaving a subapical row of three. Hind wing with a discal band between veins 2 and 6, and slight fulvous shading on inner area. Below, washed with yellow; fore wing with a large yellow discal spot; costa yellow; a black discal dot; inner mar- gin black, running up into the cell on basal half. Hind wing yellow, the veins yellow; a dusky marginal band, outlining an enlarged repetition of the discal band above, yellow. Expanse, 27 mm. Type.—Cat. No. 21218, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). A specimen without exact data. Superfamily BOMBYCOIDEA. Family SYNTOMIDAE. Genus ICHORIA Butler. ICHORIA LEUCOPUS, new species. Fore wing hyaline, the veins and margins black, a little broader at apex; a large black discal spot. Hind wing hyaline with black veins and narrow margin. Body black; a crimson spot at base of patagia and narrow band at base of abdomen above; feet black, the hind tarsi white above. Expanse, 21 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. 21219, U.S.N.M.; (R. Miiller). A specimen without exact data. . NO. 2239. _ NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 341 Family ARCTIIDAE. Genus PERICALLIA Hiibner. PERICALLIA PANNYCHA, new species. Fore wing slaty black; hind wing deep blue-black. Body blue- black, some crimson scales as bases of tegulae and behind the eyes. Expanse, 41 mm. Type—Female, Cat. No. 21220, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). A specimen without exact locality. With hodeva Druce, this represents the large old world genus Pericallia; but they are not in the least like them in appearance. Family AGARISTIDAE. MELANCHROIOPSIS, new genus. Fore wing with vein 2 arising beyond two-thirds of the cell, 3-5 near its end, 6 from the upper angle, 7-10 stalked from the end of accessory cell, 11 on accessory cell. Hind wing with vein 2 before end of cell, 3-4 at the end, 5 from middle of cross vein, 6-7 at apex of cell, 8 anastomosing very shortly near base. Type of the genus.—Melanchroiopsis acroleuca, new species. MELANCHROIOPSIS ACROLEUCA, new species. Black; pectus, long hairs on second joint of palpi, border about front, occiput, border to tegulae and tip of abdomen orange-brown; fore wing bluish black, the veins slaty black; apex white. Hind wing blue-black with white fringe. Beneath, a whitish ray on sub- median fold of fore wing and on submedian and discal folds of hind wing. Expanse, 45 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21221, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mex- ico, June, 1915 (R. Miiller). Family NOCTUIDAE. Subfamily AGROTINAE. Genus MESEMBREUXOA Hampson. MESEMBREUXOA MELANOPIS, new species. Head, thorax, and fore wing soft light gray; marks slender, black- ish; inner line slight, coarsely wavy; claviform narrow, touching the inner line, neatly outlined; orbicular an ellipse with central black dot; reniform very large, elliptical, excavate without, with black lunate central line and some dark suffusion in lower part; outer line crenulate-dentate, with black and whitish points on the veins; no subterminal line; a terminal black line, broken on the 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSHUM. VOL. 54, veins. Hind wing sordid whitish, slightly fuscous shaded; veins dark. Expanse, 35 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21222, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). A specimen without exact locality. Genus EUXOA Hiibner. EUXOA DISCILINEA, new species. Light gray; fore wing with the reniform separated into two cusps, the inner more angled and forming part of a distinct median black- ish shaded line across wing; orbicular round, vague, whitish; traces only of inner and faint outer line, blackish, the outer crenulate; blackish shadings separated by gray along the inner third of wing; a dark narrow crenulate terminal line. Hind wing gray, fringe white. Expanse, 35 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21223, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico, September, 1915 (R. Miiller). EUXOA PARSIMONIA, new species. Dark brown; fore wing slightly violaceous; a creamy brown costal band between the lines, involving the subcostal vein; two creamy lines on costa near base; inner line double, black, dentate on the veins; claviform a black blur; orbicular a creamy ringlet; reniform creamy, filled with brown; outer line black, crenulate, retreating on costa and shortly angled; a pale dentate subterminal line close to margin. Hind wing brownish, veins and margins broadly dark. Expanse, 35 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21224, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Octo- ber, 1915 (R. Miiller). Subfamily HADENINAE. Genus NEPHELESTIS Hampson. NEPHELESTIS SABATTA, new species. Fore wing dark brown, a little purplish, shading to bronzy on the darker markings; inner and outer lines purplish, paler than the ground, straight but not rigid, the outer slightly outflexed at cell; median space dark-filled; reniform and orbicular large, narrowly confluent, pale-ringed, filled with dark purplish, the orbicular ob- lique, the reniform kidney-shaped; marginal area dark purple; sub- terminal line bronzy brown, broad, forming a projection at vein 3, not attaining costa. Hind wing sordid pale, shaded with dark fus- cous on the veins, discal dot and margin. Expanse, 27 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21225, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, September, 1914 (R. Miiller). NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 343 EUMULLERIA, new genus. Eyes large, round, hairy, not overhung by long cilia; tibiae and tarsi unarmed; front full, without prominence; tegulae not ridge- like; tongue well developed; vestiture of the thorax wholly of nar- row scales; abdomen without dorsal crests. Type of the genus.—Eumiilleria cliopis, new species. EUMULLERIA CLIOPIS, new species. Fore wing dark purplish, rather evenly mottled with blackish spots, which are the fragments of the ordinary lines; a pale dot at base of costa, an angle representing the inner line, a dot for outer line and three subapical dots; claviform small, black; orbicular cir- cular, black, outlined in olive-yellow; reniform large, flat without, black, outlined in olive-yellow; an olive-yellow subterminal line, distinet, angled inwardly subcostally and on discal and submedian folds. Hind wing brownish gray, with faint discal dot. Expanse, 29 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21226, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). A specimen without exact locality. Genus TIRACOLA Moore. TIRACOLA NONCONFORMENS, new species. Fore wing dark brown, finely sprinkled with minute white scales; reniform small, circular, yellow-brown; subterminal line pale, near margin, darker edged outwardly, slightly flexuous, widened sub- costally ; other lines illegible, except the outer on its lower portion, forming an arc of dark brown between veins 1 and 2. Hind wing dark brown, almost as dark as fore wing except over base and fringe where pale brownish appears. Anal tuft of male partly of dull ocherous hairs. Expanse, 31 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21227, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). A specimen without exact locality. Genus HYDROECIODES Hampson. HYDROECIODES ASPASTA, new species. Light creamy brown; fore wing with the stigmata large, full, pale filled, with narrow obscure brown outlines, all similar; inner and outer lines single, dark, nearly straight, dentate on vein 1; a dark median shade line; margin dark, preceded by a vague pale irregular subterminal line; a terminal black line. Hind wing translucent pale grayish, with discal dot and terminal line. Expanse, 29 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21228, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Tabasco, Mex- ico, May, 1915 (R. Miiller). 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. HYDROECIODES POTHEN, new species. Thorax and fore wing reddish brown, the basal half of fore wing more reddish; lines obscure, the inner and median as dark shades; outer preceded by a dark shade, itself whitish, obscurely crenulate on the veins; terminal space dark, preceded by a broken yellowish subterminal line; scattered white scales over wings, forming four dots on terminal half of costa and points at the ends of the veins; reniform an indefinite powdery white area. Hind wing translucent pale grayish, with dark veins, discal dot and terminal line; anal area gray; costa yellowish. Expanse, 27 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21229, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). The specimen without exact locality. Genus CHABUATA Walker. CHABUATA SYGCLETA, new species. Clayey brown, shaded with red-brown, leaving the costa and fill- ings of the lines paler; terminal space narrowly blackish, as is the fringe; reniform narrow, elliptical, black-ringed and black-centered, white outwardly and sending a white spur close to vein 5; a black dash at base; orbicular pale, with black central spot; lines indistinct, doubled, the wing mottled with brown; many short black dashes along costa. Hind wing sordid whitish over the disk; veins and apex broadly blackish; fringe with pale basal interline. Expanse, 24 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21230, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Sep- tember, 1914 (R. Miiller). CHABUATA IOTA, new species. Brown, rather dark; lines not contrasted; inner line single, angled on median vein; claviform a slight angle; orbicular large, round. slightly more reddish; a faint median dark shade, bent in cell; reni- form elliptical, slightly paler filled, leaving a narrow line of bright white and two dots on its outer edge and a dot on the inner angle; outer line slender, dark, excurved over cell; subterminal space slightly more reddish; terminal space the darkest part of wing, bordered by a slender, slightly irregular subterminal dark line. Hind wing dark gray, a little lighter over disk, with faint discal spot. Expanse, 26 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21231, U.S.N.M.; Zaculapan, Mexico, September, 1914 (R. Miiller). Genus ERIOPYGA Guenée. ERIOPYGA CONSTANS, new species. Light gray; fore wing with orbicular and reniform large, full, filled with dark gray, pale-outlined ; lines obscure in male, more dis- NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 345 tinct in female, double, pale-filled; inner forming little arcs between the veins; outer resolved into a series of black points along the veins, distinct only on costa; subterminal line pale, irregular, preceded by a dark shade; terminal space slightly darker-shaded. Hind wing overspread with dark gray, the disk lighter, especially in the male; fringe whitish; discal spot dark. Expanse, 29 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21232, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Also a male and female, all without definite locality, the female labelled in Schaus’s writing: “ Hriopyga melanopis Ups. Subsp.;” but I think it is distinct. ERIOPYGA PHANEROZONA, new species. Fore wing gray, irrorate with black; lines distinct, straightened, without crenulation, of pale luteous with powdery dark edges; inner upright, curved only at costa, far out, touching the orbicular; outer line curving over cell; subterminal line similar to the others, nearly straight; orbicular and reniform scarcely darker than the ground, pale-outlined. Hind wing soiled whitish, gray shaded on the margin, veins and discal dot; fringe white. Expanse, 27 mm. Type—Female, Cat. No. 21233, U.S.N.M.; Tehuacan, Mexico, June, 1910 (R. Miiller). Labelled in Hampson’s writing: “ Hriopyga melanopis Hmpsn. @ Subsp. 1;” but I think it is distinct. ERIOPYGA PANSAPHA, new species. Light purplish gray; fore wing smooth, with sparse black irrora- tions; lines double, blackish, filled by the ground color, appearing as double rows of spots dots, the outer distinctly resolved into dots, the inner showing the crenulations; claviform invisible; orbicular of the ground color, dotted-outlined in black; reniform similar, but with little white specks in the outer edge; subterminal line lost. Hind wing subhyaline sordid, veins and margin narrowly brown- gray. Expanse, 28 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21234, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). ERIOPYGA CACOEONA, new species. Dark gray; fore wing with a black line at base, forked at its tip; inner line coarsely angled, double, dark, paler-filled; claviform a black streak; orbicular pale, dark edged; a black median shade- line, angled in cell; reniform quadrate, black-edged, especially in- wardly, paler-filled, but a little blackish-clouded and with a black mark on vein 3; outer line pale, the black inner edge distinct, a little wavy, running in on costa; subterminal space concolorous in the male, darker in the female; subterminal line black, irregular and rather sharply toothed; a terminal black line, followed by pale 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. dots on the fringe at the ends of the veins. Hind wing dark fuscous, broadly pale on the disk in the male; fringe with the outer half whitish. Expanse, male 27 mm.; female, 24 mm. Type.—Male, allotype, female, Cat. No. 21235, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico (R. Miiller). Genus LOPHOCERAMICA Dyar. LOPHOCERAMICA SIMPLICIFACTA, new species. Thorax and fore wing dark purplish brown, sprinkled with a few white scales, most thickly toward margin; lines indistinct broad dark brown shades, the inner and outer showing traces of crenula- tions, the median broader; stigmata lost, the reniform faintly indi- cated in pale; a row of white terminal points at the ends of the veins. Hind wing brown, dark, lighter at base, especially in the male; a faint discal dot in the mate a pale line in base of fringe. Seas: male, 31 mm.; female, 34 mm. Type.—Male, Aarau formate: Cat. No. 21236, U.S.N.M.; Orizaba, Mexico, October, 1913, and November, 1907 (R. Miiller). Subfamily ACRONYCTINAE. Genus ACRONYCTA Ochsenheimer. ACRONYCTA YBASIS, new species. Whitish gray; a purple-brown shade in subterminal space as far up as vein 5; a strong black bar in base on submedian space, forked at end; a dash on submedian and discal folds across subterminal and terminal spaces; inner line indistinct and confused, much waved; orbicular and reniform large, pale, black-ringed, and black-centered ; a median line, distinct and double on the costa; outer line black, double, the parts well separated, strongly excurved over cell; a row of terminal black dots between the veins. Hind wing white, washed with dark fuscous; discal dot, traces of outer line and terminal shade dark; terminal dots as on fore wing. Expanse, 29 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21237, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). ACRONYCTA FUMEOLA, new species. Purplish gray, banded with blackish; bands subbasal, median and subterminal; ordinary lines narrow, black, between the dark shades; inner line dentate, dislocated in cell; outer line excurved over the reniform, touching it below, suffused with whitish irroration; reni- form large, black-ringed, with whitish scales edging the ring within; a terminal black line; fringe mixed with pale scales. Hind wing soiled fuscous, shaded darker at the margin; fringe pale. Expanse 23 mm. Type. Female, Cat. No. 21238, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 347 FOTOPSIS, new genus. Fore wing without accessory cell; veins 7-10 stalked; front coni- cally produced, rounded; abdomen without crests; palpi obliquely upturned; fore wing with the apex pointed. Type of the genus.—F otopsis sparganiotis, new species. FOTOPSIS SPARGANIOTIS, new species. Fore wing gray with a brownish ocher shade through cell, running out to subterminal area between veins 3-5; many black dots, the veins black-lined terminally; inner line broken into scattered dots, with dots along subcostal and median veins; a dot far out for orbicu- lar; reniform small, yellowish outlined, brown filled; outer lines re- solved into black dashes on the veins; white points at projection of brown area; black terminal marks between the veins: Hind wing pale at base, gray-brown outwardly; veins and terminal line dark. Expanse, 25 mm. Type.——Male, Cat. No. 21239, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, June, 1913 (R. Miiller). BOUDA, new genus. Fore wing with accessory cell; tongue absent; legs unarmed; front without prominence; abdomen without crests; thoracic vestiture chiefly of scales; hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with cell near base only; thorax without crests; palpi oblique, the third joint por- rect or upturned; veins 3-4 of hind wings separate, 5 somewhat below the middle of the cross-vein. Type of the genus —Bouda pallipars, new species. BOUDA PALLIPARS, new species. Fore wing gray, the subbasal space broadly and conspicuously pale, with greenish tint; basal line black, indenting the pale space on sub- median fold; inner line black, also dented on submedian fold; a dark shade beyond it; a white point at end of the obsolete claviform; one white point with black edge for orbicular, two points for reniform, with a black patch beyond; outer line black, denticulate, excurved over cell; a shaded irregular subterminal line; fringe checkered black and white. Hind wing dark gray. Expanse, 20 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21240, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico (R. Miiller). Another specimen bears the date April, 1914. BOUDA HIDALGONIS, new species. Fore wing pale green; marks black, rather coarse; subbasal line angular; inner line black, dentate on submedian space, the thick solid claviform adhering to it; orbicular a black spot; reniform large, clouded, with two white specks at its inner edge, filling out the angle 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54, of the outer line, which is angled below on submedian fold; an ir- regular subterminal line; terminal black dashes, followed by pale green dashes in the fringe. Hind wing dark gray. Expanse, 21 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21241, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo, Mexico, altitude 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston Clark). PUMORA, new genus. Fore wing with an accessory cell; fore tibia with large stout claw on the inner side; front with corneous process with raised edges and central process, the process touching the edge below, which is drawn in somewhat heart-shaped; proboscis long; eyes large; thorax roughly scaled, but apparently not crested, the patagia not curled. Type of the genus.—Pumora hyperion, new species. PUMORA HYPERION, new species. Head and thorax orange yellow; abdomen brown dorsally, dark orange at base, tip and venter. Fore wing bronzy black; a broad orange-yellow central band, cut by the black costal edge, widening below, its inner edge more oblique than the outer. Hind wing bronzy black. Beneath, bronzy black. Expanse, 19 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21242, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, September, 1914 (R. Miiller). Genus CHALCOPASTA Hampson. CHALCOPASTA CHALCOPHANIS, new species. Male antennae serrate; frontal process sessile; wings rather broad. Fore wing greenish metallic golden; costa brown, widening beyond cell and cream color there, a narrow projection at basal third of cell; reniform brown, confluent with costal area, with kidney-shaped brown line; a brown patch at base on inner margin; fringe brown and cream color; a row of faint brown submarginal spots between the veins. Hind wing pale cream color. Expanse, 34 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21248, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico, August, 1909 (R. Miiller). CHALCOPASTA ANOPIS, new species. Male antennae serrate; frontal process produced ; wings rather nar- row. Fore wing greenish metallic golden; costa cream color with brown scales, widening a little beyond cell, a toothlike projection at basal third of cell; reniform cream color and brown, confluent with costal area; a cream-color and brown patch at base on inner margin; fringe brown and cream color, a row of faint brown submarginal spots between the veins. Hind wing creamy white. Expanse, 30 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21244, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, Sep- tember, 1914 (R. Miiller). NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 349 This species and chalcophanis difter from territans Hy. Edwards in the absence of any gold in the reniform. The two here described are closely allied but seem distinct in the details of structure cited. Genus NOCLOA Smith. NOCLOA LAMIOTA, new species. Fore wing bright yellow; a shade of dark brown at base on costal half, running out obliquely below orbicular to touch outer line at submedian fold; inner line brown, double, strongly dentate on vein 1 and median vein; orbicular and reniform large, irregularly circular, outlined in brown; outer line excurved gently above, brown, single, dentate on vein 1; wing irrorate with red-brown, densest marginally, defining faintly a subterminal line; a dark brown line in base of fringe. Hind wing whitish, with terminal brown line; fringe faintly brown. Expanse, 23 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21245, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, No- vember, 1914 (R. Miiller). NOCLOA BEATA, new species. Fore wing white, irrorate with brown; markings in chocolate brown; base brown on costa and submedian space; inner line forming three arcs, enclosing two oval white spaces, cut by a fine brown line; a broad bar for claviform between inner and outer lines; orbicular and reniform large, full, brown outlined, and with duplicating cen- tral rings; median line from reniform to inner margin; outer line crenulate, excurved over cell, defining a white lunule in interspace 1-2, followed by a faint duplication; subterminal line fine, dentate; a terminal line; fringe spotted. Hind wing white, with brown ter- minal line. Expanse, 30 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21246, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Octo- ber, 1915 (R. Miiller). Genus STIRIA Grote. STIRIA INTERMIXTA, new species. Head and collar yellow; thorax purple and gray. Fore wing yel- low, with gray-brown markings; an oval patch at base of vein 1; « small square patch on middle of inner margin; a terminal border, wide in the middle and including the fringe; traces of broken out- lines of orbicular and reniform; a narrow outer line, not reaching costa, and superposed spots before tornus below vein 2. Hind wing whitish over the disk, the costa and outer margin with broad gray- brown border; fringe pale, with brown interline. Expanse, 37 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21247, U.S.N.M.; Zaculapan, Mexico, Aug- ust, 1915 (R. Miiller). Allied to S. tschune Dyar, but differing in the color of the hind wings and size of the spot on inner margin of fore wing. 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. NEOPHAEUS, new genus. Fore wing with accessory cell; fore tibia with a large claw on in- ner side; head with a corneous plate with raised edges and central process, not on the front, but on the anterior part of vertex; tongue well developed; eyes large, round; thorax with rough scales; palpi sharply upturned, much exceeding the vertex. Type of the genus.—Neophaeus chalcospilans, new species. NEOPHAEUS CHALCOSPILANS, new species. Fore wing with the apex pointed; outer margin concave above; bronzy brown, irrorate with white; a single outer line, slender, brown, bent at right angles on vein 7. Hind wing silky whitish; costal half and outer border shaded with light brown. Expanse, 31 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21298, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Genus ANTAPLAGA Grote. ANTAPLAGA VARRARA, new species. Thorax and fore wing greenish yellow with slight fuscous tint. Hind wing uniform dark fuscous. Expanse, 24 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21248, U.S.N.M.; Tehuacan, Mexico, Sep- tember, 1913 (R. Miiller). ANTAPLAGA ALESAEA, new species. Fore wing and thorax white. Hind wing sordid white; a faint fuscous outer border. Below, fore wing dark fuscous, except costa. Hind wing sordid white. Expanse, 20 mm. Type—Female, Cat. No. 21249, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero, Mexico, August, 1916 (R. Miiller). The following table will separate the species of Antaplaga which have the fore wings without markings: Thorax orange. Smaillereno; usconssStmusion ass —2 ea thoracica Hy. Edwards. harcerse with, fuScous iSuiuslOM= ese ees suffumosa Dyar. Thorax concolorous with fore wing. Fore wing orange or greenish. Hind wing pale; disk slightly dusky. Cilia orange “CUIRe: 2 Parie Pima salacon Druce. Cillax patient: :c airs oh PA ay ae ee composita Hy. Edwards. Hind wing fuscous except on costa. Fore wing yellow; hind wing of male Daleonydisk= 22.2 es Se eee dulcita Schaus. Fore wing greenish yellow; hind wing all tusecous 32. 22 eee ee ee varrara Dyar. Fore wing white. Hind«wing black-browtu.]-=- ==-<=2-=——=.--=- pyronaea Druce. Hind wing white, the edge gray__---_________- alesaea Dyar. No. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 351 Subfamily ERASTRIINAE. Genus COBUBATHA Walker. COBUBATHA RUSTICA, new species. Fore wing pinkish brown, shaded with gray; subbasal line faint, whitish; inner line similar, more distinct; space between these plumbeous gray; outer line white, nearly straight, shaded with plumbeous beyond; middle space dark red-brown, with a little patch of this color just beyond the outer line, representing the reniform; subterminal line whitish, dentate irregularly, preceded by a little plumbeous. Hind wing pale at base, dark gray outwardly; fringe pale. Expanse, 16 mm. Type.— Female, Cat. No. 21250, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, January, 1915 (R. Miiller). Genus OZARBA Walker. OZARBA IMPLORA, new species. Fore wing blackish brown; subbasal line showing a white point on costa; inner line with two white points on costa, else broken and nearly obsolete; outer line with two strong teeth opposite cell, white, even; a slender black median line, coarsely angled; reniform out- lined in white within, powdery without; some black beyond teeth of outer line in submarginal space, and three white dots on costa; a slender white irregularly angled subterminal line; small terminal black dashes. Hind wing blackish fuscous, with narrow black ter- minal line. Expanse, 17 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21251, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Au- gust, 1915 (R. Miiller). OZARBA SQUAMICORNIS, new species. Antennae of male thickened with black scales above to three- fourths. Fore wing olive, shaded with red-brown on costa, margin and fringe; an oval green discal spot without margins, inside the reniform, which shows as a black speck; inner, median and outer lines slender, brown, wavy, the outer doubled above and excurved somewhat over cell; a faint subterminal shaded dark line; fringe with black specks, especially one just below apex and at anal angle. Expanse, 20 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21252, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Genus LITHACODIA Hiibner. LITHACODIA SUBSTELLATA, new species. Fore wing yellowish white, thickly irrorate with brown; lines pale, only the outer legible, wavy, excurved over the cell; reniform of two line; base of fringe yellowish with brown interline. Hind wing slightly paler than fore wing, evenly irrorate; fringe as on fore wing. Expanse, 22 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21253, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Au- gust, 1915, (R. Miiller). Near L. albidula Guenée. Genus EUSTROTIA Hiibner. EUSTROTIA DELTOIDALIS, new species. Fore wing dark brown, irregularly faintly shaded with red, most distinctly subapically; lines black; inner line angled; median line straight, shaded ; outer line excurved over cell; orbicular round, reni- form elliptical, both solid, black; a shaded subterminal line close to margin; terminal line fine, black, crenulate, with whitish points in the incisions. Hind wing fuscous, pale at base; an outer dark line on inner half; terminal line as on fore wing; fringe reddish. Expanse, 19 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21254, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, March, 1915 (R. Miiller). Genus DIASTEMA Guenée. DIASTEMA DOSCELES, new species. Fore wing with a broad creamy area from base, shading to black- ish on costa, cut by dark median vein and vein 1 outwardly, ending in two arcs, of the large rounded claviform and orbicular; inner line pale, double, of three arcs, crossing the pale basal area near its end; median space narrow, filled with olive and black; reniform large, cream-color, with an inner brown concentric ring, and dark shading on its inner half; a narrow creamy area before the outer line, which is double, slender, black, excurved over reniform and running in- ward subcostally; subterminal line a black shade, wide on costal third and forming an outward projection at vein 7; a broken black terminal line; fringe with pale interline; hind wing creamy yellow- ish, with dark outer shade-line, widest at apex. Expanse, 27 mm. T'ype.—Male, Cat. No. 21255, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, June, 1915 (R. Miiller). Subfamily HYPENINAE. Genus MARGIZA Schaus. MARGIZA PARTITALIS, new species. Fore wing creamy brown for two-thirds, the terminal third dark purplish brown; inner and outer lines slender, black, coarsely crenu- late, broken into dots; a pale point for orbicular; reniform a trace; NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 353 a black subapical spot in the purple border, with a little light color above it. Hind wing sordid whitish at base, with broad purple outer border; traces of an outer dark line; black terminal dots be- tween the veins on both wings. Expanse, 22 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21256, U.S.N.M.; Coatepec, Mexico, May, 1914 (R. Miller). MARZIGETTA, new genus. Fore wing without accessory cell; veins 8-10 stalked, 11 free; apex of fore wing acute; palpi of female obliquely ascending, the end joint porrect, about two times the length of head. Type of the genus.—Marzigetta obliqua, new species. MARZIGETTA OBLIQUA, new species. Fore wing brown, irrorate with black; a red shade in median space; lines pale, followed by blackish shades; inner line straight, oblique, from inner third of inner margin to outer third of costa; submarginal line parallel to outer margin, a little wavy; terminal space dark; a row of black dots between the veins. Hind wing dark fuscous, pale at base. Expanse, 18 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21257, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Genus MASTIGOPHORUS Poey. MASTIGOPHORUS ASYNETALIS, new species. Fore wing dark brown, shading to reddish just before subterminal line; terminal space narrow, leaden black filled, with a black spot just before apex and black terminal line; ordinary lines faint; inner black, diffused, forming a spot in cell; discal dot black, small, with some whitish scales; outer line blackish, dentate, irregular; subtermi- nal line pale, waved. Hind wing gray-brown, darker on margin, with blackish discal dot and traces of outer line. Expense, 19 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21258, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Mexico, July, 1914 (R. Miiller). ALESUA, new genus. Fore wing with accessory cell; veins 7-9 stalked from accessory cell, vein 10 arising from it, 11 free, but close to 10; palpi obliquely ascending, the third joint smooth, oblique; fore wing of male with- out vesicle; anal angle of hind wing not lobed; outer margin of fore wing evenly rounded. Type of the genus.—Alesua etialis, new species. ALESUA ETIALIS, new species. Fore wing gray, shaded with reddish brown along inner margin and outer margin nearly to apex; reniform a thick black ellipse 3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——_24 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. with dash proceeding from it inwardly; orbicular a dot; lines indis- tinct, wavy-crenulate, brown; subterminal line blackish, coarsely wavy; a row of terminal white dots, preceded by black dashes; fringe dark. Hind wing blackish, with spotted white fringe. Ex- panse, 22 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21259, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Genus SCOPIFERA Herrich-Schiaffer. SCOPIFERA INSURRECTA, new species. Much as in S. lycagusalis Walker; smaller, the pale shade beyond reniform less extended and less conspicuous; subterminal line a row of pale dots without accompanying dark line. Expanse, 30 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21260, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). This may prove to be a subspecies when the locality is known. Genus TAPHONIA Schaus. TAPHONIA TESTACEALIS, new species. Fore wing brown, shading to straw color at apex and in a small triangular spot on costa at outer third; a dark brown shade along costa and in upper fourth of subterminal space; discal dot a brown ellipse, shaded with reddish; lines obscure, the subterminal most distinct, wavy, dark; a terminal crenulate brown line. Hind wing with faint outer line, followed by pale; margin as on fore wing. Expanse 28 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21261, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Genus BOMOLOCHA Hiibner. BOMOLOCHA DICIALIS, new species. Fore wing dark bronzy brown, irrorated with black; inner line lost; orbicular a black dot; reniform a small cusp, over which the outer line makes a narrow loop, slender, black, a little grayish with- out; subterminal line blackish, narrow, irregular; a terminal crenu- late black line with faint whitish points at ends of veins. Hind wing dark gray-brown, a little bronzy. Expanse, 39 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21262, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, June, 1914 (R. Miiller). Subfamily NOCTUINAE. Genus OSTHA Walker. OSTHA MEMORIA, new species. Wings dark reddish brown, marked with light purplish gray in diffused bands; some scattered gray at base; orbicular a thick ring; reniform narrow; a broad spotted band obliquely from costa at outer NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 355 fourth to middle of inner margin; a patch at apex, followed by traces of subterminal line; white specks in base of fringe at ends of veins. Hind wing with a small discal bar; two outer parallel ap- proximate bands consisting of irregularly lunate spots; termen as on fore wing. Expanse, 21 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21268, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1915 (R. Miller). Genus PLEONECTYPTERA Grote. PLEONECTYPTERA TRILINEOSA, new species. Dark purplish gray; lines straight, rather broad, orange-yellow; inner line with reddish outer edge, not attaining costa; reniform an obscure dark ellipse; outer line a little oblique, from costa at five- sixths to inner margin at two-thirds; subterminal line pale, faint, wavy; terminal space filled with red; a broken crenulate black ter- minal line. Hind wing with an outer yellow half line from vein 5 to above anal angle. Expanse, 27 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21264, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, June, 1914 (R. Miller). Genus PARACHABORA Warren. PARACHABORA PSEUDANAETIA, new species. Fore wing purplish brown, shaded with blackish on the costal half; orbicular and reniform large, full, of the pale color, indis- tinctly outlined; only traces of ordinary lines; subterminal line marked by a yellowish shading, distinct at apex; a row of terminal dashes, not quite on the margin. Hind wing white, with narrow dark fuscous border, staining the veins for a short distance; fringe white. Expanse, 27 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21265, U.S.N.M.; Orizaba, Mexico, June, 1912 (R. Miiller). Family LASIOCAMPIDAE. Genus GLOVERIA Packard. GLOVERIA CONCINNA, new species. Dark brown; fore wing densely irrorate with pale yellow hairs; lines brown, approximate; a white discal dot just beyond the inner line; outer line with whitish outer border; subterminal line brown, irregular below, smooth and waved above. Fringe of both wings dark brown, with pale outer edge. Expanse, 67 mm. Type.——KFemale, Cat. No. 21266, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, August, 1909 (R. Miiller). 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54, GLOVERIA RUBICUNDENS, new species. As in concinna, but the lines wide apart, normal. Expanse 66 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21267, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (Schaus col- lection). This may not be a distinct species from concinna. GLOVERIA OBSOLETA, new species. Very dark brown, with whitish irrorations on fore wing; lines dark, obscure, the outer traceable; a faint whitish discal dot. Fringe on both wings white-tipped. Expanse, 78 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21268, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo, Mexico, 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston Clark). — GLOVERIA SODOM, new species. Dark brown, irrorate with white hairs, relieving two broad dark bands, well separated, the outer curved; discal spot white, diffused ; subterminal line dark, irregular, inbent at veins 2 and 5; edge of fringe white. Expanse, 66 mm. , T'ype.—Female, Cat. No. 21269, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo, Mexico, 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston Clark). GLOVERIA LATIPENNIS, “new species. Chocolate brown, irrorate with white, except in the upper three- fourths of median space, which forms a dark band, in which is the round white contrasting discal spot; subterminal line a waved series of brown spots between the veins. Hind wing dark brown, with yellowish white-tipped fringe. Expanse, 63 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21270, U.S.N.M.; Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus collection). Family NOTODONTIDAE. Genus LEPASTA Moschler. LEPASTA CONCORDENS, new species. Similar to LZ. conspicua Butler, but the wing more elongate, the markings less oblique; the subcostal area is pinkish throughout, the | white band below it broken; submarginal band pinkish in the main, its white edge indicated only; this band runs inward on submedian fold and meets the basal band obliquely, not at a right angle, as in conspicua; it is cut off from the band by a narrow line of ground color. Expanse, 37 mm. (Conspicua, male, 30-33 mm.) Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21271, U.S.N.M.; Sixola River, Costa Rica, March 29, 1909 (W. Schaus). Another specimen, Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1915 (R. Miller), has not been made the type, as it was unfortunately damaged on the setting board. NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM M#XICO—DYAR. 357 Genus SYMMERISTA Hiibner. SYMMERISTA ODONTOMYS, new species. Dark purplish gray; head, collar, and center of thorax wood-- brown; fore wing with a yellow-white costal stripe from apex to outer third of cell, the veins in it white, and sending a white tooth just beyond reniform; an angle on vein 7 and a slight one on vein 8; lines obscure, blackish, double; subterminal line most distinct, coarsely dentate, single; reniform a brown dash in a pale cloud; some brown effusion beyond cell. Hind wing and abdomen dark gray-brown. Expanse, 42 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21272, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, September, 1915 (R. Miiller). POSTANITA, new genus. Hind wing with vein 5 very weak, nearly absent; fore wing with accessory cell; male antennae pectinated but not to the tips, of fe- male, simple; vein 8 of hind wing diverging from subcostal near end of cell. If vein 5 be counted as present, the genus falls near Litodonta Harvey; but that has vein 5 stronger, female antennae pectinate, and fore wing below with long, downturned hair in both sexes. Type of the genus.—Postanita decurrens, new species. POSTANITA DECURRENS, new species. Male.—Basal area wood-brown, narrow, limited by the subbasal line, which is broken into dots and has a pale outer border; inner space filled with dark purple-brown, running out obliquely on costa and curving out along submedian fold, but resolved into a dotted area along inner margin to outer margin at vein 2; outer field yel- lowish wood-brown; a small fuscous discal dot; a gray shading from cell to margin in a streak along vein 5 and patch above; some dark brown subapical marks on costa. Hind wing whitish wood-brown, costa and margin grayish; some brown marks at anal angle. Ex- panse, 27 mm. Type—Male, Cat. No. 21278, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Female.—Basal area of fore wing as in male, but the subbasal line and a central are of the inner line distinct, limiting the purple area, the former line dentate on subcostal and vein 1; discal dot very large, round, black-brown; a wedge-shaped dark brown patch, beginning on vein 5 beyond the cell and widening to subterminal line, where it is diffusely cut off; subterminal line indicated below; a brown dash at vein 2 on margin; clear area of wing more irrorate with brown than in the male. Hind wing solidly chocolate brown. Ex- panse, 31 mm. 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54, Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21273, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Mexico, June 1912 (R. Miiller). Genus PSILACRON Felder. PSILACRON EUGRAPHICA, new species. Violaceous gray, shaded with yellowish (green when fresh), especially in a spot in fork of veins 8-4; inner line oblique, double, straight, distinct between median vein and margin; a rounded black patch in basal space; a dark shade in cell; discal dot brown, rounded, lunate, in a narrow pale space; outer line dark brown, single, excurved over base of 3-4; subterminal line a distinct dark brown dentate band costa to vein 6, lost below except a small patch on vein 2; termen light violaceous, fringe with dark dashes at ends of veins. Hind wing pale gray, anal area broadly dark brown; veins and apex also brown; a double pale outer mark on costa separated by the inception of a brown line. Expanse 37 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21274, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). PSILACRON MONOSTIGMA, new species. Male antennae pectinated nearly to tip, but the last six joints simple. Fore wing light greenish gray, perhaps green when fresh; a white spot at base of costa and submedian fold, somewhat tufted ; an inner area of black irrorations; discal mark a curved line, black and brown, followed by a clouded patch; outer line indicated in brown, crenulate and irregular, not curved; subterminal line a trace; veins outwardly with black scales in uneven dashes, cutting the fringe. Hind wing dark gray-brown, with darker broken terminal line. Expanse, 40 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21275, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo, Mexico, 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston Clark). Genus SALLUCA Schaus. SALLUCA AMATHYNTA, new species. Fore wing soft light gray, shaded with olive green in a patch on costa near base and subapically; lines very indistinct, brown, double, scarcely legible; subterminal line distinct, a row of rounded brown spots between the veins, yellowish-edged without and with white suffusion within, the line incurved a little opposite cell; a row of terminal brown dashes. Hind wing whitish gray, darker on margin; fringe white; inception of a brown outer line shows on costa. Ex- panse, 37 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21276, U.S.N.M.; “probably State of Vera Cruz,” Mexico (R. Miiller). NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 359 Two other females bear data, respectively: Misantla, Vera Cruz, Mexico, June, 1909 (R. Miiller) ; Paso San Juan, Vera Cruz, Mexico (Schaus collection). The latter is also labelled: “S. gramina Schs. 2 ;” but the association seems clearly an error. Genus DICENTRIA Herrich-Schiffer. DICENTRIA OBLIGATA, new species. Fore wing gray, blackish-shaded, almost solidly for basal two- thirds, the discal bar in an oval clear space; veins outwardly black- lined ; a brown line in interspace 4-5; outer line pale, shaded, straight, curving toward costa and obsolete above vein 6; a gray patch at apex; lines on veins widened in fringe. Hind wing white, veins dark-lined ; costa and outer margin narrowly gray; inner area brown; a blackish patch at anal angle. Expanse, 42 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21277, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Sep- tember, 1915 (R. Miiller). Genus HEMICERAS Guenée. HEMICERAS OBLIQUIPLAGA, new species. Vertex of head white; thorax purple and brown, touched with white posteriorly. Fore wing with costal edge not white; bright red-brown, the median space more purplish, cut in a line from discal mark to above vein 1, the anal area purplish; lines dark, faint, picked out in specks of white scales on the veins, forming a line from vein 2 to margin, dentate on vein 1, and followed by red-brown; discal mark vague, purple, oblique. Hind wing brown, lighter between the veins. Expanse, 42 mm. Type—Female, Cat. No. 21278, U. S. N. M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). A pair, agreeing well, are before me from Juan Vinas, Costa Rica, January and November, 1909 (W. Schaus). The male has no stigma on hind wing and comes close to H. muscosa Schaus, de- scribed from Colombia, but extending to Costa Rica and Mexico. Family EUPTEROTIDAE. Genus CARTHARA Walker. CARTHARA CRENULOSA, new species. Fore wing gray, shaded with dark red about outer margin and in spots on costa; veins 3 and 4 dark red; inner line obsolete; discal black dots oblique, partly confluent; outer line purplish, double, crenulate from margin up to vein 4; inner branch from vein 4 to costa oblique; outer branch white, crenulate, preceded by olive patches in interspaces 4-5 and 5-6, then a gray shade to costa; fol- lowed by small rounded olive patches in 4-5, 5-6, 6-7 and 7-costa. 360 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54, Hind wing all red, except yellowish hairs from anal area; outer line dark, faint, distinctly white-edged above tornus, preceded there by a black patch. Expanse, 33 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21279, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, No- vember, 1915 (R. Miller). Family GEOMETRIDAE. Subfamily GEOMETRINAE. Genus APICIA Guenée. APICIA ABERRANS, new species. Fore wing straw-color, thickly irrorated with brown, somewhat mottled in median space; inner line brown, faint, arcuate; discal dot round, blackish; outer line brown, distinct, irregularly flexuous, ex- truded subcostally, inbent a little above vein 2 and nearly straight thence to margin; no terminal line, the irrorations a little denser there. Hind wing similar; discal dot small; outer line ending at vein 7, less irregular than on fore wing. Expanse, 24 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21280, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mex- ico, June, 1915 (R. Miller). Genus BONATEA Druce. BONATEA GRISEOLATA, new species. Fore wing greenish gray, evenly colored, darker beyond the outer line; inner line faint, angled in cell and submedian fold; discal dot a black point; outer line forming an arc from costa to vein 7, with some powdery white and lilac scales beyond, then oblique and nearly straight to margin, purplish, and followed by white scales. Hind wing with median area paler; discal dot small; outer line stopping at vein 7; fringe concolorous. Expanse, 32 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21282, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico, October, 1914 (R. Miiller). Genus SICYA Guenée. SICYA MEDANGULA, new species. Creamy yellow, with pale gray strigae along costa and about anal area, where there is a faint brown cloud, staining distinctly the lower half of fringe; inner line faint, grayish, angled on median vein; a round, dark brown discal dot; outer line from costa before apex to outer third of inner margin, whitish, edged by gray within, smooth, a little inflexed below. Hind wing with a discal dot; a mesial dark line to vein 7; submarginal line dark, straight, from anal angle to vein 8. Expanse, 32 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21283, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, January, 1915 (R. Miiller). NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 361 Genus CARIPETA Walker. CARIPETA HYPERYTHRATA, new species. Fore wing violaceous brown, with broad red streaks on the veins beyond the outer line, separated by white and powdery black; lines white, edged by dark brown toward the center; inner line oblique with a blunt tooth on median vein; outer line angled at vein 6, in- curved, projecting at vein 4, oblique inward to vein 2, thence outward to margin; discal dot dark brown, surrounded by white, with a brown shade following it; subterminal line represented by brown dashes between the veins. Hind wing translucent, pale at base, bright red outwardly; a brown discal dot; a faint outer line, angled a little at vein 2, white at inner margin, red-edged within. Expanse, 39 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21284, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico (R. Miiller). Genus SELENIA Hiibner. SELENIA GYNAECON, new species. Fore wing olive-green in median space, with dense brown strigae, blotched and confluent; basal and terminal spaces solidly brown, ex- cept at outer margin below apex; inner line brown, curved, waved, lost in the concolorous strigae; discal mark slight, concolorous; outer line red-brown, narrow, from costa before apex to outer fourth of inner margin, bent a little at vein 2; some white scales subterminally, forming a double spot above tornus. Hind wing dark brown; a single outer line with a little green showing before it; wing nar- rowly strigose in darker, not contrasting. Expanse, 41 mm. Type—Female, Cat. No. 21285, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Mexico, June, 1912 (R. Miiller). SELENIA EUCORE, new species. Fore wing buff-yellow, shaded with brown, especially in median space; scattered brown strigae; inner line brown, curved, strigose- wavy; discal dot small, black, elliptical, slightly white centered; outer line brown, running out in a blunt point to subterminal area- on vein 7, oblique inward to vein 3, curved, bluntly toothed on sub- median fold; subterminal line even, regularly arcuate, light brown; a dark shade and strigae above anal angle. Hind wing with a brown median shade, crossing the black discal dot; outer line brown, even, gently curved; tornal area brown-shaded and strigose; subterminal line as on fore wing. Both wings with the margin scalloped between the veins; apex of fore wing falcate shortly. Expanse, 37 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21286, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, June, 1914 (R. Miiller). SELENIA CACOCORE, new species. Whitish, thickly irrorate with olive-brown, giving a sordid gray tint; inner line brown, faint, angled in cell; discal dot brown, with 3862 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54, some reddish shading; a brown shade-line from middle of costa curves out below vein 6 to outer line; outer line angled at vein 7, inwardly oblique to vein 2, curved, a tooth on submedian fold; subterminal line even, arcuated; some purple and brown suffusion above anal angle. Hind wing similar, the outer line irregularly curved, not angled; subterminal area as on fore wing. Expanse, 40 mm. Type—Female, Cat. No. 21287, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, June, 1914 (R. Miiller). This may prove a dimorphic form of S. eucore. Genus PHEROTESIA. Schaus. PHEROTESIA DENTATA, new species. Fore wing light olive brown, densely irrorate with black, some- what mottled; outer line only visible, black, sharply but irregularly dentate on the veins; discal dot small, black; a black cusp at origin of vein 2; black terminal cusps between the veins. Hind wing sor- did yellowish at base; outer half mottled with brown-gray; forming a submarginal series of spots; discal dot small. Expanse, 29 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21288, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, June, 1914 (R. Miiller). Genus NESALCIS Warren. NESALCIS CEDIOPASA, new species. Fore wing reddish gray, irrorate with black, a coppery reddish shade beyond outer line; inner line black, thick, curved, spotted on discal and submedian folds, its ends faint; discal dot round, black, large; outer line black, thick, spotted on the veins, extruded at veins 3-4, arched inward below vein 2; faint black dots for subter- minal line; terminal line crenulate, forming black spots between the veins. Hind wing similar; no inner line; outer line less irregu- lar. Expanse, 33 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21289, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, July, 1914 (R. Miiller). Subfamily HEMITHEINAE. Genus RACHEOSPILA Guenée. RACHEOSPILA CARA, new species. Wings translucent, green, mottled with yellowish; fore wing with the costa dark purple rather broadly; a terminal red-purple line, dis- located on to the fringe at ends of veins; a straight outer line, purple, edged with yellow, dotted on the veins; a little purple along inner margin. Hind wing with the outer line curved, fainter than on fore wing; termen the same; a little red-purple on inner margin at the end NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 363 of the line. Face purple, vertex white; three raised white spots on the abdomen. Expanse, 27 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21295, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, March, 1915 (R. Miiller). Near &. mustela Druce (Biol. Cent.-Am., Lep. Het., pl. 50, fig. 3), but I think distinct. Subfamily LARENTIINAE. Genus TEPHROCLYSTIA Hiibner. TEPHROCLYSTIA ANALIS, new species. Fore wing rather pointed, dark gray, obscure; discal spot distinct, black, rounded; inner line wavy, double, whitish-filled on costa; outer line rather thick and black, broken, distinct only to vein 3; a sub- terminal broad shade, dentate roundedly and a little whitish beyond, also fading out below; a terminal broken black line. Hind wing pale, unmarked over disk, a small gray discal dot; anal area broadly irrorate with black, with traces of an outer line. Expanse, 19 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21296, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Sep- tember, 1913 (R. Miiller). Similar to 7’. chrodna Druce, but the hind wing very different. TEPHROCLYSTIA CHIMERA, new species. Large, dark gray, a lighter area emanating from discal mark, which is oval, black; lines faint; inner and outer double, blackish, the outer angled inwardly subapically and a little whitish-filled; inner angled in cell; subterminal line obsolete, marked only by some whitish scales; a terminal black line. Hind wing gray, nearly unmarked to median vein; anal area broadly black-scaled, showing a double outer pale band, which is continued faintly across wing; discal dot blackish. Expanse, 24 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21297, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, June, 1914 (R. Miiller). TEPHROCLYSTIA CAPITATA, new species. Fore wing violaceous gray, reddish in median space; subbasal line black, angled subcostally; inner line oblique, straight, touching the discal dot with a sharp angle, then oblique to costa; discal dot round, black; outer line curving from costa, parallel to inner line to vein 2, then forming an outward angle on submedian fold; subterminal line slight, blackish, wavy, with inconspicuous white patches. Hind wing a little lighter than fore wing; a black streak along submedian fold ; a thick black median bar from fold to margin; a faint outer double black line; a black terminal line as on fore wing. Expanse, 19 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21299, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, March, 1914 (R. Miiller). 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54, TEPHROCLYSTIA ENDONEPHELIA, new species. Fore wing sordid wood-brown, irrorate with blackish, the costal area blackish to discal spot; lines whitish, double, nearly straight, the outer cutting the blackish costal shade; subterminal line obsolete; discal spot round, black; a terminal black line. Hind wing blackish, except costal area; a faint median whitish line across the black discal dot; a more distinct outer whitish line, with outward angle in the middle. Expanse, 14 mm. Type.— Female, Cat. No. 21300, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, November, 1914 (R. Miiller). Near 7. seminigra Warren. TEPHROCLYSTIA MICROLEUCA, new species. Pale gray, overspread with reddish, the cell remaining gray; sub- basal, inner and outer lines black, irrorate and rather obscure, evenly curved; outer line obscurely: double, forming a cream-colored patch on costa, followed by red; subterminal line dentate, near the margin, - with small white patches. Hind wing gray on costal half, reddish on inner half; inner, median, outer and subterminal lines of black, shown on inner margin, the outer only continuing faintly across the wing; a small blackish discal dot. Expanse, 13 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21801, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, November, 1914 (R. Miiller). TEPHROCLYSTIA SUPPORTA, new species. Fore wing yellowish gray, thickly irrorate with black, leaving lit- tle lighter patches especially in interspaces 3-4 and 6-7 between outer and subterminal lines; inner line streaked, diffused, double, pale; median vein dotted with black; discal dot narrow, blackish; outer line double, pale, flatly crenulate, only a little curved; veins black- dotted between cell and subterminal line; subterminal line crenulate, whitish, forming spots in the interspaces 1-2 and 3-4; a broken termi- nal black line; fringe spotted with gray and blackish. Hind wing whitish to cell and unmarked, the inner three-fourths luteous gray, with subbasal, median, outer and subterminal lines of blackish, powdery, similar; fringe as on fore wing. Expanse 19 mm. Type—Female, Cat. No. 213802, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo, Mexico, 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston Clark). TEPHROCLYSTIA ALOGISTA, new species. Fore wing thin, dark, violaceous brown; a purple subapical costal patch; a round black discal dot; lines indistinct, wavy, blackish, ap- pearing as irrorations or mottlings, the subterminal line picked out by a row of little white patches. Hind wing gray, unmarked, except along anal margin to median vein; gray there with five or six indis- tinct lines and a white spot at tornus. Expanse, 20 mm. NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 365 Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21303, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Another female has the same label; two other females are marked: Mexico City, Mexico, September, 1914 (R. Miller). TEPHROCLYSTIA PERTACTA, new species. Dark silvery gray, the markings black, distinct, sharply dentate; basal area discolored to yellowish and illegible in three females before me; a black discal dot in middle of cell and one in end; some fine lines across median space; outer line sharply dentate, incurved be- tween veins 7 and 3; two subterminal lines, parallel, dentate, coming together at anal angle where there is a slight or large white dot; a terminal black line, cut by whitish on the veins; fringe spotted black and whitish, the black spots resting on the white specks of termen; a pale shade cutting through the subterminal lines ffom opposite end of cell to margin below apex. Hind wing with the costal half black- ish gray; inner half yellowish in all three females, seeming dis- colored; three median and one crenulate submarginal evenly curved blackish lines; fringe scarcely spotted. Expanse, 19 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21304, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Mexico, No- vember, 1914 (R. Miiller). Two other females labeled: Mexico and Orizaba, Mexico, August, 1913 (R. Miiller). Superfamily TINEOIDEA. Family NOLIDAE. Genus ROESELIA Hiibner. ROESELIA PSEUDERMANA, new species. Fore wing silvery gray; a broad brown costal patch covering cell, except for a basal incision, cut off sharply at outer edge of reniform ; orbicular and reniform large, with raised scales, concolorous; inner line an arc from between stigmata, curving in on submedian fold, then lost; outer line slender, black, whitish-lined without, inbent be- low vein 4 to vein 2, with a slight angle on vein 1; black lines on the veins beyond; subterminal line running across apex to margin ; angled inward on vein 6 and lost below. Hind wing whitish gray; a slender gray outer line, excurved mesially. Expanse, 22 mm. Type—Female, Cat. No. 21305, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1915 (R. Miiller). Family COCHLIDIDAE. Genus SIBINE Clemens. SIBINE PAUPER, new species. Fore wing light violaceous brown, with shining dark streak along submedian fold and subterminally; a single yellow dot subapically. 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54, Hind wing pale yellowish, costa and inner margin pinkish; a brown spot on tornus. Expanse, 28 mm. Type—Male, Cat. No. 21806, U.S.N.M.; Tabasco, Mexico, Decem- ber (R. Miiller). Genus EUCLEA Hiibner. EUCLEA FUSCIPARS, new species. Fore wing purplish brown, the outer area more purplish; a single curved brown line at outer third, outcurved a little below vein 1c; discal mark a faint cloud. Hind wing blackish. Expanse, 19 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21807, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Near Sisyrosea (?) asstmilis Dyar, but darker brown, the outer line thicker and bent at vein 1. The species classified as Sisyrosea (%)? belong to Hucleq. Family ZYGAENIDAE. Genus TRIPROCRIS Grote. TRIPROCRIS ROSETTA, new species. Head and anterior two-thirds of thorax dark orange; remainder of insect blue black. Wings square and produced at apex, some- what as in Harrisina, but not so extreme, the hind wing not reduced. Expanse, 23 mm. T'ype.—Male, Cat. No. 21308, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, July, 1916 (R. Miller). Genus PYROMORPHA Herrich-Schiffer. PYROMORPHA AURORA, new species. Fore wing with the basal two-thirds orange, shading to rose pink below median vein; outer third black; patagia orange. Hind wing black, a rose-pink ray on basal two-thirds of costa. Expanse, 23 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21309, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, No- vember, 1914 (R. Miller). Genus GINGLA Walker. GINGLA BEOVAVA, new species. Black; fore wing bright red except the costa narrowly, inner margin more broadly and broad outer border, widening obliquely below. Hind wing red on costa from apex, covering cell, but cut short by black at submedian fold. Expanse, 22 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21310, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Family COSSIDAE. Genus PSYCHONOCTUA Grote. PSYCHONOCTUA POAM, new species. Fore wing white, reticulate with gray; discal mark small, lunate; inner line broadened on costa, but formed only of reticulations, not 1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, 1905, pp. 375-376. NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA PROM MEXICO—DYAR. 367 a patch; an outer dark band of intensified reticulations, showing on costa and inner margin; margin darker. Hind wing soiled white, with a row of terminal dots in the fringe. Expanse, 42 mm. Type—Male, Cat. No. 21315, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller). Genus HYPOPTA Hiibner. HYPOPTA ACTILEUCA, new spccies. Fore wing with the ground white; a broad dark gray-purplish shade, strigose, filled in and under the cell and around to costa, leaving the median vein and cross vein broadly white; costa with dark strigae and three white subapical patches; termen and outer angle of inner margin broadly pale, with purplish strigae; fringe white, mixed with gray. Hind wing whitish with large purplish mottlings, heaviest at end of cell and staining the bases of veins 2-5. Expanse, 25 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21316, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, Jan- uary, 1915 (R. Miiller). Family PYRALIDAE. Subfamily PYRAUSTINAE. PLATYGRAPHIS, new genus. Palpi weakly upturned, the first and second joints thickly fringed with scales in front, the third naked and oblong, rather long; max- illary palpi invisible; median vein of hind wing not pectinated above; second joint of palpi about reaching vertex of head if turned up; fore wing with vein 7 straight and well separated from 8; antennae with the shaft not annulate, in the male unipectinate at base, the basal pectenation long and spatulate. Near Entrephia Lederer, but the last joint of palpi is blunt. Type of the genus.—Platygraphis isabella, new species. PLATYGRAPHIS ISABELLA, new species. Fore wing white; subbasal line brown, oblique; inner line oblique in reverse direction, straight; orbicular of two brown bars, from subcostal to submedian fold, filled with fulvous; reniform of two opposed arcs between subcostal and median veins, filled with fulvous, which color also occupies costa, terminal space and tornal region; a line from inner cusp of reniform obliquely to inner margin; a line from outer cusp of reniform, recurved above tornus and nearly per- pendicular to costa; marginal line submacular. Hind wing white; median line forked on cell, filled with fulvous; outer line from costa to vein 2, forming a short hook; subterminal and marginal lines parallel to margin, filled with fulvous; fringe white, with brown interline. Expanse, 16 mm. 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54, Type—Male, Cat. No. 21817, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico, June, 1915 (R. Miiller). An old specimen in the Schaus collection from Jalapa, Mexico, is labeled: “Bocchoris sp.” in Hampson’s writing; but I can not make it fall in that genus. Genus BOCCHORIS Moore. BOCCHORIS CONTORTILINEALIS Hampson. Bocchoris contortilinealis Hampson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 16, p. 336. Nacoleia verroniae Dyar, Ins. Ins., Menstr., vol. 5, 1917, p. 89. I make this synonymy on the close general resemblance of the two forms. Hampson described contortilincalis from Grenada; I have it from Dominica, Jamaica and Cuba. J. varroniae I described from British Guiana. The difference between Bocchoris and Nacoleia Hampson gives as only “frons flat and oblique” in Bocchoris and “frons rounded” in Nacoleia. Now, in contortilinealis, the frons may well be described as “ flat and oblique.” The antennae set well back and there is a distinct flattening before them. In JV. verroniae, however, there is no perceptible flattening, the frons is convex and the antennae seem normally placed. A structural difference, there- fore, exists between the continental and insular forms, but I cannot consider it specific and, therefore, not generic. Genus SYNGAMIA Guenée. SYNGAMIA SUBNEBULOSALIS, new species. Fore wing gray-brown; inner line blackish, angled on median vein; discal mark a bar, oblique, a little bent; outer line curved, from costa to vein 2, black, white-edged without, preceded by white be- tween the radial nervules, dislocated to a point under reniform and continued obliquely to inner margin. Hind wing gray-brown; a thick black line from end of cell obliquely to inner margin, followed by white below vein 3; another outer bar from costa at outer third to anal angle, followed by white from costa to vein 3; terminal line black; fringe white, interlined with brown. Expanse, 16 mm. Type—¥emale, Cat. No. 21318, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, November, 1914 (R. Miiller). Genus LYGROPIA Lederer. LYGROPIA FALSALIS, new species. Fore wing pale subhyaline yellow; costa purple brown; a spot in base of cell, orbicular and reniform, fused to costa, each with a yellow center; outer margin broadly purple-brown at apex, narrow- ing below, widening again abruptly at vein 2 to inner margin; a NO. 2239. NHW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 369 faint outer line, straight from costa to vein 5, bent out and lost, faintly reappearing at outer third between vein 2 and inner margin. Hind wing with narrow purple brown border, a little widened at apex; a round black discal dot. Expanse, 19 mm. Type—Female, Cat. No. 21319, U.S.N.M.; Rascon, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, August, 1911 (R. Miiller). Subfamily NYMPHULINAE. Genus STENIA Guenée. STENIA MONONALIS, new species. Pale straw color, fore wing darker at tip; costa brown-powdered to two-thirds; a dot on median vein at bast and on internal margin farther out; orbicular a ringlet fused to costa; a dot below on sub- median fold; reniform of two opposed cusps, touching costal stripe; a waved line from it to inner margin; a black dot on costa at four- fifths, from which a straight brown line runs to anal angle, dislocated inward a little between subcostal and vein 4, angled on submedian fold; crenulate terminal line and fringe dark brown. Hind wing with a nearly straight line from discal dot to tornus; outer line from costa at three-fourths to discal fold, angled outward, thence to sub- median fold, again angled outward and becoming terminal; fringe as on fore wing but mixed with pale. Expanse, 17 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21320, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, May. 1915 (R. Miiller). Subfamily ScOPARIINAE. Genus SCOPARIA Haworth. SCOPARIA STEREOSTIGMA, new species. Fore wing gray, irrorate with blackish; a dark mark at base; inner line whitish, angled on median vein and vein 1, followed by a broad blackish shade, sharply limited; discal spot round, black; costa nar- rowly dark, expanding beyond outer line; this whitish, narrowly black-lined within, crenulate and excurved over discal nervules; a dark shade from tornus; a whitish space subterminally, no distinct line; terminal line broken. Hind wing sordid whitish, darker on the edge. Expanse, 12 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21344, U.S.N.M.; Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus collection). A worn female, apparently the same, Orizaba, Mexico, July, 1913 (R. Miiller). SCOPARIA ANADONTA, new species. Gray, a little yellowish; fore wing irrorate with black; inner line bent on subcostal vein, a broad blackish shade, pale within: discal 3348—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54 25 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. mark strongly constricted on outer side, reddish-filled, B-shaped, imperfectly closed below, joining costa by a shade; outer line whitish, distinct, black-edged within, incised subapically, oblique and nearly straight below; terminal space blackish-shaped, leaving a lighter subterminal shade, curving in a little centrally; a row of black spots in the fringe. Hind wing uniform soiled whitish. Expanse, 23 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21345, U.S.N.M.; Real del Monte, Hidalgo, Mexico (Van Ostrand, gift of W. D. Kearfott). SCOPARIA ANAGANTIS, new species. Yellowish gray, pale; fore wing with a black dot on costa and one on submedian fold farther out; inner line represented by a black patch on costa, claviform-dash and mark on inner margin, joined by dull luteous; discal mark quadrate, with round luteous center, a projection at outer lower corner; a mark on costa above; outer line whitish, excurved mesially, marked by a double black spot on costa; a diffuse black shade subcostally and at tornus; a marginal pow- dery black line, thickened in the middle. Hind wing soiled whitish. Expanse, 18 mm. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21346, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, March, 1915 (R. Miller). SCOPARIA CYCLOPHORA, new species. Fore wing purplish gray, irroate with black; discal mark a large black ring in a red-brown cloud, which reaches the outer line; a little red-brown in the basal space; a black mark at base subcostally ; inner line narrow, black, oblique, angled on median vein slightly, edged within by pale; beyond, a broad black shade, ending in a claviform enlargement; outer line whitish, excurved on mesial third and edged by black dots within; 2 black shade at apex, tornus and center of outer margin, relieving a bent subterminal whitish shade. Hind wing translucent soiled whitish, darker on the edge. Ex- panse, 17 mm. Type.—Female, No. 21347, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, May, 1913 (R. Miiller). SCOPARIA FLEXUOSA, new species. Size and color as in 8. sabura Druce. Median area lighter gray, less suffused with brown; claviform round, not a dash; dark costal mark after inner line small, and sending a line along median vein to reniform, which is well defined; outer line more strongly excurved, the veins preceding it not dark lined; lower arm of subterminal line absent, the whole anal area black. Expanse, 24 mm. Type.—Female, No. 21348, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1915 (R. Miller). NO. 2289. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 371 Subfamily SCHOENOBIINAE. Genus DISMIDILA Dyar. DISMIDILA TOCISTA, new species. Close to D. atoca Dyar, of the same size and color. Fore wing with no white on costa; reniform with the following orange lunule and two white spots distinct, without succeeding dark shade; inner line black and thickened in the middle. Beneath, gray, the marks in- definitely repeated, without trace of the peculiar whitening of /). atoca. Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21350, U.S.N.M.; Santa Rosa, Vera Cruz, Mexico, August, 1906 (W. Schaus). The type of D. atoca is a male and this may be a case of sexual dimorphism. . Subfamily EPIPASCHIINAB. ANARNATULA, new genus. Palpi upturned; hind wing with vein 7 anastomosing with vein 8; veins 4-5 stalked; fore wing with vein 6 from the cell, 10 from the cell, 4 and 5 separate; palpi with the second joint very long, in the male containing a long pencil of pale hairs. Type of the genus.—Anarnatula hyporhoda, new species. ANARNATULA HYPORHODA, new species. Fore wing brown; a broad white ray along median vein to outer line, spreading and cutting off little brown specks between the veins; two indentations above by the obsolete stigmata, which are marked by brown on the veins; outer line white, angled at vein 5, straight; a broken black terminal line. Hind wing orange red, apex and termi- nal line gray; fringe white. Expanse, 13 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No, 21351, U.S.N.M., Chiapas, Tabasco, Mexico, May, 1915 (R. Miiller). Greatly resembles Druce’s figure, of Pycnulia sylea Druce,! but too small (sylea, 16 mm.). Both are males and the present species does not seem to vary in size. I have three females from French Guana expanding about the same as the male (14 mm.). Arnatula subfiavida, which I described from Panama, is still larger (18 mm.). The three forms will be congeneric. TAPEINOLOPHA, new genus. Palpi porrect, thickened in the middle, down-curved at tip, short; fore wing with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 from the cell well below apex, 7-9 stalked, 10 and 11 on the cell; hind wing with veins 2, 3, and 4 well apart, 5 absent, 7 anastomosing with 8. Type of the genus.—Tapinolopha variegata, new species. 1 Biol. Cent.-Am., Lep. Het., pl. 101, fiz. 24. Si2 PROCEEDINGS OF THH NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54. TAPINOLOPHA VARIEGATA, new species. Fore wing elongate, narrow; carneous gray, sparsely black irrorate, dark gray over the cell to outer line; costa broadly blackish to middle; a black tuft in end of cell from which a narrow line crosses the wing, arcuate between discal and submedian folds; within this a broad, black band from discal fold to inner margin, incised in the middle; diseal mark a black lunule in a small pale space; outer line blackish, diffused, broadly sinuate; subterminal line a row of dots between the veins, which are biack lined, nearly parallel to outer margin; a terminal black line; fringe dark. Hind wing soiled whitish, with rounded dot on upper part of cross-vein; a terminal dark line. Ex- panse, 20 mm. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21352, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, May, 1915 (R. Miiller). Subfamily PHYCITINAE. Genus MOODNA Hulst. MOODNA INANIMELLA, new species. Dark reddish gray, the lines faint; inner line at middle of wing, blackish, rather broad, angled in the cell; discal dots conjoined; outer line blackish, dentate subcostally, a little extruded at veins 4—5, then oblique and obscurely dentate; a terminal broken black line. Hind wing translucent fuscous, whitish at base in the male. Expanse, male, i8 mm.; female, 20 mm. Cotypes.—Male and female, Cat. No. 21353, U.S.N.M.; male, Zacu- alpan, Mexico, May, 1915 (R. Miiller); female, Orizaba, Mexico (Schaus collection), labeled: “ Manhatta bisinuella Hampson, type 2,” but I find it wrongly associated with the male of Afoodna bist- nuella Hampson,: which I consider the true type. It also resembles M. lugubrella Ragonot, but the inner line is only a black shade, nar- row and angled. 1 Romanoff, Mem. sur. les Lép., vol. 8, 1901, p. 268. NOTES ON MIMETITE, THAUMASITE, AND WAVELLITE. By Epear T. Wuerry, Of the Bureau of Chemistry, United States Department of Agriculture. The following brief papers are the results of studies made in the mineral collections of the United States National Museum. MIMETITE FROM UTAH. A specimen labeled “ Penfieldite, Tintic District, Utah,” in a United States Geological Survey collection, transmitted to the museum in 1902 (No. 85013), was examined by Mr. FE. S. Larsen in the course of his optical study of all available minerals and found to be quite distinct from penfieldite in its optical properties.? It has therefore been further investigated, and proves to be mimetite in a rather unusual form—transparent, colorless, acicular crystals. Crystals from what is evidently the same occurrence have been described and figured by Farrington and Tillotson,’ but very few forms were observed upon them. The crystals on the United States National Museum specimen being rich in forms, this account of them has seemed desirable. The specimen is a 5 by 5 by 8 cm. mass of siliceous rock, containing numerous small cavities lined with drusy quartz, and on one face several imbedded galena crystals in an advanced state of alteration. The mimetite crystals occur in the cavities, being especially abundant on the galena-bearing side, and are subsequent to both galena and quartz. The thinner crystals are colorless and transparent, with an adaman- tine luster; thicker ones have a faint yellowish hue and are more resinous. The mean index of refraction of one of the needles, measured on the goniometer by, allowing sodium light to be refracted through faces lying 80° apart, proved to be 2.14-+0.02. Mr. Larsen found by the immersion method in selenium-sulfur mixtures o= 2.14, «=2.18, both +0.02, agreeing eet with the results given in a literature for mimetite. i This paper was prepared while the writer held the position of Assistant Curator of the Division of Mineralogy and Petrology in the United States National Museum. 2 American Mineralogist, vol. 2, 1917, p. 20. * Wield Columb. Mus. Publ. 129, Geol. Ser., vol. 3, No. 7, 1908, p. 150, pl. 50. PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—NoO. 2240. 373 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Two habits are represented among the crystals. The most abun- dant habit, shown in idealized diagram -in figure 2, is acicular, the crystals averaging 0.1 mm. in diameter and 5 mm. in length. Two prisms are well developed, the second-order one being usually domi- nant, both showing slight curvature and vertical striation. These needles are mostly terminated simply by a basal plane, but occa- sionally pyramid faces are present. ‘The other habit, represented by a very few crystals, is similar to that figured by Dana for the min- eral, a single stout prism terminated by pyramids of the same order, the prism being horizontally striated like quartz, as shown in figure 1. It might be supposed that two different minerals are represented, but the angles of both types proved to be identical.? As the average of a number of good measurements the 2 angle _ of the principal pyramid was found to be 40° 02’, the value adopted by Professor Goldschmidt in his “ Winkeltabellen”; the figure of Haidinger (39° 50’), cited by Dana, being undoubtedly in error. This makes the axial ratio c=0.7275 in the orientation usually adopted for hexagonal minerals in this country (G,), equivalent to c=1.260 in Professor Goldschmidt’s (G,) position. The angles of the other forms shown in the figures correspond to this ratio. Not only are all of the forms heretofore reported on this mineral present, but two new forms, which are named @ (symbol 3032) and z (3031) are also developed, the first on a crystal of the acicular habit, the other on a prismatic one: Pa calculated, 51° 34’, observed 51° 20’+20’. p, calculated, 68° 45’, observed 69° 00’ +20’. It was thought best to confirm the optical and crystallographic identification of the mineral as mimetite by chemical tests. Removal of sufficient material for a complete and accurate analysis would have destroyed the specimen, but 0.0060 gram of acicular crystals were picked out of inconspicuous cavities and analyzed as fully as possible. The mineral is readily soluble in cold dilute nitric acid, and from such a solution the chlorine was precipitated by silver nitrate, and after removal of excess silver and evaporation the lead was precipitated by hydrochloric acid and alcohol, the precipitates being collected and weighed on a small Gooch crucible. Part of the arsenic was volatilized by the evaporation, but hydrogen suifide precipitated the remainder, and after removal of the excess of the reagent and evaporation with nitric acid ammonium molybdate failed to yield a precipitate, showing the absence of phosphorus. iThe United States National Museum equipment not including a Goldschmidt two- circle goniometer, all measurements of crystal angles described in this paper have been made on the one in the Geophysical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution, and thanks are herewith extended to Messrs. Wright and Merwin, of that laboratory, for their kind- ness in placing this instrument at the writer's disposal. . NO. 2240. NOTES ON MIMETITH, ETC.—WHERRY. 375 The results obtained were: Lead oxide 73.3, chlorine 2.5, arsenic pentoxide by difference 24.7 per cent, agreeing closely with the theory for mimetite. This constitutes a good example of the value of optical study of rare or unsual minerals. Had Mr. Larsen not examined this speci- men and discovered that its optical properties differed from those of penfieldite, it would in all probability have continued indefinitely to be treasured as a specimen of that rare mineral, which it certainly resembles in superficial aspect more than it does mimetite. THAUMASITE. CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC MEASUREMENTS OF THAUMASITE. The first thaumasite discovered, from several localities in Sweden, was massive, but proved to be optically uniaxial, showing it to belong either to the tetragonal or hexagonal crystal system, and it is so classed by Dana.1 The material subsequently found at West Paterson, New Jersey, was described by Penfield and Pratt as forming a loose aggregate of hexagonal prismatic crystals.2, A terminated crystal has been re- cently measured by Dr. W. T. Schaller;* it shows the base, 0001, a pyramid p, taken as the unit, 1011, and a prism, m, of the same order as the pyramid, the symbol of which is accordingly 1011. The angle ¢ between the pyramid and the base averaged 51° 30’, whence Doctor Schaller calculated the axial ratio of the mineral to be c=1.09. Early in 1916 Mr. James G. Manchester, president of the New York Mineralogical Club, sent the United States National Museum a number of minerals from New York and New Jersey in exchange, and among the lot was 25 grams of crystallized thaumasite, repre- senting about 50,000 tiny crystals, mostly less than 1 mm. in length. The vast majority of the crystals, though doubly terminated, show but two forms, the first order prism and the base, but three hours’ search under a binocular microscope disclosed five crystals showing several distinct pyramidal faces and a few faces of the second order prism. These were submitted to crystallographic measurement, and a preliminary announcement of the results was made in August, 1917.‘ Shortly after the appearance of this preliminary announcement there was received in this country from Stockholm, Sweden, the April, 1917, number of the Geologiska Féreningens Férhandlingar, in which Dr. Gust. Flink announced the discovery of HAGE: aE of Suctein of oe a 6 1892, p. 698. On the occurrence of thaumasite at West Paterson, N. J. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 1, 1896, p. 229. 2'The crystallography of thaumasite ; in Ninsinaionital notes, Series 3; Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. 610, 1916, p. 130. *Amer. Mineralogist, vol. 2, 1917, p. 89. 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THH NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. thaumasite at Longbanshyttan.t. A supplementary note calling atten- tion to this was then published in the American Mineralogist.? The crystals described by Doctor Flink are remarkably like those from West Paterson; they agree in size, habit, frequency of double termination by base, rarity of pyramid faces, dullness of base, etchings on prism faces, etc. He found two crystals with measurable pyramid faces, on one of which two angles, from pyramid to prism, proved to be 42° 24’ and 42° 26’; the corresponding angle with the base (¢) is 47° 35’, whence the axial ratio c=0.9479. No other forms were observed. Some uncertainty would naturally be attached to a ratio based on two measurements on a single crystal which was admittedly rather poorly developed. When compared with the results obtained by the writer on the New Jersey crystals, which are given in full below, it will be seen that the difference between the two sets of measurements is but 80’, and the corresponding difference in axial ratio 0.017; but since the writer’s value is based on 26 measurements, on four forms, on five different crystals, it is believed to be nearer the true axial ratio for the species. The crystals measured are from 0.5 to 1.5 mm. long and 0.3 to 0.7 mm. in diameter. The basal planes are dull, and yield only faint reflections; the pyramid faces are none too brilliant, and are mostly somewhat curved, so that they distort the image of the signal a little; the prism faces are the best of all, yielding brilliant images, although the existence of intergrowth with subparallel crystals makes itself evident in frequent multiplicity of images. None of the termina- tions is perfect, only from one to four of the possible six pyramid faces being developed; nor were any of the crystals found to be doubly terminated with pyramids; in every case the opposite end to that showing pyramid faces is terminated by the base alone. This suggests that the mineral is hemimorphic, but this could not be con- firmed by etch-figures, since etching with dilute acids and with water containing carbon dioxid yielded nothing but narrow grooves with- out definite crystallographic features. The rather poor quality of the faces renders the measurements somewhat unsatisfactory, but the axial ratio of the mineral can certainly be regarded as estab- lished and the presence of several new forms proved. One pyramid appears on all five crystals, yielding fairly good reflec- tions in several instances, and its g was found to average 47° 5’+19’. This is evidently the same form observed by Doctor Schaller, the discrepancy in angles being due to the fact that he was unable to obtain definite signals with his crystal, and so was obliged to locate the pyramid by maximum illumination, a method incapable of yield- 1Geol. Fér. Férh., vol. 39, 1917, pp. 447-452. 2 Vol. 2, 1917, p. 125. NO. 2240. NOTES ON MIMETITE, ETC.—WHERRY. at7 ing accurate results. This pyramid is taken as the unit 101, and yields the axial ratio for thaumasite: e=0.931+0.008.* Three other pyramids and the second order prism were also ob- served, making the total number of forms now known on the mineral 7. The results of the measurements of the angles of these forms, contrasted with the theoretical values, are given below, and an idealized combination of all the forms in figure 3. The zone of pyramids represents Professor Goldschmidt’s harmonic series N,, three members being absent: Form:, (OOlens!! 99200212023 OTN $032))iai oiossk 1080 1: P 1 2 3 : Observed:; © gu Ae 6a fe 1 BE CIE, 98) eI q 2 3 2 Aas! se ae, 3 iheory: Nee ceaO - - 1 - 3 2 inf. 3 2 3 2 The combination of forms on the separate crystals are: Crystal No. Forms. Deeease cose Eee, Saeed ee eS ks A ies Cc, a, M, e, p Dlr She Peper cats elects ats Sie See ae ee erodes aed Sate derayict c,m, p, q SP a oe peiets aia oe iste Es a oid, o AIM isi oat amine vice wis ee asc c,m, p, q 4 Ce ee ee en eo ae a ee eT ra) ten ap aver eae” a i AS tiles ght ie Reel bina a Cc, m, Pp, q aged thse a cl el inal, a0 Alaiye ei Sama pedning ita tel bs C, a; Hl, Gp, Majority Rue UR OOoR MURTY Be IY SIRO. ec, m Measured and calculated angles of thaumasite. [New forms marked *.] Number| Number Measured. | Calculated. No. Letter.| Symbol.| of | not ne. | crystals. ments 'é | § p a= ? | p | ° , ° , , ° , ° , es llr Ee flea ah ¢ 0001 5 | Tannese! DRAG Ait Sin aes ae 0 00 CNT Ga a a* 1120 2 2} 30 05 90 05 30) 30 00; 90 00 eee Lapp tani m 1010 5 | 28 0 00; 90 00 60 0 00} 90 00 ree oe SS Soe e* 1012 1 | 4} 0 00 30 00 120 0 00| 28 16 Sistecar eee {* 2023 1 2100 38 00 120 0 00| 35 38 anaes TOL SEE? 3 Pp 1011 5 10 0 00 47 05 15| 0 00| [47 05) TER eee q* 3032 4 10; 0 00 58 00 30/ 0 00] 58 12 THE CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION OF THAUMASITE. Thaumasite is one of the few minerals containing three different acid radicals, carbonate (CO,), silicate (SiO,), and sulfate (SO,), as essential constituents; is it to be classed as a carbonate, a silicate, 1 Axial ratios are often calculated to the fourth, fifth, or sixth decimal place, but when there is a variation of 3 units in the third place such extensions are without significance 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. or a sulfate? Dana? placed it in a “concluding division” of sili- cates. Penfield and Pratt® not only accepted its interpretation as a silicate, but even wrote the following constitutional formula with silicon as linking element: HO—Ca—O O—C—O—Ca—OH Nh Si HO”. NO Osa & Now that it has been discovered that sulfates played an im- portant role in the zeolite deposits of the Watchung Mountain region, which yield far more thaumasite than all other localities put together, the view suggests itself that this mineral is a sulfate, a derivative of anhydrite, as expressed in the structural formula below: O O— C.—0-4_On ae Ca SoG Ngee Ca oO ae This formula agrees with the following facts: 1. Thaumasite is derived, in the Watchung Mountain region, by the action on anhydrite (CaSO,), (or on the calcium sulfate por- tion of glauberite (CaSO,+Na,SO,)), of solutions capable of de- positing calcium carbonate (calcite) and silicates (zeolites). 2. It contains 15 molecules of water, but, as has been shown by Dr. H. E. Merwin,’ 14 of these go off as the temperature is increased without a break in the dehydration curve, and must be regarded as “ water of crystallization; ” the last one is driven off only at red heat. The formula given shows that two hydroxyl (OH) groups are pres- ent, joined to different elements, which accounts for the high tem- perature needed to cause them to unite and liberate water (H,O). It is, of course, not to be inferred that in the crystalline mineral the atoms are actually arranged in the manner indicated, for from recent work in crystallography, especially the application of X-rays to the study of crystal structure, it is known that the atomic arrange- ment in crystals is based on geometrical rather than chemical rela- tionships. Such a structural formula means, therefore, merely that 1System of Mineralogy, ed. 6, 1892, p. 698. ? Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 1, 1896, p. 229. 3 Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 4, 1914, p. 496. NO. 2240. NOTES ON MIMETITE, ETC—WHERRY. 379 development of molecules of this structure in solutions led to the crystallization of the mineral in the first place. Thaumasite is, accordingly, regarded as a sulfate, and it is recom- mended that it be described chemically as “ di-hydroxy-tricalcium carbono-silico-sulfate, crystallizing with 14 molecules of water in the hexagonal system.” It probably belongs in the same group as con- nellite and hanksite, which are similar in crystallization. CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC MEASUREMENTS ON WAVELLITE FROM HEL- LERTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA. In an abandoned iron mine 1 mile southeast of Hellertown, North- ampton County, Pennsylvania, the locality of the beraunite described in an earlier paper in this series,1 wavellite has long been known to occur, and in 1910 the writer found two specimens containing meas- urable crystals, which are rarely met with in this mineral. The wavellite is in acicular crystals in divergent groups in cavities in ferruginous sandstone. These are very minute, rarely exceeding 0.1 mm. in diameter, but their faces are brilliant and yield fairly good reflections, although subparallel intergrowth renders the angles somewhat variable. The indices of refraction, measured by the immersion method, are ¢=1.525, 8==1.535, and y=1.550, all--0.005; the specific gravity is 2.825. The results of the crystallographic meas- urements are tabulated below. The form p, (121), is best developed, and gives reflections which can be read accurately to about 51; but the results vary 30’ or more from one crystal to another, so that the axial ratio can not be determined beyond the third decimal place. The average angles for this form proved to be: g=41° 45’; e=47° 15’, whence the ratios are: a:b:¢: =0.564:1:0.404. In all 8 certain and several doubtful forms are present; one of their modes of combina- tion is shown in figure 4; other crystals are like those figured by Dana. The forms are: b (010) well developed. a (100) traces, in the midst of striations of prism zone. i (430) traces, in the midst of striations of prism zone. m (110) well developed. n (340) traces, in striations. p (101) prominently developed, but dull. s (111) minute, though fairly bright. o (121) fairly well developed, brilliant. All the material which could be spared without destroying the specimens, amounting to 0.4 gram, was submitted to the firm of 1Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, 1914, p. 507. 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Booth, Garrett & Blair, of Philadelphia, for analysis, and the re- sults, obtained by Mr. Frederick Wynkoop, of that firm, were: Analysis of Wavellite from Hellertown, Pennsylvania. lausad 2 3 36.5 | 0.358| 3.03 33.4 | 0.236 | 2.00 is . 04 28.6 | 1.580 \ 13+ 1ile|, eee | ee 5 nee RO 1. Results of analysis; the fluorine figure is known to be too low, but the material available was insufficient for its accurate determination. 2 and 8, ratios. This agrees exactly with the Groth formula for the mineral, (A1(OH,F)),(PO,),+5H,O, which differs from that adopted by Dana in allowing for the fluorine and in recognizing the presence of an additional half molecule of water. Written in expanded form, this is 3A1,0,.2P,0,.13(H,O, 2HF). THE AXIAL RATIO OF WAVELLITE. A number of occurrences of wavellite have been studied crystallo- graphically, but the axial ratios obtained exhibit slight variation, as brought out in the following table, in which the determinations are arranged in chronological order: ini d é Besos vat Date. Authors. Source. Axis a. | ASAS(Cr | = Pm mam’ : | | ° , ° f L830 Seka eereeite cic | Sentt (adopted byalissececsstecsasee ree 0.5049 | 0.3751 | 63 13 53 35 | Dana and Gold- | | _ schmidt). | | W807 ss osscetincea sees Hi@esaroL.ot 2kieacoeeces Beleiumes.eeeee eee 0.5573 | 0.4084 60 52 68 16 IDO eSdesodcenceuae Ungemach....-..... Pennsylvania! ..... 0.5577 | 0.4057 | 60 51 58 18 AQT 2S eS ee See ee aoe GOs ease ees Montebras........-. 0.5577 | 0.4057 | 60 51 58 18 WON cciccisosmemeswsiec c Hes WHEL in-aiiii= Hellertown, Pa..... 0. 5640 | 0.4040 | 60 35 58 50 Average (exclu|ding Senfi’s) .......-.|-.--secececececeeeeees 0.559 | 0.405 | 60 47 | 58 25 | 1 The locality was stated as “‘Cly, York Co., Pa.,’? but this is merely the site of the factory where the wavellite was used as a source of phosphorus; the mineral really came from Mount Holly Springs, Cumberland County. This variation is undoubtedly due to the fact that the majority of the crystals measured have been very minute and imperfectly developed, subparallel intergrowth in particular being almost in- variably present. There seems no good reason to assume that we know the axial ratio of wavellite with greater certainty than +0.005, so the values should be stated only to the third decimal place; but the average values given are probably very close to those actually characteristic of the mineral. NO. 2240. NOTES ON MIMETITE, ETC. WHERRY. 381 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 56. The figures are somewhat idealized diagrams of the crystals described. New forms are marked with an asterisk * below. Fia. 1.—Mimetite, Tintic District, Utah; Prismatic habit; a combination of ¢ (0001), a (1010), x (1011), y (2021), 2* (3031), and x (4041). 2.—Mimetite, same locality; acicular habit; c (0001), a (1010), b (1120), h (2130), xz (1011), a* (3032), y (2021), s (1121), and m (2131). 3.—Thaumasite, West Paterson, New Jersey, showing all the forms observed; ¢ (0001), a* (1120), m (1010), e* (1012), f* (2023), p (1011), and g* (3032). 4.—Wavellite, Hellertown, Pennsylvania; a combination of 6 (010), a (100), 1 (430), m (110), n (340), and o (121). ah Yd Ww 7 > vlad an asl + ! r —_ ; ) SoG Tia 7 - r wry » wit (iT ‘ad x {or cea 7 é i eiiiaoet eirmea : ‘eth tOME vc oe 8 4 ee Py) . ao, bee a. f - a pat Th eb J a7. % age ; 4h 26 fy 2 oe o 4 Su 2 > 2S i j Mad ; : are, aemtoh ee ae ‘ , " F r i. 5 ae a re ‘ XK -t3, Pai 5 : P4 A . 2 3 - = d - — 4 bs al / * © > ‘ 5 ‘ en ‘ . ed be : > > ve . : ef m4 ifs are Pi l a fi 4 4 { + 5 3 ' * 4 .S " Lal : ro . ¥ o* rey , . 2 a" ry Wale & * a i Lake We 453 meee PSPs ‘ L. jad AS 4 ae G o ry . ‘ Pi : > é , : ~>% e s ‘ ey . wees : i ste” APS. WAM > oes - i ’ (7 iy . ; 3 i vy ma HM ny A . _ oa naari ~ a , + te ; ' ‘ Mite U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 56 G SN As SSS if NS — ==. NSN Ss RS (hee == Ol = SS | = — —_— —/| — — pes! Lee S| er I aaa Za atm es | a — SS REASTOr Ap | ~ eee Pasta aS So od oa ee ee See ae Ss || SS) eee See = Sail h esas a real es oe Ss Se CRYSTALS OF MIMETITE, THAUMASITE, AND WAVELLITE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38] eeu yy aay i 7 7 a ee 7 4 } ; . A NEWLY MOUNTED SKELETON OF THE ARMORED DINOSAUR, STEGOSAURUS STENOPS, IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. By CHarites W. GILMoRE, Associate Curator of Paleontology, United States National Museum. INTRODUCTION. The Stegosaurs were by reason of their large size, and ornate dermal structure the more striking and characteristic of the large reptilia that inhabited the northern hemisphere in Morrison time. It should be said, however, that the family Stegosauridae is not con- fined exclusively to North America, for specimens have been found in England, France, and German East Africa that are but little unlike the American representatives. At this time the origin of the family is not known, though it is now generally believed that the Stegosaurs had a bipedal ancestry, and that increasing bulk and development of the dermal armor caused them to lose celerity of movement, thus becoming sluggish, slow-moving quadrupedal crea- tures of low mentality. By the measurement of the brain cavity in the skull of Stego- saurus it is found that the brain displaces but 56 cubic centimeters of water and has an estimated weight of about 24 ounces. This small organ directs the movements of a creature estimated to weigh several tons, while the average normal human brain has a capacity of 900 cubic centimeters in a creature weighing from 130 to 150 pounds. The most remarkable feature of the nervous system of this great brute, however, is the enormous enlargement of the spinal cord in the sacral region, which kas a mass of more than 20 times that of the puny brain. At best the imtelligence of this animal was of the lowest order, hardly more than sufficient to direct the mere mechanical func- tions of life. While the horned-dinosaurs, with skulls from 7 to 9 feet long, were the largest headed land vertebrates the world has ever known, the Stegosaurs are the smallest-headed when the great bulk of the body is taken into consideration. The jaws are provided with a dentition, made up of teeth so small and weak as to be always a source of won- PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2241. ; 383 384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. O4. der and conjecture as to the real character of their feeding habits. They would at least appear to indicate that their food consisted of the most succulent of terrestrial plants. The structure of the large, broad feet suggests they were land-haunting, doubtless of low, swampy regions rather than the upland, and such an environment would be the more natural place to find the soft plant life necessary for their sustenance. In addition to the small head, the great dif- ference in the proportions of the fore and hind legs, the one most striking external feature of Stegosaurus, is the unusual development of the skin armor, consisting as it does of two parallel rows of erect alternating bony plates that extend from back of the skull on either side of the midline of the back nearly to the end of the tail; the tail . being armed near the tip with two pairs of large bony spikes or spines. There is also a considerable number of small rounded bony ossicles that in life were held in the skin and probably formed a mail-like protection to the head and neck. The primary purpose of this armor must have been for defense, probably protective to the extent of giving the animal a most formidable appearance rather than actually useful as an offensive instrument. While the fossil remains of these animals are not uncommon in our museums, they consist for the most part of the scattered and dis- articulated bones of the skeleton. Only rarely have fairly complete skeletons been found and hitherto there has existed in our museums but one mounted skeleton, that of the Yale University Museum in New Haven, Connecticut, although now dismantled due to the tear- ing down of the old museum building preparatory to the erection of a new and more spacious institution. THE MOUNTED SKELETON OF STEGOSAURUS STENOPS. Thus the recent addition to the exhibition collection of the section of Vertebrate Paleontology in the United States National Museum of a mounted skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops makes it the only skeleton of Stegosaurus now on exhibition. Photographs as it appears in the exhibition hall are reproduced in plates 57-61. The present specimen is a composite skeleton—that is, made up of the bones of more than one individual—but by following the type of the species (No. 4934, U.S.N.M.) the most perfect single skeleton known, as a guide, it is believed the mounted specimen gives a very accurate conception of the skeletal structure of this animal. It is based primarily on a specimen (No. 6531, U.S.N.M.) consisting of the nearly complete articulated tail, sacrum, the greater number of the dorsal vertebrae, pelvis, numerous ribs, and dermal plates. The other bones introduced are from individuals found in the same de- posit of fossils, known to the collectors as “Quarry 13,” located about 8 miles east of the famous Como Bluff in Albany County, No. 2241. NEWLY MOUNTED STEGOSAURUS STENOPS—GILMORE. 3285 Wyoming. None of the bones used in the mount were found more than 90 feet distant in the quarry from No. 6531, which forms the basis of the mount. It is quite possible that some of these bones may have originally belonged to that skeleton. A considerable num- ber of elements for which bones of the proper size and proportions were not available have been restored. As is customary the restored portions were given a color sufliciently distinctive to make them easily recognized from the originals. The skeleton as mounted measures 14 feet 9 inches in length be- tween perpendicular uprights and 7 feet 11 inches high from the base to the top of the dermal plate above the hips. The Yale speci- men is much larger, being 19 feet 5 inches long, and 11 feet 103 inches from the base to the top of the highest plate. The much smaller size of the specimen in the United States National Museum may be attributed not only to its pertaining to a smaller species but also to the fact that the bones composing it were of individuals which had not reached their maximum development. The actual articulation of the skeleton brings out some features in the proportions of the animal that would hardly be appreciated in a study of the individual bones. The wide hips (see pl. 60), necessitating a corresponding expansion of the posterior thoracic ribs, the flat-sided anterior half of the body (see pl. 59), the rapidly drooping tail, the pose being clearly indicated by the wedge-shaped centra of the anterior caudals. In the latter respect this mount is in striking contrast to the Yale specimen, which has the tail high above the ground. It was particularly gratifying to find that when the dermal plates were properly spaced above the backbone that the number required was in close agreement to an earlier expressed opinion ? “that. there are not more than 18 in the complete series of flat plates.” In this specimen 19 were required to complete the two rows, and it would now appear that, allowing for some variation within the individual, there could not have been less than 18 or more than 20 plates in the complete series. The greatest uncertainty yet exists as to the exact number of cervical vertebrae. In the present mount the first 12 vertebrae are considered as belonging to the neck, thus leaving 15 of the 27 presacrals as pertaining to the thoracic region. While the type of S. stenops has a complete presacral series present, unfortunately those at the junction of the neck with the body are so crushed as to render them valueless for determining this important point. The cervical ribs are also partially unknown and it is not at all certain that as restored from scattered elements they represent the true shape or show the exact transition in form from the first to the last. 1 Gilmore, C. W., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, p. 355. 33483—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——26 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. The other anatomical details of the skeleton of Stegosaurus have been so fully covered in an earlier paper’ that no notice of them need be taken here except to mention that the digital formula of the forefeet is still in doubt. Following fragmentary evidence in the form of several incomplete feet in the collections, they were restored, as follows: Digit I, two phalanges; digit II, three phalanges; digit III, four phalanges; digit IV, three phalanges; and digit V, two phalanges. Digits I and IJ being terminated by broad, flat, hooflike unguals; the other three digits terminated by short but transversely expanded elements which in life were doubtless inclosed entirely within the muscular mass of the foot, thus giving but little, if any, external indication of their presence. The fossil bones used in this mount were largely prepared by N. H. Boss, preparator in the section of vertebrate paleontology, who also modeled many of the missing parts. The actual mounting of the skeleton is the work of Thomas J. Horne, preparator in the same section, who is to be highly commended for the skill displayed in overcoming the many difficult mechanical problems presented. The inconspicuousness of the framework of iron necessary to sup- port these fragile, though heavy bones shows for itself the highly skilled character of the work. For the pose of the skeleton and whatever anatomical discrepancies may be found I alone must be held responsible. Many of the bones used in the mount are described and figured in Bulletin 89, United States National Museum, these being indi- cated in the appended list of bones used in the mount. Measurements of skeleton. Length between perpendiculars____---___. 14 feet 9 inches. Length of tail between perpendiculars___ 8 feet. Greatest widthiof hips. 22722 =se-s4. 2 3 feet 2 inches. Greatest height to top of highest plate-_._ 7 feet 11 inches. Greatest width of shoulders____________. 2 feet 10.5 inches. Heichtio shoulders: 2- iss) eee 2 feet 11 inches. Hecht of elbowsere et eee 1 foot 8 inches. Height! ofshipss— 28 oe ee). Bah oe 4 feet 10.5 inches. eich tet ‘knee! 2:2 2 2 0) eit Us 2 feet 4 inches. THE STEGOSAURUS EXHIBIT IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. In 1904 a natural size life restoration of Stegosaurus stenops Marsh (see pl. 62), formed a part of the United States National Museum exhibit at the World’s Fair held in St. Louis during that year. At the close of the fair it was returned to Washington and there made a part of the exhibition series of the Section of Verte- 1 Gilmore, C. W., Bull. 89, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914. No. 2241. NEWLY MOUNTED STEGOSAURUS STENOPS—GILMORE. 387 brate Paleontology. This restoration was an enlargement to life- size of a small statuette modeled by Charles R. Knight, the well known artist and animal sculptor. Although according to our pres- ent knowledge of the skeletal anatomy it is now known to be inac- curate in some respects, taken all in all it presents a most striking picture of the supposed life appearance of this curious animal. In 1913 the type-specimen of Stegosaurus stenops Marsh the most perfect skeleton known was prepared for exhibition. This skeleton as now displayed (see pl. 61), shows the precise relative position of every bone as originally found. Some important parts are miss- ing, such as the distal half of the tail, hind feet, and some minor bones, yet it is by far the most perfect example of a Stegosaurus skeleton that has yet been discovered. The retention of the greater number of the dermal plates in their original relationship makes the specimen invaluable as a guide for the proper articulation of these puzzling elements in subsequently discovered specimens. Although some bones are missing and others are slightly disar- ranged the position of the skeleton (see pl. 61) is that of an animal which died a natural death, for such disarrangement as exists can be attrivuted to the natural shifting of the bones rather than to their having been torn apart by any of the contemporary predatory car- nivores. This exhibit of Stegosaurian specimens is now made complete by the recent addition of the mounted skeleton previously described, and the arrangement in the exhibition hall of these important specimens as now displayed, is well shown in the reproduced photograph (pl. 61). The three specimens—i. e., the mounted skeleton, the skele- ton in relief, and the life-sized restoration—constitute a most com- prehensive and interesting exhibit of this curious dinosaur. It is further supplemented by a small model (see pl. 63) restora- cion which I prepared in 1915 of S. stenops one-twelfth natural size, based on the type of that species. In this model was incorporated all of the evidence relating to its external appearance, accumulated during several years study of a large series of Stegosaurian remains. It was particularly gratifying to find, after mounting the actual skeleton, that but slight changes were suggested as necessary either in the proportions or pose of the model. When compared with the earlier restoration made by Knight (compare pls. 62 and 63), certain differences are to be observed. The most important of these is a shortening of the body, thus bringing the fore and hind limbs closer together; a reduction in the number of erect skin plates; the transposition of the largest plate of the series from above the hips to a point above the base of the tail; a reduction in the total length of the head, and the changing of its flat upper surface to a slightly convex contour which is more in 385 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOU. 54. conformity with the evidence furnished by several skulls of this animal now in the collections. Finally, the digits are represented as being terminated by flattened hoof-like nails rather than by elon- gated slightly curved claws as shown in plate 62. The above corrections incorporated in this latest restoration (pl. 63) effect a considerable change in the proportions and general aspect of this reptile, and were only made possible by the discovery of better preserved specimens and the study of considerably greater number of individuals than were available at the time Knight made his restoration of this animal. It is to be expected that future dis- coveries will bring about still further modifications in our present conception of the life appearance of Stegosaurus. List of bones used in the mounted skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops. No. 8612, U.S.N. M. Catalogue : lp; Bones used. numbers Field | Diagram | U.S.N.M numbers. | number. 2S eee a ic = : | C33 icy | bs = aap tp sence Nellans nt tea. enter ees, iets. jo ee nt ihe lat WE ote | 4935 180 4 Ripht dentarysicsecs a: .Seeemadss ee eee es ed ee eeeaten ee yes. Aa | 4935 | gy. 4) 180 | 4 NGS e semen sas cet oe ae cee cnc SEE oe wei oe onesie eee elon Been 4935 180 | 4 PRAGKAS SonEee fare at Baa BEA ae ale a A cs Bee nd eS Tie | 4935 180 4 *Tenthicervical vertebra. co -cacton= ca acsccceswectmetoee cece eaeceis 7348 123 4 *hirstidorsal vertebra a2) soe ee cee ee ke ee eee ee 6531 59 13 Secondidorsaltvertebras sa-.c ec ceeereas ccc onsen eee ne eE eee 6531 60 13 *Dhirdidorsalivertebraccsce coe cee ee ee ee eceme 6531 61 13 ROUTER OEsAlivente pra ae se eee amnesty ee Rr vie tN apes aa eye G5s1U Ese a eee 13 Sixthidorsalivertebratca xcs scot Misc ec eran ee cnet. eee eeeeneee Gis oan See 13 Séventhorsalgvertepract- secs career cee car ane cnane BOSE ances scsi 13 Mighthidorsalivertebras ess Pcsekee sesccws ete. cio teri aces eee | Gaaie $0.52 22 13 ININEHIGOLSH le MOLEe Dis sepa tee ae ate ee ee Eee oie ae eet o rents ' 6531 66 13 *Eleventh dorsal vertebra=ce-. . secon oe See: ee echoes Gasltee pes 3. 13 Tiwelithrdorsallverte bream meters eee oe te ee ee ree | O5dlclgcs. oe oe 13 Thirteenthidorsalivertebra eck ccm ilevies cee an cee ee eee bea | 6531) Eb nee does ac 13 DACA Verte brae secre cetera eee ee ee acenemmiee 6531 19 il MiftH Cat Calsverie bre matte ke cen en eee ee ep DL Sak ee 6531 17 11 Sixth caudaltvertebra tes enn nce ee an eens NE Semen 6531 | 27 11 Saventh-caudalivertabras tees son orate ae eee Secs ee 6531 | 28 ll Highthicaudaltvertepracerresee eee eee ae ccoene recone 6531 | 29 rb Ninth caudaliverteb ras 5 ee gaa ae aoe Se DE ee cee 6531 30 il Tenthi Cad aleverte prerce emer ee cce ae Rieen oe o eee | 6531 31 11 Bleventhicaudalivertebrace-- 4 techs stew hee oe eet. seers 6531 | 32 11 Twelfth cau Galsvente brace ce eee ee a soe ee ee se te ee am 6531 33 ll Thirteenth, caw dali vertobnasee. yee otseis autos eee ea ee oe 6531 34 ll Hourteenthycaudal vertoprac nc =o ee eee ae | Une BE Ne eee | 6531 35 11 Hiffeenthicaudaliverte bran a tese eee eee eee oe cole Se niae ere | 6531 36 | ll Sixteenthieaud alivertatraces te coe eee ee ee ee ee ee eee 6531 37 i Saventeenth.caudal vertehra aes oe dace eee e uae onoeene 6531 38 ll ibighteenthicaudal verteDiaesn ee mee cote nee en ee eeeee eee 6531 39 11 Nineteen tineaizdal verte prac e ee oe ese niciae eens mete ice tae eens 6531 40 11 Ewenticthicaudaltverteprakecs sc sct cece een ee ee ceecide eee eee 6531 | 41 | 11 IRwoenty-lrst caudal vertebra vic. .c_ cet. seen eee. eee pee eee ee } 6531 | 42 | at Mwenty-second:caudal vertebra.<< 2) (acces eeccc toast ene tee coche ene ane | G5aly eee ll wanty-third eau dallivertepra t-te sears soe cee ceo omtaee Soto eee ce | 653s] ea eek ll Twenbvyloureh caudal vertebrae co. eee ete mone eee eee | 6531 | 45 | 11 Twenty-hitthicaudal vertebra = sec. oe acess eee ee ee eee eee | 6531 | 46 ll Twenty-seximcaudaliverteprac. case er secant ee eee eee ee ee (52 0 hl pecan Seeiie a* 13 Twenty-seventhi caudal: vertebra. jac ino< ace | Sree eee. «ogo ae spt 65S Ty ateereees er 13 Twenty-erehtMmesxudalyorteblaces te cat acces ccen ee ee ee eee cancel 5317 | Sees 13 Twenty-nint hiesud aluyervepras suc c Gecitesee ne ten ee cece eiebreeeaes aoe | G5Sel Shee sees 13 MHIinvietMCAnGaevertO Dane eee. ee ee Ate Ae Nae | Wei BERNE 13 DWhirky-fitsh CauGalverteplacsaece se cea seek ea tenee ce eee eee tera G53 Ts |reg= terraces 13 Mhirby-second: caudal VOEtepra ace eascines ae sees se Seiesosee ems | O5815 he ae cteeis 13 Mhiniy-thindiesmdalaverte play see aeeee oe ares eee nue va teen oe ee oes | 65a1n ee ee 13 Thinty-fourthicaidaliyerteprarccs scseescetes esas cadets -eeinace-caeees USM Sea aaose sec 13 Nhinbyatish\Candalvertebrases seems moe ences oe eter ne bo nae B5a1a oc ee eee 13 Thirty-sixthl caudal VOLUME sees cesta conekee sce s cecinces se Ciseisteiaeeale | (SSIs Baecesanoscs 13 Thirty-seventhicaudal wwerte pracser scmaae tee dacsas 4-5 i - eo eee ae 65a ahs eemenee 13 Thirty-cightMicaudalivertobrant emacs cc ase eee che eels cosises sstseisce = iseinceeieteslelsees eines s 4 Metacanpalei rights. ooo once sins cariscemcnniveuiscecss ac eecmeciis carers 7 Proximalipnalanie dicit Ll: LerttOot. <2. cee scenes aenaasaesme cess cae 5 Third! cervicaliipwlettees so 55.5 = sc case ene = cceeee setene seem ce aeee % Hirst: dorsalirib Meliss. -tecessssscesce Second dorsal rib, right...............- Second dorsal rib slettseeeeeme ee sosesces sacee emt eeeee Miird dorsal rib, 1enoMMeM AG cen... Sccdesuddcasetaca Nas hud. Bitthidorsal rib, cle ties see eee ee ee ee tec eee un site ye eee Sixthidorsal rib, lettso. comma ee iis calvic ccice acs cca keememaceeusueste § Sixthidorsalrib, righte se seem een ene cnc ac once acne eee eee Bee 6531 if 13 Seventhidorsal rib, right: See eesemees een co occ acc noc caneee oeecccwene 6531 75 13 Séventhidorsali rib; lefts seme seem taue cece vcnacieconeenasencmes 6531 e ee sees Leet 13 Mighth dorsalnib; loth... ccscsncemerenertne ace ccc tecccmcnemececciamees 6531 51 13 Hightihydorsalnib: right. slccsa. acc teteeeeeeiwecains sec coc celocacnce seca “131 158 4 INinthidorsalimip lett. ......s¢ asec s: Coe eee eu a. cccae tom mee nens 7731 sli 4 Riffeenth dorsalinib, right: ain eta ry - a ee lute ie soar ‘el i { PL. 62 PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM O6€ 39Vd 33S 3LlV1id AO NOILVNW1dxX3 HOY WNASNIA] IVNOILVN ‘'S ‘(QM AHL NI SdONALS SNYNVSODALS AO NOILVYOLSSY G3AZIS-34sI71 PL. 63 PROCEEDINGS, VOL, 54 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM O6€ 39Vd 33S 31V1d 40 NOILVNV1dxX3 YO4 SdONALS SNYNVSODALS JO NOILVHOLSSY 1TaqGOI\ THE COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF THE ORDER STREPSIPTERA TOGETHER WITH RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF INSECTS. By W. Dwicut Pierce, Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture. INTRODUCTION. Since publishing in 19117 a number of additional species and new records of the Strepsiptera as a supplement to the Monographic Re- vision in Bulletin 66 of the United States National Museum, enough new material has been accumulated to occasion this second supple- ment. It is the expectation of the writer from time to time to con- tinue this series of papers summarizing all the known material on. this interesting order of parasitic insects. Material has been received from T. L. Jones (Porto Rico), N. Kourdumoff (Russia), T. B. Fletcher (India), F. Muir (Hawaii), H. G. Champion (England), J. P. Kryger (Denmark), S. E. Crumb (Tennessee), and H. F. Loomis, R. C. Shannon, and J. C. Crawford (Maryland), and much of interest has been recently found in the new acquisitions of the United States National Museum. Determi- nations of hosts have very kindly been made by Messrs. Crawford, Rohwer, Viereck, and the late Mr. Heidemann. A large number of errata and corrections are noted herein. The writer is under obligations to Dr. Karl Hofeneder (Austria) for cor- rections of many of the errors, specially the bibliographic. The most serious errors occur in the Genera Insectorum in the reference to figures and were due to a recasting of the plates by the editors and the addition of many small figures after the page proofs had been seen. No mention of these figures was made in the text or explana- tion of plates. The same headings and letterings of paragraphs are used as in Bulletin 66. 1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, No. 1834, May 17, 1911, pp. 487-511. PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2242. 391 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. _ VOL. 54. BIOLOGY. Mr. Austin H. Clark has called the attention of the author to an analogy of the parasitic life of the Strepsiptera to certain of the parasitic crabs. The sea urchin, Strongylocentrotus gibbosus is parasitized by a soft shelled crab, Fabia chilensis, which enters the host through the anal opening, while a larva, and lives in the alimentary canal asa commensal. It causes a distortion of the shell. The very degenerate crabs, Sacculina carcini, etc., live in the body of other crabs and shrimps. Mr. Ed. Foster has also called attention to the parasitic isopod, Probopyrus bithynis Richardson of the Bopyridae, which is parasitic on shrimps. The female in the final instar is merely a sac of eggs, while the males in this stage are triungulinid form. RELATIONS TO HOST. 1, Actual relationship to the host. RECORDS BY SPECIDS. ANDRENA NIGROAENEA Kirby. Smith and Hamm (1914) found at Oxford, England, that the female parasites greatly outnumbered the males. Their records are based upon— Twenty female bees 4 of which contained male puparia; 16 of which con- tained females. Fifteen male bees 4 of which contained male puparia; 10 of which contained females. The data given do not disclose the actual number of parasites con- tained in the 35 bees, but it was evidently larger than the number of hosts, as one specimen illustrated contained 3 females. POLISTES ANAHEIMENSIS Provancher. Prof. L. Bruner collected a male of this wasp at Auburn, Califor- nia, July 238, 1915, with a female parasite behind the fifth dorsal sclerite. : POLISTES ANNULARIS Linnaeus. Mr. L. T. Williams collected a female wasp at Omaha, Nebraska, August 20, 1918, which contained 3 females in the fourth lateral, fourth ventral, and fifth dorsal, and a male exuvium in the fourth ventral segments. The females were full of triungulinids. Messrs E. G. Anderson and H. A. Jones collected seven parasitized females at Louisville, Nebraska, August 2, 1914. These seven wasps contained 58 parasites, of which 52 were males, one with 11 males, one with 8 males, one with 6 males, one with 5 males, one with 4 males NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 393 and 5 females, and two with 4 males. The parasites were located as follows: Five males protruding from the second segment, dorsal; 5 males protruding from the second segment, lateral; total, 10. Ten males protruding from the third segment, dorsal; 7 males protruding from the third segment, lateral; 3 males protruding from the third segment, ventral; total, 20. Five males protruding from the fourth segment, dorsal; 2 males protruding from the fourth segment, lateral; 3 females protruding from the fourth seg- ment, ventral; 2 males protruding from the fourth segment, ventral; one female larva in the fourth segment; total, 13. Two females protruding from the fifth segment, dorsal; 1 female protruding from the fifth segment, lateral; 2 females protruding from the fifth segment, ventral; total, 5. The males were all pupae. The largest number of parasites in a single segment was 7 protruding from the third segment of the wasp that had 11 parasites. These were located 4 dorsally, 2 laterally, and 1 ventrally. POLISTES AURIFER Saussure. Prof. L. Bruner collected a female wasp at Auburn, California, August 14, 1915, with a female parasite behind the fifth dorsal selerite. It was full of triungulinids. POLISTES VARIATUS Cresson. Mr. 8. E. Crumb collected a female on November 10, 1915, at Clark- ville, Tennessee, with four empty male puparia, three in the third dor- sal and one in the fifth dorsal segment. The contents of the body cavity were very greatly crowded and reduced. On November 24, 1915, Mr. H. F. Lomis at Lanham, Maryland, collected five female wasps, four containing one female each and one with a male pupa. All the females occurred in the fifth dorsal segment, while the male was in the fourth dorsal. POLISTES BELLICOSUS Cresson. The writer collected, on August 25, 1913, in the Santa Rita Moun- tains, Arizona, a female wasp which contained four male puparia, two behind the third dorsal, one behind the fourth dorsal, and one behind the fifth dorsal segment. The wasp’s body organs were con- siderably crowded. The ovaries contained one fully developed egg, and all the others were very small. ODYNERUS, species. The writer collected on August 24, 1913, at Tucson, Arizona, a female wasp which contained two female parasites, one behind the third dorsal and the other behind the fourth dorsal segment. Tri- ungulinids were crawling on the wasp’s body. 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. ONCOMETOPIA UNDATA Fabricius. Mr. George D. Smith collected at Thomasville, Georgia, a female containing two female Dacyrtocara wndata, one behind the fourth ventral and the other behind the fifth lateral plate. The leaf hop- per died in captivity May 10, 1915, and was immediately placed in alcohol. The two parasites completely filled the abdomen, having absolutely emptied and destroyed the intestines, reproductive organs, and all other abdominal organs. STENOCRANUS SACCHARIVORUS Westwood. At Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, in November, 1918, Mr. T. H. Jones collected a large number of sugar-cane leaf hoppers, Stenocranus saccharivorus, abundantly parasitized by Stenocranophilus quadratus Pierce. A total of 150 leaf hoppers were obtained. On these leaf hoppers the following data were made, as tabulated : Unpara- Para- Leaf hoppers. Sitized. sitized. (ii male... -=— 2} ee i eR ie tek eR eg ee yal 49) female. 2. =e ene pape ee eyes ee 49 30 150 99 51 47.3 per cent of the leaf hoppers were males, 52.7 per cent females. 41.1 per cent of the parasitized leaf hoppers were males, 58.9 per cent females. 70.4 per cent of the male leaf hoppers were unparasitized,. 29.6 per cent parasitized. 62 per cent of the female leaf hoppers were unparasitized, 38 per cent parasi- tized. 66 per cent of the leaf hoppers were unparasitized, 34 per cent parasitized. The following data give more specifically the extent of parasitism found in these leaf hoppers, bringing out the percentage of sexes of the parasites and their relations to each other. 1 male leaf hopper with 2 male parasites*= 2 parasites. 11 male leaf hoppers with 1 male parasite =11 parasites. i meile lead hoppers. walls ee 13 male parasites. 3 female leaf hoppers with 2 male parasites= 6 parasites. 13 female leaf hoppers with 1 male parasite =13 parasites. 16 female leaf hoppers with__-___._____-_-_____ 19 male parasites. 28 leaf hoppers swith 2223). (2 c2ss_ ere eee 32 male parasites. 2 male leaf hoppers with 2 feinale parasites= 4 parasites. 4 male leaf hoppers” with 1 female parasite= 4 parasites. 6 mate leaf hoppers withe =<." sa" os. Test 8 female parasites. 1 This arenecranie Bige, Coneeirad 1 dryinid panna 2 One of these also contained a dryinid puparium. No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THH STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 395 1 female leaf hopper with 3 female parasites= 3 parasites. 1 female leaf hopper with 2 female parasites= 2 parasites. 5 female leaf hoppers with 1 female parasite= 5 parasites. fj@temaledeat hoppers: witheen= = 10 female parasites. dovleat NOppers Withee. = eens et eer 18 female parasites. 1 male leaf hopper with 4 male, 1 female (5) parasites=4 male, 1 female=5 parasites. 2 male leaf hoppers with 1 male, 1 female (2) parasites=2 male, 2 female=4 parasites. 8 male leaf hoppers with 6 male, 3 female=9 parasites. 2 female leaf hoppers with 2 male, 1 female (8) parasites=4 male, 2 female=6 parasites. 4 female leaf hoppers with 1 male, 1 female (2) parasites=4 male, 4 female=8 parasites. 1 female leaf hopper with 1 male, 2 female (38) parasites=1 male, 2 female=83 parasites. 7 female leaf hoppers with 9 male, 8 female=17 parasites. These figures give a total of 48 male and 29 female parasites to 51 hosts. The proportion of parasite sexes is therefore 62.3 per cent males, 37.7 per cent females. Of the female parasites 18, or 61 per cent, occurred in hosts containing no male parasites. Arranging the parasites according to sex of hosts we find that 39.5 per cent of the males occurred in male hosts and 60.5 per cent in female hosts, while 37.9 per cent of the females occurred in male hosts and 62.1 per cent in female hosts, or taking both sexes to- gether, 38.9 per cent were in male hosts and 61.1 per cent in female hosts. The location of the parasites may be summarized as follows: 5 males protruding from the third segment, dorsal; 1 male protruding from the third segment, lateral; total, 6. 11 males protruding from the fourth segment, dorsal; 4 males protruding from the fourth segment, lateral; total, 15. 19 males protruding from the fifth segment, dorsal; 38 males protruding from the fifth segment, lateral; 3 males protruding from the fifth segment, ventral; total, 25. 1 male protruding from the sixth segment, dorsal; total, 1. 38 females protruding from the first segment, lateral; 1 female protruding from the first segment, ventral; total, 4. 1 female protruding from the second segment, dorsal; 5 females protruding from the second segment, lateral; total, 6. 2 females protruding from the third segment, dorsal; 9 females protruding from the third segment, lateral; total, 11. 1 female protruding from the fourth segment, dorsal; 6 females protruding from the fourth segment, lateral; total, 7. 1 female protruding from the fifth segment, lateral; total, 1. These figures show that the majority of the males protrude from the fifth segment, and also that they are most always dorsal, while the females are mostly found in the third and are usually lateral, and almost never ventral. 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. The following additions should be made to the summaries of the interrelationships of the parasites and hosts on pages 25 and 26 of Bulletin 66: SEX OF HOSTS EXAMINED. Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 1,000 wasps; 13.7 per cent males, 86.3 per cent females. Polistes variatus (McAtee), 61 wasps, 100 per cent females. Stenocranus saccharivorus (Jones), 150 leaf hoppers; 47.3 per cent males, 52.7 per cent females. SEX OF PARASITIZED HOSTS. Andrena nigroaenea (Theobald, 1892), 40 bees; 45 per cent males, 55 per cent females. Andrena pratensis (Friese, 1883), 32 bees; 46.8 per cent males, 53.2 per cent females. Andrena tibialis (Knock, 1875), 45 bees; 82.2 per cent males, 17.8 per cent females. Polistes annularis (Nebraska records), 8 wasps, 100 per cent fe- males. Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 251 wasps, 9.9 females. Polistes variatus (McAtee), 31 wasps, 100 per cent females. Stenocranus saccharivorus (Jones), 51 leaf hoppers; 41.1 per cent males, 58.9 per cent females. ° PARASITISM OF MALE HOSTS. Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 137 males; 18.8 per cent para- sitized. Stenocranus saccharivorus (Jones), 71 males; 29.6 per cent para- sitized. PARASITISM OF FEMALE HOSTS. Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 863 females; 26.2 per cent parasitized. Polistes variatus (McAtee), 61 females; 52.5 per cent parasitized. PERCENTAGE OF PARASITISM ACCORDING TO SPECIES. Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 1,000 wasps; 25.1 per cent para- sitized. Polistes variatus (McAtee), 61 wasps; 52.5 per cent parasitized. Stenocranus saccharivorus (Jones), 150 leaf hoppers; 84 per cent parasitized. SHX OF PARASITES. Polistes annularis (Nebraska), 62 parasites; 85.4 per cent males, 14.6 per cent females. Polistes metricus (Wheeler), 562 parasites ; 78.8 per cent males, 21.2 per cent females. NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTHRA—PIERCE. 397 Polistes variatus (McAtee), 66 parasites; 33.3 per cent males, 66.7 per cent females. Stenocranus succharworus (Jones), 77 parasites; 62.3 per cent males, 37.7 per cent females. MAXIMUM PARASITISM TO THE INDIVIDUAL. Polistes annularis (Nebraska), 1 female wasp with 11 male para- sites, 1 female with 8 male parasites. Polistes variatus (McAtee), 3 female wasps with 4 parasites each. Stenocranus saccharivous (Jones), 1 male leaf hopper with 4 male, 1 female parasite. To the list of exceptions in which there are more female than male parasites? should be added the above-mentioned record of Polistes vartatus, which, like the other two exceptions, is a winter and spring record. It is of especial interest that in Homoptera the female parasites are placed farther forward than in Hymenoptera, while the males are farther back. In Hymenoptera the third segment is the normal position for males and the fifth for females. In. Delphazw this is directly reversed. This is probably because the Hymenopterous parasite has the female largest, while the Homopterous parasite has the male largest. Of special interest are the two occurrences of dryinids and strep- siptera in the same host. 4. Alteration of general features. . - e. Punctuation—According to Smith and Hamm (1914), para- sitized Andrena nigroaenea males “tend to have the abdomen dull, very much as in the female, and this appears to be due to the deeper and more frequent punctuation on the abdomen and not to a greater hairiness. The stylopised females do not appear to be affected either in punctuation or hairiness.” 7. Wing venation.—In Bulletin 66, under the paragraph 5c, several instances of alteration of wing venation characters in bees due to stylopization were recorded. An excellent example of how parasitism renders this valuable character instable is illustrated on Plate 73, which shows the wings of four individuals of Agallia uhleri parasitized by Agalliaphagus uhlert. The number of apical cells in the wings varies from three to six and various unusual veins occur in unexpected places. Tig- ure 2 on this plate is almost a normal wing. The other wings show several very remarkable features, such as the veins outside the mar- ginal in figure 3 and the complete development of all the anal veins in figure 4. The wing in figure 2 has a total of 14 cells, that in fig- ure 4 has 18 cells. 1 Bulletin 66, p. 27. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. 5. Alteration of external sexual characters. SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS. a. Color of clypeus—Smith and Hamm (1914) have added another record of the tendency of clypeus to assume the color of the opposite sex. A stylopised female Andrena chrysosceles Kirby was found by Mr. Hamm at Sandford, near Oxford, England, which had the clypeus colored as in the male. An illustration is presented in their plate 85 of the normal faces of each sex and of the face of this para- sitized female. The authors are in error, however, when on page 453 they write: “ We have already seen that no other observer has appar- ently described the effect of Stylops on the clypeus coloration of cer- tain Andrena, noticed by Perez, until we came across the case of A. chrysosceles published here.” It is hardly conceivable how they could have made such a statement when they claim to have consulted the writer’s Revision of the Strepsiptera (Bulletin 66), which on page 33 cites three such instances under the same heading as above. The same writers also mention cases of Andrena labialis furnished them by Messrs. Perez and Perkins, consisting of four female bees parasitized by females, which show the faces colored as in the males, and a male bee parasitized by a male Stylops which shows a marked reduction of the white color on the face. A specimen of male Panurginus californicus from Los Angeles, California, is at hand with the yellow on the clypeus reduced to a narrow median line. d. Antennae—Smith and Hamm (1914) found no evidence of modification due to stylopization in the antennae of Andrena nigroaened. e. Organs of work.—Smith and Hamm (1914), in their studies of parasitized Andrena nigroaenea, found “that as a result of stylopisation the male does not acquire in any degree the scopa of the female, while the scopa of the female is always to some extent reduced in size by the action of stylopisation.” PRIMARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS. a. Ovipositor—Smith and Hamm (1914) were unable to find any modification in this organ in stylopised Andrena nigroaenea. b. Male copulatory organs.—Smith and Hamm (1914) were unable to find any modification in these organs in stylopised Andrena nigroaenea. 7. Injury to internal organs. a. Alimentary system.—Perkins (1892) found no effect upon the digestive tract of Andrena nana Kirby and Andrena wilkella Kirby. e. Reproduction—Perkins (1892) writes: “In all the male speci- mens that I dissected the vesiculae seminales were found to contain No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 399 active spermatozoa. On mounting in water their movements could be plainly seen through the walls. Their form was normal, and they behaved in the usual manner when treated with fluids. Smith and Hamm (1914) found in 20 females Andrena nigroaenea the ovary very greatly reduced in size and incapable of producing mature ova. They gave illustrations to illustrate the extent of the reduction which occurred with both male and female parasites. They found no effect on the male testes or the production of spermatozoa. The writer has already mentioned the reduction of the ovary in the Polistes bellicosus taken in Arizona. Only one mature egg was contained in the ovaries, these organs being crowded into a very small terminal space. A still later record is that of the parasitized Oncometopia undata, recorded above, in which the reproductive organs were completely destroyed. 8. Hffects upon normal functions. Smith and Hamm (1914), with regard to Andrena nigroaenea, write: We also find that stylopised females never carry any pollen on their scopae, in marked distinction from the normal females, the majority of which are found with their scopae plastered with pollen, as shown in figure 18. The stylopised females have evidently lost the instinct for collecting pollen, though they still continue to visit the burrows. Of the hundred or so stylopised females examined, not a single individual had pollen on it. This observation conforms with Perez’s generalizations; but it must be remembered that the present writer has cited Andrena craw- fordi as often carrying pollen when parasitized. ° BIOLOGY OF THE PARASITE, Fertilization. The question of fertilization of the Strepsiptera is still a matter of controversy. Although the evidence favoring the belief that fertilization occurs is very strong, there are a number of writers who do not accept it as even a possibility. The evidence pointing toward fertilization is based (1) upon Smith and Hamm’s (1914) statement that “the male does not show any trace of degeneracy in its internal reproductive organs, vesiculae seminales being crowded with active spermatozoa;” (2) that many observers have noted the males visiting parasitized hosts containing females; (3) that males have actually been observed in copulation oy Sagemehl (1882) on Andrena parvula, by Crawford (Pierce, 1909) on Panurginus imnuptus, by Muir (1906) on Perkinsiella vitiensis, and by Crawford on Andrena, species (June 12, 1916) in Montgomery County, Maryland. 400 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. The arguments in favor of parthenogenesis begin with that of Perkins (1892), who believed that parthenogenesis must occur in the parasites of Halictus tumulorum (Halictoxenos species) because out of hundreds of parasitized bees he had never found a male parasite. It is quite true that the males are seldom seen, for the writer is the only one who has ever captured an Halictus with a male parasite. This is no valid argument for parthenogenesis, however, because it is quite possible that the presence of a male parasite renders the flight of the host more difficult, or that observations were made at the wrong time of the year. The next claim for parthenogenesis was set forward by Brues (1903) in his studies of Xenos wheeleri Pierce in Polistes metricus Say based upon his contention that— Two polar bodies are produced and the female pronucleus retreats toward the center of the egg. It is closely followed by one of the polar bodies, presumably the second; the chromatin in its nucleus assumes the reticulate form, as does also that of the second polar body, which has a much smaller nucleus and protoplasmic body than the female pronucleus. When both have nearly reached the center of the egg they place themselves side by side and finally fuse, giving rise to the cleavage nucleus. And also because— There is no arrangement for the spermatozoa to reach the eggs without pass- ing through the epithelium closing the internal ends of the oviducts and travers- ing a considerable part of the fat body. Smith and Hamm (1914) consider Brues’s evidence incomplete because he did not follow polar body formation, but they advance five reasons why they think parthenogenesis does occur. Their first and second reason coincide with the second referred above to Brues: (1) There is no opening or apparatus in the female adapted for conveying the spermatozoa to the eggs; (2) the eggs remain throughout their develop- ment incased in the follicular epithelium of the ovary, so that access to them by spermatozoa which had entered the body cavity is very difficult to imagine. The third reason is based upon Perkins’s assertion concerning Halictus. The fourth reason is that: The known stages in the polar body formation of Stylops are inconsistent with the view that fertilization by a spermatozoon has been effected. Elsewhere they make a statement which does not agree with that of Brues quoted above. In several females the eggs have been found in an early stage of development the features of which strongly confirm our suspicion that development is parthe. nogenetic. In these cases all the developing eggs are at approximately the same stage of development, exhibiting two or, in some cases, more segmentation nuclei, while at the periphery of the egg a mitotic spindle is observed, which invariably exhibits a single large chromosome and three or four smaller ones often in process of division. Each egg is completely invested by the follicular epithelium. NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCB. 401 Now, it is quite clear that the mitotic spindle must represent the first polar body in process of division. There is, however, no trace of a second polar body, which there certainly ought to be if a second polar body was given off and fertili- zation effected in the usual way. Since Brues differs with Smith and Hamm concerning the numbers of polar bodies we may safely claim that in neither case has partheno- genesis been proved. The fifth reason is that— Actual copulation by the male has never been adequately observed. Since Smith and Hamm claim to have consulted Bulletin 66, al- though they incorrectly refer to it, they evidently are indisposed to accept the three definite records of copulation having been observed, as recorded therein. It is difficult to conceive how one can more ade- quately observe the act of copulation. As a supplemental reason they state that— In a large number of colonies of infected Andrena it would appear that the male parasite is very much scarcer than the female, and in certain cases may have almost entirely died out. It is of interest therefore to note the many records which have been tabulated by the writer on the sex of parasites. Up to the present time the tabulation of all counts of sex by various observers gives 1,318 males to 634 females. Of course no account has been made of the many miscellaneous single observations of stylopisation listed in the host lists of the order. The evidence for parthenogenesis therefore consists of an in- ability to explain how the spermatozoa, which are conceded to exist, can reach the eggs, and of contradictory interpretations of the polar body and maturation phenomena observed in a limited number of cases. The burden of the proof lies with the advocates of partheno- genesis. It is of course possible that parthenogenesis may occur in some cases, but its existence is still a matter of doubt. Oogenesis. Hoffman (1918) presents a very complete embryological study of a parasite from an undetermined host from Paraguay beginning with the blastoderm and carrying it to the triungulinid. This parasite was later (Hoffman, 1914b) described as Xenos bohilsi. He finds eggs in all states of development in the same parent and not all developing uniformly as found by Brues (1903). He shows the nervous system in the early embryos to consist of a cerebral ganglion and a ventral ganglion reaching to the eighth abdominal segment, but this gradually shortens until it lies in the third or fourth ab- 3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——27 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. dominal segment. Six sectional drawings of various stages of the embryo are presented. The writer has many slides containing triungulinids of various species in various stages of embryonic development as well as ready to emerge, all taken from single parents. Metamorphosis. A speciment of Pseudowenos from a female Rhygchium collected by F. Muir in Amboina was extracted as a perfect male in its puparium, having shed its pupal skin. The larval skins were in a compact mass at the apex of the puparium. This is the first time they have been found. The material was received preserved in alcohol, which accounts for its perfect condition. Alimentation. With regard to the nourishment of Stylops melittae, Smith and Hamm (1914) remark that: The skin, except where the epithelium of the brood passage is especially modified, is exceedingly thin, and the nourishment of the body must take place by absorption through this skin. here are no special cells for seizing on or elaborating a special kind of food either in the skin or elsewhere, so that we may suppose that the haemolymph of the bee affords a ready-made medium which supplies the parasite with all that is requisite. Attraction of males to light. In Bulletin 66 mention was made of the collection of an Elenchus at light in Ceylon. This was the first record of such a capture. In the supplement to the monograph (Pierce, 1911) the writer added to this species 7'riozocera texana, taken at light in Texas, and M/yr- mecolax nietneri, taken at light in Ceylon. Four more such records have now appeared in print, and another is added in this paper. The eight species thus recorded belong one in Mengeidae, one in Mengenillidae, one in Myrmecolacidae, one in Stylopidae, three in Halictophagidae, and one in Elenchidae. - AUSTROSTYLOPS GRACILIPES Lea. Several males were collected in the greasy oil of a lamp at Bridge- town, West Australia, in 1895 (Lea, 1910). PARASTYLOPS FLAGELLATUS Meijere. Males were collected at lights at Semarang, Java, in January, February, October, and September (Meijere, 1911). TETTIGOXENOS CLADOCERAS Jeannel. The type male of this species was taken at a light at Station No. 8, south of Mombasa, at the river Ramisi, in British East Africa, in November, 1911. The type locality is illustrated (Jeannel, 1913). no. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 403 NEOCHOLAX JACOBSONI Meijere. A male of this species was collected at night in Java (Terry, 1912). The host of this species is Ossotdes lineatus Bierman a Tropiduchid (Meijere, 1911). CYRTOCARAXENOS JAVANENSIS Pierce. A male was collected at light, August, 1908, at Buitenzorg, West Java, by F. W. Terry. BIOLOGICAL NOTES. STYLOPS MELITTAE Kirby. Smith and Hamm (1914) write that: At the end of April and beginning of May, 1912, the male Stylops was not uncommon in the vicinity of the colony of Andrena nigroenea, being seen on the wing at midday in sunshiny weather. This observation was made near Oxford, England: None were observed actually flying over the burrows of the bee and nearly all then first seen were some 10 or 15 feet from the ground. When placed in boxes with bees containing females: The male Stylops, directly it was introduced into the box, fluttered on to the bee and quickly ran over its body to where the head of the female Stylops was everted between the bee’s abdominal segments. At this time the male is rapidly vibrating its wings and protruding its last two or three apical segments, which are long and tapering like an ovipositor. Actual pairing did not occur on any of the three occasions. After about 10 or 15 minutes of ceaseless running to and fro over the bee, the male Stylops voluntarily quitted the Andrena, but still continued to run and vibrate its wings for about two hours longer, after which time it dropped apparently exhausted and died shortly afterwards. DACYRTOCARA UNDATA Pierce. Two females extracted from a female Oncometopia undata Fabri- cius collected in May, 1915, at Thomasville, Georgia, had the body filled with eggs in an early stage of development. These females were each 7 mm. long. MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY. INTERNAL STRUCTURE. An important article on the metamorphosis of some of the ana- tomical structures of Xenos rossti, taken at Freiburg in Polistes gallica, has been contributed by Paul Résch (1918). This work is in reality supplementary to Nassonow’s excellent treatises. The principle features of this discussion are the development of the eyes, 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54, the development of the cephalic ganglion, and the metamorphosis of the mesoderm. Alimentary system.—Smith and Hamm describe the alimentary canal of a female Stylops melittae Kirby in Andrena nigroaenca as follows: There is a minute mouth opening, and an equaily minute anus at the hind extremity, but the lumen of the gut through the body is obliterated. The whole apparatus is obviously functionless. This description is supplemented by drawings of longitudinal and cross sections.? Vascular system.—Smith and Hamm state that in Stylops melittae the remains of the dorsal blood vessel or heart can be recognized dorsally to the gut.? The aorta is shown very indistinctly by Nassonow in Stylops melittae Nassonow (not Kirby).’ Nervous system.—To the rather limited knowledge of the nervous system in this order Smith and Hamm have added a brief descrip- tion and a drawing of a section of the nervous system of Stylops melittae Kirby. They found only the normal three ganglionic masses, the brain, the thoracic and ventral ganglia.* Tracheal system.—Although Smith and Hamm refer to Nassonow’s valuable works on the anatomy of the Strepsiptera they do not seem to have used them in their own work on anatomy of Stylops melittae. Consequently, in their description of the tracheal system, they over- look the existence of dorsal and ventral tracheae in the abdomen as described by Nassonow both for Stylops and Xenos. They describe only a single main branch which to judge from their figure is prob- ably the dorsal branch.® Considerable mention is made in the present article of the spiracles in the discussion of the comparative morphology of the male and in the descriptions of species. Reproductive system—Smith and Hamm working on Stylops melittae have studied the brood canal and its trumpetlike invagina- tions and presented a number of illustrations. These illustrations are of value in that they fully corroborate Nassonow’s splendid work. The writers suggest that the spiny processes of the epithe- lium of the brood canal are so modified as to assist the triungulinids in reaching the exterior.® 1Smith and Hamm, 1914, p. 39, pl. 32, figs. 3 and 4, g. 2Tdem, p. 439, pl. 32, figs. 3 and 4. 3 Nassonow, 1898, a, pl. 2, fig. 1, n. 4Smith and Hamm, 1914, p. 439, pl. 32, fig. 3. 5Idem, p. 439, pl. 32, fig. 4. 6Tdem, pp. 437, 438, pl. 32, figs. 3, 4; pl. 33, figs. 6, 7. no. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 405 EXTERNAL STRUCTURE. TRIUNGULINID. The triungulinid or first larva (fig. 1) of the Strepsiptera re- sembles most in form the larvae of the Dipterous family Cyrtidae, of which the first stage of Pterodontia flavipes Gray has been de- scribed. This larva, of course, differs from the Strepsiptera by being legless and without mandibles. The first larvae of the Meloidae and Rhipiphoridae are very different in appearance. Those of Meloidae have the tarsus consisting of three claws (figs. 2,3), while the Rhi- piphoridae have a single claw at the base of a pulvillus (fig. 4). The Strepsipterous hexapod larva is a well-organized larva with head, 3 thoracic segments, and 10 abdominal segments. The eyes Fic. 1—STYLOPS SWENEI. VENTRAL VIEW OF TRI- Fic. 2.—MELOID TRIUNGU- Fic. 3.—MELOID TRIUNGU- UNGULINID SIZE 0.158 MM. LIN. VENTRAL VIEW. LIN. VENTRAL VIEW. consist of rather large ocelli in a group. The largest ocellar lens in proportion to the size of the head is found in the hexapod larva of Stichotrema dallatorreanum (pl. 67, fig. 3). It has two pair of smaller ocelli. Large spots of pigment can be seen under the lenses. The antennae of Stichotrema are three-jointed, with an arista on the side of the second (pl. 67, fig. 5). The mouth parts consist externally of a pair of mandibles, which in Stichotrema are very large and extend backward. There is a chitinization resembling that of Dipterous larvae surrounding the pharynx (pl. 67, figs. 2-5). The legs consist of coxa, femur, tibiae, and one-jointed clawless tarsus. The episternal sclerites are quite distinct in Stichotrema (pl. 67, fig. 3). The first seven abdominal segments are normal in all species. The eighth, ninth, and tenth are variously modified. The tenth bears a pair of very long stylets (pl. 67, figs. 1, 2). The larva of Callipharixenos muiri has five pair of ocelli, with each one clearly outlined as a separate eye. The tarsi are one-jointed with three terminal filaments or claws (pl. 68, figs. 4-7). 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. The inna of St ylops ee is sallnereaeda in ee Goure 1 ad oF Stylops californica on plate 71. It is presumed that the first elongate joint of the leg is the femur, although it may be the trochanter. In the latter case tarsus would be Fig. 4.—MYODITES SOLIDAGINIS PIERCE. @, TRIUNGULINID, VENTRAL VIEW; b, POSTERIOR LEG; C, POSTERIOR COXA; d, PULVILLUS, LATERAL VIEW; €, PULVILLUS, VENTRAL VIEW; f, MOUTH PARTS, VENTRAL VIEW. absent in Stichotrema (pl. 67), Stylops (pl. 71, fig. 7), ete., and the writer is not willing to accept this view. A berrations—Hoffman (19140) describes aberrant triungulinids of Xenos bohisi Hoffman and Lupathocera sphecidarum Dufour. FEMALE, The female structure is not subject to as many modifications as that of the male. In fact, so few are the characters that the writer had been obliged to use comparative measure- ments of the dimensions of the cephalo- thorax to separate species. Figure 5 represents a generalized female cephalo- thorax and shows the location of the measurements which are used throughout the present paper. Measurement No. 1 is the width at the spiracles (posterior pair when two occur) ; No. 2 is the width Fi. 5.—Diacram mtustratine meas. Of the base of the head; No. 8 is the Ee ee eer eee ele ee width of the head at the emargination near the base of the mandibles; No. 4 is the width of the cephalothorax at the base; No. 5 is the ives from the front edge of the spiracle to apex of head; No. 6 is the length from base to apex of cephalothorax. NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 407 The mandibles show some fair characters in the genus Stylops and are used in the tables. The principal variation is in the num- ber and position of the teeth. (See pl. 71.) The spiracles furnish good characters as to number, position, and form. ‘The Callipharixenidae have two pair of spiracles on the cephalothorax (pl. 68, figs. 1,2). The Xenoidea have otherwise only one pair, and it is presumable therefore that this family are not Xenoid but rather Mengeoid. Abdominal spiracles have not been noticed except on Dacyrtocara undata, which has three pair. (pl. 74, figs. 5, 6.) The median unpaired genital tubes are so often impossible to find because of the condition of the material that it is the writer’s practice to note them whenever observed. In addition to the records already published it may be noted that Callipharixenos muiri, Chrysoco- vivenos siamensis, and Stylops vicinae have five tubes, and Dacyrto- cara undata has two (pl. 74, figs. 5, 6). In the Dacyrtocara the first abdominal segment extends far in front of the cephalothorax, but within the host’s abdomen (pl. 74, figs. 5, 6). The female type of Chrysocorixenos siamensis has an asymmetrical cephalothorax, there being a sort of tumor near the base of one side. ~ MALRF. The writer has from the beginning of his work on this order at- tempted to find other characters beside those of the appendages for use in classification. Although it was quite apparent that the legs, antennae, mouth parts, and genitalia gave a satisfactory and logical system of classification, there was always the possibility of not being able to identify the insect if the appendages were lost. The dorsal thoracic characters were delineated in the specific de- scriptions in Bulletin 66, and transferred to the generic descrip- tions in Genera Insectorum. But the great divergence of thoracic structure did not seem to permit their use in family descriptions or phylogenetic studies. Since the last contribution on the order many new species have been received and a study of these with a review of material already described now makes it possible to give a clearer treatment of the comparative morphology of the group. Progression of characters —Certain striking trends of modifica- tion are apparent. The antennae may be considered to have had typically seven joints with at least the third laterally produced, flabellate. These appendages are found in the order with any num- ber of joints from four to seven, and with from one to five joints flabellately produced. 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. The tarsi are typically five-jointed with two terminal claws (pl. 64, figs. 1, 10; pl. 65, fig. 1). In the progression of characters we find four-jointed (pl. 69, fig. 1), three-jointed (pl. 75, figs. 1, 7), and two-jointed tarsi without claws. The wings have typically eight primary veins—costa, subcosta. radius, medius, cubitus, and three anal. One or more of these is frequently absent, although the first four are always present. The prothorax has a tendency to crowd forward into the head. The metathoracic praescutum rises from a depressed necklike posi- tion (pl. 66, figs. 1, 5, 6) to a part of the disk (pl. 64, figs. 1, 10) and tends to crowd backward (pl. 69, fig. 1), separating the scutum into two lateral pieces and pushing the scutellum far back (pl. 76, fig. 1). The scutum, in addition to dividing on each side of scu- tellum (pl. 64, fig. 10), also tends to divide transversely from the base of the wing to the scutellum to form the parascutellum (pl. 65, fig. 8). The postlumbium, although normally intersegmental (pl. 69, fig. 2), has at least in one case become a chitinous part. The pleural suture frequently fails to reach the coxae (pl. 65, fig. 7). The scu- tellum proper never reaches the base of the wings, but a small, abso- lutely detached part is connected by a long axillary cord to the wing (pl. 65, figs. 6, 7; pl. 66, fig. 7; pl. 70, fig. 4; pl. 72, fig. 1). Normally the abdomen has the ninth or genital segment ventrally greatly surpassing the tenth or anal segment, and all the other seg- ments normal ringlike. In the Halictophagoidea the eighth segment ventrally also is often greatly produced (pl. 75, fig. 4; pl. 78, fig. 3). COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY. E'yes.—The head is characterized by the large raspberrylike eyes with separated ommatidia. These vary slightly in shape, but are usually spherical and very hairy on the partitions. The number of ommatidia is quite variable (see the various plates). Mouth parts—The mouth parts are extremely simple, being merely a pair of mandibles and a pair of maxillae placed distant from the exposed pharyngeal opening. Labrum and labium are absent in the adult, although present in the last larva. The mandibles in the earlier groups are all elongate, falciform, glabrous, and chitinous (pl. 66, figs. 4, 7). In the Halictophagoidea they are often mere fleshy pubescent appendages. The mandible of 7vriozocera mexicana is the most minute yet seen, being reduced to the size of a seta (pl. 65, fig. 4). The maxillae are fleshy, pubescent appendages usually with a one-jointed palpus (pl. 74, fig. 2), but in Crawfordia with a two- jointed palpus. The palpus is usually terminal, but in 7'770zocera mexicana (pl. 65, fig. 5) and several species of Xenos it is lateral. In Liburnelenchus koebelei a chitinous filament is attached to the basal joint of the maxilla. No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 409 Vertex.—The head is emarginate behind in Mengeoidea, but the cmargination is merely taken up by intersegmental skin (pls. 64, 65, 66). In the Halictophagoidea it is also frequently emarginate, with the thorax crowded into the emargination (pls. 74, 75, 76, 78). Antennae.—The antennae are very remarkable in all genera of the order. They furnish an excellent basis for family characterization. The Mengeidae have seven jointed antennae, with the third and fourth joints laterally produced, flabellate (pls. 64, 65). The Mengenillidae have six jointed antennae with the last four joints laterally produced, flabellate (pl. 66). The Myrmecolacidae have seven jointed antennae with the third joint laterally produced, the fourth minute, and the following joints greatly elongated (pl. 69). The Stylopidae have six jointed antennae with the third joint only laterally produced (pl. 70). In the Hylecthridae the antennae are five-jointed, with the third oint laterally produced, the fourth minute, and the fifth flabellate. The Xenidae (pl. 72) and Diozoceridae (pl. 78), have four jointed antennae, with the third joint laterally produced and the fourth flabellate subequal to the produced part of the third. The Halictophagidae have seven jointed antennae, with the last five joints laterally produced and flabellate (pls. 74-78). The Elenchidae have five jointed antennae, with only the third joint laterally produced, but the fourth and fifth are elongate and similar to the prolongation of the third. The surface of the antennae is extremely sensitive, being covered with little cylindrical disks which are protected by multitudes of setigerous tubercles. Prothorax.—The prothorax throughout the order is small and re- duced. Normally it is ringlike, with no differentiated parts dor- sally or laterally. In Z'riozocera tewana (Mengeidae) (pl. 64, fig. 2), the most generalized species available for study, the sternum has a tiny triangular area in front (presternum), a narrow transverse eusternum, a subquadrate central area (the sternellum) which is divided longitudinally and transversely by heavily marked chitini- zations, a tiny poststernellum and a transverse spinasternite. ‘The pleural area is not visibly separated from the notum or the eusternum, but posteriorly forms a hook, opposite the transverse chitinization of sternellum. These two points form the bases of attachment of coxa. In Tetrozocera (Mengenillidae) the sternum consists solely of a spindlelike piece longitudinally divided, and which is probably com- posed of sternellum, precoxale, and trochantin at least, because the coxa is attached to a point at the extreme lateral tip; and a small triangular poststernellum in the middle (pl. 66, fig. 2). 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. Pacyrtocara oncometopiae (Halictophagidae) has the same type of prosternum but lacks the tiny poststernellum. The pronotum is pushed far forward in the head, and the pleurites are narrow strips almost invisible from above, being inclosed in the head (pl. 74, fig. 2). AXenos hubbardi (Xenidae) has the pronotum simple, but the ster- num is transversely divided into a narrow eusternum and a slightly broader band, which is longitudinally divided and has a posterior projection about the middle of each piece to which the coxa is at- tached. This piece is therefore the sternellum—precoxale-tro- chantin-+-episternum-—epimeron. Pyrilloxenos compactus (Halictophagidae) furnishes the best op- portunity for understanding the prosternal and mesosternal areas. The eusternum is a narrow transverse piece. The sternellum is longi- tudinally divided. Each side forms a half rmg, composed also prob- ably of precoxale and trochantin, between the points of which the coxa is attached. This is the only prosternum in which a distinct pleural suture has been noticed. The episternum reaches the coxal attachment in front of the suture and behind it the epimeron is di- vided, reaching the coxa as hypoepimeron. The epimeron is slightly visible above. Episternum is not visibly separated from the epinotum (pl. 77, fig. 2). Anthericomma barberi (Halictophagidae) has a very interesting prothorax. The pronotum is a circular disk completely inclosed by the head and mesonotum. The pleura! region is completely within the mesopleurum. The sternum consists merely of two oval pieces longitudinally separated, to which the coxae are attached, aid at each side of which appear parts of mesosternum. These two pieces. are the combined parts of sternellum, precoxale, and trochantin. In Delphacixenos anomalocerus (Halictophagidae) the pronotum is even smaller than in the preceding species, and the prosternum is similarly reduced. In summary therefore we may describe the prothorax as a very highly modified segment with the parts crowded and often fused. The prolegs are composed of a tiny coxa at the base cf an elongate trochanter, femur, tibia, and tarsus. In previous works the coxa was overlooked. Practically all the important variation is in the tarsus, which is five-jointed with two claws in the Mengeoidea (pl. 64-66), four-jointed without claws in the Xenoidea (pls. 69, 70, 72), three- jointed in the Halictophagoidea (pls. 73-78), and two-jointed in the Elenchoidea. In the Mengeoidea the first three joints are cylin- drical, the fourth flattened with pulvillus, the fifth elongate with pulvillus. In the Halictophagoidea the first joint is often very broadly flattened, pulvillate, and the succeeding joints are narrower, the last elongate (pl. 74, fig. 1). The femur and tibia are greatly shortened and broadened in Pentozoe peradeniya and Dacyrtocara oncometopiae (pl. 74, fig. 2). NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 411 Mesothorae.—The mesothorax throughout the order is small and reduced, but not so much as the prothorax. Normally it is ring-like. The mesonotum of 7riozocera texana (Mengeidae) is transversely faintly divided into two parts, the front probably best considered as the scutum and the posterior part the scutellum. The elytra or bal- ancers are club-shaped and attached near the front of the pleural zone. They have a tiny hook at base, which probably assists in the noise making produced when the elytra are in vibration. The pleural zone immediately beneath the attachment of the elytra is broadly lobately produced and has the anterior edges rough. This may serve as a sort of drum. The lcbe is the episternum-+epimeron, and prob- ably includes the trochantin in its posterior hook to which the coxa is attached. -The sternellum is quadrate and longitudinally divided; the eusternum is a transverse band laterally enlarged and partially merging in the episternal lobe. It is depressed in the enlarged por- tion and bears a long stigmatal opening (pl. 64, figs. 2, 5). There is a distinct anal lobe on the elytron of Xenos auriferi, Stylops championi, and Neostylops Shannoni. It has not been noticed on other species (pl. 70, fig. 6). Tetrozocera santchii (Mengenillidae) has a simple band-like me- sonotum, but the mesosternum has three transverse areas, the pres- ternum, eusternum, and sternellum. The latter is longitudinally di- vided, each half being triangular with the coxae attached at the lat- eral angles. The epimeron is only visible from the side (pl. 66, fig. 2). In Muirizenos dicranotropidis (Halictophagidae) the mesonotum consists of three transverse distinct areas—the praescutum, scutum and scutellum, and postscutellum (pl. 76, fig. 1). These areas are also distinct but differently formed in Pentozoe peradeniya, and Dacyrtocara oncometopiae (pl. 74, fig. 1). In Delphacixenos anomalocerus only two transverse dorsai areas are distinguishable, the front piece being praescutum. ‘This condi- tion is also found in Pyrillowenos compactus. Dacyrtocara oncometopiae has the eusternum large, triangular, extending between the hooks of the sternellum. The episternum is large, lobed beneath the base of elytra, and posteriorly forms with trochantin the hook to which the coxa is attached (pl. 74, fig. 2). Pyrilloxenos compactus has the most parts to its mesosternum of any species examined. The eusternum is large, triangular, as in the preceding, and separates the two hooks of sternellum. The half ring, at the ends of which coxa is attached, consists of three distinct parts, sternellum, precoxale, and trochantin. The pleural suture separates episternum and epimeron to the tips of the hooks formed with trochantin (pl. 77, fig. 3). The middle legs are like the anterior legs except that in the Halictophagidae the first tarsal joint is usually mucronate. The 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. coxae and tronchanter are apparently often fused. The coxa is never more than a tiny basal piece of trochanter. Metathorav.—The metathorax is the dominant part of the body of the male strepsipteron and is the part most characteristic of the order as a whole. It differs most from other orders in the promi- nence of the postlumbium throughout the order, and the unusual development of the postscutellum. The pleural suture is almost horizontal and longitudinal instead of vertical, as is usually found in other orders. The posterior attachment of the wings is very distant from the lateral prolongation of the scutellum and if at- tached at all the axillary cord is very long. In view of the fact that the metathorax has been illustrated for each genus and fully described in the generic descriptions, this dis- cussion will take up the various parts separately and trace their modifications. Praescutum.—The anterior visible piece of the metanotum is the praescutum. It is as broad as the scutum, and band-like as the pro- notum and mesonotum in Afengea (Mengeidae) (pl. 64, fig. 1), large and broad and not fully separated from the scutum in 7 vriozocera (Mengeidae) (pl. 64, fig. 10; pl. 65, fig. 1); suppressed as a neck in Tetrozocera and Austrostylops (Mengenillidae) (pl. 66, figs. 1, 5); raised to the disk but narrower than scutum in Mengenilla (Men- genillidae) (pl. 66, fig. 6). In these two families which form the Mengeoidea the praescutum lies entirely in front of scutum and scutellum and does not in any way push backward. In the remaining superfamilies the praescutum les between the lobes of the scutum and its anterior line is more or less continuous with the anterior line of the scuti. In Myrmecolax the scuti some- what constrict the praescutum before its posterior apex, but in Caenocholax, also of the Myrmecolacidae, this piece is semioval (pl. 69, fig. 1). In both genera of Myrmecolacidae it is longer than broad. In Xenidae the praescutum varies but little, being either semilunar or keystone-shaped and broader than long (pl. 72, fig. 2). In Diozocera (Diozoceridae) it is oblong, and in all Halictophagi- dae it is longer than broad, varying more or less in shape from oblong in Anthericomma and semielliptical in Pentozoe to pyriform in Pentozocera. In Elenchidae it is elongate, very greatly narrowed behind (Deine- lenchus) and sometimes constricted (Liburnelenchus). Scutum.—This part is the next transverse dorsal sclerite behind the praescutum, but in most Strepsipterous genera would not be recognized as transverse. It is always strongly lobed. Normally the two lobes are connected behind the praescutum and in front of the scutellum, but this connection is only to be found in a few Sener aAe No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 413 In TJriozocera (Mengeidae) the scutum is narrowly connected with the praescutum on each side of the anterior apex of scutellum. It is greatly produced posteriorly (pl. 64, fig. 10; pl. 65, fig. 1). In Mengea it is very narrowly united in front of the broader scutellum (pl. 64, fig. 1). The lobes are posterior. The same condition exists in Tetrozocera (Mengenillidae) (pl. 66, fig. 1). On the other hand, the pushing of the praescutum into the scutum in the Xenoidea and subsequent families has made the scutum humer- ally lobate. The bridge between the lobes occurs also in Caenocholax (Myrmecolacidae) (pl. 69, fig. 1), Veostylops (Stylopidae) (pl. 70, fig. 1), Cyrtocaraxenos (Halictophagidae) (pl. 78, fig. 1), and Detne- lenchus (Elenchidae). In all other genera studied the scutum occurs as two lateral hu- meral lobes separated by praescutum and scutellum (see pls. 66, 72, Tay O50)’. Parascutellum—tThe scutum in the more generalized genera was bounded by praescutum, scutellum, and epimeron, but early in the modification of the group a suture appears, beginning at the anterior base of the wing and extending, diagonally toward scme part of the scutellum. This does not occur at all in Tetrozocera (Mengenillidae) (pl. 66, fig. 7), and is incomplete in Z'riozocera (Mengeidae) (pl. 65, fig. 8), NVeostylops (Stylopidae) (pl. 70, fig. 4), Myrmecolax (Myrmecolacidae), Halictoxenos, and Crawfordia (Xenidae), Dio- zocera (Diozoceridae), and Deinelenchus (Elenchidae). It is com- plete in Caenocholaw (Myrmecolacidae) (pl. 69, fig. 2), Xenos (pl. 72, fig. 1) Pseudoxenos, and Tachytixenos (Xenidae), all Halicto- phagidae (pl. 75, fig. 2; pl. 76, fig. 5; pl. 78, fig. 3), and Liburnelen- chus (Elenchidae). The part behind the suture is called parascutel- lum because it is beside the scutellum. Scutellum.—The third median sclerite of the metanotum is the seutellum, which is invariably broadest at its base, and anteriorly is more or less rounded or constricted. In the Megeoidea it reaches forward almost as far as the scutum and is subtriangular, but rounded at apex in 7’ri0zocera and more broadly rounded in Mengea. In these two genera it does not separate the scutal lobes completely. In Austrostylops (Mengenillidae) the scutellum is very long and broadly separates the scuti in front. In Tetrozocera it is similar to that of Mengea. In Mengenilla it is shaped as in 7 riozocera and narrowly separates the scuti (pl. 66, fig. 6). In Myrmecolaxy and Caenocholax (pl. 69, fig. 1) (Myrmecola- cidae) the scutellum is short and broadly rounded. In Weostylops it is longer and broadly rounded (pl. 70, fig. 1). Throughout the Xenidae scutellum is longer than praescutum (pl. 72, fig. 2). In Crawfordia it is anteriorly very broad, a little 414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. less so in /Zalictoxenos and truncate at apex, and in the true Xenini it is constricted, pedunculate at apex. Diozocera (Diozoceridae) has a short broadly rounded scutellum. In all the Halictophagoidea and Elenchoidea the scutellum is short and transverse, but variously curved or truncate on its anterior margin (pls. 74-78). In other orders of insects the scutellum laterally reaches the posterior attachment of the wing, being connected therewith by the axillary cord. In the Strepsiptera the base of the scutellum is very far behind the posterior attachment of the wings, but in several genera (Z'riozocera, Neostylops, Xenos) there is a cord from the base of the wing running back and attached to a tiny sclerite on the epimeral area (pl. 65, fig. 6; pl. 66, fig. 7; pl. 70, fig. 4; pl. 72, fig. 1). In Xenos vesparum there is a small piece detached from scutel- lum but next to it and between the parascutellum and postscutellum, and beyond this is the little piece to which the cord is attached. This would indicate that two little pieces of scutellum have separated off and in later genera disappeared completely (pl. 72, fig. 1). Postlumbium.—This flexible area behind the base of scutellum is always present and always transverse. It lies in an emargination of the base of the postscutellum, practically at the transverse axis of the body. It is usually soft intersegmental skin, but in Hupathocera is chitinized and of the same texture as the remainder of the notum. (See all plates with illustrations of males.) Postscutellum.—the fifth median zone of the metanotum (count- ing scutellum as the second) is the postscutellum, which is the largest single piece on the entire body. It extends back far over the abdomen and is concave, allowing considerable flexibility to the abdomen, which can, to a large measure, be retracted into it in some genera. (See all plates with illustrations of males.) Pretergite and prealare.—Pretergite occurs in front of the prae- scutum, but so far has only been seen in Delphacixenos anomalocerus (Halictophagidae). The prealare is recognizable besides the scutum or praescutum and in front of the base of the wing (pl. 75, fig. 2). Wing sclerites—A number of tiny pieces occur around the attach- ment of the wing, but have not been carefully studied (pl. 64, fig. 2; pl Tay figs 2). Pleurotergite——Between the postscutellum and epimeron or hypo- epimeron is an elongate area known as the pleurotergite, and prob- ably derived from the postscutellum. In TZetrozocera and other genera this is apparently divided into two pieces (pl. 66, fig. 3). Wing—tThe wings are attached far front on the metathorax, being surrounded at their base by prealare, tegula, scutum, parascutellum, epimeron, and episternum, with certain tiny pieces difficult to under- NO. 2242. MWORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 415 tiny area far behind on epimeron opposite the base of the scutellum. The wing venation typically consists of eight radial veins, costa, subcosta, radius, medius, cubitus, and three anal. The costa is but a short humeral thickening, beside the subcosta, which arises from it and braces the anterior margin to the middle of the wing. In Triozocera (pl. 64, fig. 2) the radius and medius do not have basal connections, but appear to arise from subcosta. Cubitus is isolated. The first and second anal arise from a strong basal area, and the third anal is represented by a darkened area only. In this genus a detached piece of radius strengthens the border beyond the apex of subcosta. Medius has beyond the middle two detached branches, one in front and one behind. In Pyrillowenos the number of veins is as above with the exception of the second medial branch and the third anal, both of which are lacking. Here radius branches from medius, and these with cubitus have a common source (pl. 77, fig. 7). The cubital and anal veins are less stable than the others, and in the Elenchidae only one of them persists. The number of detached branches of radius and medius is also variable and has been dis- cussed in previous contributions of the writer. Pleural suture.—This suture between the episternum and epimeron is diagonally longitudinal from the base of the wing to the coxa, as in Diozocera insularum (Diozoceridae) (pl. 78, fig. 7), and Tetro- zocera santchii (Mengenillidae) (pl. 66, fig. 3). It is often ter- minated on the sternum opposite the junction of eusternum and sternellum, as in Xenos (pl. 72, fig. 1). E'pimeron.—The epimeron is usually a very narrow elongate piece, reaching the base of the wing in a point and extending back above the pleural suture and beyond it to the coxa. It is sometimes sepa- rated into several parts. In Zetrozocera it is one continuous un- broken area from wing to coxa and hardly varies in width (pl. 66, fig. 3). In Triozocera it 1s interrupted by the small detached scu- tellar piece to which the axillary cord is attached (pl. 65, fig. 6). A similar piece of scutellum with attachment to the axillary cord occurs on the epimeral area of Neostylops crawfordi and Xenos ves- parum. We may consider the part of epimeron in front of this little piece the epimeron pteropleurite and the posterior part which reaches the base of the coxae as hypoepimeron (pl. 65, fig. 6; pl. 66, fig. 7; ple 70, fie; 43" pl. 72, tre, Lye In many species epimeron also shows relationship to the sternellum (furcasternite of Crampton). This is in case the pleural suture does not reach the coxa, as in 7'riozocera (pl. 65, fig. 7), Xenos (pl. 72, fig. 1), and Delphacixenos (pl. 75, fig. 2), in which case epimeron and sternellum are fused. 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Episternum—tThe episternum is a well-defined, always closed area, beginning at the base of the wing, usually longitudinally elon- gate, and always inferior to the pleural suture. It is sometimes bilobed with a large lobe extending forward to the front of the ster- num and with the alar lobe smaller and acute, as in 7riozocera mexi- cana (pl. 65, fig. 7). The episternum is much broader in Del- phacizenos anomalocerus, but is bilobed. The episternum proper is the lobe to the wing; the inferior lobe is the lateropleurite. The episternum never reaches the coxal area in the strepsipterous meta- thorax and in this it greatly differs from most orders of insects (pl. 64, fig. 2; pl. 65, fig. 7; pl. 66, figs. 3,7; pl. 69, fig. 2; pl. 70, figs. 2, 4; pl. 72, fig. 1; pl. 75, fig. 2; pl. 76, fig. 5; pl. 78, figs. 3, 7). Sternum.—The Strepsipterous sternum is a large area without dis- tinct sutures but always having a strong median longitudinal chiti- nization behind. This chitinization divides the sternellum into two parts. The sternellum (furcasternite) is transversely separated from eusternum (basisternite) in front of it, mereby by a faint line, which is sometimes distinct at the sides, where it branches from the pleural suture. Theanterior area or presternum is also indistinctly separated by a faint line (pl. 64, fig. 2; pl. 65, fig. 7; pl. 66, fig. 2; pl. 69, fig. 3; pl. 74, fig. 2; pl. 75, fig. 3; pl. 76, fig. 5; pl. 77, fig. 4). Sternellum.—tThe sternellum, as has been said before, is sometimes fused with epimeron. It usually also contains the precoxale and trochantin. It is always, however, distinctly separated from the coxa, to which the trochanter is loosely articulated. Postcoxale—In Tetrozocera a tiny strip continuing from epimeron passes behind the coxa (pl. 66, fig. 2). Poststernellum.—In Tetrozocera there is also a small piece between the coxae, which is probably the poststerellum (postfurcasternite) (pl. 66, fig. 2). Abdomen.—The Strepsipterous abdomen contains 10 segments, of which the first two or three are usually greatly interrupted or crowded dorsally and ventrally, but normal laterally between the postscutellum and the hypoepimeron (called femoralia by early writers). The first abdominal spiracle occurs near the anterior mar- gin of the first segment near the lower pleurotergite of the meta- thorax (pl. 64, fig. 7; pl. 65, fig. 9; pl. 66, fig. 3). The other spiracles are usually difficult to find, but in Yetrozecera santchit there are eight abdominal spiracles (pl. 66, fig. 3). The ninth segment is always ventrally produced beyond the tenth, which is merely a little flaplike covering of the large concavity made by the ninth. At the tip of the ninth is the oedeagus, a chitinous unpaired median tube with a subapical pore for the exertion cf the penis. This oedeagus rests in the depression of the ninth and is apically covered by the flap of the tenth segment. The shape of the NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 417 oedeagus differs very greatly between genera and slightly between species (pl. 64, fig. 8; pl. 65, fig. 10; pl. 72, fig. 7; pl. 74, fig. 4; pl. 75, fig. 6; pl. 76, fig. 4; pl. 77, fig. 8; pl. 78, figs. 5, 6, 9, 12). The tenth segment bears the anal pore. The eighth segment is in some Halictophagidae (Pentozoe, Pyrilloxenos, Delphacixenos, Pen- tacladocera) produced beneath the ninth segment (pl. 75, fig. 4; pl. 78, fig. 3). Otherwise, it is normal, ringlike. CLASSIFICATION. REASONS FOR CONSIDERING THE STREPSIPTERA AN ORDER. Argument based on rules of establishing an order. In 1813 Kirby set down an excellent set of four rules for the estab- lishment of an order of insects, to which the present writer added a fifth and its converse in Bulletin 66. Taking these rules one by one we may consider the evidence supporting the contention that the Strepsiptera must be considered an order. Rule I. When an insect in its perfect state combines the characters of two or more orders (unless it be deemed advisable to place it in an order by ttself), it should arrange with those whose metamor- phosis is the same. The Strepsiptera do not combine the characters of any two or more orders, being easily distinguishable in either sex from all other insects. They have the usual parts belonging to the insect anatomy with certain exceptions. Some of the peculiarities of structure have counter parts in other orders, such as the flabellate antennae, the oedeagus, the ensiform mandibles, the elongate trochanters. They do not conform in type of metamorphosis with any other order, although certain features of the metamorphosis have counterparts in other orders. For instance, we find viviparous reproduction occurring here and there in other orders, but none showing it as a constant type; we find hexapod first larvae and legless later larvae in various fami- lies of Coleoptera; we find pupation in a puparium or last larval skin in Diptera and rarely in Coleoptera; we find a similar pupa in Hymenoptera; but we do not find any order in which the entire Strepsipterous type of metamorphosis is duplicated. Hence, on the basis of Rule I, we are obliged to consider the Strepsiptera an order. Rule II. When an insect possesses the characteristics of one order and the metamorphosis of another, in this case it should follow the characters. The Strepsiptera do not fit this premise in any way. There is there- fore no reason under Rule II for aligning them with any other order. Rule Ill. Where an insect exhibits the metamorphosis of an order, or of a section of it but none of its characters nor those of any other 3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——_28 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. — VOL. 54, order, it should not on that account be arranged in such order, but, on the contrary, form a distinct one. The metamorphosis of the Strepsiptera is classed as hypermeta- morphic, beginning with larviparous reproduction of free living hexapod larvae, which are conveyed by various means to the larvae of their future hosts. These hexapods after beginning the parasitic existence distend and become legless, and each succeeding molt makes the female more degenerate, while the males undergo a transforma- tion of specialization. Both sexes exsert the head and thorax from the abdomen of the host as larvae, and the male pupa is formed within this last larval skin. The female remains imprisoned within the last larval skin and has no pupal stage, remaining absolutely larviform. The larviparous reproduction occurs in the family Micromalthidae of the Coleoptera, in Hemiptera, in Diptera, and elsewhere in in- sects. There is nothing on this score to associate the Strepsiptera to any one of these orders. The hexapod larva of the Strepsiptera has its counterparts in the triungulin of the Meloidae (figs. 2, 3), the triungulinid of the Rhipiphoridae (fig. 4), the planidium type of larvae in the Hymenoptera, and especially the first larvae of the Dipterous family Cyrtidae. The larvae of Pterodontia flavipes Gray of the Cyrtidae are parasitic in spiders. They look more nearly like a Strepsipterous triungulinid than any of the others but are distin- guished by the absence of legs. The internal chitinous structures of the Strepsipterous larvae and the backward pointing mandibles are points of resemblance to the Diptera and of separation from the Coleoptera. However, no other insects have a metamorphosis which is similar throughout to the Strepsipterous type, and we have but one type in the entire group. Metamorphosis can not link the Strepsiptera to either the Diptera or the Coleoptera because the structure is not similar to either of these orders. Rule IV. Where the genera which compose an order have invari- ably one kind of metamorphosis, no insects that vary from it in that circumstance should be placed in it, unless they exhibit a perfect agree- ment with it in characters. The genera of Strepsiptera have invariably one type of metamor- phosis. They can not therefore be placed with any other order which has a different type of metamorphosis. This precludes their being placed in the Coleoptera, Neuroptera, Diptera, or Hymenoptera, with all of which various authors have associated them. Certain Coleoptera have a type of hypermetamorphosis with points of simi- larity, but these Coleoptera by virture of their characters, under Rule II, remain Coleoptera. The Strepsiptera could only be ar- No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 419 ranged with them if they exhibited a perfect agreement in charac- ters. They do not agree with any part of the Coleoptera in their characters. Therefore by Rule IV the Strepsiptera are an order. Rule V. When insects formerly placed arbitrarily in some of the older orders are found by paleontology to be a distinct line of de- scent from the order with which they have been ranked, and show decided difference from this order in structure or in metamorphosis, they should be separated out to form a new order. In converse: /nsects which should be separated from an older order in accordance with any of the preceding rules, and yet which show a common origin, must also constitute a new order. The Strepsiptera are at least Tertiary in age, and possessed in that period all of the essential characters which so well distinguish them now from other orders. The geographic distribution of the group, in every faunal zone of the globe, especially their occurrence in the South Seas, in Australia, and the Malay Archipelago, is evi- dence of a very ancient origin. It is of great interest that the most primitive superfamily contains representatives in Australia, Algeria, Mexico,:and Germany. No group of insects has yet been found with which the Strepsiptera can be associated phylogenetically. They stand alone in their pe- culiar structure and habits. The evidence therefore is all for their nei as a distinct order. The assemblage of characters which distinguish the order may be summarized below. It must be understood that analogies may be found to many of these characters singly, but that the combination nowhere else is to be found. CHARACTERISTICS DISTINGUISHING THE ORDER. Morphological characters. 1. Dissimilarity of sexes, the male winged, hexapodal, active; the female blind, wingless, legless, inactive. 2. A regular sequence of structural modifications from primitive to highly specialized, is observable throughout the order, paralleling yet not approaching similar evolutions in other orders, and in some ways more remarkable. 3. The male thorax, which is undoubtedly the most important ordinal character, is absolutely different from the thorax of all other orders. The thorax of M/yodites solidaginis, a Rhipiphorid, is shown in plate 69, figures 4, 5. This is the only Coleopterous family which any author has tried to ally to the Strepsiptera. a. The prothorax and mesothorax are both greatly reduced, and the meta- thorax is preponderant. This is the only group of insects in which the metathorax has received the preponderance of size. Certain Coleoptera have a greatly enlarged metathorax but they also have the prothorax 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. greater than the mesothorax. The greatest reduction of Coleopterous thorax occurs on the mesothorax (see pl. 69, fig. 4). The greatest reduction of Strepsipterous thorax occurs on the prothorax. : 6. The prothorax never consists of more than a tiny ring, but it is often crowded far forward into the head until the pleurae are reduced to mere intersegmental skin. e. The mesothorax is a little larger than prothorax, with several small pieces, all separated by intersegmental skin. There is no strength in this segment. d. The seat of bodily power is entirely in the metathorax, which em- braces over half the body. e. The head is separated from the thorax, and each segment of the 4 J thorax from the others by intersegmental skins; furthermore the various pieces of the prothorax and mesothorax are likewise separated. In addition to this longitudinal freedom of movement there is also great vertical freedom imparted to the body by the intersegmental areas of the pleural region. Such a bodily forma- tion is very primitive among insects, occurring otherwise only in the lower orders of hemimetabolous insects. It indicates a very different line of descent from all the other holo-metamorphic orders. The metathorax displays several remarkable characteristics. The praescutum migrates from a position as a depressed neck to a po- position in the braced part of the segment and pushes backward breaking the scutum and reducing the scutellum. The scutum also shows a tendency to divide to form the parascutellum and in the extreme modification is separated from it by interseg- mental skin. The postscutellum is the predominant piece in the entire body, being as large as all the rest of the thorax. No other insect known has the postscutellum thus enlarged, and it alone is sufficient to absolutely identify a Strepsipteron. At the base of the postscutellum is an area known as postlumbium, which in the more primitive groups is intersegmental, but which becomes in some genera a chitinized piece. g. The metathorax of the Strepsiptera is far more divided than the metathorax of any other order. h. The front wings are reduced to inflated balancers, which rapidly vibrate and assist in the making of noise. They have the rudiments of wing veins. i. The hind wings are membranous, longitudinally folding with only radial veins. The axiliary cord is not attached directly to the scutellum, which is quite distant from the base of the wing, but to a small detached piece located on the epimeral area. The number of veins varies from eight to five. j. The pro- and meso-coxae are free and small, the meta- coxae are larger and more broadly attached. The pro- and meso-trochanters are very long, the meta-trochan- ters are shorter. The femora and tibiae display no unusual characters. The tarsi are isomerous, typically five-jointed with claws, but progressively reduced to four, three and two joints without cdaws. NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 421 4. The male Strepsipterous head is characteristic. a. The eyes are large, bulbous, with the ommatidia separated by partitions. b. The antennae vary from seven- to four-jointed and always have at least the third and the last joints flabellately produced and covered with sensitive organs. ce. There is neither labrum nor labium, and the pharyngeal area is broadly exposed. d, The mandibles are ensiform and distant from the buccal opening. e. The maxillae are two- or three-jointed, resembling palpi, and also distant from the buccal opening. 5. The thorax has 10 segments, with the tenth serving as a flap over the extended ninth. The tenth bears the anal opening. The ninth has at its extremity an everted acute chitinous tube, with a subapical pore for the extrusion of the penis. 6. The female is permanently inclosed in the last larval skin and remains in the body of its host. It is a mere sac of eggs, larviform in appearance and legless. a. The head and thorax are united to form a chitinous disk known as the cephalothorax. This has only a mouth opening, a pair of mandibles and one or two pair of spiracles. It is the only exposed part of the body. b. Between the head and thorax on the venter of the cephalothorax is the opening of the brood canal, which extends between the female and the uncast skin at least to the third and sometimes to the sixth segment. c. Entering this canal are from five to three unpaired median tubes through which the young escape into the brood canal and thus leave the parent. 7. The male pupa is of the form of the Hymenopterous pupa. It is contained within a puparium formed by the chitinization of the last larval stage. The puparium shows definite homologues of all ap- pendages. The head forms a cap or cephalothorax, which is burst off when the male emerges. 8. The female has no pupal stage. 9. The larvae are legless, except in the first stage. 10. The first larva is active, hexapodal, with long anal stylets, with backward pointing mandibles and peculiar internal chitiniza- sion surrounding the mouth. Internal anatomy. 11. The intestines in later stages are closed behind. 12. The nervous system is reduced to three ganglia, supraoeso- phageal, thoracic, and ventral. Even in the degenerate female there is a large brain. 13. The malpighian vessels and cutaneous glands are absent or greatly modified. Biology. 14. Always hypermetamorphic: a. Hexapod first larvae. 6. Legless degenerate later larvae. 4992, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. ce. Dissimilar sexual development. d. Pupation in puparium (male). e. No pupation in female. 15. Always parasitic, female never free. 16. Always larviparous. 17. Each morphological group confined to a definite group of hosts. 18. A type of parasitism which sterilizes but does not kill until the young parasites are free from the parent. DESCRIPTIONS OF STREPSIPTERA. Order STREPSIPTERA Kirby. SYNONYMY. Corrections to Bulletin 66, page 82: Line 31. Xenos, 1793 (a genus next to Ichneumon), Rossi, 1793. Line 32. Phthiromyiae, 1809 (Tribe III, Diptera), Latreille, 1809. Line 46. Strepsiptera, 1859 (a family, Neuroptera Trichoptera), Gegenbaur, 1859. Corrections to Genera Insectorum, fase. 121, page 2: Line 3. Phthiromyiae. Latreille (tribe 3, Diptera), Gen. Crust. Ins., vol. 4, p. 88S (1899). Line 7. Strepsiptera. Gegenbaur (family, Neuroptera Trichoptera), 1859. Line 11. Stylopides. ULacordaire (family, Coleoptera), Gen. Col., vol. 5, pp. 634-641 (1859). In view of many new lights on the classification new descriptions are given to many groups and genera and detailed studies have been made of the transition of various characters from group to group. Notwithstanding the many new characters brought out there is no change necessary in the family classification except as to the position of Stichotrematidae. This fact amply bears out the author’s original choice of superfamily and family characterizations. Table of superfamilies of Strepsiptera. 1. Male tarsi with five joints and two tarsal claws, prethorax and mesothcrax short, transverse; metapraescutum entirely in front of the scuti and not extending between them. Female unknown________ 1. Mengeoidea Pierce. Malestars? Jacking iat least Oneny omits ami decCheliyy se ea eee ee Ze 2 Female thoracic spiracles more or less easily discernible, generally promi- nent. Male tarsi with four joints (possibly not in Stichotrematoidea)_ 3 Female thoracic spiracles not usually discernible, never prominent; Ho- MOPHerayagDAUraASites sea. ke aH de es _ es eee ates (Pera eee eae 4, 3. Female with three rows of 12 or more genital tubes entering brood canal. Males unknown. Orthoptera parasites___ 2. Stichotrematoidea Hofeneder. Female with four of five unpaired genital tubes entering brood canal. Male tarsi with four joints; prothorax and mesothorax short, transverse. Para- sites of Hymenoptera and Hemiptera_________-_______ 3. Xenoidea Pierce. No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 423 4, Male tarsi with three joints; prothorax sometimes invisible at sides. Female head apically lobed; only two genital tubes entering brood canal. 4. Halictophagoidea Pierce. Male tarsi with two joints. Female head with tubercles ventral, more or less obsolete; only three genital tubes entering brood canal. 5. Hlenchoidea Pierce. I. Superfamily MENGEOIDEA Pierce. This superfamily is characterized in the male by its five-jointed tarsi with two tarsal claws and is therefore the most generalized type in the order. The metathorax also shows the simplest characters, the five known genera all having the praescutum entirely anterior to the scutum and scutellum. In the family Mengeidae the praescutum is bandlike and similar to the pronotum and mesonotum. In the family Mengenillidae the praescutum is depressed necklike. Two families, five genera, six species. Germany, Algeria, Australia, Texas, Mexico. Hosts unknown; females unknown. Table of families of Mengeoidea. Antennae seven-jointed, third and fourth joints laterally produced; meta- thoracic praescutum transverse, reaching humeri; scuti entirely behind praescutum; scutellum broadly rounded in front, longer than praescutum ; postlumbium very short and transverse_______________ 1. Mengeidae Pierce. Antennae six-jointed, third, fourth, and fifth joints laterally produced, sixth elongate; metathoracic praescutum transverse quadrate, not reaching humeri, depressed and serving as a sort of neck; scuti at humeral angles reaching mesothorax; scutellum very long, narrowed and rounded in front; postlum- biumvaboutasone asipro1d ss = eee 2. Mengenillidae Hofeneder. It is quite possible that the families Stichotrematidae and Cal- lipharixenidae, described from females, may correspond with these families base on males. 1. Family MENGEIDAE Pierce. This family is characterized by five-jointed tarsi with claws; seven- jointed antennae with the third and fourth joints laterally pro- longed; large eye facets distinctly separated one from another; trans- verse metapraescutum not prolonged behind between scuti; post- lumbium short, transverse; abdomen with 10 segments, the first eight normal, the ninth ventrally prolonged and bearing the oedeagus at apex, the tenth serving as a flaplike covering of the ninth and con- taining the anal opening. The scuti are narrowly connected in front of the scutellum in Mengea tertiaria, but in Triozocera they are narrowly connate with the praescutum at the sides of and in front of the scutellum. 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Table of genera of Mengeidae. Wings having eight primary veins from base, with one distal detached vein be- tween radius and medius and with the second and third anal veins apically united and a detached anal vein beyond these; fifth and sixth antennal joints short, not much longer than first and second_______________ 1. Mengea Grote. Wings having eight primary veins from base, with one distal detached vein be- yond the tip of the radius, medius with two detached branches, third anal faint; fifth and sixth antennal joints elongate___________ 2. Triozocera Pierce. 1. Genus MENGEA Grote. Correction to Bulletin 66, p. 207: Lines 17, 18, 19. Grote, Augustus Radcliffe. *1886. (Changes Triaena Menge preoccupied, to Mengea, new name), Can. Ent., vol. 18, p. 100. Corrections to Genera Insectorum: Page 8, last line. JMfengea. Grote, The Canad. Entom., vol. 18, p. 100 (1886). Page 9, lines 14-16. Mengea tertiaria, Grote, The Canad. Hntom.. vol. 18, p. 100 (1886) ; Pierce, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 66, p. 84, pl. 1, fig. 1 (1909) ; Hoteneder, Bericht. Naturw. Med. Ver. Innsbruck, vol. 32, pp. 33-57, figs. 10-15 (1910). This genus contains one species, which was found fossil in amber in Germany. 1. MENGEA TERTIARIA Grote. The study of thoracic characters has enabled the writer to make an interpretation of Menge’s drawing and description of this species. This drawing is necessarily arbitrary, but differs from Menge’s mainly in the addition of the postlumbium (pl. 64, fig. 1). This species differs principally from Zriozocera by the length of the last three antennal segments. In Mengea the fifth and sixth joints are short, the seventh longer. In 7'riozocera these three joints are subequal and elongate, the sixth being a little shorter than the others. 2. Genus TRIOZOCERA Pierce. This genus has several interesting characteristics. The facets of the eyes are large and well separated. The head is not crowded. The mandibles are reduced to a tiny chitinous filament and the maxillae are one-jointed. The pronotum is arched forward in texana, but not in mexicana. It is a simple band in both species. Mesonotum is composed of two indistinctly separated transverse pieces. The meta- scuti are not or at most only partially divided transversely to form the parascutellar pieces. The mesopleurum is enlarged to form a lobe under the base of the elytra, beneath which is the spiracular open- ing. This location of the spiracle is entirely analogous to that in Aenos. The tiny pro- and meso-coxae are loosely attached to lateral hooks, which are apparently a fusion of trochantin, episternum, and epimeron. The pro- and meso-trochanters are elongate. The meta- NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 425 coxae terminate the sternum, being contiguous medially, and bear the trochanters, which are much shorter than those of the other two pair of legs. Table of species of Triozocera. 1. Prothorax arched forward; first abdominal spiracle distinctly on the first abdominal segment; host unknown; Texas_________________ texana Pierce. 2. Prothorax not arched forward; first abdominal spiracle on the suture between epimeron and first abdominal segment; host unknown; Mexico__---____ We ge Nd ee ae aE a leg ha ey mexicana Pierce. TRIOZOCERA TEXANA Pierce. Plate 64, figs. 2-10. This species has served to make Mengea tertiaria intelligible, as it differs mainly in antennal and wing characters. Unfortunately the specimen was caught at light and the head was singed, loosing its antennae (the antennae in PI. I, fig. 10, are reconstructions based on T. mexicana). Otherwise the type is perfect and gives a fine under- standing of the most primitive characters in the order. By tracing the descriptions through the paper it will be apparent that the scutum in later families has become medially separated by the backward crowding of the praescutum and that the parascutellum is the result of a transverse fision of scutum. Other modifications also become clear. The thoracic structure of this genus is therefore given below in considerable detail. Prothorax with notum arched forward, simple. Sternum lobate at anterior angles, the lobe possibly a part of episternum. Presternite tiny, triangular. Eusternum short, transverse, united laterally to episternum, which is prolonged posteriorly in the form of a hook, at the apex of which coxa is attached. This hook probably also contains trochantin and epimeron. The sternellum (furcasternite) is medi- ally divided by a strong black line, which forms an inverted T with the posterior margin. The poststernellum is a tiny area behind the sternellum. The remainder of the sternum is composed of soft inter- segmental skin, which extends forward into the coxal area. The tiny coxa appearing like a tiny basal piece of trochanter is attached to the pleural hook and by a tiny filament to a little hook at the side of the sternellum. The trochanter, femur, tibia, and first tarsal joint are elongate; second and third tarsal joints together about equal to the first, pubescent and cylindrical; fourth joint short, inferiorly lobate pulvilliform; fifth joint arising about the middle of fourth, more slender and armed with two minutely dentate, curved ungues. Mesothorax with notum of a single piece faintly divided by a transverse fold. The anterior part is divided by its pubescence into a central area and two anterior lateral triangular pieces. The latter are probably the praescutum and the central piece the scutum. 426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Behind the transverse fold is the scutellum and at the apex folded in, is the transverse postscutellum. The posterior angles are elon- gate, passing beneath. Below the attachment of the clavate elytra the pleuri are greatly inflated, lobate, with the anterior margin granulate, three edged, and immediately below a small elytral hook. The sternum is divided into four parts, the pleurum is fused into one. The anterior piece on the median line is a very narrow trans- verse strip (eusternum) enlarging very greatly toward the side. This latter area is strongly depressed and distinctly margined be- hind by the inner edge of the pleural lobe. The depression becomes deepest at the acute posterior corner and appears to be diagonally cleft to form a spiracular opening. In fact on focusing, the trachea can be seen terminating practically at this cleavage. The pleural area (trochantin+episternum-+epimeron) behind the angle of the so-called spiracular orifice narrows into a curved hook to which the coxa is attached. Behind the eusternum the sternellum is medially divided by a strong inverted T as on the presternum. The post sternellum is a transverse area behind the sternellum. The coxa appears as a small basal piece to the trochanter. The legs are as in pronotum. Metathorax almost four times as large as prothorax and meso- thorax combined. Notum consists of praescutum, prelare, scutum, scutellum, postlumbium and postscutellum. The praescutum is con- vex on anterior margin and lies entirely in front of the scutum. Scutum is narrowly connected with praescutum at apex of scutellum. A faint line on each side separates the suralare. Scutum is divided to form parascutellum by a line from base of wing. Scutellum is elongate subtriangular. Opposite the base of the scutellum on the epimeron there is a tiny lobe, to which is attached the axillary cord. This is a detached part of scutellum. Behind this little piece the epimeral area is enlarged and continues unbroken to the coxae and behind them, and is fused with the sternellum in front of the coxae. This large area may be called hypoepimeron to the coxae, and postcoxale behind them. A faint color line separates presternum from eusternum, and a faint fold the eusternum from sternellum. The coxae are conical pieces and are contiguous on the median line. The trochanters are shorter than for the other two pair. Femur, tibia, and first tarsal joint are elongate. The first abdominal spiracle is distinctly on the first abdominal segment, but near the edge of the hypoepimeron. The oedeagus is slightly sinuate, acute. The wings have a faint indication of the third anal vein, so the generic description is changed in the key to read with eight primary veins. This is made clear in the drawing of the venter which shows the bases of the wings. NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 427 TRIOZOCERA MEXICANA Pierce. Plate 65, figs. 1-10. Only two specimens of this species occur, the type in the United States National Museum collection and the paratype in the author’s private collection at the museum. New drawings have been made to illustrate the thoracic characters. By the use of improved microscope accessories the mouth parts have been studied. These are very aberrant, the mandibles being reduced to a tiny filament and the maxillae being long pubescent appendages with a small second joint attached before the tip (pl. 65, figs. 4, 5). The antennal structure is very rough, consisting of round sensory organs surrounded by setigerous tubercles (pl. 65, fig. 3). The description of tewana will fit this species in general. It is im- portant to note that the author’s illustration in Genera Insectorum (pl. 1, fig. 1) was in error as to the shape of the scutellum. The speci- men was mounted slightly on its side and hence not easily studied. II. Family MENGENILLIDAE Hofeneder. Erratum: Gen. Insect., p. 10, line 2, read “ Vol. 32” for “ Vol. 81.” This family is characterized in addition to the six-jointed, four- branched antennae, and five-jointed tarsi, by an emargination of the head, a metathoracic praescutum placed entirely in front of the scutum and not reaching the lateral angles; a very large meta coxa; and a large postlumbium. Table of genera. LF eScutumedividedsbyaSeutellnmae ewes ee ee ee 2 Scutum narrowly connected in front of scutellum______ Tetrozocera Pierce 2. Scutellum broad in front; wings lacking the third anal vein, with two de- tached veins between radius and medius and one behind medius; mandi- Dlesmiriangulare + se ae Ss ne ie a ete Austrostylops Lea. Scutellum narrow in front; wings lacking two anal veins, with two detached veins between radius and medius and one behind medius; mandibles elon- SACL ACULC Fae Lae aE ee Ae ae eed Re Mengenilla Wofeneder. 8. Genus MENGENILLA Hofeneder. Errata: Gen. Insect., pp. 10, 11, 16, 29, read “ Vol. 32” for “ Vol. 31.” MENGENILLA CHOBAUTII Hofeneder. Plate 66, figs. 6, 7. Because of Hofeneder’s misinterpretation of the parts of the thorax the writer has made drawings based on the original illustrations to serve as an aid to the proper understanding of the following remarks. It is apparent from Hofeneder’s drawings that this insect has 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. structures strictly analogous to those of the other species in the family. The pronotum is simple. The mesonotum is simple, with small lateral basal pieces. Metanotum has the praescutum raised to the level of the remainder of the metathorax and slightly angulate be- hind. The scuti are narrowly separated by the scutellum. The postlumbian is very large and the postscutellum relatively small. At the side of postscutellum are two small pleurotergite areas, the lower of which was called epimeron by Hofeneder. The prelare is a large piece and was considered part of episternum by Hofeneder. Episternum is longitudinally divided, but only the lower lobe or lateropleurite was recognized as episternum by Hofeneder. The pleural suture extends to the coxae. The epimeron is a large strip from wing to coxa, the front part of which was called parapleuron by Hofeneder, and in his figure “6a” the part labeled “sz.” is the hypoepimeron. Hofeneder figures the little triangular piece on epimeron, which the writer considers a detached piece of scutellum, to which the axillary cord is attached, as described under 7'riozocera. The prosternum has a tiny eusternum and a transverse sternellum, biemarginate, with the coxae attached at the outer angles of the emargination. The mesosternum has a transverse presternum and a transverse eusternum, which is fused with episternum. The sternellum is as in the prothorax. The metasternum is large and not divided transversely, but with the usual longitudinal division of the sternellar area. The epimeron extends as a postcoxale behind the coxae. The coxa is a very large lobate area bearing the trochanter. 4, Genus AUSTROSTYLOPS Lea. Plate 66, fig. 5. Lea’s figure of Austrostylops gracilis is so poor that it is impossible to interpret adequately the thoracic scelerites. The writer has made a drawing in which a slight interpretation of Lea’s original is added. 5. TETROZOCERA, new genus. Type of the genus—Tetrozocera santchii, new species. Name derived from rérpa (four) + fos (branch) + xképas. (horn) = four branched antennae. Male—Head transverse; eyes large, prominent, with many large facets. Mandibles large, flattened, triangular; maxillae two-jointed, elongate. Antennae six-jointed, sensitive, with the third, fourth, and fifth joints laterally produced and the sixth elongate. Prothorax and metathorax transverse. Elytra subclavate. Metathorax very No. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 429 large, with praescutum small, necklike, depressed, and almost con- cealed by mesothorax and scutum. Scutum narrowly connected in front of the broadly rounded scutellum. There is no indication of a fission to form the parascutellum. Postlumbium large, postscutellum relatively smaller than usual. Wings with two anal veins lacking. There are two small detached veins between redius and medius, but none behind medius. Tarsi five-jointed, armed with two long claws. Female——Unknown. fHosis.—Unknown. TETROZOCERA SANTCHII, new species. Plate 66, figs. 1-4. Described from a single male collected by F. Santchi at Kairouan, Algeria, in August, 1907. This species differs from Mengenilla chobautii Hofeneder, also of Algeria in the following characteristics: The praescutum is de- pressed, not raised to the disk. The scuti are connected, not sep- arated by the scutellum. The scutellum is broadly rounded, not acute at apex. The head is broadly emarginate, not sharply. The eyes are diagonal, elongate, not rounded when seen from above. The specimen had been rather badly treated, having been origi- nally in alcohol and later dry mounted. One wing is missing. It has been impossible to locate the tiny scutellar triangle on the epimeron, but it may be present. This is the first specimen in the order in which the abdominal spiracles have all been visible. They are quite large on all but the eighth segment. The first is located just below the suture, between the lower lateropleurite and the epimeron, but entirely on the first segment. The lateropleurite ex- tends forward almost to the wing. Type.—Cat. No. 21484, U.S.N.M. II. Superfamily STICHOTREMATOIDEA Hofeneder. Il. Family STICHOTREMATIDAE Hofeneder. 6. Genus STICHOTREMA Hefeneder. 1. STICHOTREMA DALLATORREANUM Hofeneder. Plate 67. Parasite of Sexava nubila Stal; Admiralty Islands, and of Sexava, species; Schouten Islands. Triungulinid: Described from paratype specimens from Schouten Islands, sent the author by Doctor Hofeneder. Oblong, with trans- verse quadrate head; subequal thoracic segments; eight simple ab- dominal segments; the ninth dorsal being very long and covering the tenth, quadrate, with apical angles armed with short bristles and 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. with two apical tubercles bearing long bristles; ninth ventral short quadrate with setigerous tubercles at apical angles; tenth apical, dorsally covered by ninth, armed with a very long pair of approx- imate bristles; tarsi consisting of single-jointed pads. Head apically emarginate, containing very peculiar internal chitinizations. The mouth opening causes an emargination of the apex. ‘This is braced by a ventral bridge which sends forward an arm on each side of the mouth and also two similar arms backward. This chitinization extends dorsally and forms an elliptical orifice for the esophagus. Externally lying over this chitinization and ap- parently connected with it is a four-pronged piece with at least three of the prongs prominent when viewed from the side (illustrated in pl. 67, fig. 3). The mandibles are also peculiar. They are at- tached apparently to the anterior arms of the ventral bridge and extend laterally almost to the eyes and have a long tooth extending to the base of the head. The antennae appear to be three jointed and are placed near the anterior margin about halfway between mouth and ocelli. The second joint has a long lateral arista. The ocelli are in three pairs, the anterior being immense in comparison to the size of the head. The crystalline lens is convex and beneath it at some distance are clusters of pigment granules. Two smaller ocelli lie behind this as shown in figure 3, plate 67. . Paratypes.—Cat. No. 21435, U.S.N.M. III. Superfamily XENOIDEA Pierce. Table of families. 1. Male unknown. Female cephalothorax narrow and elongated with two pair of spiracles; five genital tubes entering brood canal. Parasites of Heteroptera, i221. ee eee IV. Callipharizenidae, new family. Males known. Female cephalothorax broader, with only a single pair OF SpITACles) ia se) ee ee fees Ras BS Aes 2 2./Seutellumibroadly rounded kinitromts2 22 2 ft. Fe ea eee eee 3 Scutellum more or less broadly truncate, and pedunculate in front______ + 8. Scutellum shorter than praescutum; postlumbian short, transverse; anten- nae seven-jointed, third joint laterally produced, fourth joint short, fifth to seventh joints elongate. Female unknown. Parasites of Formi- coidea_.. 2 tee NL EE Pe LPR ERE V. Myrmecolacidae Pierce. Scutellum longer than praescutum; postlumbium at least half as long as broad; antennae six-jointed, the third joint laterally produced. Wemale cephalothorax broadly truncate or rounded at apex; head almost one- half as wide as metathorax at spiracles; five genital tubes entering brood Canal Fa bars Sitesn Ob yA Old Gaia eer ee oe eee VI. Stylopidae Wirby. 4. Praescutum as broad as mesothorax at base; antennae five-jointed, the third joint laterally produced, fourth very short, fifth elongate. Wemale cephalothorax with head not more than one-half as wide as metathorax at spiracles. Parasites of Apoidea_____________ VII. Hylecthridae Pierce. Praescutum not as broad as mesotherax at base; antennae four-jointed, the NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 431 third joint laterally produced, fourth joint elongate. Memale cephalothorax variable in shape, four or five genital tubes entering brood-canal. Para- sites of XNenoidea, Sphecoidea, and Apoidea_____ VIII. Xenidae Semenov. IV. CALLIPHARIXENIDAH, new family. Female cephalothorax elongate, with margin distinctly indicating thoracic segments, mesothoracic and metathoracic spiracles present, not surpassing the margin; brood canal extending to apex of sixth abdominal segment and apparently with five median unpaired geni- tal tubes. Triungulinid with seven simple abdominal segments, eighth dor- sally enlarged, ninth greatly enlarged and partially enclosing the tenth whcih is terminated by two long stylets. Shorter hairs at sides of ninth. Tarsi one-jointed with three filaments or claws. Includes two genera and two species. 1. Callipharizenos Pierce, type muiri Pierce; parasitic on Calli- phara; Amboina. 2. Chrysocorixenos Pierce, type siamensis Pierce; parasitic on Chrysocoris; Siam. 7. CALLIPHARIXENOS, new genus. Female with five unpaired median tubes and two pair of cephalo- thoracic spiracles; cephalothorax very elongate not narrowing per- ceptibly until base of head is reached. Parasites of the Scutellarid genus Calliphara. Type of the genus.—Callipharixenos muiri, new species; Amboina; Calliphara billiardieret Fabricius. 1. CALLIPHARIXENOS MUIRI, new species. Plate 68, figs. 2-7. Described from three females extracted from specimens of Calli- phara billiardieret Fabricius, collected in Amboina by F. Muir, under his number 388. One female contained two female parasites in the fifth ventral segment and a male contained one female in the fifth ventral. Triungulinids were present. Female (pl. 68, figs. 2, 3).—Entire body 8 mm. long, cephalo- thorax 1.2 mm. long, about 0.6 mm. wide. Abdomen with five un- paired median genital tubes. Cephalothorax elongate with two pair of spiracles opening on the sides. The measurements are based on the metathoracic spiracles as usual. The sides of the head extend backward and inclose the prothorax. The first abdominal segment is also apparently a part of the cephalothorax, separated by slight con- striction. Mandibles subquadrate with tooth at inner apical angle. From this point on whenever females are measured the following dimensions are taken with the aid of a Bausch and Lomb microscope, 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. i60 mm. tube length, 1 inch eyepiece micrometer, 16 mm. objective. ‘The measurements represent spaces on the micrometer scale in which one space =0.0149 mm. The measurements are given by number as follows: 1. Breadth of cephalothorax at spiracles. 2. Breadth of head at base. 3. Breadth of head at base of mandibles. 4. Breadth of basal constriction of cephalothorax. 5. Length from anterior edge of spiracles to apex. 6. Length from base to apex. These measurements are also given in a second table under each species comparing them proportionately with measurement No. 1. (See text fig. 5, p. 406.) Table of measurements. Measurements 2h) ce Lae cee ck oe Ae ae ee anaes 1 | 2 3 4 5 6 yndex TYPO z.bets os anos cote acces AUN Se Bae else eras ae olin S abe riled Digs RAPD Cleaned SO Lebel |b BAIROO LO et aaa mes 2 Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles . - 1.00} 0.95) 0.36) 0.76) 1.06) 1.47) 5,60 This shows what a different mathematical formula this species has from the genus Stylops. Triungulinid (pl. 68, figs. 4-7) : Elongate, eet podal: Head trans- verse, emarginate, with ae ocelli in a dark patch on each side. These Saale are completely separated, perfect, simple eyes with rather large lenses and the outline of the entire eye darkened. The crystal body is funnel shaped, extending through the ocellus. Mandibles elongate, slender, curved, turned backward, and apparently with an opening in the enlarged tip. The pharyngeal skeleton is much more slender than in Stichotrema, consisting of an arched piece and two almost straight diverging rods. The antennae are very indistinct even with the highest power magnification, but seem to be composed of two joints and a filament. The coxae are very large; femora and tibiae apically spined; tarsus one jointed, terminated apparently by three slender filaments. This is a very unusual type of tarsus for Strepsiptera. The eighth, ninth, and tenth segments of the abdomen are greatly modified. The eighth laterally extends almost to the apex of the ninth, but is dorsally emarginate and ventrally is normal. The ninth incloses the tenth, which bears a pair of stylets. Types (female and triungulinids).—Cat. No. 21436, U.S.N.M. 8. CHRYSOCORIXENOS, new genus. Female with five unpaired genital tubes, and two pair of cephalo- thoracic spiracles. Cephalothorax very elongate, only narrowing in front of bass of head. No. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 433 Parasites of the Scutellarid genus CArysocoris. Type of the genus.—Chrysocorixenos siamensis, new species; Siam ; Chrysocoris grandis Thunberg. 1. CHRYSOCORIXENOS SIAMENSIS, new species. Plate 68, fig. 1. Described from one female from a specimen of Chrysocoris grandis Thunberg, from Siam. Female.—Brood canal extends to apex of sixth segment and seg- ments 2-6 have median unpaired genital tubes. Cephalothorax ap- parently includes first abdominal segment with slight constriction at base of thorax. Two pair of cephalothoracic spiracles. Head pro- longed behind at sides, Table of measurements. | Index Moasnremeniseccan-seeseenosese ne esanea sees scseneeels 1 2 3 4 5 6 total. Ons caceeee reco cece da a Semmeektnee oonter ieee see as 58 AGP PCO Shr Miser seas Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles..... 1.00 | 0.93} 0.34 | 0.64] 0.96| 1.37 6.24 Type—Cat. No. 21487, U.S.N.M. V. Family MYRMECOLACIDAE Pierce. Table of Genera. Wings short in proportion to body, with eight primary veins; fifth and sixth % antennal joints subclavate; tenth dorsal abdominal segment small, not con- cealing oedeagus and anal cavity__________ ai, SOV) 9. Myrmecolax Westwood. Wings long, with only six primary veins from base, the cubitus and third anal missing, with a short detached vein just below the apex of the radius, medius short and continued by a long detached vein beginning behind it and shortly before its apex; fifth and sixth antennal joints slender throughout; tenth dorsal segment very large, completely covering oedaegus and anal cavity. 10. Caenocholag Pierce, 9. Genus MYRMECOLAX Westwood. 1. Af. nietnerit Westwood ; parasite of formicid; Ceylon. 10. Genus CAENOCHOLAX Pierce. 1. C. fenyest Pierce; host unknown; Mexico. 1. CAENOCHOLAX FENYESI Pierce. Plate 69, figs. 1-3. Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 14, last line, add “ Pl. 1, unnumbered figures”; p. 52, lines 14, 15, read “*4” for “3-’ The dorsal portions of the thorax of this species are adequately described in previous papers, but a few points ought to be empha- 3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——29 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. v4. sized at this time. The mesonotum is distinctly divided into three transverse areas. The pronotum is pushed far forward between the eyes. The metathoracic scutum is not divided by praescutum and scutellum. Parascutellum is completely separated from scutum. The pleural plates of the prothorax and mesothorax are conspicu- ous, and ventrally are united with the eusternum. The sternellum is, as usual, longitudinally strongly marked on the median line. The front and middle trochanters are normally elongate. The metathoracic pleurae are greatly twisted. The prelare is a large piece indistinctly separated from the lower lobe of the epister- num (lateropleurite). The epimeron is narrow in front but very large in the hypoepimeral zone. The pleural suture is very sinuous and reaches the coxae. Episternum does not come near the coxae, being terminated as usual in this order, far forward. The sternum is indistinctly marked into two areas. The coxa is large and bears a very smal] trochanter. The hind femora are short and broad. VI. Family STYLOPIDAE Kirby. As now characterized, the family Stylopidae has in the male six- jointed antennae, with only the third joint laterally produced; four- jointed tarsi without claws; metathoracic praescutum extending be- tween scuti but not always separating them; postlumbium rather iarge; parascutellum distinct; and in the female, five genital tubes, distinct mandibles, distinct spiracles. The following genera and subgenera are included: Stylops Kirby 1802, type, melittae Kirby; 50 species. Subgenus Stylops Kirby; 48 species. Subgenus Hatastylops Pierce, type, polemonii Pierce; 1 species. Subgenus Prostylops Pierce, type, pilipedis Pierce; 1 species. Neostylops Pierce, type, crawfordi Pierce; 5 species. Parastylops Meijere 1908, type, fagellatus Meigere; 1 species. Table of genera of Stylopidae (Males). 1. Metathoraciec scutum not divided by praescutum and scutellum_____-____ 2 Metathoracie scutum divided by praescutum and scutellum; antennae short ANG TODUSE ee = Set Re PG SRI Pe fae BAST AL 11. Stylops Kirby. Antennae shorteand robust. Saat teeet Se eee 12. Neostylops Pierce. Antennae attenuate_______________ eos Se! 13, Parastylops: Meijere. bo Table of species of female Stylopidae. Lo(@)cSpiracies snot reaching “Mancini s 22 tae ee ee ee ee Pe (O)--Spirgeless reac hii gsi yy earns aa Ee I Jere at . (a) Mandibles with an apical tooth and a strong lateral tooth near base; base of head 0.61 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; distance from spiracles to apex 0.71 the breadth at spiracles (Stylops, PATOUWP Heo 2k oe ae ie one ne _ perce Ee Se eS me bipunctatae. to NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSiIPTERA—PIERCE. 435 (b) Mandibles broad, subquadrate, with apical tooth; base of head 0.62 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; distance from spiracles to apex 0.80 the breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 1)—--------~---- moestae. 3h (@)eSpiracles? not jprominentav 2 ons) es eee A, (b) eSpinaclesuprominent e228) e eee ee ee ee ee 2BY 4n(a)eltandibles=without tooth — 83 oes a ee ees ee eee + ¢| Saeee Bye (i)eviandiblestoothede === eee ee ee eee ee 8. 5. (a) Cephalothorax broader than long___—_~-~ re S Sy ee Twurh Fi Ge Gtk. 6. (b )i@ephalothoraxlongercthansbronds Sse ee ee {(¢ 6. (a) Base of head 0.56 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.65 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax only 0.94 breadth at spiracles (Neostylops, group 1) -~--------~ crawfordi. (b) Base of head 0.61 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.80 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 0.96 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 2) —---------_-_-___ mandibularis. (a) Base of head 0.60 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.72 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.10 breadth at spiracles; very small (Katastylops) ~~~ ~~-_-____ polemonit. (b) Base of head 0.67 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.74 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.03 =] breadth at spiracles; very large (Prostylops)—~------------- pilipedis. 8. (a) Mandibles with only one tooth, not angulate on side_______________ 9. (b) Mandibles with an apical tooth, and an angulation or tooth on side__ 17. 935 (a)\- Cephalothorax .broader-than) longs) 2a EE 10. (b) Cephalothorax as long as, or longer than, broad___---_------_--_- 11. 10. (a) Mandibles subquadrate with tooth at inner apical angle; base of head 0.51 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.67 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 0.87 breadth at spi- TEMS SSI SERIA) Df Ea DT 0) 8) i en nubeculae. (b) Mandibles rounded with tooth near apex; base of head 0.62 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.54 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 0.97 breadth at spiracles (Siylops, STOUD WY 4) eee rE a ad Oe Sid aie te eee Sees subcandidae. 11e4 (a) eCephalothorax as Jong as sbroad=—— = == See eee ae eee ee 2: (0) Cephalothorax longer than broadsss hase Se Sie eee 15. 126 (@)) Mandibles: elongatesrounded 2432.2 Sai ee es sea eee 3: (bo) Mandibles‘subquadrates 226-5 < 582k) Giese tir ae oP eoe te pee i 14. 13. (a) Mandibles with tooth on inner side, surpassed by apex; base of head 0.58 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.74 breadth at spiracles; spiracles lateral, hardly prominent (Sty- LOPS LLOUp "(D)) 22s Suet Se eee FS Se easel krygeri. (b) Mandibles with acute tooth at apex; base of head 0.58 as wide as ‘cephalothorax at spiracle; base of cephalothorax 0.82 breadth at spiracles; spiracles lateral, convex, but not strongly prominent (Stylops, ‘croup? 6) REE eee See cane erie op et ee multiplicatae. 14. (a) Tooth of mandible near inner apical angle; base of head 0.56 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.87 breadth at spiracles ; spiracles barely marginal (Stylops, group 6)_---advarians. Tooth of mandible apical; base of head 0.60 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.78 breadth at spiracles; spira- cles lateral, but not prominent (Stylops, group 6) —~-----~ bisalicidis. (c) Tooth of mandible halfway between apical angles; base of head 0.62 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.80 breadth at spiracles; spiracles slightly convex on margin but not DLrOMInNent (USCYlLOPS SLOUDsG) ee le ee ee sparsipilosae. (b) — PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. 436 15. (a) Mandibles rounded with apical tooth-2-_~--_~------__-----~---__= 16. (b) Mandibles emarginate at apex with strong outward curved tooth at 16. (a) (b) UG. a) (b) 18. (a) (db) 19. (a — (b) (c) 20. (a) (db) (0) (c) (d) (e) inner angle and outer angle rounded; spiracle slightly convex but not vrominent; base of head 0.56 to 0.65 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.71 to 0.78 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.02° to 1.18 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, SrOUps My = ee a ee ONE SE UT ak SEE erigeniae. Base of head 0.64 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha- lothorax 0.79 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.03 breadth at spiracles; spiracles barely marginal (Stylops, group S)) ies _ 2 ie tS eal om ites ee a ge eet hippotes. Base of head 0.55 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.77 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.06 breadth at spiracles; spiracles laterally slightly convex but not promi- nent, (Siylops, erouptS) cease — sr let Yeah ee eS Reeds nasoni. Mandibles two-angled at apex and slightly emarginate between, not distinctly toothed; base of head 0.66 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax the same; length of cephalothorax 1.03 breadth at spiracles; spiracles barely marginal (Stylops, group Q)) eerie See teens + eel ely ty 1) hee EE oe ayant ae GIDENKI. Mandibles toothed at apex and angled on outer side______________- 18. Cephalothorax as long as broad; spiracles barely marginal (Stylops, SLOUp ALO) je eee oe bet ce ce bees Ary Ab fen pre do ane oh thes put claytoniae 19. Cephalothorax longer than broad_________________ qualia le drrel ef eg 20. Varieties of S. claytoniae; base of cephalothorax 0.68 breadth at spiracles. Mandibles rounded with apical tooth and slight angle on outer side; base of head 0.54 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles. var. claytoniae. Mandibles subquadrate with tooth near inner apical angle and with strong angle near middle of outer side; base of head 0.58 as wide as cephalothoraxtatespinacles#@as ea Sites: Th ara aes var. imitatria. Mandibles strongly two-toothed; base of head 0.64 as wide as cephalo- thorax at ‘spiraclesia = 2s Bieter ie 2h See tale var. vierecki Lateral angle of mandible not toothlike_____-~__— 4 pal Lateral angle of mandible toothlike and subbasal__________________ 22 Base of head 0.56 to 0.59 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base ot cephalothorax 0.66 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.07 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 11)____________________ brunert. Base of head 0.59 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha- lothorax 0.70 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.09 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 11)_--____-__________ oklahomae. Base of head 0.60 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha- lothorax 0.80 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.06 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 11)__-______________ salictariae. Base of head 0.62 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha- lothorax 0.73 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.04 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 11)________________ andrenoides. Base of head 0.61 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha- lothorax 0.75 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.08 breadth at spiracles; outer apical angle of mandible strongly rounded, apex emarginate between angle and tooth (Stylops, group 11). medionitans. NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 437 22. 25. 27. 30. (a (b (0b). (a ) ) rel (4) ) (b) (¢ (a (b (a (b (a (b (a (b (a (6 (e (d ) ) ) ) ) — ) ) ) ) ) ~~ ~— Base of head 0.57 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha- lothorax 0.69 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.08 breadth at spiracles (Neostylops, group 2)________________ solidulae. Mandibles with apical tooth or sharp angle, but without lateral angle. 24 Mandibles with apical tooth and an angle on lateral margins_______ 29 Cephalothorax broader than long or exactly as long as broad; base of head 0.59 as broad as cephalothorax at spiracles___.________.___ 25 Cephalothorax longer jibmanyprontl se 2222 ee 26 Mandibles broadly rounded, toothed near inner apical angles; breadth at base of mandibles 0.40 as broad as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.77 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group a |) ee WS 2S eee eae sinuatus. Mandibles subquadrate with apical tooth pointed outward; breadth at base of mandibles 0.31 as broad as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.73 breadth at spiracles (Styleps, group Di) a ee eee ees ce ee nies Jos ee Ptah eas grandior. Mandibles narrowly rounded, toothed at apex; breadth at base of mandibles 0.36 as broad as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.74 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 12)___nudae. Mandibles merely angulate at apex; breadth of head 0.67 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; breadth of cephalothorax at base 0.83 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.07 breadth at spiracles (Siylons; group) 13) 222 ee aahictlonis: Mandibles distinctly stoothedsat, apex = 2223.2 eee ee 27 Mandibles subquadrate with outward pointing tooth________________ 28 Mandibles rounded with apical tooth; base of head 0.52 to 0.56 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.69 breadth at Spiracles*(Stylops, ‘eroup) 12) eee 2 saree eee cornii. Base of head 0.60 to 0.68 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; dis- tance from spiracles to apex 0.64 to 0.68 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, SLOUPHLD)), = sehr LN __ wien. | en) californica. Base of head 0.57 to 0.64 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; dis- tance from spiracles to apex 0.69 to 0.74 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, STLOUPRALD))) poe eels IN ht See eeathtesds | gy) 2 i coh BR ae te vicinae. Cephalothorax broader than long; breadth of head 0.53 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; of cephalothorax 0.69 breadth at spira- cles; length of cephalothorax 0.92 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, Sroup pl) = sat ee pe ee eT eat graenicheri. Cephalothorax:longerithan broader. sae ee ee ee ee eee 30. Breadth of head 0.53 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.83 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.04 breadth at ‘spiracles (Stylops, group 15) 222222 cressoni. Breadth of head 0.56 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.77 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.04 DLeadth at spiracles (Siylops croup da) diabola. Breadth of head 0.60 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.86 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.06 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 16)______________ hartfordensis, Breadth of head 0.61 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.71 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.04 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 16) __~__-__________- neonande, 438 VROCBEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Arrangement of female stylopidae according to breadth of cephalothoraxr at spiracles. POLEM ONS LO SSE, PE ere 3450) \CLOYtONI Ce i tes Sa a AE 55.5 Salictarigel sen Oee 1h eRe Ae Seat AOMT saliciflorisues Siw Bye oue ee 57.5 OT UNEP LRU AR Bi Be ees AD Ta OAmetatrie aie. 2esee Ris 228 58. 0 NCONENGE2e 24 -S PET ADO niibecuiaeliai 28 EO 2n9e8 58. 0 QNOTCNOLMCS eas es A Oe a 44. AUIWWCre€SsOn 322051 ZRSOnIe Bis 728 59.5 hartfordensiguso) Sa eae 4520) |Snioest@elat 2s Seu e 61. 0 MOSONiz2es Ai PRIOR HERES) Sit _ A5rO0! | tdiabola_ See Bia ie ote aa 62. 0 ORIGHOMGE2 MSs RIO Te ee 46>) | enandibulanisheies Se jens 62. 0 CTA GCE Capa AT AG in| SGU O Cit a es = 62.6 bipunctatae 22a ee ee ASUSHINAdUuaionstoes ie Paine ae 64. 0 INCULONIANG = AQVQ) | tcalijornicase ee eee 64. 0 SPArsipilosdeue sale Bea ae 5ONO! |Agrandiomivoiscies 36. sem 65. 0 SUOCONGICGe 2a ee ee ON On| OCU ee 72.0 SiNVUOTUS 22. Ms Ue BOOB ED OUD, DACiTMe tees ee Gale eu be _ 2 73.8 PICTECK_ DASE Mie ie 2 Rs NT, | MCNGAOj OT GtS. see sk. Rolie eat Lae 74.0 WNiCo DNOTH weal) Bott BOUT I ncorniiaHt 2. t) & etnd tata 76. 0 SIDES Ae dil 2 Bog 5esoul solidulness. viezom soteihiath fx 79.2 hippotess. 8. sirindio ini) To AGS Dilipedis= 22 = weenie 80.5 multiplicatae__--- 55 RAG We gnqmenichertzevias t= s¥t ward 2 81.0 DLAs d |. = ee oe oe or co 55. 0 Family Stylopidae arranged according to proportionate measurements. Breadth of head in proportion to breadth of spira- cles. Breadth at base of Breadth at base of cephalothorax in proportion to breadth at spira- eles. nubeculae...... 0.51 graenicheri..... 53 CTESSONi.....-.- -53 claytoniaé...... -d4 COTM esac costa Oe NASON.......-- «55 crawfordi...... .56 grandior....... 56 advarians...... - 56 diabola........ - 56 bruneri. 2... 22 says solidulae.....-. GY imitatriz....... -58 multiplicatae.. .58 Krygetiz.ccesece 608 MUGGE= 02. ose -59 vicinae........ - 59 Sinwatus....... 59 oklahomae..... -59 polemonii...... -60 salictariae..... - 60 bisalicidis...... .60 hartfordensis... .60 medionitans... .61 mandibularis.. .61 neonanaeé...... -61 californica ..... -61 erigeniae....... - 61 bipunctatae.... .61 subcandidae... .62 moest@e......-. - 62 dunningi...... - 62 sparsipilosae... .62 andrenoides.... .62 VICTECK eee ee - 64 hippotes Sy a! SWENKI acne 06 salicifloris..... - 67 pilipedis....... 67 mandibles in pro- portion tobreadth at spiracles. grandior...... 0.31 graenicheri.... .33 mandibularis. .33 imitatriz...... -34 pilipedis...... 34 crawfordi..... -35 californica.... .35 cressoné . 222.2 -35 nubeculae..... .36 claytoniee..... .36 nudae... 0.42; - 36 oklahomae.... .36 bisalicidis..... .36 CONNIE ee sere -37 diabola....... -.-..-c-0- cee a = tee eee ale (?) 41 26 | (?) 41} (?) Group 1. 13. STYLOPS BIPUNCTATAE Pierce. It has two toothed mandibles and spiracles distant from margin. Table of measurements of female. foe (i WE OBE oo SORE gbne ABBR On cope pbor Ohne: CMSs Some 1 2 3 | 4 5 6 1s Pype; INdiana, - 2. eee ase eistaye ee es ote elec eee sen ee =< |} 50 | 31 | 22 41 36 | 53 PON GDTASKA: = canes eta ch acco once a dee Ue aac ee ee sieiclciais | 50.5 | 31-| 20 38 34 50 33 Polk Co, Wisconsin\-<.-- <2, snsawert) - see. 4242 ae oe ee ose 46 28 19 | 38 34 50 IAW OVERS siniesn ei cisicieSlon ees esac ce poise cee eee eee loess 48.8 30 20 39 35 51 Taking measure 1 as unit, the following relative lengths of the other measurements are obtained: Seay hit eka ssoeeas: cab acsndaessaad sOnUeAbosbecccr ip eke la Li heaiey | 3 | — =i — = Relative length compared to width at spiracles: | | 1 | 5 Fn a A Mr AR NR OS Ma pes Saree tal 1.00| 0.62} 0.44) 0.82| 0.72] 1.06| 4.66 Deicide woadbeccsce neon: «= eRe a. eee n eRe (PL18008 82.81 288 | 275 | 674-009-442 Be oa Beets Sone saat Lop eae ake SuoeL have eae | 1.00] .60] .41| .82| .73| 1.09] 4.65 | | 1.00; .61 41 | -79| .71| 1.04] 4.56 The range of differences is very small. A numerical index may be obtained by adding the six relative measurements together. This gives totals ranging from 4.41 to 4.66 and averaging 4.56, which we may call the species index. 14. STYLOPS MOESTAE, new species. Described from two females extracted from a specimen of An- drena moesta Smith, determined by H. L. Viereck, collected at Govan, Washington, March 29, 1911, by J. A. Hyslop. 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Female.—Cephalothorax broad; yellowish brown with dark red- dish brown basal band; spiracles not reaching lateral margin; man- dibles broad, subquadrate with apical tooth. Length of cephalo- thorax, 1 mm.; breadth, 0.8 mm. Table of measurements. Spoclinen:s5 deca8t ase tee ete ee 1 2 3 4 5 6 nex 1s Lypes Govan> wWiashinetone 2-2 .-s2eeacs oe ssaceer 63 38 24 50 49 6h eeesase Paratype, Govan, Washington...................- 59 38 24 50 49 G45) -|Ssseeee AVOLAGO Asns descsind ancsletcc tens setoseaacaseets 61 38 24 50 49 O2ili | Sateneete Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles: i Macisastcisceis'se sececc lbsiwecishissccecnaccmuccsesaate 1.00} 0.60} 0.38} 0.79] 0.77} 0.97 4.51 Dafeayas Saisie sas sielantiesiiseicis sales enim maciemaes saeco 1.00 . 64 -40 - 84 -83 | 1.09 4. 80 AVOTEZO 5c ccc scecocccoccecsicesitnete tech ouaee 1.00 - 62 -39 81 -80 |) 1.03 4.65 Type.—Cat. No. 21439, U.S.N.M. Group 2. 15. STYLOPS MANDIBULARIS Pierce. Table of measurements of female. | | pein Sawer ne eeeee erence te weer igi io nl | ae i i eo Sebel = = = | | | Type, Carlinville, Illinois ...........--.--e-----eee+- Pea fae of ate 5O-— BR — -|-60-——|oesenes Relative length compared to width at spiracles...... | 1.00} 0.61 |) 0.33] 0.80) 0.59} 0.96 4,29 Group 3. 16. STYLOPS NUBECULAE Pierce. Table of measurements of female. Spechwioen sh fcstecdes ss cpiscuviccscucecenaceses cetene | go yehig | 3 4 5 6 Ledes | wtefes| : | ape Lamiddasooc soc mode nooaaco ued adOanSOCOGoOORUnOCaoS 8 | 30 | 21 39 33 aR eseeese Relative length compared to width at spiracles. ..... 1.00 0.51) 0.36} 0. 67 | 0.58 | 0.87 3.99 Group 4. 17. STYLOPS SUBCANDIDAE Pierce. Table of measurements of female. yO CYO HAGT So crome cGoOur CODE COUCOFOONUUEr Anecane GoCSdOD 1 2 3 4 5 6 rniex 1. Type, Southern California.............2..2.2-.200. Bo hig ort hee 130 0 rap Ie 2. Paratype, Southern California.........-......-...- 50 | 31 21 38 32 BO Nae leccsteis AVeTage...--.0---+-------0-0-- wee e cece eens eens 50 31 21 37—| 3 48.5 |-...--. Relative length compared to width at spiracles: | I Besngeunoccc soodnoc s oendeopedechodboesde cossues 1.00 | 0.62} 0.42] 0.52) 0.60] 0.90 4.10 Da ekenia(e alatoeiana' = eielararninictelaleleralclafatatn cletetolatalsia\Gleinistel ate ietate 1.00 - 62 -42 56 | .64 1.00 4.24 NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIBRCE. 445 Group 5. 17. STYLOPS KRYGERI, new species. Described from three females, extracted from two specimens of an Andrena, originally determined as Halictus zonulus Smith, collected at Fejo, Denmark, November 6, 1915, and sent the author by Mr. J. P. Kryger. Female.—Cephalothorax reddish brown with large basal dark brown area extending almost to the middle; rather elongate, not strongly narrowed in front; constricted at base; spiracles lateral, hardly prominent; mandibles rounded with the tooth on the inner side surpassed by the apex. Length of cephalothorax, 1.1 mm.; breadth, 1 mm. Table of measurements. Speclwativns: becca see eee eee aoe ee eee 1 2 3 4 5 6 anes DMR DO sists cisisteure Ses eeiceioe s Sais SORES Boe he ae Ae 61.5 | 37 27.5 | 45 47 G5 este et - == De LOLALY DO sme cise seer arene secenee en cnses siciesisivine 62.0 | 37 PAS Sos one 490) laecsece| st somes Bs hatAby Pesce sea: oes aeees seco nese eut ree eee 64.5 | 37 26.0 | 49 44 aia essoac IAVOTAR OE Se ceamticeceGacrls oe secine Se aveein Mele aters 62.6 | 37 25.5 | 47 4523) N64 So Ascseaies Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles: | Mertens aie BO ce POD IE CaO Daa AO DOA Renae | 1.00} 0.60] 0.44 | 0.73} 0.76) 1.05) 4.58 OE earls eee: Cen RE A Aine ge WERE E | 1.00] .59 Syalleeaesne ADH Seae eel aeeeee SEERA «scp cisiatoaictensioe aie sete ciceis siablesae eeieeeee oceone 1.00 57 40 76 - 68 97 4.38 IAVOISLO oe ons Sasa o ces cpiesee catecmecsoboussses 1.00 586 40 745 72 | 1.01 4.46 Types.—Cat. No. 21440, U.S.N.M. Grovr 6. 19. STYLOPS MULTIPLICATAE Pierce. 3 Table of measurements of female. ia : s_ #Teued SPOCIMOM. celeb melee eetbiseem oeteneeciceeniern aaatelte 1 2 3 4 | 5 6 Index | Type, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Apr. 9, 1904 .......-.- 54.5 | 32 22 45 35 Gay y wel Soceaeo Relative length compared with width at spiracle... | 1.00] 0.58} 0.40] 0.82) 0.64 | 1.00 4,44 20. STYLOPS ADVARIANS Pierce. Plate 71, figs. 11, 12. Table of measurements of female. | Specimen. 2225 tescaseaeeereecenscenee cease e esas 1 2 Bia 4 5 ein are | : is Type, Vancouver, British Columbia................- 64 36 24 | 5 Relative lenght compared to width at spiracles...... 1.00] 0.56] 0.37 | 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54. Illustrations are presented of the female cephalothorax and the right mandible. 21. STYLOPS BISALICIDIS, new species. Described froin one female extracted from an Andrena bisalicis Viereck (determined by Viereck) from Alabama collected by C. F. Baker, No. 2223. Female.—Cephalothorax reddish brown with darker basal band; broad at base, narrowed at apex; mandibles subquadrate, with single apical tooth; spiracles lateral, but not prominent. Length of cephalo- thorax, 0.9 mm.; breadth, 0.9 mm. Table of measurements. = ’ i waar ai SIU OMe ooodeceacdscoboaqeas bas eoabesscEecOsanC Dlg) reels pt 4 | 5 6 Tages al Dy Pe we sor as Soe aes Sas eee etn eae ee a eee = 33 | 21 43 38 55+ -Wesoseez Rolative length compared to breadth at spiracles ....| 1.00 | 0.60) 0.36] 0.78) 0.69} 1.00) 4.43 Type.—Cat. No. 21441, U.S.N.M. 22. STYLOPS SPARSIPILOSAE Pierce. Table of measurements of female. es : : Speciments pereetere no 1 UE tee 1 o> elias 4 5 index ew, ey eal Os Fie Se cl es eaexer) 22 5] NOH AST. ype Waldoboro. Maina. saese sce ete eee eeenaaeee 30 31 19 40 32 | Be WSoccdae Relative length compared to width at spiracles...... 1.00 | 0.62} 0.38} 0.80 is 1.00 4.44 GROUP 7. 23. STYLOPS ERIGENIAE, new species. Described from two females from a female Andrena erigeniae Robertson, collected on Lrythronium americanum at Plummers Is- land, Maryland, March 29, 1915, by J. C. Crawford; the type in the collection of the United States National Museum and the paratype in the collection of the author. Another paratype specimen in the museum collection was taken from an Andrena erigeniae collected at Carlinville, Illinois, April 1, by Charles Robertson. Female.—Cephalothorax yellowish brown, with broad basal dark reddish brown band. Length of cephalothorax of type 0.8 mm.; breadth, 1 mm. Mandibles with one sharp curved tooth. Cephalo- thorax broadest behind spiracles which are laterally prominent. NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 447 Table of measurements of female. P | =n || Index Specimen 4235; Sees ke Sas aos ees cee 1 2 3 4 By 6 totals ie Carknyilaiiinoigs:....o......2tscs ede osesee BL |) Bt TOY [24079 haa sates kee eece 2. Plummers TSland, Maryland.......-.......--.-.-2 49 32 20 37 38 BBY ele vine ae 3. Type, Plummers Island, Maryland............... 50 32 21 39 32 51. mseseg2 4. Plummers Island, Maryland.....................- 42.5 | 24 16 30.5 | 29 eee Geeeece 5. Plummers Island; Maryland... : 5.22550 522. nee ee 45.5 | 28 18 (2)- | 33 | i eee PA VOLALOL, 2. 5S. =i Sle Sb cc bR shee eee 47.6 | 29.4 LSS. BOs OL aos |Loss. le seer se Relative length compared to width at spiracles: | | eT ace ee rt ee | 1.00! 0.60/ 0.36] 0.78] 0.68! 1.13] 4.55 Dele ya aie rolelstaialarniel fora sie staa inc eo ie oO OEE Ee 1.00 65 -40 79 77 1.18 4.75 Ee Oe ore aes shot Leet eta mayer aa ret 1.00 64 -42 -78 64 1.02 4.50 Dietaice scone Oe esc ncletels eeicacls Skee Sete cte tee eee 1.00 56 37 ail 68 1.05 4.37 BE pe incte Sasa slats awiainiets Gates einai OS cee eee Entra: 1.00 61 39 | (?) 74 1.03 | (?) PAW OLA EO 2h arate cio teiaicsic- cee cat eee eee eee 1.00 -61 39 75 70 | 1.08 4.53 | i i Specimen No. 4 is quite different from the other specimens in its proportions and size. In fact it is possibly a distinct species. Type.—Cat. No. 21442, U.S.N.M. . Group 8. 24. STYLOPS HIPPOTES Pierce. Table of measurements of female. : | Inde Specimen. 9825.2 boss te Rhos ee eee | 1 2 3 | 4 5 | 6 total. Type, Columbus, Ohio}... .se-c--p ace J-- seer = eae | 54.3 | 35 22 | 43 [eS 5rursl Grama |se eee. Rulative length compared to width at spiracles -..... | 1.00 | 0.64) 0.40} 0.79; 0.64 | 1.03 4.50 25. STYLOPS NASONI Pierce. Table of measurements of female. | SOG aI GeV ae SooeneBdoncae ae caboobeuabpoodosdDapect snc Index : | 5 d ; S 6 | total. Type.....- dss Peek asec CE AEP coe tan ae 45 | 25 19 35 29 AR: Velen wee Relative length compared to width at spiracles...... 1.00 | 0.55 | 0.42) 0.77 | 0.64 | 1.06 4, 44 | | ! | | Group 9. 26. STYLOPS SWENKI Pierce. Plate 71, figs. 1, 2, 8, 9, 10. Table of measurements of female. = 2 Index SpeCiMeNn sc... eee ase ee eases eee 1 2 3 4 5 6 total 4. Paratype, Lincoln, Nebraska...............--..-- 53 35 22 35 40 LM |e ee Relative tangth compared to width at spiracles....-. 1.00] 0.66] 0.41} 0.66] 0.75) 1.03 4.51 An illustration of the female cephalothorax is presented. 448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54. Group 10. 27a. STYLOPS CLAYTONIAE, var. CLAYTONIAE Pierce. Table of measurements of female. Specimen’. 52 .---ge- 2 “jaceis seein areiet dele = 1.00} .59 S30) lige iSO) (enc) Type.—Cat. No. 21446, U.S.N.M. 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. 35. STYLOPS NUDAE Pierce. Table of measurements of female. ie ) | : =e | Index SPECIOUS Ss eiso soars cits eeetceets ae eia coe ieee 1 2 | 3 4 oF eG fokall: Lirype, Carlinville HMinoisiy 2522.3. tS 352569. SaSd: 54 32 | 19 2y Paratype. <> gies sare saen- vswie = aoc ccices asbis tec ae bE Sil ol 18.5 AVCTASOS erececcenc ssc comcliz cus sce ccece ose 52.6) | 31.5 |) 18.7 Relative length compared to width at spiracles: Do eee OLE oh oe ccc c eS. ae a a 1.00} 0.59] 0.35 | 0.74] 0.63] 1.00} 4.31 TAI ie Bet RR RARE Ra Sieg SAG aN ea 5 L0Oul) 60s s8Gal 3745 —s66y) MEOU| ea; AVOLO POW. Wc ono ccccecssaneeesacceecssaesicsse.s ae a L.00: 59 36 74 -65 | 1.00 4,34 e if ase ia tet Length of triungulinid, 0.2 mm. 36. STYLOPS CORNII Pierce. Table of measurements of female. : | Index Specimens: 2030 see con Awpiccmachistssioa es cclasecehoemeeies 1 2 3 4 5 ye) total! 1. Type, Milwaukee, Wisconsin...........-..--.-.-.- 72 | 38 27 50 | 58 (Gy ee 2 es 2. Paratype, Wisconsin...........- Be scouy oa arta etna 80 45 30 56 §©6| «56 | Site Mere ee IN VOLES Scena sceict Saari cee epee eres SEE RGie> Bakes ee het 53 | | 54:5 | 78.5 [cs Relative length compared to width at spiracles: i | : Ds gee NS BFS 3 EE RELORE RES ee 1.00 | 0.52] 0.37| 0.69} 0.73} 1.05} 4.36 PASI A ea y, ORRRR RR ead coeds pias Safes 1.00| .56) .37) .70) .70| 1.01} 4.34 PAVORAP OOP sen A cas co Uy Sen Piacoa 100 |e cs04,|* x87] exiO8 ln 7k fe 2.08 | 4.35 i 5 | 37. STYLOPS CALIFORNICA Pierce. Plate 71, figs. 5-7. Table of measurements of female. Spaciinense. See eee eee ee a: oe be: Dae 1 | 2 | 3 4 5 6 ean 1. Type, Southern California........--.:-.22.-22.2<-- 64 | 40.5 | 22.5 | 46 44 66>. lessee 2 Paratype, Southern Oaliformiasc. sees se e- -ee 64 | 39 22.5 | 52 41 66. liessees AV OTERO ceerpinn bmceeseupenmemchemetmatensnae- 64 139.7 | 22.5 [49 | 42.5 | 66 |....... Relative length compared to width at spiracles: | i TS mec Ap atin 5 RNS Sh Sea 7 SR 2" 1.00 0.63 | 0.35 | 0.71) 0.68} 1.03 | 4.40 7 CORE 7 SARA 8 Winn |: Rae ore ”: Melee aies 3 98 eats LSO0Ah 4 -60r) ma 685a); eel 64] 1.03] 4.43 Averages: .o20% 522th OE A Bk E500+} + -c16ir |= ~ 285 he 76r) + 366+) ARON es 4 Tilustrations are presented of the female cephalothorax and mandible and of a triungulinid. NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 453 38. STYLOPS VICINAE Pierce. Table of measurements of female. phe TA wel oF _ older f E Sd | Sppehenei 2 gon 8 kk ae! es 1 Qvale 2 ve) tal Soy Ge eoeee | < | Le ypey NOW -AMpShITOs..— 2. fccw dace commcices- avis 71 44 28 52 50 Wel, Alssaccee 2. Paratype, New Hampshire......................-- 69 44.5 | 29 53 ||, PSL (Opell. cosas SPL ATAUV DO CANU anc ko ce cra ce cee osenee chine aceaetare 75 43 26 Ge | otn0) | aD 4, Paratype, Canada... 3|| ed 48 32 Sy ee) 80 DU ANA NO OOLAGCO’ ac coc coeaere seine celneerCemearicer 75 44.5 | 28 57 | «86 80 Geb oulderColoradO:s coves ocnceceence cnet nace eeneeee 75 44 29 55.5 | 54 77 daeiumimers Island, Maryland ss. ose asses 72.5 | 41 28 50 | 52 73 8. Plummer’s Island, Maryland)! {228252 32: - A2se see 74 44 28h "| 5205) | 54 76 9. Cabin John Bridge, Maryland..................... | 74 1 45 27 53 54.5! 81 10; ahaway, New: Jersey... = | Oe SY Se eee 1.00) 0.61 | 0.39 0.73 | 0.70) 1.04 4.47 DER ee Raters isos ales ac ein sanee auaseueeetesesae 1.00 . 64 42 76 73 | 1.05 4, 60 Daisies « dosiexies seme e eens neceeseds ae cee eeetwe cane 1.00 ~ 57 . 34 76 72 | 1.00 4.39 Aaa aiavctete maimicinieeiatateietalelsiciaie isis osinissia cieielete eistsienrere ele 1. 00 . 62 41 70 ok | P03 4.47 LBRO RECO CSCO SO COCO COO OIC SEER RCRSRESCOCSeSrS | 1. 00 . 59 «3d 76 -74}| 1.06 4.52 Gee ee oe no cniceo cen seen ncoceeeee tera ne ate 1.00 58 SRt Pes 74 mY2 | A202 4.44 Nea camscietinje seiclaseadae snacdecsens hemeaemee essay 1.00 56 . 38 - 68 Stet || s(t.) 4, 53 Bctekoscierataaaiars ioe amici om eteic ieee oreie rer nin Sereno Sioreinieioieee 1.00 . 59 .38 70 72 1.02 4,41 US BOKG sc RED SO NOD enone Conc DDE aCesSEEmesasrr ta aac 1.00 . 60 - 36 | 71 -73 | 1.09 4.49 LOe ence css ac sacc esse stteescet eee ae eeeee 1.00 . 61 39 75 . 69 1.05 4.49 IIE SSSRB OSE EAbODDaaaGenese cade adn ccoSoadso 3222\p) 1.300 . 62 40 70 ottiy|| salsa 4. 58 AV OEE OS ackicls Seicticiiacicisep ec esaccc cen sac 1.00 60 38 | 72 @2)) 1504 4.46 Group 13. 39. STYLOPS SALICIFLORIS Pierce. Table of measurements of female. Cline. ki | | Nl Specimen : - 25. .<2 2.0. 2- os = ceo eee «ae eA eee waryes | 4 5 | 6 Tadex | | | if E rag | | ype itl> 10. MaNtoous & IMOTT, 2at98 57.5 | 59 | 23 bain BRIA Relative length compared to width at spiracles...... | 1.00 | 0.67) 0.40} 0.83) 0.76] 1.07 | 4,73 | | | Group 14. 40. STYLOPS GRAENICHERI Pierce. Table of measurements of female. Pe areas hae aa l = 1 Specimens.-Ses)- cies eee one cece ee ees psa Hera 1 2 3 4 | 5 6 | indies ee ota a eee | pai [al Ae | | | Type, Milwaukee, Wisconsin...........-.--..-.-+--- 81 | 43 27 | 56. | 51 OMe aseenes Relative length compared to width at spiracles..... 1.00 0.53) 0.33 | 0.69 | 0.63) 0.92) 4,10 ; | Group 15. 41. STYLOPS CRESSONI Pierce. Table of measurements of female. ro at ehh x =e = rs = aa ue - Specimen 5... Cam al ee Ae ee A we ee ee ee 3. XENINAE Pierce. . Male maxillae simple, two-jointed; oedeagus not conspicuously inflated at basal angle, sharply angulate at apical third. Female with five median genital tubes entering brood canal__________-__ 1. HALICTOXENINAE Pierce. Male maxillae three-jointed; oedeagus beginning as a slender tube, then greatly inflated, bent at right angles and produced as a very slender DEOCESSLIEAS hd ed AR RE IEE Ee 2. CRAWFORDINAE Pierce. to 1. Subfamily HALICTOXENINAE Pierce. Table of genera. Male maxillae with first joint longer than second; oedeagus strongly arcuate ~ DeneNth ae nid el Cea eee ee ee 14. Halictorenos Pierce. Male maxillae with first joint shorter than second, oedeagus not strongly arcuate beneath at middle; wings with two detached branches of radius and two of medius, between radius and medius___ 15. Apractelytra Pierce. 14. Genus HALICTOXENOS Pierce. Table of subgenera. Wemale cephalothorax triangular, narrowly and roundingly truncate at apex, obviously constricted at base of head; breadth of cephalothorax at widest point 1.9 to 2.3 times as wide as breadth of head at base. Parasites of ‘Chloraliciitg ttt “Ses A 2 hd EE WEIS 1. Halictorenos Pierce. Female cephalothorax less apparently triangular, broadly and evenly rounded to apex, with very slight sinuations at sides; breadth of cephalothorax at widest point 1.4 times as wide as breadth of head at base. Parasites OL BUULCCUS See ea ee ee eee 2. Halictophilus Pierce. NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 459 Female cephalothorax almost triangular, narrowly truncate at apex; head about one-third as wide as metathorax at spiracles. Parasites of Halictus. it oe a Tg ME ge ee Be nk al 3. Halictostylops Pierce. Female cepthalothorax very broad at base, triangular, convexly truncate at apex, strongly constricted at base of head; breadth of cephalothorax at widest point 1.5 times as wide as breadth of head at base. Parasite Of, AU OCKIOT OS. — 2 ee ee ee 4, Augochlorophilus Pierce. LIST OF SPHCIDS. 1. H. (Halictorenos) crawfordi Pierce; parasite of Halictus (Chloralictus) bruneri Crawford, Nebraska. 2. H. (H.) graenicheri Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) albipennis Robertson; Wis- consin, 8. H. (H.) jonesi Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) species; Texas, Louisiana. 4, H. (H.) nymphaeari Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) nymphaearwm Robertson ; Tllinois. 5. H. (H.) sparsi Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) sparus Robertson; Oklahoma. 6. H. (H.) versati Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) versatus Robertson; Wisconsin. 7. H. (H.) zephyri Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) zephyrus Smith; Wisconsin. 8. H. (Halictophilus) manilae Pierce; parasite of H. (Hvylaeus) manilae Ashmead ; Philippines. 9. H. (H.) robbii Pierce; parasite of H. (#.) robbiti Ashmead; Philippines. 10. H. (Halictostylops) spencii Nassonow; parasite of Halictus minutus Kirby ; Europe. 11. H. (Augochlorophilus) viridulae Pierce; parasite of Augochlora viridula F. Smith; Illinois. 3. HALICTOXENOS JONESI Pierce. Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 21, line 12, add “ Pl. 3, unnumbered figure.” 15. Genus APRACTELYTRA Pierce. 1. A. schwarzi Pierce; host unknown; District of Columbia. 1. APRACTELYTRA SCHWARZI Pierce. Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 22, line 21, add “ Pl. 2, unnumbered figure”; pl. 2, unnumbered figure, for “ Aproctelytra” read “Apractelytra.” 2. Subfamily CRAWFORDINAE Pierce. 16. Genus CRAWFORDIA Pierce. 1. C. pulvinipes Pierce; parasite of Panurginus innuptus Cockerell ; Nebraska. 2. C. cockerelli Pierce; parasite of Panurginus boylet Cockerell; New Mexico. 3. C. labrosit Pierce; parasite of Panurginus labrosus Robertson; Tllinois, — 4. (, rudbeckiae Pierce; parasite of Panurginus rudbeckiae Robert- son; Illinois. 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. 5. C. californica Pierce; parasite of Panurginus californicus Cres- son; Califronia. 6. C. labrosiformidis Pierce; parasite of Panurginus labrosiformis Robertson ; Illinois. 1. CRAWFORDIA PULVINIPES Pierce. Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 23, line 18, add “ Pl. 2, unnumbered figure.” Subfamily XENINAE Pierce. 1. Anterior edges of scutellum convergent, not parallel; wings with eight pRimary ves trom! bases) a. el ae ee ee ee ee lean ee 2. Anterior edges of scutellum parallel or almost so_-___-----~-+---------~~- 2: 2. Parasites of Vespidae. Wings with radius sometimes indistinct, radius sometimes broken for a short distance, one detached vein between radius SOTO GTN GUS ey See Ns Sere peererrt era _.._. 1. Xenini Pierce. Parasites of Eumenidae. Wings with two detached veins between radius and Meds) ease oy yey eee ee PE ee bl ce 2. Pseudorenini Pierce. 3. Metathoracic postlumbium spindle-shaped, constricted at middle. Parasites Of ‘Larridae.. 222 22 Se ek a Ra ES es 3. Tachytixenini Pierce. Metathoracie postlumbium not constricted at middle_________-__________ 4, 4. Parasites of Sphecidae. Wings with two detached veins between radius and medius. and one between medius and cubitus. 4. Ophthalmochlini Pierce. Parasites of Bembecidae. Wings with two detached veins between radius TU CUE TIVE CUI eeeetee oe seat ee ee) teed ce EO ve ee eee eee 5. Paraxenini Pierce. 1. Tribe XENINI Pierce > Eriun sulinidswithyiworapiealestylets= = 2 == ne ee ne ee ee eee 2: Triungulinid with four apical stylets. Parasites of Belonogaster. 19. Belonogastechthrus Pierce. 2: Parasites Of Polistes 222222. 22 Sor ee ee es 17. Xenos Rossi. Parasites. Of Vespa a2. a tenes epee sk See ato hee 18. Vespaerenos Pierce. 17. Genus XENOS Rossi, 1793. Xenops Leach 1815, 1830, in Brewster’s Edinburgh, Eneyclopedia, vol. 9, pp. 117, 1187. X. peckii Kirby, X. rossi Kirby (vesparum Rossi). Errata: Bull. 66, p. 116, lines 16, 19, 23, read “1793” for “1790.” Gen. Insect. p. 24, line 28, read “1794” for ‘1793’; p. 26, line 14, read “114” for “14”; p. 52, lines 18, 19, read “6” for “5.” Gen. Insect, pp. 25, 26, unnumbered figures on plate 1 are not men- tioned for X. bowditchi, pallidus, pecosensis, wheeleri, or vesparum, and unnumbered figures on plate 2 are not mentioned for XY. hubbardi or jurinet. LIST OF SPECIES OF XENOS. 1. X. auriferi renee parasite of Polistes aurifer Saussure; Cali- fornia. 2. X. bowditchi Pierce; parasite of P. pallipes Lepeletier; Massa- chusetts, Ohio. NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 461 3. X. bruesi Pierce; parasite of P. metricus Say; Michigan. 4. X. hubbardi Pierce; parasite of P. crinitus Felton; Florida. 5. X. hunteri Pierce; parasite of P. n. sp. near minor; Texas. 6. X. jurinei Saunders; parasite of P. gallicus Linnaeus; Switzer- land. 7. X. maximus Pierce; parasite of P. rubiginosus Lepeletier ; Texas. 8. X. nigrescens Brues; parasite of P. rubiginosus Lepeletier ; Louisiana, Texas. 9. X. pallidus Brues; parasite of P. annularis Linnaeus; Texas, Florida, Nebraska, District of Columbia. 10. X. peckit Kirby; parasite of P. fuscatus Fabricius; Massa- chusetts. 11. X. pecosensis Pierce; parasite of P. tevanus Cresson; Texas. 12. .Y. rubiginosi Pierce; parasite of P. rubiginosus Lepeletier ; Louisiana. 13. X. texani Pierce; parasite of P. texanus Cresson; Texas. 14. X. wheeleri Pierce; parasite of P. metricus Say; Connecticut, New York, District of Columbia. . 15. X. vesparum Rossi; parasite of P. gallicus Linnaeus; Europe. 16. X. bohlst Hoffman; parasite of P. canadensis L.; Paraguay. 4. XENOS HUBBARDI Pierce. The mesostigmatal lobe of the male, ventral view, is figured in Genera Insectorum, plate 1, figure 3, but not mentioned in the text. 14. XENOS WHEELERI Pierce. Hrrata: Gen. Insect, pl. 2, unnumbered figure, for “Xenos roheeleri”’ read “ Xenos wheeleri.” 15. XENOS VESPARUM Rossi. Plate 72, fig. 1. Errata: Bull. 66, p. 116, line 27, and p. 117, lines 6, 12, read “1793” for “1790”; p. 117, line 13, read “1794” for ‘“ 1793.” Gen. Insect, pl. 1, unnumbered figure, for ‘‘Xenos resparum” read PXgees vesparum.” An illustration is presented of the side view of a male from Polistes gallica diadema, gollectad at Innsbruck, Austria, by Mr. Karl Hofeneder. 16. XENOS BOHLSI Hoffman. Xenos bohlsi HorrMan, Zool. Anz., vol. 45, pp. 100-108, 106, figs. 1, 2. Nov. 13, 1914. Host.—Polistes canadensis Linneeus, Paraguay. Male.—Described from specimen extracted from puparium. Length of body, 4.5 mm. Breadth of head from eye to eye, 0.95 mm. Greatest breadth of thorax, 1mm. Length of thorax above, 2.3 mm. 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Head brown, eyes deep black and stalked; antennae light brown, somewhat darker at base, the first joint enveloping the second, third and fourth ensiform, the terminal joint somewhat surpassing the third. Antennae twice as long as the head. Mandibles transparent, brownish at base, somewhat arcuate, acute, about a fourth longer than the maxilla. Maxilla consisting of basal piece and rudimentary palpus. The basal piece is relatively long, the palpus is only about one-third as long as the basal piece. Thorax dark brown, except postlumbium which is light brown. Postlumbium one-third as long as broad. Elytra somewhat longer than mesothorax. Wings reach almost to the tip of the metatarsus. Wings with seven veins arising from base. Costal area strong. Radius broken before the middle, strengthened beyond the break. Between radius and medius is one isolated branch. Between medius and cubitus, quite close to the apex of the medius lies a second detached vein. Oedeagus with basal angle rounded, greater than a rectangle, apex bent with a sharp edge, making an angle of over 45°. Female.—Length of cephalothorax, 1.94 mm.; greatest breadth of thorax 1.62 mm., which is greater than the distance from the outside of one spiracle to the outside of the other. Brood canal opening, 0.46 mm.; its distance from apex, 0.18 mm. Openings of the brood canal, 4. Cephalothorax very dark except the anterior portions. Triungulinid—Length exclusive of apical stylets 0.33 mm.; breadth of abdomen, 0.11 mm.; length of head, 0.05 mm.; length of stylets, 0.16 mm. The pro- and meso- thoracic legs bear an apical pulvillus in the form. of a disk; while the posterior legs have a pulvillus that is ladle form. The last three segments are different from the preceding and laterally provided with spines (Hoffman figures eleven abdominal segments). The above descriptions are translations from Hoffman. 18. Genus VESPAEXENOS Pierce. LIST OF SPECIES. 1. V. buyssoni Pierce; parasite of Vespa ducalis Smith; Annam. 2. V. crabronis Pierce; parasite of V. crabro Linnaeus, Japan. 3. V. moutoni Buysson; parasite of V. mandarina Smith, V. mag- nifica Smith, V. nigrans Buysson; China. 19. Genus BELONOGASTECHTHRUS Pierce. 1. B. zavattarii Pierce; parasite of Belonogaster elegans Ger- staecker; Congo Free State. 2. Tribe PSEUDOXENINI Pierce. Table of genera. Female cephalothorax broadly oval, unevenly rounded from base to apex, broadest behind spiracles; angled at base of head, obtusely rounded at apex: ©. sumie ¢ erent gry eres 1 peters 1 oe 20. Pseudoxenos Saunders. NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 463 Female cephalothorax broader than long, constricted at base, broadest at spiracles, convex from base to spiracles, slightly oblique, but very nearly straight from spiracles to base of head, at which point there is a slight emargination, thence very oblique to mandibles, apex convex. PAL Monobiaphila Pierce. 20. Genus PSEUDOXENOS Saunders. LIST OF SPECIES. 1. P. arvensidis Pierce; parasite of Odynerus arvensis Saussure; Tllinois. 2. P. corcyricus Saunders; parasite of O. spinipes Linnaeus; Corcyra. 3. P erynnidis Pierce; parasite of O. erynnys Lepeletier; Florida. 4. P. foraminati Pierce; parasite of O. foraminatus Saussure; Tlinois. 5. P. fundati Pierce; parasite of O. fundatus Cresson; Illinois. 6. P. heydenti Saunders; parasite of O. deflendus Saunders; Epi- rus, Corcyra. 7. P. histrionis Pierce; parasite of O. histrio Lepeletier; Florida. 8. P. hookeri Pierce; parasite of O. verus Cresson; Texas. 9. P. jonesi Pierce; parasite of O. colon Cresson; Louisiana. 10. P. klugzt Saunders; parasite of O. laevipes Shuckard; Epirus. 11. P. louisianae Pierce; parasite of O. vagans Sausure; Louis- lana. 12. P. neomexicana Pierce; parasite of O. toas Cresson; New Mexico. 13. P. pedestridis Pierce; parasite of O. pedestris Saussure; Thlinois. ; 14. P. robertsoni Pierce; parasite of O. histrionalis Robertson; Tilinois. 15. P. schaumii Saunders; parasite of O. parietum Linnaeus; Corcyra. 16. P. tigridis Pierce; parasite of O. tigris Saussure; Illinois. 6. PSEUDOXENOS HEYDENII Saunders. Erratum: Gen. Insect. p. 27, line 28, read “ p. 141” for “p. 17.” The latter page is that given in the separates. 10. PSEUDOXENOS KLUGII Saunders. Erratum: Gen. Insect. p. 27, line 40, read “ p. 142” for “ p. 18.” The latter page is that given in the separates. 12. PSEUDOXENOS NEOMEXICANUS, new species. Plate 72, figs. 2-7. Described from a male extracted from the puparium in a female Odynerus toas Cresson var. (determined by Rohwer) collected at Albuquerque, New Mexico, and labeled No. 2934. 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. Length at least 2.7 mm.; the head and thorax measure 2.1 mm. in length and 0.8 mm. in breadth. Color, dark brown; eyes, black; antennae, light brown; elytra and abdomen still lighter; legs, trans- parent yellow. Head, broad; eyes, many faceted, on broad bases; head deeply emarginate between eyes with occiput strongly projecting from the emargination and antennae set on the sides of the prolongation. Front triangularly projecting beneath attachment of antennae. An- tennae with second joint shorter than first and ringlike. They are not different from the usual Xenid type. Mandibles elongate, ensi- form. Maxillae two-jointed, the first longer. Pronotum transverse, slightly arched forward. Mesonotum with a small anterior detached piece; the posterior angles strongly produced; pleural spiracular lobe beneath elytra of the same shape as in Xenos. Metathorax of the usual size. Praescutum keystone-shaped. Scuti broadest behind the base at the attachment of the wings; narrowly separated medianly by the scutellum; divided to form diagonal parascutellum. Scutellum elongate, pedunculate at posterior angles, triangularly produced in front between scuti, rounded at apex; postlumbium transverse, wrinkled, not heavily chitinized; postscutellum elongate, normal. Wings with the normal veins, and two small detached pieces beyond tip of radius. Oedeagus asin Xenos. (See pl. 72, fig. 7.) This is the first male of the genus for America and the first seen by the writer. Whether our American species are congeneric with the European can not yet be determined. Type.—Cat. No. 21449, U.S.N.M. 21. Genus MONOBIAPHILA Pierce. 1. UW. bishoppi Pierce; parasite of Monobia quadridens Linnaeus, Texas. 3. Tribe TACHYTIXENINI Pierce. 22. Genus TACHYTIXENOS Pierce. 1. 7. indicus Pierce; parasite of Tachytes venoferus Rohwer; India. 4, Tribe OPHTHALMOCHLINI Pierce. Table of genera. Female cephalothorax widest behind spiracles, more or less evenly convex throughout; spiracles dorsal. Male scutellum not locked by the scuti; post- lumbium not of a different consistency from the other parts. Parasites of Sphez, Psammophila, and Miscus_______-__ + 23. Hupathocera Pierce. Female cephalothorax broader than long, margins irregularly convex, con- stricted at base, rounded at apex. Male scutellum locked by scuti; postlum- bium of a different consistency from the other parts. Parasite of COROT see eek ots ek 24, Ophthalmochlus Pierce. NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 465 Feinale cephalothorax slightly constricted at base, thence obliquely widening to widest point, just behind the spiracles, which are lateral, but hardly promi- nent, thence sinuately convex to apex. Parasites of Sceliphron. 25. Sceliphronechthrus Pierce. 23. Genus EUPATHOCERA Pierce. LIST OF SPECIES, 1. L. lugubris Pierce; parasite of Sphex (Ammophila) fragilis Smith; Ohio. 2. L. pictipennidis Pierce; parasite of S. (A) pictipennis Walsh; Illinois. 3. E'. pruinosae Pierce; parasite of S. (A.) pruinosa Cresson; Colorado. 4. 1. sphecidarum Dufour; parasite of S. (A) sabulosa Linnaeus; France, Germany. 5. E. vulgaridis Pierce; parasite of S. (A.) vulgaris Cresson; Tlhnois. 6. 1’. luctuosae Pierce; parasite of S. (Psammophila) luctuosa F. Smith; Idaho, Colorado. 7. H. sieboldii Saunders; parasite of Miscus campestris Latreille; Germany. 20. Genus OPHTHALMOCHLUS Pierce. Table of subgenera. ParasitesotiChionion *Chnionony x) 23222 eee 1. Ophthalmochlus Pierce. Parasites of Chlorion (Proterospher ) ——--_---—_~___ Reade 2. Homilops Pierce. Parasites tof Chiomon (Tsodontiq)\e 2232. 3. Isodontiphila Pierce. LIST OF SPECIES. 1. O. (O) duryi Pierce; parasite of C. (Priononyx) atrata Lepele- tier; Ohio. 2. O, (fH) abbotti Pierce; parasite of C. (Proterosphex), species; Siam. 3. O. (H) ashmeadi Pierce; parasite of C. (P.) pernanum Kohl; Santo Domingo. 4. O, (H) bishoppi Pierce; parasite of C. (P.) ichnewmoneum Lin- naeus; Texas. 5. O. (H) westwood Pierce; parasite of C. (P.) ichneumoneum aurifuum Perty; Brazil. 6. O. (1) auripedis Pierce; parasite of C. (/.) auripes Fernald; Pennsylvania. 1. OPHTHALMOCHLUS DURYI Pierce. errata: Gen. Insect. p. 30, line 30, add ‘pl. 2, unnumbered figure.” 5. OPHTHALMOCHLUS (HOMILOPS) WESTWOODI Templeton. Errata: Gen. Insect. p. 31, line 8, change ‘(1838)” to read ‘(1841)’; line 10, add “pl. 2, unnumbered figure”; pl. 2, unnumbered figure, for “ Hupathocera Westwoodi” read “ Ophthalmochlus Westwood.” £348—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54———81 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. 25. Genus SCELIPHRONECHTHRUS Pierce. 1. S. fasciati Pierce; parasite of Sceliphron fasciatus Lepeletier ; Santo Domingo. 5. Tribe PARAXENINI Pierce. 26. Genus PARAXENOS Saunders. 1. P. erberi Saunders; parasite of Bembecinus peregrinus Smith, Corcyra. IV. Superfamily HALICTOPHAGOIDEA Pierce. Table of families. Male antennae four-jointed, with the flagellum of the third and the fourth joOimtelongate, subequalls== == ee IX. DIOZOCHRIDAH Pierce. Male antennae seven-jointed, with the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth joints lat- erally produced, and the seventh elongate__ X. HALICTOPHAGIDAH Pierce. IX. Family DIOZOCERIDAE Pierce. Errata: Bull. 66, pl. 14. Read ‘“ Males” for ‘‘ Females.” 27. Genus DIOZOCERA Pierce. 1. D. insularwm Pierce; parasite of Yerophloea viridis Fabricus, Grenada, St. Vincent. 1. DIOZOCERA INSULARUM Pierce. Plate 78, fig. 7. An illustration of the side view of the male is presented. This shows the line separating scutum from parascutellum reaching the apex of scutellum rather than behind the middle, as usual in the other families. The pleural suture is very strongly bent at the apex of episternum and reaches the coxa. X. Family HALICTOPHAGIDAE Pierce. This family is probably one of the largest in the order. It now comprises 16 genera. Many more species are in the author’s collec- tion from various parts of the world and will be described in sub- sequent papers. The distribution of the genera:is as follows: Halictophagus Dale, 1 species; England. Tettigoxenos Jeannel, 1 species; British East Africa. Pyrilloxenos Pierce, 1 species; India. Pentacladocera Pierce, 1 species; Australia. Neocholax Pierce, 1 species; Java. Muirixenos Pierce, 2 species; Java. Anthericomma Pierce, 1 species; New Mexico. Pentozoe Pierce, 1 species; Ceylon. No. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 467 =] 10. Dacyrtocara Pierce, 2 species; Georgia. Pentozocera Pierce, 4 species; Queensland, Guatemala. C'yrtocaraxenos Pierce, 1 species; Java. Delphacixenos Pierce, 1 species; Russia. Stenocranophilus Pierce, 1 species; Porto Rico. Agalliaphagus Pierce, 2 species; Ohio, Maryland. Colacina Westwood, 1, species; Borneo. Megalechthrus Perkins, 1 species; Queensland. Errata: Bull. 66, pl. 14, read “ males” for “ females.” Gen. Insect, p. 39, line 19, change “‘ Prothorax bank-like” to read “ Prothorax band-like.” Table of genera. NMalesP in oy ise = 0 5S yet ee See the ey AIS Fee, i tet a I Males sumo yi is (Se SR, ye Ae Se ea ee A332 . Prothorax bandlike, not pushed forward into head; wings with 7 primary veins, and 2 distal detached veins between radius and medius________ 3. Prothorax pushed forward into head; wings with 6 or 7 primary veins, and 2 distal detached veins between radius and medius____________________ 5; . Median: vein broken, or with detached vein commencing just before its apex on the anal side; metathoracie praescutum and scuti very long, scutellum much ¥Shoriers22 GH) sss ey Eh Os 28. Halictophagus Dale. Median vein not broken or with detached piece on its anal side; meta- thoracic praescutum and scuti only moderately long, scutellum more than Halivas Ons ASM pLAacsCuuuM as = a eee aa ee emer eee eee Oe 4, . Mandibles and maxillae arising closer to the eyes than the length of the basal joint of maxillae; oedeagus slender, basally arcuate, apically acutely barbed, the outside angle between the outer edges of the hook and the main tube being very acute___________ 29. Tettigoxenos Jeannel. Mandibles and maxillae arising at a distance from the eyes at least equal to the length of the basal joint of the maxillae; oedeagus stout, si- phonate, greatly inflated at middle, outside angle little less than a right angle, ST ae be a aE 30. Pyrilloxenos Pierce. Prothorax so deeply embedded in head that the pleurae can not be seen__ 8. . Wings with 7 primary veins; head transverse, not greatly arched, but emarginate behind; metapraescutum broad and about twice-as long as Scirbell mma ya Ss. ete ees epeertrers woe AE SL aye = 31. Pentacladocera Pierce. Wines endthsixeprimaryhveinse = sik TA) Ae ge Ee ee ee ts . Median vein broken, with detached part on anal side; antennae normally flabellate, the flabellae longer than the basal portions of the joints. 32. Neocholaz Pierce. Median vein not broken; antennae with sixth joint attached at middle of fifth, and seventh beyond middle of sixth____ 38. Muwirirenos, new genus. ey Wines with Ge priMma ry VeiiSs hs ss Sele Se 9. Wings twit hi Gapeiniainys sveita Sioa e es eek ee eee SP ia tes Pe ee 123 . Metapraescutum over twice as long as scutellum, very broad its whole length, pronotum subquadrate, embedded in head and mesonotum. 34. Anthericomma Pierce. Metapraescutum not twice as long as scutellum______________________ TOS Oecdeasus with-apek reflected 2 certs. teeslen mal). oe eee 8 AS 11, Oedeagus with apex reflected and outer angle produced, acutely ; scutellum widely separated from praescutum________~_ 35. Dacyrtocara, new genus. 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. lal: Sale ni ome lobate in front, very sine divi separated trom praes- cutum; oedeagus slender, inflated at base and strongly arched, thence be- coming very slender and at apex acutely reflexed___ 86. Pentozoe Pierce. Scutellum convex, not lobate in front, more widely separated from praes- cutum; oedeagus slender, not greatly enlarged at base and obtusely angulate, but acutely angulate at apex_____:____ 37. Pentozocera Pierce. Scutellum broadly sinuately rounded in front, broadly separated from pra- escutum; oedeagus slightly rounded at base, acutely barbed at apex. 38. Cyrtocarazenos, new genus. 12. Fifth and sixth antennal joints merely pectinate, elongate; metapraescutum but little longer than scutellum__________ 39. Delphacixenos, new genus. Fifth and sixth antennal joints normally flabellate; metapraescutum almost iwicelas) lone sas) Sscutellum=s=-=s esos eee 40. Stenocranophilus Pierce. 13S ParasitevorcAgayigw ss ie ee ee ee 41. Agalliaphagus Pierce. Parasitesiokeh POnd 22) eee 42, Colacina Westwood. Parasites of Platybrachys, female cephalothorax with narrow transverse slit; thorax longer than head, gradually narrowed to base: sides of head COM VERE ee Sie his A a 42. Megalechthrus Perkins. 28. Genus HALICTOPHAGUS Dale. 1. H. curtisit Dale; host unknown; England. Dale (1841) records collecting specimens of males on and near the Isle of Portland, England, June 16, July 15, and August 1, 1840. 29. Genus TETTIGOXENOS Jeannel. Tettigoxenos JEANNEL, 1918, Voyage de Ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en Afrique Orientale (1911-1912) Insects Strepsiptéres, Paris, A. Schulz, pp. 1-8, 1 fig., pl. 1, April 28. The following description is a translation from the original, with additions in brackets: ' Front excavated between the antennae: antennae 7-jointed, with last 5 laterally flabellate. Prothorax annular, narrow, not arcuate in front. Elytra long, clavate. Wings with “6” [really 7] primary veins; costal [subcostal], radial, medial and three anal; a detached branch of radius and a detached branch in front of medius; medius not broken; cubitus lacking. Metanotum strongly developed; post- lumbium membranous. Metasternum formed of two pieces entirely separated on the median line. Legs short, tibiae flattened, tarsi 3- jointed. Oedeagus strongly arcuate at rakes reflexed in an acute angle and very pointed at extremity. [This oedeagus is barbed as in Cyrtocaraxenos but more arcuate at base. | Type of the genus.—Tettigoxenos cladoceras Jeannel, 1918, from British East Africa. Hosts unknown. Female unknown. TETTIGOXENOS CLADOCERAS Jeannel. Tettigoxenos cladoceras JEANNEL, 1913, Insects strepsiptéres, pp. 1-8, pl. 1. Host.——Unknown. Described from a male caught at light on the River Ramisi south of Mombasa, station No. 8, British East anevLees November, 1911, and now in the Nera of Parid NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 469 Following is a translation of the original description, with com- ments in brackets: Male—tLength 2.75 mm.; wing expanse 3.5 mm. Color brilliant pitchy-brown. Form rather slender, with abdomen elongate, as long as the costal margin of the wings. Head very large, transverse, slightly deflexed. Front concave be- tween antennae which are attached beneath little angular salients. yes enormous on great peduncles, hemispherical, with fifty great ocelli. Face with rudimentary mandibles [as illustrated for Cyrto- caraxenos| and maxillae without lacinia [Jeannel’s illustration, fig. 3, 1S apparently at fault in the delineation of the maxillae|]. An- tennae slender, first two joints simple, cylindrical, the first a little longer than broad, the second almost as long as broad; joints 8 and + almost as long as joint 2; joint 5 half as long, very flat, joint 6 a little longer but smaller; joints 3 to 6 laterally flabellate, strongly punctate [rather, provided with organs of sense]; flabellum of third about one-fifth longer than that of the fifth; joint 7 similarly elongate, as long as flabellum of fourth and longer than fifth. Prothorax annular, not anteriorly arched, slightly longer on dor- sum, separated from mesothorax by intersegmental skin, on which are a number of small chitinous sclerites. Mesothorax formed of a transverse mesonotum, a little mesosternal piece, and large oblique pleural pieces. Elytra inserted at upper edge of mesopleural piece, with a small V-shaped stigmatal piece covering the orifice of the spiracle at its base. Coxal cavities open behind. Metanotum com- posed of triangular praescutum flanked by “pleuri” [scuti] a little longer than itself; scutellum transverse pentagonal; [parascutellum oblique, subquadrate|; postlumbium membranous; _ postscutellum very large, navicular, covering first two abdominal segments. Meta- sternum formed of two elongate pieces in juxtaposition on median line. [This is the line of the furca, usually found only on the sternellum. | Abdomen with 10 segments. Sternites more strongly chitinized than tergites. [Jeannel has misinterpreted the last three segments. He calls the eighth the ninth, and calls the ninth the tenth, and the tenth the anal tube. He refers to the ninth and tenth as the “ podex.” In reality, the eighth segment is ventrally produced to an acute point, reaching as far as the ninth. The ninth is likewise nor- mally produced and concave, bearing at its extremity the oedeagus. The dorsal portion of the ninth is not shown in Jeannel’s drawings. The tenth is like a flap over the oedeagus. | Female.—Unknown. 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. 30. Genus PYRILLOXENOS Pierce. Pyrilloxenos PiERcE, 1914, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, p. 128. Male—Head not conspicuously excavated behind. Eyes large, convex with very large facets. Mandibles short, triangular, glabrous. Antennae short, seven jointed, flattened, foliaceous, with large sen- sory pits; first two joints simple, the second shorter; the remaining five joints crowded, each broadened laterally in a broad lamina, the apices of which are about even with each other, the entire antennae not longer than width of head. Pronotum very short, transverse band-like. Mesonotum a little longer, also band-like. Elytra pedunculate spatulate, sensitive, pubescent. Metanotum with praescutum rounded, keystone-shape, truncate, sinuate at apex, longer than scutellum and postlumbium together; scuti oblique, considerably surpassing praescutum at outer angles and supporting it by a tiny projection at inner angles; scutel- lum broad, irregular in outline, narrower at base than praescutum, broadening in a concave line behind scuti, with anterior angles rounded, almost rectangular, and posterior angles diagonally pro- duced as quadrate peduncles, apex otherwise truncate; postlumbium short, transverse, fitting in between and scarcely surpassing the posterior peduncles of the scutellum; postscutellum large, convex, broadly rounded. Tarsi three-jointed, the first joint mucronate; claws absent. Eighth ventral segment acutely produced beneath ninth. Anal segment small, flap-like. Oedeagus strongly bent, broad near base, rectangu- larly bent near apex, apical process slender and very acute. The generic name is derived from Pyrilla (the host genus) +Xenos (the typical Strepsipterous genus) signifying a Strepsipterous para- site of Pyrilla. Type of the genus.—Pyrilloxenos compactus Pierce, from India. PYRILLOXENOS COMPACTUS Pierce. Plate 77. Pyrillorenos compactus Prercr, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 1914, vol. 16, p. 129. Described from a type female and allotype male and two para- type females from Pusa, Bihar, India, collected by C. S. Misra. The original description is as follows: The material was collected in August, 1907; March 15, 1918; and May 23, 1914. The specimens collected in August, 1907, consist of allotype male, pupal cephalothorax, and three paratype females with triungulinids. This material is the property of the Entomological Section, Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. The type is deposited in the United States National Museum, and a paratype female is in the author’s collection. The author is indebted to Mr. T. Bainbridge * Fletcher, imperial entomologist, for the material. The specific name NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 471 is intended to draw attention to the compact appearance of the antennae. Male—Length, 1.5 mm. The tarsi are very small. The anterior tibiae are very robust and shorter than on the other legs. The antennae are much more compact than is usual in this family. The mandibles can not meet. The remainder of the description is to be drawn from the generic description. The specimen was, unfor- tunately, boiled in caustic potash and is therefore very hard to study. Female.—Cephalothorax golden yellow to brownish, broader than long; constricted behind spiracles; sides quite evenly rounded; apex sinuate. Mandibles obtuse, separated by almost three times their width. Front convex. Spiracles just touching margin. Type—Cat. No. 18814, U.S.N.M. The illustrations in plate 77 bring out a number of features not covered by the original descriptions. The prosternum is composed of a narrow transverse eusternum and the medially divided sternellum which forms a half ring for attachment of the coxae. This ring is undoubtedly composed of sternellum, precoxale, and trochantin. At the lateral horn this piece, together with the epimeron and episternum, separated by the pleural suture, meet the coxa. The coxa is a small piece at the base of the elongate trochanter (pl. 77, fig. 2). The pronotum is largely of one piece, with small lateral pieces, probably scuti. The mesonotum is shorter on the median line than at the sides. A semilunar piece in front is apparently the praescutum, the remainder is the scutoscutellum. The sternum is the most perfectly formed of any yet seen in the order. The eusternum is triangular. The ante- coxal ring is composed of three distinct pieces. The inner pieces of the ring are the sternellar pieces longitudinally separated; the median piece is the precoxale. The coxale attachment is at the outer horn, where three pieces—trochantin, episternum, and epime- ron—meet. The coxa is a minute piece at the base of the elongate trochanter (pl. 77, fig. 3). The metasternum has eusternum separated from sternellum by a sinuate line. Episternum does not reach the coxa, although the pleural suture does. The epimera are very large and almost sur- round the coxae, which are more closely connected to the sternellum than in the anterior segments (pl. 77, fig. 4). 31. Genus PENTACLADOCERA Pierce. 1. P. schwarzi Perkins; parasite of Agallia, species; New South Wales. 1. PENTACLADOCERA SCHWARZII Perkins. Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 37, line 6, change “ p. 6” to read “ pl. 4.” 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. a 32. Genus NEOCHOLAX Pierce. 1. NV. jacobsoni Meijere; parasite of Ossoides lineatus Bierman; Java. 33. Genus MUIRIXENOS, new genus. Named in honor of Frederick Muir, the collector of the species on which this genus is founded, and of many other species in the author’s collection to be described later. Probably no collector has ever shown a greater aptitude for collecting species of this order than Mr. Muir, whose travels have taken him to many parts of the world. The genus is characterized by its elongate narrow body, arcuate head, antennae with the last two joints attached far from the base of the preceding (pl. 76, figs. 1, 2); prothorax band-like, trans- verse above but laterally strongly diagonally flexed forward; meso- thorax distinctly composed of three transverse pieces; metathorax with praescutum reaching scutellum and almost twice as long, scuti divided; eighth segment ventrally produced beneath ninth; wings lacking cubitus and one anal vein, medius not broken. Type of the genus.—Muirixenos dicranotropidis Pierce, from Java. The genus is easily separable from the other Javan genera Neo- cholax and Cyrtocaraxenos by the characters given above and in the table of genera. 1. MUIRIXENOS DICRANOTROPIDIS, new species. Plate 76, fig. 1. Described from a male bred from Dicranotropis muiri Kirkaldy collected in Java by F. Muir under the number 333. Length, 1 mm. Color, light brown. Head strongly arched. Pro- thorax dorsally transverse but with pleurae diagonal, carrying the dorsum far anterior to the sternum. Mesothorax with praescutum semilunar, scutum transverse, and scutellum transverse. The meta- thoracic parts are well illustrated in figure 1, plate 76. Type.—Cat. No. 21450, U.S.N.M. 2. MUIRIXENOS PERKINSIELLAE, new species. Plate 76, figs. 2-5. Described from a male bred from Perkinsiella saccharicida Kir- kaldy collected in Java by F. Muir under the number 316. Length slightly under 1 mm. Lighter in color, almost yellowish. It differs very slightly from the preceding. The oedeagus, antenna, tarsus, and side view of thorax are illustrated. The episternum reaches closer to the coxal cavity than in any other species yet seen, but does not reach it. Z'ype.—Cat. No. 21451, U.S.N.M. NO, 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 473 34. Genus ANTHERICOMMA Pierce. 1. A. barbert Pierce; host unknown, New Mexico. 1. ANTHERICOMMA BARBERI Pierce. Errata: Gen. Insect. p. 36, line 25, add ‘Pl. 3, unnumbered figure.” 35. DACYRTOCARA, new genus. Name derived from éa (strongly) + xkvp7ds (curved) + képa (head), meaning strongly arched head. Male—Head strongly arched, inclosing the pronotum and part of mesonotum; antennae typical five-branched, the branches subequal, ~ the bases of the joints short. Mesonotum distinctly divided into three transverse sclerites. Metapraescutum not reaching and not greatly longer than scutellum. Wings with seven principal veins, two de- tached veins between radius and medius, and with the medius broken. Oedeagus nearly straight, flexed near apex with outer angle pro- longed almost as long as the prong. Type of the genus.—Dacyrtocara oncometopiae, new species. Species: 1. D. oncometopiae, from Oncometopia lateralis Fabri- cius; Egypt, Georgia. 2. D. undata, from O. undata Fabricius; Thomasville, Georgia. 1. DACYRTOCARA ONCOMETOPIAE, new species. Plate 74, figs. 1-4. Described from one male and two puparia extracted from a single Oncometopia lateralis Fabricius, determined by the late Otto Heide- mann, collected by W. H. Finn at Egypt, Georgia, from the Uhler collection in the United States National Museum. The male was in perfect condition and ready to emerge when killed. Male.—Length, 3.8 mm.; wing expanse at least 5 mm. Color brown. Head emarginate above for reception of prothorax, not emarginate below. Eyes on broad stalks, not very closely fascicled. Antennae with flabellae closely appressed. Mandibles short, not reaching mouth opening. Maxillae 2-jointed, the joints about equal. Pronotum semilunar with pleurae extending diagonally backward; prosternum composed of two pieces medianly separated, which cor- respond to the sternellum-+precoxale-+trochantin; coxae minute, trochanters elongate, femora very little longer, tibiae shorter and enlarged at apex, tarsi 3-jointed, with first joint very broad and remaining joints elongate. Mesonotum with a semilunar praescutum, transverse scutum and scutellum; elytra clavate; pleural spiracles protected by an episternal lobe beneath elytra; epimeron, epister- num and trochantin forming hook for attachment of coxa; trochan- tin, precoxale and sternellum forming open ring around coxal cavity; eusternum large and triangular; sternellum bilobed; coxa minute 474 PROCEEDINGS -OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54, at base of elongate trochanter, femur longer, tibia still longer, tarsus with first joint mucronate, others pulvillate. Metanotum with key- stone-shaped praescutum, connected scuti, diagonal parascutellum, transverse, anteriorly sinuate scutellum, membranous postlumbium, and very long postscutellum; wings normal; episternum not reach- ing coxa; epimeron reaching coxa; eusternum separated from ster- nellum by a line diverging posteriorly from median line; coxa very large; trochanter smaller and cup shaped; femur, and tibia elon- gate; tarsus as in middle leg. Oedeagus straight to angle of reflex- ion, outer angle produced downward as illustrated (pl. 74, fig. 4). Type.—Cat. No. 21452, U.S.N.M. 2. DACYRTOCARA UNDATA, new species. Plate 74, figs. 5, 6. Described from two females found in the fourth and fifth segments of a female Oncometopia undata Fabricius, captured by George D. Smith at Thomasville, Georgia, in May, 1915. The host died May 10. Length, 7 mm. Color of cephalothorax dark brown with large rounded brown spot on first ventral segment; brood canal slightly darkened; abdomen otherwise white until mature, when it becomes brown. Cephalothorax elongate, apically rounded, slightly sinuate in front of mandibles and laterally slightly compressed opposite opening of brood canal, which is behind the middle. Mandibles broad, obtuse. Brood canal opening a transverse narrow slit on the venter. Base of cephalothorax strongly constricted. Thoracic spiracles lateral and inconspicuous. The brood canal extends back only four segments, and there are only two median genital tubes opening into it, on the second and third segments. At the edge of the brood canal at the posterior mar- gin of the first, second, and third segments are simple spiracles con- sisting of mere slitlike openings. The tracheae can be seen leading from them. The first abdominal segment within the body of the host extends far beyond the tip of the cephalothorax. Type.—Cat. No. 21453, U.S.N.M. 36. Genus PENTOZOE Pierce. 1. P. peradeniya Pierce; parasite of Thompsoniella arcuata Mot- schulsky; Ceylon. 1. PENTOZOE PERADENIYA Pierce. Errata: Gen. Insect. p. 38, line 6, change “ Fig. 40” to read “ Fig, 44.” 37. Genus PENTOZOCERA Pierce. 1. P. australensis Perkins; parasite of Yetigonia parthaon Kir- kaldy; Queensland. NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 475 9. P. phaeodes Perkins; parasite of Hecalus immaculatus Kirkaldy. 3. P. stenodes Perkins; parasite Paradorydium menalus Kirkaldy ; Queensland. 4. P. schwarzi Pierce; parasite of Diedrocephala sanguinolenta Coquibar; Guatemala. 38. CYRTOCARAXENOS, new genus. Name derived from xvpros (curved) + xapa (head) + Xenos. Characterized by a very large head, emarginate behind, with tre- mendous eyes; antennae with branches closely appressed, not sur- passing one another. Prothorax quadrate invisible at sides. Meta- notum with only two transverse areas. Metapraescutum broadly separated from scutellum but considerably longer than the same. Eighth abdominal segment greatly produced beneath the ninth. Oedeagus barbed at apex. Type of the genus—Cyrtocaraxenos javanensis, new species; Java. CYRTOCARAXENOS JAVANENSIS, new species. Plate 78, figs. 1-6. Collected at light, 800 feet altitude, at Buitenzorg, West Java, December, 1908, by W. Terry, and presented by Mr. F. Muir. Length about 2 mm.; dark brown. Head emarginate from dorsal and anterior views for reception of pronotum. Mandible short, but reaching mouth. Maxillae short, 2-jointed, the joints very broad and subequal. Pronotum trapezoidal. Mesonotum transversely divided, posteriorly produced at angles. Metanotum with praescu- tum keystone shaped, broad at apex, broadly separated from scutel- lum by scutum; parascutellum diagonal; scutellum transverse; sinuate in front; postlumbium short and transverse; postscutellum very large. Legs normal, first tarsal joints mucronate. Oedeagus slightly curved, with apex sharply reflexed, the inner and outer angles being very acute. Wings with seven principle veins, and with two detached beins between radius and medius; medius not broken. Type.—Cat. No, 21454, U.S.N.M. 39. DELPHACIXENOS, new genus. The generic name is derived from Delphax (the host genus)-+ Xenos (the typical Strepsipterous genus), signifying a strepsipte- rous parasite of Delphax. Male.—Head excavated behind, seen from above consisting of a narrow arcuate rim supporting the eyes and produced somewhat in front of these to form the apex of the frontal projection, at the sides of which the antennae are inserted. Eyes large, convex, reaching the base of the elytra when the body is compressed; facets large and 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54, separate. Mandibles reaching to the mouth opening, about three times as long as broad, acute. Maxillae longer, two jointed, cy- lindrical, the first jomt shorter and subclavate; the second joint, or palpus almost twice as long as first and tapering, longer than mandi- bles. Antennae elongate, seven jointed, foliaceous with sensory pits; first two joints simple, the first shortest; third about*as long as first with long lateral sensitive flabellum; fourth longer than second in apical half laterally produced into a flabellum about half as long as that of the third; fifth joint longer than fourth with a short apical lateral projection not much longer than the width of the joint, sixth joint about as long as fourth merely with a tooth-like enlargement at tip: seventh joint longest of all. Pronotum merely a small transverse plate set into the emargination of the head. Mesonotum with two plates the first in the emargination of the head and the second band-like, not covered by head. Elytra elon- gate, clavate. Metanotum with praescutum rounded keystone- shaped: scuti oblique slightly surpassing praescutum; scutellum transverse laterally pedunculate at apex on each side; postlumbium semicircular of different consistency from other parts; postscutellum elongate, broad; epimeron (femoralium) reaching almost to tip of postscutellum. Wings with costa very short and basal, closely united with subcosta which braces the costal margin to the middle of the wing; radius and medius at base are closely connected with the subcosta, the radius being very weak and indistinct except as detached portions in the nodal region; medius strong in its basal half, distinct, and thence forked in two infuscated branches which reach the outer margin; cubitus missing; first anal merely an in- fuscation; second anal strong; third anal missing. Tarsi 3-jointed, the first joint on the meso- and meta-tarsi differently shaped from the following joints. Oedeagus strongly bent, basally inflated; the under side being twice bent and the upper twice; the last bend being a strong reflexion near the slender acute apex. Type of the genus.—Delphacixenos anomalocerus, new species; parasitic on Delphaw striatella Fabricius; Russia. 1. DELPHACIXENOS ANOMALOCERUS, new species. Plate 75, figs. 1-6. Described from five males mounted on a single slide, which were bred May 47 from Delphaz striatella Fabricius by A. A. Ogloblin at Poltava, Russia, and presented to the writer by Prof. N. Kour- dumoff. Male—tLength, 1.2 mm.; wing expanse, about 2.5 mm. Color, brown; with postlumbium, abdomen, except two last segments and venter, anterior portion of epimeron (femoralium), and anterior por- tion of sternum, yellow: appendages very light yellowish brown. NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. ATT The buccal area is inflated with a tiny mouth opening. The anterior and median coxae are elongate and grooved on the inner side; the posterior coxae are only half as long as the others and so attached that, from a straight ventral view, the attachment can not be seen. The femora and tibiae are subequal, the anterior pair being shortest; the median and posterior tibiae are dorsally grooved. The median and posterior tarsi have the first joint mucronate at tip; all tarsal joints are pulvillate beneath. The prothorix consists of a single notal sclerite and two small sternal pieces (each composed of sternellum—-precoxale+-trochantin ) to which the coxae are attached. The mesonotum has two dorsal sclerites, a diagonal pleurum and a small sternum, The praescutum is subtriangular; the scuti are narrowly connected by a separate scutal area; scutellum is transverse quadrate with pedunculate pos- terior angles. In front of the praescutum is evidence of a small piece, probably the pretergite. In front of the wing is the oval prealare area. Lying over the posterior edge of this is one of the tiny sclerites to which the wing is attached. The parascutellum is oval, oblique. The tiny wing sclerites visible between this and the prealare are rather too difficult to differentiate at present. Below the postscutellum is the elongate pleurotergite, which is hooked at the front where it touches the parascutellum. The epimeron consists of a nonchitinized area beneath the parascutellum and a more or less faintly divided chitinized area behind this, with a heavily chitinized crescentiform area at the apex, to which the coxae are attached. Be- neath the prealare and front part of the epimeron is the episternum, which is diagonally divided. The sternum consists of a narrow pre- sternum and a very large elongate sternal area irregularly divided into an anterior partly chitinized yellow eusternum and a posterior chitinized sternellum, the posterior edge of which covers the insertion of the coxae. The sternellum is medianly divided almost to base. The eighth abdominal segment is greatly prolonged beneath the ninth. The ninth segment is prolonged as usual beneath the tenth, with the oedeagus at its tip. The tenth segment is a small flap aris- ing from the cup of the ninth in front of the oedeagus. Type.—Cat. No. 21455, U.S.N.M. 40. Genus STENOCRANOPHILUS Pierce. Stenocranophilus Pierce, 1914, Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, pp. 126-127. The original description is as follows: Male.——Head excavated behind, seen from above consisting of a narrow arcuate rim supporting the eyes and produced considerably in front of these to form the tip of the sulcate frontal projection, at the sides of which the antennae are inserted. Eyes very large, convex, reaching and touching the base of the elytra. Mandibles 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. very short, broad and blunt, not reaching within their own length of each other. Maxillae a little longer, two-jointed, cylindrical, the first joint almost twice as thick as the second, and neither quite as long as the mandibles. Antennae elongate, seven-jointed, flattened foliaceous, with large sensory pits; first two joints simple, third to sixth moderately elongate, each produced just before the attach- ment of the succeeding joint into a broad flattened lamina not much more than twice as long as the main stem; seventh joint also pro- duced, laminate. Pronotum subquadrate, cut off at sides by head. Mesonotum band-like, also included within the cavity of the head. Elytra elongate, metanotum with praescutum elongate, convex at base, sides roundingly approximate toward apex, where they almost meet; scuti narrow, elongate, only a little longer than praescutum; scutellum broad, quadrate, basally convex, apically bisinuate, not much longer than postlumbium; postlumbium at least two-thirds as long as wide; postscutellum long, broad; epimeron [femoralium] reaching to middle of postscutellum. Wings with radial vein meet- ing the costal margin beyond the middle, a small detached cloudy vein behind the tip of the radius, medius strong, with a long an- terior cloudy branch, cubitus missing; first anal merely a cloudy vein, second anal strong, third anal missing. Tarsi three-jointed, the first joint of different shape from the following; claws absent. Oedeagus strongly bent, the under side being twice bent and the upper thrice, the last bend being a very strong reflection at apical fourth; apex very acute. The generic name is derived from Stenocranus (the host genus) +eihog (loving), signifying a parasite of Stenocranus. Type of the genus.—Stenocranophilus quadratus Pierce. 1. STENOCRANOPHILUS QUADRATUS Pierce. Stenocranophilus quadratus Pierce, 1914, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, Pp. 127, 128: Described from one type and five paratype males bred by T. H. Jones, October 19, 1912, from two females and four nymphal Steno- cranus saccharivorus Westwood collected October 14 and 16, 1912, from sugar cane at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, and bearing the Porto Rico Sugar Planter’s Association accession number “ 847-1912.” One paratype was returned to the association. The specific name is intended to: draw attention to the quadrate form of the pronotum and the scutellum. This form of scutellum has not heretofore been found in the Halictophagidae. Male—Length, 0.9 mm.; wing expanse,2 mm. Color golden brown. A few points not given in the generic description remain to be noted. The first tarsal joint is broad, apically broadest and somewhat acute on outer angle; the point of attachment of the second is subapical at NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 479 the inner angle; the point of attachment on the second joint is dorsal and very near its base; this joint and the third are both slender at base, gradually enlarged, pulvillate beneath, apically truncate. The antennae are quite long, the stem portions of the joints being longer than usual. The last joint reaches as far back as the scutellum. The length of the praescutum and scutellum about equals that of the post- lumbium and postscutellum. Female.—Cephalothorax about 0.2 mm. long, golden yellow, not much darker behind the opening of the brood canal; almost one- quarter longer than wide; sides constricted at base, parallel at mid- dle, angulate and convergent from anterior third, sinuate at apex. Mandibles large, obtuse with outer edges marginal; front convex ex- tending beyond mandibles and separating them by a little more than their width. Opening of brood canal broad, trapezoidal. Spiracles ventral, close to margin. Type.—F our paratype males, and allotype female, Cat. No. 18813, U.S.N.M. 41. Genus AGALLIAPHAGUS Pierce. 1. A. americana Perkins; parasite of Agallia quadrinotata; Ohio. 2. AGALLIAPHAGUS UHLERI, new species. Plate 73. Described from a female from Agallia uhleri Van Duzee collected at Rocky Ford, Colorado. Female.—Cephalothorax transverse. Head occupying over one- half the length, and broadly, narrowly emarginate behind, slightly convergent on sides, slightly emarginate at base of mandibles, which are closer to the oral orifice than their widths; oral orifice large and transverse. Spiracles reaching lateral margin, but not prominent. The opening of the brood canal is short and transverse. The measurements, using the same scale as in Andrena are as follows: This species is quite different in form from A. americana, differing especially in the lesser emargination of the head. Type.—Cat. No. 21456, U.S.N.M. 42. Genus COLACINA Westwood. This genus has been transferred to the Halictophaginae because of the nearness of its habitat and host to those of Veocholaw. 1. C. insidiator Westwood; parasite of Hpora subtilis Walker, Borneo. 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. 43. Genus MEGALECHTHRUS Perkins. 1. M/. tryont Perkins; parasite of Platybrachys, species; Queens- land. V. Superfamily ELENCHOIDEA Pierce. XI. Family ELENCHIDAE Pierce. Considerable unstudied material in this family is at hand, but must remain for future consideration. Until that time it is unnecessary to prepare a table of genera. 44, Genus ELENCHUS Curtis. . EL. tenuicornis Kirby; parasites of Liburnia, species; England. . £, walkeri Curtis; host unknown; England, Ireland. . EL. templetonii Westwood; host unknown; Mauritius. . 2, melanias Perkins; parasite of a Delphacid; Hawaii. 4a. Hf. m, silvestris Perkins; parasite of a Delphacid; Hawaii. It is quite probable that this is a composite genus, but nothing can be done with it until the species can be studied. H= ©2 NO Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 48, line 35, for “ p. 385” read ‘ pl. 385.” 2. ELENCHUS WALKERI Curtis. Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 44, line 20, for ‘‘ p. 385” read “ pl. 385.” Dale (1841) records collecting males at Glenville’s Wooton, Eng- land, on June 27 and July 1, 1841. 4. ELENCHUS MELANIAS Perkins. ; Blevchus melarias PERKINS, 1910, Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. 3, pt. 6. Dec. LZ, p. 667. Following is the original description: Thorax dull brown or pitchy, head black or nearly so, abdomen black, tips of the joints of anterior tarsi pallid. Lateral branch of antennae extending nearly to their tip, second joint subglobose or subquadrate in different aspects, paler generally than the following. Wings very dark smoky black, apical dilatation of elytra deep black. Abdominal segments with interrupted white apical margins. Genital segment more or less pale within, rather broad where the sides are well angulated in front of the middle, chitinous recurved hook dilated apically and terminated in a very minute pale upturned spine. Ex- panse, 3.38 mm.; length, 1.5 mm. Male. Errata: Pierce, Gen. Insect., p. 44, line 7, after ‘pt. 6”-add “ p. 667.” 4a. ELENCHUS MELANIAS SILVESTRIS Perkins. Very like the above, but with the wings less deeply smoke colored, and the genital segment more elongate in proportion to its width. This variety also appears to be slightly smaller than the type. : Hab. Oahu, Hawaii, and females on all the other islands. The typical form described has been taken in more open country and the var. silvestris in very dense, wet forests. It infests Delphacid leaf hoppers of many species and of different genera. The var. silvestris approaches most nearly to H. tenuicornis, NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 481 but the difference between the Hawaiian specimens and the examples I refer to the latter from Europe, America, Fiji, and Australia is much greater than any distinction between the individuals of H#. tenwicornis from the above named, widely separated regions. . 45. Genus DEINELENCHUS Perkins. 1. D. australenis Perkins; paratype of Platybrachys, species; Queensland. 46. Genus LIBURNELENCHUS, new name. Mecynocera Pierce, 1908, not J. C. Thompson in Crustacea, 1888. 1. L. koebelei Pierce; parasite of Liburnia campestris Van Duzee and L. lutulenta Van Duzee; Ohio. 9. L. heidemanni, new species; parasite of Liburnia, species; Maryland. 1. LIBURNELENCHUS KOEBELEI Pierce. Mecynocera koebelei Pierce, in all previous works. Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 44, line 43, add “ Pl. 3, unnumbered figure.” 2. LIBURNELENCHUS HEIDEMANNI, new species. Plate 78, figs. 8. 9. Described from a specimen extracted from a Liburnia collected at Bay Ridge, Maryland, September 1, 1902, by the late Otto Heide- mann, and named in his honor. The thorax is in general as in L. koebelez, but the oedeagus differs greatly, as shown in the illustrations. Type.—Cat. No. 21457, U.S.N.M. 47. Genus ELENCHINUS, new genus. Male—Elongate, with slender enlongate antennae, the last joint of which would reach beyond the postlumbium. Mandibles stout, acute, over half as long as breadth between eyes; maxillae 2-jointed, the second joint longer than first. Metapraescutum, broad at base, acute at apex, not reaching the transverse scutellum. Scuti not reach- ing humeri, united behind praescutum. Parascutellum at sides of scutellum and diagonal. Scutellum truncate in front, with anterior angles diagonally truncate, posterior angles pedunculate, and base bisunuate. Postlumbium semilunar, membranous. Postscutellum elongate. Elytra very long, slender, clavate. Type of the genus—Elenchinus heidemanni, new species, from Megamelanus species; Maryland. 1. ELENCHINUS HEIDEMANNI, new species. Plate 78, figs. 10-12. Described from one male extracted from a Megamelanus, species collected at Bay Ridge, Maryland, September 1, 1902, by the late Otto Heidemann, in whose honor the species is named. 3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54—82 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. The description contained in the generic diagnosis is sufficient to delineate this species. The mandible, maxilla, and oedeagues are illustrated. The oedeagus is quite distinct from that of Lzburnelenchus. Type.—Cat. No. 21458, U.S.N.M. , 48. Genus ELENCHOIDES Pierce. 1. E. perkinsi Pierce; parasite of Perkinsiella vitensis Kirkaldy, Fiji. 49. Genus PENTAGRAMMAPHILA Pierce. 1. P. uhleri Pierce, parasite of Pentagramma vittatifrons Uhler; “-Dacota.” GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE STREPSIPTERA. In Bulletin 66, on pages 171-178, the writer presented a tabulation of the distribution of the host species according to the faunal re- gions described by Wallace. There were at that time records of parasitism by Strepsiptera on 50 genera and 238 species of hosts, distributed as follows: Species. Nearctic, subdivision— TR a rs ae ere Le EEL at ena ne oi ea Ti pace ica a ee OAs eee SA TA RR ES aay ge a eee ec A ee 14 eS a oe R= Mp Sep we Me RR aS eet pe SY ia 2 ea Seaestic, sell a Fan cir 69 Ad meted es ee A A ee 0 HY DY) eben ee ey dae pre BON ie roe aS Bea oe mE Ene een re ES pee GT eee 90 byl ahaha cn tea ahand te fine 2 ely I = a apilgin A pe pe SED APR Lng TA ae liah a sd 3 DS NESE A A AARD REL 5 AEP UATE ESOS EE A OS SIS A _ AES 10 BUDE AA EERE | Ba. DEAL ES OBIE oe oes Se Tas) eee ee 3 Al to Situs ed _epeeptrenan gece tn teeth ee eel Apia Dee 3 D0 1 AO BS ae ca Rl ae PTI ch ect Resin abe ppp A ou 19 Palaearctic, subdivision— shoe a” Beate, he Dare By Ege! eee re i RO eee) UR ih ot wep SRE eS 1 2) TU BIAS 7 ha ike ARE ARG BEN MEGS OND estates LENE Wel GEL peak kamen PAS Cy 19 eS ed he RRC 85) A DAR VAS VC ee 0 Ai 2 PASE ONS. AEN TEE DOES 2 BES CR ee Pee ee a deo. Shee oe ee eS 2 Potala = We Ae, Se seh. gh EAS eae age PE ee recipe a iron Were 91 Ethiopian, subdivision— . UP IMO Ua ga a ag ee) A NS CERT BSA SMI a EEE eg CO 2: De ic UNA W MBUNEN be OD Rear Lhe. 2A LS. SoS PRES NY READ Bk ye 0 Sie PE EAR SANE ALS EA ARRERRD LGEA TS DN Se ak eh eee 1 ANTAL Es Ea e S E aie iaeeere SO e Rett CMC Re ETS “ACES a ae Ae eran 0 Totall ee kk Pst SAO OPE RRL eS ee 3} No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIBRCE. 483 Oriental, subdivision— ib teenth Ce eee Re ee SL Key Rie ees ee 3 atl ON De Bk Ns Ny NS Ele aly ST UO IE Ao RS ee Oa me 5 a Ba epee dae ream oeloey ea ane SIN pny eia apenas wl SoS gene ret ae eS 4 ANTS Re tea eee Sag ees Meares a Pe ey ea see Se ak hy 3 A es 2 Pe NTN GFE z 1) Re a PTE le Ng SU a ee ae es Se er 14 5] Soe Py 20 Ee rag Me ao ene ee eat dah ot as SSE oe te 3 5 ae WP TEI SSO a Na Da Se Se alr FP ee OO ie SO See DRS Ey Ie A ie Eee he eee Se eA 3 Us bh eM NEE WON Meee IN SES ee Sd SE AE ee Se Be ee ee ee, ee ee 0 PUN feeb Sa ae Hr Teg Sees lar aC A ee se = A Sk 23 In the following table the distribution of described parasites is tabulated for comparison. It is interesting to note that species are now described from all the geographical faunal subdivisions except four, South Africa, Central Asia, Southwest South America, and New Zealand. These regions have been the least studied entomolog- ically, but it is to be expected that they will some day furnish many interesting species. VOL. 54. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 484 & z v € G & (4 € G € (4 T ‘uBlelysny "[eqUolO, uvidoryy at “Oly voR[e ‘[eotdo1j00N “O1VIVEN, weet eww we a ners ee gCoOU Avan sl “= ***souUOXxTZA OBL, TIT] Biuderqouow Cpe wae CEN tee eae Bee “"">*"=souexopnosg “- == SHU yyooysesouolog pre SOS souexetdse | -**souexX SF Tce se SS-° BI IOTA GTS) Bee Oe ee ORS Cera Heke IOC elyAajooridy eee eo Ge a ae ete a Sige cme sn{iydoso,yoosny Fa RO OSS ROR aes sr resress == sqorAqsoqoleH Se ae wiet Geom ae eae See ee “7* "= snqTydoqoreH “== *souexo ole H Pages akaiy eed hat teas adele spent Pcleig sigs ees OB DION ic Ags che hoeed pete mcm Katee Sa ae “77 *esniqyoe[AH TTI eepraoofd ee ee ee meee sdor q{sRIed ~-*sdo[A4sooN ~>-sdopAqsoig ~-sdo[A4seqe x, ~*--==sdopAqyg “*--- eepidopA4g Ss iso Wee a XeLOMDOUCRS) ee TEP OSES Seen tog “*""xelOdoULIA TY Boe eo “"*"9Bplov[OOSUTIA te te Oe Fa OC eae OBO souextIod0sAIyO CE Atel eal See ges Seem peak > saree 3 souextieydyye,) uct cinig Che leg Sais CIE = Sep igs ets oepluoxtiey aye Boplouox BUleIOYONS ““aBpI}VMLaIIOYOI}S -*"Baplojeuer4OYOryS Be OO Bae iat. eae -"*= 8190020190, ica I oN a a grag ae ese thie sdo[Ayso1sn-y "7" "= BITTHesueyL Se Spee oVPT[MasUay “7""* BI9DOZOLLI, cos ressssBas UO, PN eee Bae wets a coe Gee GU eepPlosuojy er eet, ta rere tke eoploogsuoayy “aon fo suorbes jnorydniboab ayy 07 Burpsooon vuajdisda.jg Jo sawads paqiiosap ayy fo uoyngussip fo 19D], 485 4 MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCH. NO. 2242, **7>=>>pproas J0J [2907 puvay Filia Wesel cnet ree “spe 104 [eUOTs0Yy i oc Sy Re eg ee a Boployoudl it SNIYZWO [VI “""*BUTORTO,) ee at Raia a gains SO Sead ““snsey dees y Se ES ene eek ACS ~-snjrjdoue1000e}9 ---""==* souextosy dec ies PREM does ey ae eae ee **SsouexB1B00 4.14, ) *B190020 U0. “""*=xeB[OUS00N “"B.1QD0 PROVO “*** SOUS OT[NIA J Bee rite SOU9X0S1}}0\, eae snseydoqoye ty ~ovprsey do oer IDG ios ioc oS aa B1I900Z01(f Pee OOOO OR AOC 2 aie aii pecan eBpl1000Z01( | ~-*- vaprloseydoqoiyet{ Soe Ge se en er Stes one SOUDXBIV SS ele etna gto sniyyyoouorydtpaog ways -**- ery d yuo post ROE ERS Tee eases ~*> = sdojruroyy Beate Bese ss gas ‘snqyoomyery3do 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. The knowledge of the distribution of host species has been greatly increased since Bulletin 66 was published, and we may therefore pre- sent a revised summary for contract with the list of described species: Distribution of host species and described parasite species according to regions. Host species. Described parasites, : Subdi- | Region. aoe a | a Visite aa Regional Aare Regional totals. SO | wcotals totals. totals. : | NOALCEH OC s25 esc ds oc ck osoba ha tboueeece eee eteemaete 1 ISH cetessves | Silesivesdede 2 98-5 .e-aohed | Ade |i Oo 8 3 AUS ilcaceceocas | Fis | tees 4 ib 160 1 94 WNeotropicali=s a) e2-s-s-see = ee ee see ae eee eae 1 3) ee eeee oe Ob) saree ctete elle gf bl ce Di eeroencennote 3 Silcsceeeeees Obie aeaeaads 4 4 21 4 9 IPAlAGaretic:ss soi cate wnem sem mice atc aie meraa nena 1 (ol ep eet Di | eee 2 23 aosac coun e 85152 stemiaede 3 Oivscecstewes Ohl Seerese see 4 3 99 1 30 if hiOplan ese er eee eepeneee eee ee ae ceererrr as 1 os sseccoe ON oso Z 11 ae ee ea ge he eee a 3 i il [ashes am gt TriSsats soasere 4 0 7 1 3 Orientals... vasadecat stele cceomebe es Ease ee Accel 1 el SOP Be 2 eee ee 2 63/53 54-e5- 2) pepismioctsiete 3 | Deere eae Sf sssse ee 4 9 27 10 17 Wustralian . = cececacinsesmec he soscice iiseelesere~ seictisece 1 th eee ee Py Se mse 2 20) omiememertes (nese sere cto 3 B-lerjedeasnoe 1g a 4 0 27 0 11 Total for world.....-..----------------2+------ fsceeceeceeleee cee eee) Se Peete ca 174, | | It will be seen from the foregoing table that only half of the recorded parasites are described. About 30 of the undescribed species are in the possession of the author and will furnish material for further studies. The indications are that tropical regions will ultimately yield more species than the temperate regions, which now stand highest because of the more intensive collecting done in them. HOST LIST. The following additions to the host list may be made: HOMOPTERA. Superfamily CICADOIDEA. Family CICADELLIDAE (TETIGONIIDAE). Tribe CICADELLINI (TETIGONIINI). Cicadella Latreille (Z'ettigoniella Bergroth) : spectra Distant, Cey- lon (EK. E. Green, 1912). PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 2 wes oi ee eee ee ee ee nn Ser telah atetesabetetaien a "ZOOGEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS (Arrén WALLA 1876) (To face page 486.) 18. 8343 Byres Ane ix sie PR, Yer t , ee oe ¥ ae ant we Weithe | Beat be ae. 44 No. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 487 Oncometopia Stal. lateralis Fabricius (determined by O. Heidemann), Egypt, Georgia (W. H. Finn): (male, male puparia, larva); Dacyr- tocara oncometopiae Pierce. undata Fabricius (determined by O. Heidemann)— 1. Shreveport, Louisiana (I. W. Mally); (male exuvium). 2. Thomasville, Georgia, (G. D. Smith); (females); Da- cyrotocara undata Pierce. Tribe PHRYNOMORPHINI. Deltocephalus Burmeister : sandersi, Clarksville, Tennessee, November 10, 1915 (S. E. Crumb). Tribe EURYMELINI. Agallia Curtis: species, Virginia Beach, Virginia, commonly parasitized. (EK. S. Schwarz, E. S. G. Titus.) uhleri Van Duzee (determined by O. Heidemann)— 1. Santa Cruz Mountains, California; (male exuvium). 2. Rocky Ford, Colorado, (H. O. Marsh), July 26, 1912 (male pupa and exuvium): August 24, 1912 (male exuvium); August 26, 1912 (females); September 1. 1909 (male exuvium); September 22, 1909 (female, triungulinids, male exuvium; Agalliaphagus uhleri Pierce. Superfamily FULGOROIDEA. Family ASIRACIDAE. Perkinsiella Kirkaldy : saccharicida Kirkaldy, Java, F. Muir (male); Auirivenos per- kinsiellae Pierce. Phenice Westwood: modesta Westwood, Java, F. Muir. Dicranotropis Fieber: muirt Wirkaldy, Java, F. Muir (male); Muirixenos dicrano- tropidis Pierce. Liburnia Stal: campestris Van Duzee, Columbus, Ohio, August 11 (males), Au- gust 17 (females) ; Liburnelenchus koebelei Pierce (Mecyno- cera) (Collection U. S. National Museum), (Pierce 1909, Bull. 66, p. 178). : lutulenta Van Duzee. 1. Columbus, Ohio, August 11 (male) ; Liburnelenchus koebeleit Pierce. (dMecynocera), (Hlenchus tenuicornis Perkins), (Perkins 1905; Pierce 1909; Bull. 66, p. 178). . 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Stenocranus Fieber: saccharivora Westwood, Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, on sugar cane, October 14-19, 1912 (T. H. Jones), (males) ; November, 19138 (T. H. Jones), (males and females) ; Stenocranophilus quad- ratus Pierce (Pierce 1914). Delphax Uatreille: striatella Fabricius, Poltava, Russia , May, 4-7; (males, females) : Delphacixenos anomatlocerus Pinres Family POEKILLOPTERIDAKE. Subfamily TROPIDUCHINAE. Ossoides Bierman: lineatus Bierman, Semarang, Java, June and July, 1905 (Kd- ward Jacobson), (male); Veocholaxw jacobsoni Meijere (Mei- jere 1911). Family LOPHOPIDAE. Pyrilla Stal: aberrans Distant, Pusa, Bihar, India, on sugar cane, August, 1907, March 15, 1913, May 23,1914. (C.S. Misra), (males and females) ; Pyrillowenos quadratus Pierce (Pierce 1914). pusana Distant, Pusa, Bihar, India, on sugar cane (C. S. Misra). Family EURYBRACHYDIDAE. Platybrachys Stal (%): species (determined by O. Heidemann as Lurybrachys), Cairns, Queensland ; Deinelenchus australensis Perkins (Perkins 1905) (Correction to Bulletin 66). genus, new: species, Queensland; July, 1904, Megalechthrus tryont Perkins (Perkins 1905) (Correction to Bulletin 66). HETEROPTERA. Family PENTATOMIDAE. Subfamily SCUTELLARINAE. Chrysocoris Hahn: grandis Thunberg, Siam, (received from F. Muir); (females) Chrysocorixenos siamensis Pierce. Calliphara Amyot and Serville: billiardieret Fabricius, (male and female) Amboina (F. Muir) ; (females and triungulinids) ; Callipharivenos muiri Pierce. NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 489 HYMENOPTERA. Superfamily VESPOIDEA. Family EUMENIDAE. Eumenes Latreille: fenestralis Saussure, Abyssinia, (female), (LL. von Heyden 1867). maxillosa DeGeer, (tinctor Christ), Abyssinia, (female), (L. von Heyden 1867). flavopicta Blanchard, (determined by S. A. Rohwer) Larat, (females, males), (F. Muir), (females, male pupa, exuvium, triungulinids). species No. 2, Larat, (male), F. Muir, (female, triungulinids). species No. 8, Larat, (male), F. Muir, (female). Odynerus Latreille: chloroticus Spinola, Abyssinia, (female), (LL. von. Heyden 1867). (Stenodynerus) toas Cresson variety (determined by Rohwer), Albuquerque, New Mexico, (No. 2934), (male) Pseudoxenos neomexicana Pierce. jirmus Cresson (determined by Rohwer) Cedar Point, Ohio, June 19, 1913, (J. B. Parker), (female). species, new, rBaeean, Arizona, August 24, 1913, on cotton (W. D. Pierce), (females). Family VESPIDAE. Vespa Linnaeus: acuta (sic) Germany (Ann. Soc., Ent. Fr., 1835, vol. 4, p. xlv.). Vespula Thomson: carolina Linnaeus (male), (determined by Rohwer), Clarksville, Tennessee, October 19, 1915, (S. E. Crumb), (puparium). Polistes Latreille: anaheimensis Provancher (male), (determined by Rohwer), Auburn, California. July 28, 1915 (L. Bruner), (female), AXenos californicus Pierce. annularis Linnaeus 10. Louisville, Nebraska (7 females). August 2, 1914 (H. A. Jones, E. G. Anderson), (males), AX enos palliches Brues. 11. Omaha, Nebraska (female), August 20, 1913 (L. T. Wil- liams), (females), Yenos pallidus Brues. 12. New Orleans, Louisiana (Ed. Foster). aurifer Saussure, (determined by Rohwer), Auburn, California (female), August 14, 1915, (L. Bruner), (female), XYenos aurifert Pierce. bellicosus Cresson, Stone Cabin Cafion, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, August 24, 1913, on Thurberia (W. D. Pierce, (pu- paria). 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. canadensis Linnaeus, Paraguay, (Bohls), (male, female, triun- gulinids) ; Xenos bohlsi Hoffman. crinitus Felton (americanus Fabricius). 3. New Orleans, Loui- siana (Ed. Foster). hebraeus Fabricius. 2. Pusa, Bihar, India, April 12, 1911 (G. R. Dutt), (female, males). major P. B. (determined by Rohwer), District Federal, Mexico (J. R. Inda), (4 male exuviae, 4 male pupae). minor Beauvais. New Orleans, Louisiana (Kd. Foster). rubiginosus Lepeletier. 12. New Orleans, Louisiana (Kd. Foster). variatus Cresson (determined by Rohwer), 4. Clarksville, Ten- nessee, November 10, 1915 (S. E. Crumb), (4 male exuviae). 5. Lanham, Maryland, November 24, 1915 (H. F. Loomis), (females, male pupa). Meganthopus Ducke (Polybia Lepeletier) : flavitarsis Saussure, Stone Cabin Cafion, Santa Rita Mountains. Arizona, taken at its nest, August 25, 1913 (W. D. Pierce). Superfamily SPHECOIDEA. Family SPHECIDAE. Sphew Linnaeus (Ammophila, Psammophila) : heydeni Dahlbom (Morice, 1913). pictipennigs Wahbom (determined by Rohwer), Falls Church, Virginia, August 14, 1914 (G. M. Greene). tydet Guillon 2. (Morice, 19138). yarrowi Cresson. Tucson, Arizona, August 24, 1913 (W. D. Pierce), (male, female). Priononyx Dahlbom: utrata Lepeletier. 2. New Orleans, Louisiana (Ed. Foster). Ammobia Billberg. 1820 replaced Proterosphex Fernald 1905 ac- cording to S. A. Rohwer. Family BEMBICIDAE. Stizus Latreille (Bembecinus Costa, Stizomorphus Costa) : peregrinus Smith, Corcyra; Paraxenos erbert Saunders (S. S. Saunders, 1872) (correction to Bulletin 66). ruficornis Fabricius (female) (determined by Rohwer) (S. diés- tinguendus Handlirsch). Jericho, Palestine. April 8, 1909 (F. D. Morice, 1913). species, (Perez, 1886) (correction to Bulletin 66). species, Australia (Perkins, 1905, 91) (correction to Bulletin 66). NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. AY] Bembix Fabricius: species, Australia (Perkins, 1905, 91; 1906 in letter) (correction to Bulletin 66). texana Cresson; New Orleans, Louisiana (Ed. Foster). Family MUTILLIDAE. Sphaerophthalma Blake: fenestrata Lepeletier ; New Orleans, Louisiana (Ed. Foster). Family LARRIDAE. Tachysphex Wohl: maculicornis Saunders (female), Biskra, Algeria, June 19, 1907 (in Saunders Coll., Natural History Museum, South Kensing- ton, England), (F’. D. Morice, 1911, 1918). Family PROSOPIDAE. Palaeoriza Perkins: eboracina Cockerell, Australia (Perkins, 1912). turneriana Cockerell, Australia (Perkins, 1912). Prosopis Fabricius: mesillae Cockerell, Arizona (C. F. Baker 2522) ; Colorado (1414; 304 Metz). Family ANDRENIDAE. Nomia Latreille: stylopicta Strand, Tanganika-See, Africa (Strand 1911). Andrena Fabricius: ' bisalicis Viereck (determined by H. L. Viereck) Alabama (fe- male); Stylops bisalicidis Pierce. bisalicis Viereck variety (determined by H. L. Viereck), Devils Lake (6 miles southwest), North Dakota, May 5, 1916, on Amelanchier (J. Silver) (female); Stylops diabola Pierce. ceanothi Viereck (Trachandrena) (male), Montgomery County, Maryland, June 12, 1916, on Ceanothus americanus (J. C. Crawford) ; (male and female in copula). cressoni Robertson, variety (determined by H. L. Viereck). 2. Ogden, Utah, May 16, 1915 (A. Wetmore), (female). erigeniae Robertson. 3. (determined by J. C. Crawford), Plummer’s Island, Maryland, March 29, 1915, on Evrythronium ameri- canum (J. C. Crawford) (females); Stylops erigeniae Pierce, type. 4. (determined by H. L. Viereck), Maryland, near Plum- mer’s Island, March 21, 1915 (J. C. Crawford) (fe- male), Stylops erigeniae Pierce. 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54, 5. (determined by H. L. Viereck), same place and date, on Claytonia virginica (Crawford, No. 4025) (female) ; Stylops erigeniae Pierce. grandior multiplicatiformis Viereck (determined by H. L. Viereck), Big Fork, Montana, June 21, 1904 (females) ; Stylops grandior Pierce. imitatrix fenningert Viereck (determined by H. L. Viereck), Falls Church, Virginia, April 14 (N. Banks) (female). imitatrix tewana Cresson (determined by H. L. Viereck). 2. Texas (female). medionitans Cockerell (determined by T. D. A. Cockerell), Florissant, Colorado, June 24, on Cerasus melanocarpa (T. D. A. Cockerell) (females); Stylops medionitans Pierce. moésta Smith (determined by H. L. Viereck) (male) Govan, Washington, March 29, 1911 (J. A. Hyslop; (females) ; Stylops moéstae Pierce. nasoni Robertson (determined by H. L. Viereck). 3. Mary- land, near Plummers Island, April 16, 1916, on Salkia humilis, H. L. Viereck (female). neonana Viereck (paratype), Georgia (collection Philadelphia Entomological Society) (female) ; Stylops neonanae Pierce. vicina Smith (determined by H. L. Viereck). 3. Plummer’s Island, Maryland, April 20, 1916, on Dentaria laciniata (A. H. Pottinger) (females); Stylops vi- cinae Pierce. 4, Lahaway, Ocean County, New Jersey, on Gaylussacia frondosa (female and triungulinids) ; Stylops vicinae Pierce. 5. (determined by J. C. Crawford), Cabin John Bridge, Maryland, May 16, 1916, on Barbarea barbarea (A. H. Pottinger) (female), Stylops vicinae Pierce. 6. (determined by T. D. A. Cockerell) Salina, Colorado, April 14, on Berberis repens (W. P. Cockerell) (fe- male) ; Stylops vicinae Pierce. 7. (determined by T. D. A. Cockerell), Boulder, Colorado, April 17, 1908, on Crataegus coloradensis (S. A. Roh- wer) (female) ; Stylops vicinae Pierce. . determined by H. L. Viereck), Plummer’s Island, Mary- land, April 16, 1915 (J. C. Crawford) (females) ; Sty- lops vicinae Pierce. Halictus Latreille: sparus Robertson (determined by Crawford). 3. Vienna, Virginia, April 18, on Salix tristis (R. A. Cush- man) (Crawford, No. 4592) (female). (oe) NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTHRA—PIBPRCE. 493 4. Camps Springs, Maryland, May 11, 1916, on Potentilla pumilo (A. H. Pottinger). Family PANURGIDAE. Panurginus Nylander: innuptus Cockerell, West Point, Nebraska, August 10 (male, female) ; Crawfordia pulvinipes Pierce (Pierce 1904 records - as Panurginus, new species). californicus Cresson (determined by J. C. Crawford), Los An- geles County, California (D. L. Coquillett) (females) ; Craw- fordia californica Pierce. Panurgus Panzer: cavannae Gribodo, Jericho, Palestine, April, 1889; April 7, 1909 (Morice, 1913). BIBLIOGRAPHY. New references, corrections, and omissions from previous bibliograpHfies. ANONYMOUS. * 1835. Note in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 4, p. xLy. Cites Vespa acuta and Polistes gallica as hosts of Strepsiptera. BASTIN, HAROLD. * 1913. Insects, Their Life Histories and Habits. Frederick A. Stokes, New York, pp. 46, 83, 188. Refers to the family Stylopidae, Coleoptera. Brues, CHARLES THOMAS and MELANDER, A. L. * 1915. Key to the Families of North American Insects. Rumford Press, Concord, N. H., pp. 2, 6, 10, 41, 42, pl. 8, figs. 169, #70, 171, 172, 175. Only four families of Strepsiptera are given in the key for North America. The authors have reduced my superfamilies to families and include Stylops in the Xenidae. It would be impossible to run a male Strepsipteron to the order in the key to the orders on page 6. In description of plate 8 Caenocholaz is placed in Xenidae. CurtTIs, JOHN. * 1828. Styiops Dalii, British Entomology, pl. 226. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 205. * 1831. Elenchus Walkeri, British Entomology, pl. 385. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 205. * 1832. Halictophagus Curtisii Dale, British Entomology, pl. 433. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 205. DALE, JAMES CHARLES. * 1841. Stylops kirbii. Wlenchus waiker. WHalictophagus curtisii. The En- tomologist (Newman’s), vol. 1, No. 11; pp. 174, 175. New records. DEEGENER, P. *1912. Sinnesorgane, Handbuch der Entomologie. Band 1, lief. 1, Kap. 8, p. 151; Lief 2, Kap. 3, pp. 196, 197, figs. 180 A-C. * Those marked with an asterisk have been examined by the author. 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. FLEMING, JOHN. * 1822. The Philosophy of Zoology, p. 479. Refers to Stylops and Zenos. Fow Ler, WILLIAM W. * 1891. The Coleoptera of the British Islands, vol. 5, pp. 458-458, pl. 180 figs. T-10. Refers to Stylops dalii Curt. (p. 457, fig. 7), S. kirbii Leach (p. 457), 8. melittae Kirby (p. 457, fig. 8), Hlenchus tenuicornis Kirby (p. 458, fig. 9), Halictophagus curtisii Dale (p. 459, fig. 10). GEGENBAUR. 1859. Grundziige der vergleichenden Anatomie, ed. 1 (ed. 2, 1870). GILL, THEODORE NICHOLAS. * 1906. Remarks. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 8, p. 44 (correction of Bulle- tin 66, p. 207). GREEN, Hpwarp Ernest. * 1910. Homoptera infested by Stylops. Spolia Zeylandica, vol. 7, pt. 25, Sept., p. 55. Record of Thompsoniella arcuata parasitized. * 1912. Strepsiptera in India, Nature. August 22, 1912. GRorE, AUGUSTUS RADCLIFFE. * 1886. Book notice: Systematic Review of Fossil Myriopods, Arachnoids and Insects: By Samuel H. Scudder, Can. Ent., vol. 18, p. 100, May. Changes Triaena Menge (preoccupied) to Mengea, new name, (This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 207.) HANDILIRSCH, ANTON. * 1908. Die Fossilen Insekten und die Phylogenie der Rezenten Formen. Abschnitt 1, p. 883; Abschnitt 6, pp. 1175, 1184, 1189; Abschnitt 7, pp. 1199, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1205, 1207, 1210, 1219) 1215) 1218) 1221, 1285, 1287. Horprt, MANVALI. * 1897. Imenotteri, Neurotteri, Pseudoneurotteri, Ortotteri e Rincoti Italiana, Entomologia, vol. 4, pp. 641-645. Treats of Strepsitteri. HorrMan, R. W. *1913. Zur Embryonalentwicklung der Strepsipteren, Nachr. K. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen Math.-Phys. Klasse, 1913. Gives the embryology of specimens from unknown host from Paraguay. 1914. Die embryonalen Vorgiinge bei den Strepsipteren und ihre Deutung, Verhandl. d. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., Jahresv. 24. * 1914. Uber eigenartige Missbildungen an Strepsipteren Triunguliniformen, sowie Diagnose einer neuen Strepsipteren-Art, Zool. Anz., vol. 45, No. 3, pp. 99-106, figs. 1-8b, Nov. 13. Describes Xenos bohlsi and an aberrant triungulinid, and also an aberrant triungulinid of Hupathocera specidarum Dutour. HorMGren, NILS. 1904. Ueber vivipare Insecten, Zool. Jahrb., vol. 19, pp. 458, 459, 461. Refers to Strepsiptera. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66. HOULBERT, CONSTANT. i * 1894. Rapports naturels et phylogénie des principales familles de Colé- optéres, Bull. des Sci. Naturelles, Paris, vol. 4, pp. 79, 80, 85, 93, 147, 148, 155, 158, 165, March to May. Refers to Stylopides and Strepsiptéres and places Strepsiptera at head of Serie Ténébrionienne, order Coleoptera. pI NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 495 INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. * 1911. Opinion 36. Smithsonian Institution, Publication 2013, pp. 84-86. July. The commission is of the opinion that the original publication of Triowocera, Diowocera, and Pentowocera make it evident that an error of transcription (seu transliteration) is present, and that these names be amended to read Z'riozocera, Diozocera and Pentozocera. JACOBSON, GEORGE G. *1905. #Kyxu Pocciu u sanagHou epponst, St. Petersburg, pt. 1, pp. 11, 12, 20:01, Of, 00, HES; olen 2 = pio, Dp ab, 116. 120: Refers to Xenidae (Stylopidae). *1913. dKyxu Pocciu u sanaguon eppoun, pt. 10, pl. 80, fig. 9, Xenos vesparum. JEANNEL, RENE. * 1918. Insectes Strepsiptéres, Voyage de Ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en Afrique Orientale (1911-1912), pp. 1-8, pl. 1, and a photo, April 23, 1918. Paris. Albert Schultz. Describes T'ettigoxenos cladoceras, new genus, new species. JoLy, NICOLAS. * 1844. Sur les Strepsiptéres, par le professeur Ch. F. de Siebold, Rev. Zool. ser. 1, vol. 7, pp. 111-118. A review. Kose, H. J. * 1893. Hinfiihrung in die Kenntniss der Insekten. Berlin, pp. 150, 152, 157, 158, 186, 264, 286, 298, 406, 628. Speaks of single facetted eye of female, but must mean the cephalothoracic spiracle. LACORDAIRE, JEAN THEODORE. * 1859. Famille LVIII. Stylopides, Gen. Coleop., vol. 5, pp. 634-647. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 209. LATREILLE, PIERRE ANDRE. * 1809. Genera Crust. et Insect., vol. 4, p. 388. Placed Stylops in Diptera, Tribe III, Phthiromyiae. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 210. Lea, ARTHUR M. * 1910. On a new genus of Stylopidae from Australia, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1910, pt. 4, December, pp. 514-516, pl. 66. Describes Austrostylops gracilipes Lea. LEACH, WILLIAM ELForRD. 1815. Entomology. The Edinburgh Encyclopaedia, vol. 9, pp. 117, 118. * 1830. Reprint of above. Refers to Order Strepsiptera, genera Stylops and Xenops. MEIJERE, J. C. H. DE. * 1911. Bemerkungen zu den javanischen Strepsipteren Parastylops flagel- latus de Meij. und Halictophagus jacobsoni de Meij., Tijd. voor Ent., vol. 54, pp. 255-257, 1 fig., Dec. 31. MEINERT, FRIEDRICH VILHELM AUGUST. 1896. Bidrag-til Strepsipterernes Naturhistorie, Ent. Meddel., Bd. 5, Heft 4, pp. 148-182, fig. 1-4. This is a correction to the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 211. Morice, F D. *1911. V. Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. The Sphegidae, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 99. 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. ‘** 1918. A note concerning certain cases of stylopisation, Entom. Month. Mag., ser. 2., vol. 24, pp. 258-254. November. Records parasitism of Tachysphex maculicornis, Stizus distinguendus, Am mophila (Psammophila) tydei, Ammophila heydeni, and Panurgus cavannae. NaAssonow, NicHoLAs (NIKOLAI VIKTROVICH NASSONOV). * 1893. Position des Strepsiptéres dans le systéme selon les données, du developpement postembryonal et de l’anatomie, Travaux du Congres In- ternationale de Zoologie 4 Moscou, 1892. Extract, 11 pages. PERKINS, R. C. L. * 1910. Strepsiptera, Fauna Hawaiiensis., vol. 3, pt. 4, Dec. 17. Describes Hlenchus melanias and its variety silvestris. *1912. Notes with descriptions of new species, on aculeate Hymenoptera of the Australian Region, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1912, p. 108. PIERCE, WILLIAM DwicHT. * 1909. A monographie revision of the twisted winged insects comprising the Order Strepsiptera Kirby, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 66, pp. i—xiii, 1-282, plates 1-15, 3 text figs., 1 map. *1911a. Notes on insects of the order Strepsiptera, with descriptions of new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, No. 1884, pp. 487-511, May 17. *1911b. Strepsiptera, Gen. Insectorum, fase. 121, pp. 1-54, plates 1-5, 1 text fig., July. * 1914. Descriptions of two new species of Strepsiptera parasitic on sugar- cane insects, Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash., vol. 16, pp. 126-129, Sep. 26. Describes Stenocranophilus quadratus, new genus and new species, and Pyril- lorenos compactus new genus and new species. Reuter, O. M. * 1913. Lebensgewohnheiten und Instinkte der Insekten bis zum Hrwachen der sozialen Instinkte, Berlin, R. Friedlinder und Sohn, pp. 48, 49, DA oes R6scH, PAUL. * 1913. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Entwicklungsgeschichte der Strepsip- teren, Jenaische Zeitschr. f. Naturwiss., vol. 50, Heft. 1, pp. 97-146, figs. 1-8, pls. V-VIII. April 18. RouHwER, S. A. -*1911. Descriptions of new species of wasps with notes on described spe- cies, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, No. 1887, pp. 581, 582. Records Tachytes wenoferus Rohwer as parasitized from Deesa, India. ROLLESTON,. GEORGE. * 1860. Forms of Animal Life, p. exi. Rosst, PETER. * 1793. Observations sur un nouveau genre d’insecte voisin des Ichneu- mons, Bull. Soc. Philom., vol. 1, p. 49, pl. IV, figs. 5A and B. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 213. * 1794. Fauna Etrusca, Mant. App., vol. 2, pp. 114-116, plate 7, figs. B and b. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 213. ScuppEr, SAMUEL HUBBARD. * 1886. Systematic review of our present knowledge of fossil insects, in- cluding Myriapods and Arachnids, U. S. Dept. Interior, Geol. Surv., Bull. 31, p. 69. SmiruH, GEOFFREY, and Hamm, A. H. * 1914. Studies in the experimental analysis of sex. Part 11. On Stylops and stylopisation, Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., n. s. No. 239 (vol. 60, pt. 8), pp. 4385-461, pls. 32-35. September. No, 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF TILE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 497 STEPHENS, JAMES FRANCIS. * 1867. Illustrations of British Entomology, Supplement, p. 18, pl. 47. Figures Stylops melittae. STRAND, HMBRIK. 1911. Neue afrikanische Bienen der Gattung Nomia, Jahrb. Nassau. ver. Naturk., Jahrg. 64, p. 124. TEMPLETON, ROBERT. * 1841. Description of a new Strepsipterous insect, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. vol. 3, pp. 51-56. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 216. te TERRY. * 1912. Note in Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., 1910, vol. 2, pt. 4, p. 163, April. WESTWOOD, JOHN OBADIAH. 1839. Notice of a minute parasite inhabiting the larva of the Stylopidae; and upon the animal produced from the eggs of Meloe, Trans. Ent. Soe. London, ser. 1, vol. 2, pt. 3, pp. 184-188, pl. 15, figs. 18, 14. The first figures of the triungulinids showing mouth parts. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 217. EXPLANATION OF ILLUSTRATIONS. C.=coxa. Met. st.=metasternum. }.=elytron. P.=prothorax. em.=epimeron. palp.=maxillary palpus. es.=episternum. pas.=parascutellum. F.=femur. P. em.=proepimeron. H.=head. P. 1.=postlumbium. hem.=hypoepimeron. pr.=praescutum. Mes.=mesothorax. preal.=prealare. Mes. em.—=mesoepimeron. psl.=postscutellum, Mes. ep.=mesepimeron. P. st.=prosternum. Mes. es.=mesepisternum. pt.—pleurotergite. Mes. sl.=mesoscutellum. se.=scutum. Mes. st.=mesosternum. sl.=scutellum. Met.=metathorax. st.=sternum. Met. em.=metepimeron. T.=trochanter. Met. ep.=metepimeron. W.=wing. Met. es.=metepisternum. Ist A.=first abdominal segment. Met. pr.=metapraescutum. 2nd A.=second abdominal segment. Met. preal.=metaprealare. 9=ninth abdominal segment. Met. sl.=metascutellum. i?=tenth abdominal segment. it PLATE 64. Mengeoidea. Mengeidae. Fic. 1. Mengea tertiaria, male, author’s interpretation of Menge’s drawing. 2-10. Triozocera terana, male, collected at light, at Victoria, Texas, July 4, 1908, by J. D. Mitchell. 2.—Venter of thorax, showing only basal portions of one wing and one of each pair of legs. 38.—Dorsal view of half of prothorax and mesothorax, with elytron removed, to illus- trate protuberance over spiracle. 4.—Dorsal view of half of prothorax and mesothorax, with elytron in position. 5.—Ventral view of half of mesothorax showing spiracle and base of trochanter. 6.—Outline 3348—19— Proe.N.M.vol.54——33 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. of same showing direction of trachea. 7.—Side view of posterior. por- tion of metathorax and base of abdomen to show position of first abdominal spiracle. 8.—Side view of oedeagus. 9.—Side view of posterior tarsus. 10.—Dorsal view of male. Author’s illustrations. PLATE 65. Mengeoidea. Mengeidae. Triozocera mexicana collected at Cordoba, Vera Cruz, Mexico, by A. Fenyes. Figs. 1-10. 1.—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Profile of eye. 3.—Structure of antenna at junction of fourth and fifth joints. 4—Mandible and maxilla. 5.—Another view of maxilla. 6.—Dorso-lateral view of male. 7.— Ventro-lateral view of metathorax, showing especially the form of the episternum, the coxae, and trochanters. 8.—Portion of meta- thorax, same view as 6, to show relations of scutum to adjoining parts. 9.—Side view of posterior portions of metathorax and base of abdomen, showing position of first abdominal spiracle. 10.— Oedeagus. Author’s illustrations, PLATE 66. Mengenillidae. Fics. 1—4. T’etrozocera santchii collected at Kairouan, Algeria, August, 1907, by F. Santchi. 1—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Ventral view of head and thorax, showing portions of one leg of each pair. 3.—\Lateral view. 4.—KEnlarged lateral view on opposite side of anterior portions. 5. Austrostylops gracilipes, from Australia. Author’s interpretation of Lea’s drawing. 6,7. Mengenilla chobautii collected at Ain Sefra, Algeria, in 1896, by A. Chobaut. Drawn from Hofeneder’s original illustrations. 6.— Dorsal view of head and thorax. 7.—lLateral view. Author’s illustrations. PLATE 67. Stichotrematoidea. Stichotrematidae. Pies. 1-5. Stichotrema dallatorreanum collected in the Schouten Islands. 1.— Dorsal view of first larva. 2.—Ventral view of first larva. 3.— Side view of head and thorax of same. 4—Mouth parts of a first larva. 5a@—Mouth parts of another individual. 5b.—Outline of inner pieces of pharyngeal skeleton. Author’s illustration. PLATE 68. Xenoidea. Callipharixenidae. Fic. 1. Chrysocorixenos siamensis from Chrysocoris grandis collected in Siam. Cephalothorax of female. 2-7. Callipharizenos muiri from Calliphara Ddilliardierei collected in Am- boina by F. Muir. 2.—Cephalothorax of female. 3.—Ventrolateral view of edge of cephalothorax showing spiracles. 4.—Triungulinid, ventral view. 5.—Cluster of four ocelli seen from a ventrolateral view of triunguilinid. 6—Dorsal view of head of triungulinid showing three pairs of the ocelli. 7—Dorsal view of last four ab- dominal segments of triungulinid. Author’s illustrations. no. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 499 PLATE 69. Xenoidea. Myrmecolacidae. Vices. 1-3. Caenocholax fenyesi, Cordoba, Vera Cruz, Mexico, collected by A. Fenyes. 1.—Adult male, dorsal view. 2.—Lateral view. 3.—Ven- tral view. Coleoptera. Rhipiphoridae. FWias. 4,5. Myodites solidaginis, Lincoln, Nebraska. 4.—Lateral view. 5.—Dor- sal view. Author’s illustrations. PLATE 70. Xenoidea. Stylopidae. Ilias 1,2. Neostylops shannoni, collected at Plummer’s Island, Maryland, April 7, 1915, by R. C. Shannon. 1.—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Lateral view of male. 3,4. Neostylops crawfordi, from Andrena crawfordi, collected at Dallas, Texas, April 28, 1906. 38.—Lateral view of prothorax and part of mesothorax, showing spiracle at base of elytron. 4.—Lateral view of male, except legs. 5,6. Stylops championi, collected at Woking, England, by G. C. Champion. 5.—Scuto-scutellar area of metathorax. 6—Side view of elytron showing alar lobe. Author’s illustrations. PLATE 71. ries. 1,2. Stylops bruneri, female. 1.—Cephalothorax, ventral. 2.—Right man- dible, ventral. 3,4. Stylops bipunctatae, female. 38.—\Right mandible, ventral. 4.—Ceph- alothorax, ventral. 5,6, 7. Stylops californica. 5.—Right mandible of female, ventral. 6.—Fe- male cephalothorax, ventral. 7.—Triungulinid, ventral. §,9,10. Stylops bruneri, female. 8.—Right mandible, ventral. 9—Cephalo- thorax, ventral. 10.—Cephalothorax showing female within, ventral. 11,12. Stylops advarians, female. 11.—Right mandible, ventral. 12.—Ceph- alothorax, ventral. 18. Stylops swenki, female. Cephalothorax, ventral. Author’s illustrations. PLATE 72. Xenoidea. Xenidae. Vie. 1. Xenos vesparum from Polistes gallica diadema, collected at Innsbruck, Austria, by Karl Hofeneder. Side view of male. 2-7. Pseudoxenos neomexicana from Odynerus toas, collected at Albuquerque, New Mexico. 2.—Dorsal view of head and thorax of male. 3.—An- tenna. 4.—Wing. 5.—Mandible and maxilla. 6.—Side view of last abdominal segments. 7.—Oedeagus. PLATE 73. Wieas. 1-4. Wings of Agallia uhleri parasitized by Agalliaphagus uhleri, collected at Rocky Ford, Colorado, in 1909 and 1912. 2 is almost normal. J The others are very abnormal, and undoubtedly due to parasitism, Author’s illustrations. 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54. PLATE 74. Halictophagoidea. Halictophagidae. Fics. 1-4. Dacyrtocara oncometopiae from Oncometopia lateralis, collected at Egypt, Georgia. 1.—Adult male, dorsal view. 2.—Ventral view of male head and thorax. 8.—Side view of last three abdominal seg- ments. 4.—Oedeagus. 5,6. Dacyrtocara undata from Oncometopia undata, collected at Thomas- ville, Georgia, May 10, 1915, by G. D. Smith. 5.—KFemale, ventral view, or outer view with respect to position in host. 6—Female, lateral view. Author’s illustrations. PLATE 75. Halictophagoidea. Halictophagidae. Fics. 1-6. Delphacivenos anomalocerus from Delphazx striatella, collected at Poltava, Russia. 1.—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Side view of head and thorax. 3.—Venter of metathorax. 4.—Side view of last four abdominal segments. 5.—Mandible and maxilla. 6.—Oedeagus. _7. Pentozoe peradeniya from Thomponiella arcuata, collected at Pera- deniya, Ceylon, by E. E. Green. Author’s illustrations. PLATE 76. Halictophagoidea. Hatictophagidae. Fies. 1. Muirixenos dicranotropidis from Dicranotropis muiri, collected in Java by F. Muir. Diagramatic sketch of male, dorsal view. 2-5. Muirixenos perkinsiellae from Perkinsiella saccharicidae, collected in Java by F. Muir. 2.—Antenna. 3.—Front tarsus, side view. 4.— Oedeagus, side view. 5.—Thorax, side view. 6,7. Stenocranophlus quadratus from stenocranus saccharivorus, collected at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico. 6.—Ventral view of head and thorax. 7.—Diagramatie sketch of male, dorsal view. Author’s illustrations. PAT ile Halictophagoidea. Halictophagidae. Fics. 1-8. Pyrillorenos compactus from Pyrilla aberrans, collected at Pusa, India. 1—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Venter of prothorax. 3.— Venter of mesothorax. 4.—Venter of metathorax. 5.—Dorsum of prothorax and mesothorax and front part of metathorax. 6.— Face. 7.—Wing. 8.—Oedeagus, side view. Author’s illustrations. PLATE. 78. Halictophagoidea. Halictophagidae. Iias. 1-6. Cyrtocararenos javanensis, collected at Buitenzorg, West Java, De- cember, 1908, by Terry. 1.—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Front view of head and prothorax; P=prothorax. 3.—Side view of male. 4.—Side view of mandible and maxilla. 5.—Side view of oedeagus. 6.—Ventral view of oedeagus. no. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 5O1 Halictophagoidea. Diozoceridae. 7. Diozocera insularum from Xerophloea insularum, collected at St. George, Grenada. Elenchoidea. Elenchidae. 8,9. Liburnelenchus heidemanni from Liburnia, species, Bay Ridge, Mary- land, collected September 1, 1902, by O. Heidemann. §8.—Last ventral segments from side. 9.—Oedeagus. 10-12. Hienchinus heidemanni from Megamelanus, species, Bay Ridge, Mary- land. 10.—Under view of right mandible. 11—Under view of right maxilla. 12.—Oedeagus. Author’s illustrations. ri b - re oe, : A : 3 ¥ Ela! JZ gn Belalico .orenineay np os Lae wk i wT ‘ 4 : hee +3 if ; a vesther. ie ms ~ ae ts aaeeeits " tee yeti hie + — 7* de eh , ‘ 7 » ode I re is, : - ” a : ' I . ix nt dst +¥ q areal. Sabist Tae Bae rit heestrs ‘yor | siuahanies penta & tenJd— 2 cits iether, IGT as iy. ay ert me yt Mi, hist Visor hausrs' % Hiplaning VE cif ia qobaty Ft eel, hiked RE iui 4 a . ar iy eh Abs : AUB RGORS . i > hi 5 yi an 1% nt Kr ar 4 Fe 1 ~. . x i , pig 1 : * \ 1 ‘ Lis ph _ a 7% f bi ‘ ¥. ia! andi ati rans “ * ty i] Riis % i i ¢ Ts i U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 64 STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY MENGEIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 497, 498 ah é v2 i Pree 2 ~ i eo et ‘ cs i! eh eat 2 —. = i a ham Mae’ ae 7 7. ; bj Lil.ncy Pitese bb, Seal Diiry s ean >) ; a0 =. id op ; Pai pan U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY MENGEIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 498 PL. 65 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 66 STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY MENGENILLIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 498 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 67 STRUCTURE OF THE FIRST LARVA OF THE FAMILY STICHOTREMATIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 498 Ps ; 7 =23 = tacos . hor tk, > herr : ae sd U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 68 ncaa atte + < Rens “ STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY CALLIPHARIXENIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 498 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 69 COMPARISON OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE FAMILY MYRMECOLACIDAE AND THE COLEOPTEROUS FAMILY RHIPIPHORIDAE FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 499 zn. 6 OP APU 2a 35 Ghai PTE Re . pall os) =a ~ =, WJ = U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 70 STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY STYLOPIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 499 cl eo es : a) - we a we soles ~ a U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 7I ZS i) Rd a Ag UIE STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY STYLOPIDAE. FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 499 > ' AAO Meee 4 : me : : z : sor] "We > =P - 7 i 7. rl : i + 7 7 \ ~ us 1 i ~~ ad iM oe ae. \' . 7 % Mi ‘ . 4 : a *) by i 2 7 e.)e - The * U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 72 i a ; C= al. 2 As : a ‘ 7 Stas > Set hy ret , ty , ; : E U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 74 STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY “HALICTOPHAGIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 500 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 75 STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY HALICTOPHAGIDAE FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 500 + + SR Ct eS Dee Ne ese ae a> eae ied a o es 7 lies este linemen U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 76 STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY HALICTOPHAGIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 600 a i “ is Raa Og 7 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 77 STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY HALICTOPHAGIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 5)90 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 78 i} STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILIES HALICTOPHAGIDAE, DIOZO- CERIDAE, AND ELENCHIDAE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 5007501 FURTHER NOTES ON THE PLAINVIEW, TEXAS, METEORITE. By Georcr P. Merrit, Head Curator, Department of Geology, United States National Museum. In my paper descriptive of this find,t I called attention to an apparent brecciated structure, the certainty of which could be determined, if at all, only when one of the larger masses could be cut in halves and give opportunity for study of unweathered por- tions. Since that writing, through the liberality of Mr. C.S. Bement, of Philadelphia, the Museum has come into possession of two more of these stones. (Nos. 2 and 3 of pl. 35 of my paper.) This generous gift has enabled me to sacrifice one of the larger individuals already in our possession, No. 4 of the same plate, to the extent of slicing it through the center in a plane parallel to the face there shown. ‘The results of the studies on this and further thin sections are in every way corroborative of the first, which are reviewed below, and the new data likewise presented. As descriptive of the appearance of a cut and polished surface, I can not do better than quote the following from the addendum of the first paper: When the possibility of brecciation was realized, the smallest (870-gram) fragment of the first find was cut in halves and polished. The resultant sur- faces showed a ground of about equal parts light gray, mainly oxidized to reddish, and darker gray more or less angular areas. Both portions are equally injected with small, but abundant points of metallic iron and iron sulphide. There are also occasional light-gray fragments, some 2 to 4 mm. in length, which are evidently pyroxenic. To the unaided eye both portions are chon- dritie, though this structure is much more pronounced in the dark areas. It was at first thought that this difference might be merely apparent and due to the obscuring of the structure in the lighter portions through oxidation. Turther investigation has, however, shown that this conclusion will not hold. Under the microscope the lighter portion is chondritic and consists wholly of olivine and enstatite with the metallic iron and iron sulphide. None of the twin pyroxenes so characteristic of the dark portion, which was the material described in the first part of this paper, are present. Further than that, the 1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, 1917, pp. 419-422. PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2243. 503 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. chondrules in the light portion are almost wholly very light gray and nearly white, while those in the dark portions are in part of a dark-gray color, ulthough there are white chondrules here also. By reflected light the polished surface shows a structure distinctly brecciated, and in one or two cases it is possible to trace the outlines of a fragment of the darker rock inclosed in the. lighter gray, but in the majority of cases this is impossible, and the darker material is so commingled with the lighter that for a long time considerable uncertainty existed in the mind of the writer as to the true nature of the stone. * * * * ** * = The strongest argument in favor of the brecciated nature of the stone seems to lie in the presence of the polysynthetically twinned pyroxenes in the dark- gray chondrules and their absence in the lighter portions. In one instance the line of demarkation between the light and dark portions could be plainly traced in thin section, and the metallic sulphides were found elongated along this line to indicate that it had been an open cleft at the time of their deposi- ° tion.’ It remains to be stated that in the newly cut stone the dark por- tions are plainly not entirely a result of oxidation through weather- ing, as they are distributed regardless of surface contours and are as abundant in the center as about the periphery. By holding the stone so that the polished surface catches the light, lines of demark- ation between the lighter and darker portions can in many instances be very readily made out. But, again, there are places where it would seem most certain that the darker portion is but an oxidized zone about a fragment of the lighter. In short, it does not seem pos- sible to decide the question of brecciation, if one must rely on exami- nation of a polished surface alone. Thin sections were therefore prepared of two portions affording structural differences even to the unaided eye, from which the photomicrographs reproduced in plate 79 were made, figure 1 being of the dark portion and figure 2 of the light. It is scarcely necessary to call attention to the marked dif- ference in structure, which is all that was suggested in the first paper. To further illustrate the difference, sections were prepared showing the contact between the two portions, a photomicrograph of one of which with the same degree of enlargement is shown in figure 1, plate 80. To assure myself that the apparent greater abundance of chon- drules in the dark portion was not due to their being thrown out in relief by the deposition of interstitial iron oxides, a second like sec- tion was prepared, which, without cover, was then placed section side down over a narrow-mouthed vessel containing a few cubic centi- meters of strong nitric acid, where it was allowed to remain for 36 hours, when it was carefully washed and remounted. There was effected an almost complete leaching out of the iron oxide, and of course a portion of the metal and sulphide; the olivine was also some- what attacked but not enough so to vitiate the wished-for results. 1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, 1917, p. 422. NO. 2243. THE PLAINVIEW, TEXAS, METEORITE—MERRILL. 505 A photomicrograph from this is shown in figure 2 on plate 80, figure 1 being of the same magnification as those on plate 79 and figure 2 more highly magnified. The above-mentioned facts, together with the presence of abun- dant chondrules of polysynthetic pyroxene in the dark portion and their absence in the light, lead me to the conclusion that the stone is a true breccia composed of fragments of a spherical chondrite and a veined intermediate chondrite like that of Dhurmsala. The con- fused, obscure character of the brecciation may have been due to the friable, sandy nature of one of the stones and the compression to which the mass has been subjected. If not a true breccia, the stone certainly shows, in its different parts, greater structural and miner- alogical variations that are usually expected in one and the same mass. * It may be mentioned incidentally that Mr. Lazard Cahn writes me he has three individuals of a chondritic stone, weighing altogether about 15 pounds, from the Plainview locality, and which doubtless belong to the same fall. This being the case, the total weight given in my previous paper must be increased to “about ” 31 kilograms. —- me =n aU pa at er catia ie aed onaete a ri there ee white chomtrales puerta alo. Dy oa pe ; te ee ‘gi10 to ies 16) ote 3h ba enti fe 9110 AP Ge Re ‘Pe fa : vate ae Eee a She BQ he aL pty pect Vt eee! ihe rigtiae + net Tato portiony oath » ovary ¥ be eau FIAT pode” Gi. Bet again, chhre ute pistes’ wihete Be . Wwonil valetey te: Cert’ tebe Cher adit Weektne tae Se ae oxidieed none abent aofragatinl of wke tyitee aly ahdet, 2 dies ret sean ‘poe ejkie to*deciie the qiiestion dF prdocm tii, tf oie finst tary on ‘exann gesik et ESR periche ar Sa Tm alae Thin Ries elon Wyrm thsreford preparea ot Twa ee ons afordieg stradtarala ifereneas ever te tie peisitetot “enrey Ereitve “vy nies thie pivot oncioregriphs renredpoad ie pinta ‘ 7? Pere mihde, Sikale d heldigr of tie dary partion tad Siar ih thie - ; Bent. _ it is scarcely necessary 0 ealk. attention to the maried' gn its etrattuae, wiielis all (hatha -seggeated am the first peper. Fo further iiastrate the differonae, stotions wate se “ tha eanteacs betwee) thy ten portpenn,. #, photomicrograph of ‘one hich’ With the saiue degree of START BE Meth ia Pree, ce ‘Agare, plate 50. ) oe... ee To gewene mynet that the apparent greater onde of: ehone | : dralex wi the dack’ portiin wae Bey Que to ther epee t hor: reliet by the Gapos; tian ont uitersth tial iron ‘oxides, x nd is 2 oe a4 tion Was urepared, whch, % ithout cover, wes then placed skepien side down over a RESFOW “4 pepe vesael. contaanlng: a. fem enbig: Ca gaeters of strom nitxin acid, hae io wus olan ae cee ee Hotes whi wae toanetoliy washed! eri? remountotl. Phere: was effacted’ ax alméat denpletss lowe ini oud of’ the! ious oxide, and of . roms a portion of Che mubal and aniphides ihe olivine was oe “hat attayked be nets enengtyy $0 to vitiate the. his - Cen tether LP eT Poy a TES AN Br aoe cope on kdneotandiimnmiatalts oad cacanet weal 4 . | Hiroe, 1 i Maa i aa , PLE. 79 PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM METEORITE TEXAS, 7) MicRO-STRUCTURE OF THE PLAINVIEW E PAGE 594 FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE S U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 80 MICRO-STRUCTURE OF THE PLAINVIEW, TEXAS, METEORITE FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 604 Be iit ; P my eH an TEC) te ret Sey! MAMMALS AND REPTILES COLLECTED BY THEODOOR DE BOOY IN THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. By Gerrir 8. Mizzer, Jr., Curator, Division of Mammals, United States National Museum. INTRODUCTION. During the winter of 1916-17 Mr. Theodoor de Booy excavated two Indian sites in the Virgin Islands—one at Magen’s Bay, St. Thomas, the other at Salt River, St. Croix. This work was done for the Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, New York City. The remains of mammals and reptiles found in the deposits were submitted to me for identification, and a representa- tive series of the bones has been given to the United States National Museum by Mr. George G. Heye. A wild-killed agouti from St. Thomas was presented by Mr. de Booy. As regards the localities, Mr. de Booy writes as follows under date of March 15, 1917: The bones from St. Thomas were found in a kitchen midden at Magen’s Bay on the north coast of the island. This bay abounds in shell food and in fish of all kinds. J. must have offered an ideal dwelling place for the pre-Columbian inhabitants 01 St. Thomas. The midden was fairly large in extent and from 4 to 7 feet deep. From this depth must be deducted the covering of diluvium, which was from 1 to 2 feet thick according to the slope. The animal bones were found below the diluvial deposit in a semi-indurated mass of clay-like soil plenti- fully mixed with shells, chareoal, sherds, and other artifacts. As I dug up the entire midden, the bones that were found can fairly be regarded as repre- senting the entire range of animals represented in the deposit. The St. Croix site was near the mouth of Salt River on the western bank. Conditions did not differ materially from those found in St. Thomas. Evidence was discovered in the depos- its that the inhabitants of St. Thomas led an adventurous and roving existence. Several artifacts were procured of Porto Rican and Santo Domingan origin, unmis- takably so, as they differed totally from the normal culture found in the midden. Further proof of this roving disposition was found when I excavated in the same midden four shells of Helix [Plewrodonte] bornii, which is not found in St. Thomas but has its nearest habitat in Porto Rico. The lips of these shells were perforated as if to facilitate carrying them, MAMMALS. ISOLOBODON PORTORICENSIS Allen. St. Thomas: 92 specimens (representing probably about 30 indi- viduals) : palates 8; frontals 2 pairs and 1 odd; parietals 2 pairs; PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2244, 507 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. occipital 1; auditory bulla 1; mandibles (right) 10, (left) 5; scap- ula 1; humerus (right) 2, (left) 3; innominate (right) 2, (left) 4; femur (right) 22, (left) 18; tibia (right) 9, (left) 11. St. Croiz: 56 specimens (representing probably about 15 indi- viduals) : mandibles (right) 6, (left) 4; scapula 1; humerus (right) 8, left 2; radius (right) 5; ulna (left) 1; innominate (right) 3, (left) 1; femur (right) 7; (left) 9; tibia (right) 4, (left) 10. The numerous remains of /solobodon from St. Thomas and St. Croix show no characters that suggest the existence of any tendency toward local differentiation. The same fact is equally true when they are compared with material from Porto Rico and Santo Do- mingo.t It seems highly, improbable that any mammal could retain so remarkable a degree of uniformity over such a range as this if its distribution had been due to natural causes. It is equally diffi- cult to believe that local forms did in fact extst on the different islands, but that no clue to their peculiarities should be given by the many jaws, teeth, and leg bones which have been collected. Dis- persal by pre-Columbian man suggests itself as the most probable means by which such a distribution could have been effected. While this explanation can not yet be taken as final, it is distinctly pointed to by the facts: (a) that the bones of /solobodon have thus far been found chiefly if not exclusively in kitchen middens, (6) that the abundance of the remains shows that the flesh was an important article of food, and (c) that the pre-Columbian inhabitants of St. Thomas had intercourse with a territory which exactly coincides with the animal’s known range. DASYPROCTA AGUTI (Linnaeus). An old male of the golden-rumped Brazilian agouti was collected on St. Thomas. It is a perfect specimen (Cat. No. 217950, ° U.S.N.M.), preserved in alcohol, and of its identification there can be no doubt. As the animal was seen on several occasions running about and evidently wild there is no likelihood that it had been re- cently imported.? The capture of this specimen is of special interest, as it demonstrates the fact that the Brazilian agouti has been intro- duced on St. Thomas. The species was recorded as long ago as 1852 by Knox,’ but it has hitherto seemed possible that there was an error 1 Smiths. Misc. Coll., vol. 66, No. 12, pp. 4-5, December 7, 1916. ?The animal was “ wild-killed,”’- although not by me. I had seen this same agouti twice, but had no gun with me, as I was on my way to my*own work on those two occa- sions. Then I went after it for two Sundays with a gun, and of course did not see it. So I finally offered a reward to my workmen for it and one of them got it with a dog. From the reports I received I am sure that there are some more on the island and that these are of the same variety and not the dark-rumped ones. So you can eliminate the theory that this was an escaped pet or was given to me by a well-meaning friend. (de Booy, letter of March 5, 1917.) 3A historical account of St. Thomas, W. I., p. 221. No. 2244. WEST INDIAN MAMMALS AND REPTILES—MILLER. 509 of determination, because material from St. Thomas in the British Museum was afterward identified by Alston? as Dasyprocta cristata. Mr. Oldfield Thomas writes me under date of March 6, 1917, that he has examined the specimens mentioned by Alston and that they are obviously referable to some member of the cristata group. There is now little doubt that introductions of agoutis have been made from both Brazil and the Lesser Antilles. That the genus Dasyprocta was probably not represented in the Virgin Islands during pre- Columbian times is indicated by the absence from the kitchen mid- dens of bones referable to any of its species. Measurements of No. 217950: Head and body, 540; tail, 15; hind foot, 125 (110); ear from meatus, 40; ear from crown, 25; condylo- basal length of skull, 101.2; palatal length, 54.6; zygomatic breadth, 59; least interorbital breadth, 32; mastoid breadth, 34.4; occipital depth, 27; least depth of rostrum behind incisors, 24; frontal depth at level of anterior zygomatic root, 29.4; mandible, 64.5; mandibular toothrow (alveoli), 29. TRICHECHUS MANATUS Linnaeus. The atlas and axis of one individual, and three fragments of ribs probably not from the same animal as the vertebrae, were dug from the midden on St. Croix. REPTILES. CYCLURA MATTEA, new species. Type.—tLeft humerus (Cat. No. 59358, U.S.N.M.). Collected in kitchen midden at Magen’s Bay, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, by Theodoor de Booy. Presented by George G. Heye. Characters—Humerus resembling that of Cyclura cornuta from Santo Domingo and C. stejnegerit from Mona Island in general form, but with extremities broader in proportion to total length of the bone, and capitellum broader in proportion to its height. The radial fossa is deeper and better defined than in C. stejnegeri. Pelvis much more robust than in C. cornuta (that of C. stejnegert not seen). Mcasurements—Humerus (type and Cat. No. 59359, U.S.N.M.): total length 80.3 (76.4); greatest width of proximal extremity, — (30.7) ; greatest width of distal extremity, 29.5 (—); least width of shaft, 7. .7.5); capitellum, 13.1 by 8.1 (12.3 by 8.0). Pelvis (No. 59734) ; 141um 6 mm. in front of acetabulum, 14.4 by 7 (10.4 by 5.2)?; ischium at level of small foramen, 13.8 by 5.6 (10.6 by 4.2) pubis at narrowest region, 11.0 by 5.9 (7.3 by 4.0); acetabulum 21.8 by 18.0 (16.2 by 14.0). 1Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1876, p. 348. 2 Measurements in parentheses are those of a fully adult O. cornuta (No. 28625). 510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. Specimens examined—Two left humeri and an imperfect left innominate. Remarks.—So far as can be judged from the structure of the humerus Cyclura mattea is much more nearly related to Cyclura cornuta and C. stejnegeri than it is to the C. pinguis of Anegada. Doctor Barbour has kindly had the left humerus removed from the type-specimen of C. pinguis and sent to me for comparison. It is here figured on plate 81 (fig. 3). Though from an animal much older than either of the specimens of C. mattea (figs. 4, 5), it is by comparison decidedly small: total length, 61.5; greatest breadth of proximal extremity, 23.7; greatest breadth of distal extremity, 21.5; least width of shaft,7; capitellum,9.4 by 5.2. It agrees with the humeri of C. matiea, C, cornuta, and C. stejnegeri in the general characters by which the humerus of Cyclura differs from that of Jguana, principal among which are the great breadth of the extremities as compared with the total length of the bone, and the presence of a well-defined radial fossa. But it is immediately distinguishable by several de- tails of form, notably by the shorter, broader general outline of the expanded portion at each extremity. The length of the sharply de- fined, ridge-like outer border of the bone in the region of the capitel- lum and radial fossa is equal to half the width of the distal expan- sion, while in both C. mattea, C. cornuta, and C. stejnegeri it is con- spicuously greater than half this width. As to the peculiarities of Cyclura mattea as compared with C. cornuta and C. stejnegeri: the remains appear to represent a much larger animal; the ratio of greatest width of proximal expansion of humerus to the length of the bone is 40 in C@. mattea (paratype), 34.4 in C. stejnegeri (No. 29366), and 33.4 in C. cornuta (No. 28625) ; the same ratios for the distal expansion are 36.7 (type), 31.9, and 33.4. The question naturally arises as to whether Cyclura mattea may not have been brought to St. Thomas by man, as has undoubtedly been the case with the species of Jguana now or recently living on the island. There is, however, no such evidence for artificial intro- duction as that presented by the rodent Jsolobodon. The animal is distinct from that of both Mona Island and Santo Domingo; the humerus of the extinct Porto Rican member of the genus is not yet known. : CHELONIA MYDAS (Linnaeus). Shells and limbs of sea turtles of various ages and sizes are repre- sented by about 40 fragments from St. Thomas and two dozen from St. Croix. All the more complete bones appear to be referable to Chelonia mydas, though members of other marine genera may be 1 Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 98, May 23, 1917. no. 2244. WHST INDIAN MAMMALS AND REPTILES—MILLER. al represented among the less characteristic smaller pieces. Of the freshwater Pseudemys palustris, whose remains occur freely in the Indian deposits of Cuba and Santo Domingo, there is no trace. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 81. Left humerus, natural size. Fic. 1. Iguana rhinolopha. Cat. No. 356838, U.S.N.M. No history. 2. Iguana rhinolopha. Cat. No. 22814, U.S.N.M. No history. 3. Cyclura pinguis. Type. Cat. No. 12082, Mus. Comp. Zool. Anegada. 4. Cyclura mattea. Type. Cat. No. 59358, U.S.N.M. St. Thomas. 5. Cyclura mattea. Paratype. Cat. No. 59359, U.S.N.M. St. Thomas. 6. Cyclura cornuta. Cat. No. 28625, U.S.N.M. No history. 7 . Cyclura stejnegeri. Cat. 29366, U.S.N.M. Mona Island. [es . cab “deem! nes IS2O8LE GHA shee): OG: hee weal: ssi migast set090- — che aeehasriy é aca il le maairanct otal | hearst serene inaniew is A ate i rere eee 1 Thy tate Li: tani ihc a Binstor ii saree yee Wine): the te domes seme - ay pespenitiett: sh pra: (eye PORN TOR Foe! ‘ecm pair ats b =e tev “all ins Bone Oe * Obi ve re Bet, OM. MIME BERSS 6H smaricoteiont > pronuine) sama 20. AGL a A les an ee AOR, eae Me Pee Git. ee as f a e hoe oF Mt, rn th hada ai eta Ervrith tlint # nian Which any the nihet breadthenkd the or Ly eaereiaw a2 eumin: Ca | pittnthe £ tal length of bhe band, wie the ieeoeigd ore pay datitied 3, aa | malnl tose.) Bet. té a immodintals @ishinan nae “Hie sevnial et <= rf ; , eid dalle Gt for abig by the sherter, hrdadir general outline of tas. . 4 ais fe a | cS ie hae J 4 bf! , pee Byer) 23 wires ss rhe iP Bia ae of tke we Myce oe Hin pia rade) ese Fe eyiet ta bale: Rte ES dul ix af ak & a 4 . 4 wih fee ' eae 2 “in fi ee ; meiied, 0.7 ire pad iadeneneald ra aathously pastor tian baht thaa: wet As ea oe Fin: palcreinns SPOR See aS DAA DATIN, © Ya f4, COHAMA PAG Eh, atajndgsris the Vi MMSine apper. to TepHseil nue Wheres “seine: the 2atio wf. - Pevaials i. MM empinse OF Diner te Whe Jeo iy or” the Deore 19,40 02-0. geet (paratypes, B44 eee: (Bbe. ou a ‘ i é as yuty te & ithe SuRae rating en e ‘ : aor 1. Piesn k fy a7 eee oe x } ve vy wy rE cBoe pa 4 Liang i me. RAD pee iy) Heit re : not, cave, beek Ora geht BO: ie Pes 13 vey Bees Be ni Bago ah kino ties chine with, the syecied af 7puend now on renhatly — tae i i 4 Thies aa “iw OF RM. gD 2 ree & Fi a Rie Fae. grt Bicial + zt tit Sire enc Oa) a Rte a a Jentobs ined int: She. animal ¥ rr i £}s 1z tye Ravel: Me: 1B Jt ArH, ras na : ie 23 i). Doning ' Domenie or iie-extinel Perle P06 ree amngraber Dt tthe eS rere yA A Po 8 ais 1EA, METAS, Cie went. = Fy a é -Tters. we \ ihe: syed ties sat $b tarrtion of vag fous: wee ‘nds sizes, wanted by about 4 fragmants trou § Se.P hangs and: £30: ot. Cronin: | Al ghee aiape Rabiplnis Bangs! appent, tok Thteonde mydits by Rae ih suembers. Gf othue marine 4 va ~* ahochall ie nin oN as Seth d gelincnty ees cae peprenner er ers = 6 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 81 HUMERI. OF IGUANA (I-2)"AND CYCLURA (3-7) FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 5/1 1g) ki - BONES OF BIRDS COLLECTED BY THEODOOR DE BOOY FROM KITCHEN MIDDEN DEPOSITS IN THE ISLANDS OF ST. THOMAS AND ST. CROIX. By ALEexanpEeR WETMORE. Of the Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture. INTRODUCTION. The presence of avian remains in the ancient refuse heaps that mark aboriginal camp or village sites is always of interest to ornithol- ogists. Such fragments may represent species still extant, or, more seldom, may reveal forms less fortunate in the struggle for existence, that have been exterminated, leaving these parts of skeletons, dis- articulated or broken, as the only indications of their former ex- istence. Recently the writer has had the privilege of examining a collection of bird bones secured by Mr. Theodoor de Booy for the Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, from kitchen middens on St. Thomas and St. Croix in the Virgin Islands. The remains from St. Thomas consist of fifty-one bones or parts of bones taken from a midden at Magen’s Bay on the north coast of the island during December, 1916. ‘These fragments were found below a diluvial sur- face deposit that was from 1 to 2 feet thick. The material examined from the island of St. Croix, 22 fragments in all, was taken dur- ing January, 1917, from a midden on the north coast of the island on the western bank of Salt River near its mouth. For a more com- plete account of the sites where this material was collected, and the conditions under which it was secured, the reader is referred to the preceding paper in this volume by Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, jr.? Mr. De Booy believes that there is certain evidence that the natives of the Virgin Islands had communication with Porto Rico and Santo Domingo, so that it is possible that bones found in these middens may in part have originated elsewhere. In spite of this element of un- certainty concerning the origin of these specimens, notes on this ma- terial are of value, as it may be considered doubtful that individuals of the native species represented have been transported for any great distance. Thirteen species of birds, including one described here as 1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 54, 1918, p. 507. PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2245. 33453—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54—34 . 513 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. new, have been identified in the remains from both islands. ¥, Le as M % j cP. = 8 en d * Z A ade oy i x i : 'z i ; A Hou ‘ a j + ‘ a a * ) ; ‘ i \ ws 4 % ; F \ i e y . ’ ; a | Lt ! ¥ F ' wey ae I ae ‘ ° ‘ a “ j A se ba 7 ¢ } ‘ ive ¥ at] § ‘A J “ v i& 1 ery | SA } Prats od ; wr 4 Sh 4 i a) * ue in ; ity ; P ’ i i, if ¢ a . oy e 4 f AA Prva an? ae ' es a y i avee® PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 9I U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM p09 30Vd 33S 31V1d 4O NOILVNW1dx3 HO4 SgOdOs| 4O SH1I0SdS MAN a = ——— - - - —_—— — i = — Maye eee ¥ eae ‘ eye? ves 7: / PAO i Nigny eS So * as; 7 f U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 92 NEw SPECIES OF ISOPODS FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 604 Set eho Uap r Mey ¥- aps | eat Oe ieee ‘ = ° a e Ohi AY ia if yo Vie mes & ) ined onde : ‘ 4 & ® a) Cae. Go ae: A NEW WEST INDIAN FOSSIL LAND SHELL. By Pav Bartscny, Curator of Marine Invertebrates, United States National Museum. Among a lot of kitchen midden marine shells collected by Theodoor de Booy on Salt River, North Coast of St. Croix, and submitted to the United States National Museum for determination, is the shell of a Pleurodonte belonging to the Section Caracollus. a 7 = call s 7 = ' i . , Ge 7 2 wi 7 a. Ae my Sea ig: gl al —- | = 4 _ : “eo! bet i er ANG, aie wt ; %. ’ - i rte or ¥ 7 = (a >. 2 i © ¢ , i ia a “. i ‘ F 7) ‘ —_ > : 5 “wa at : d sf - } : > f. = aa ‘ 1 7 7 7 : Bg 7 : f 7 few ~~. i L i : { a it 7 a > ’ , a a ve i _ ; . ‘ ie f™ « A : a | i a pon ¢ : * : 4 ‘gi 4q | ; ~ jp ae . é ‘ : ay 5 ¥ 7 , 7 7 n . oe 1 A . rn ; Fe ~ = } ~ i = f : 4 . . re j a ? Z F . A > my 2 oy a K r _ Get ‘i o < Oth ae 2 r, _ . « : eg in aR sh te eee ee er ve re Rae oy Fe ee Gx tell Fe Pas 7 . “a. ata *. = rae 1h Tha < i »* Scat 2 sia x : 4 ’ : Sees arte a a : i _ 7 ~ vs bes - i. a er ee Gey winnie owe - ed a em een Ul @' 4 ya — F ¥ i * ‘ ¥ Seat > anvh ited Lae 5 ANNOTATED CATALOGUE OF A COLLECTION OF BIRDS MADE BY MR. COPLEY AMORY, JR., IN NORTHEAST- ERN SIBERIA. By J. H. Riney, Aid, Division of Birds, United States National Museum. Mr. Copley Amory, jr., accompanied the Koren Expedition to the Kolyma River region of northeastern Siberia in 1914, where the 228 specimens of birds and few sets of eggs listed in the following report were collected, and generously presented to the United States Na- tional Museum. While the collection contains no novelities, it included a number of forms previously unrepresented in the museum, and the series of hazel grouse from the Kolyma has enabled me to describe a new form from further south.’ A brief sketch of Mr. Araory’s route has already been published’ und Mr. B. Alexander, who accompanied the expedition, collecting fossils for the Smithsonian Institution, has published in the same number (pp. 31-40) an account of the country along the lower Kolyma and the Little and Big Annuj rivers, tributaries of the Kolyma. Mr. Amory, besides collecting on the two Annuj rivers, the lower Kolyma, and the coast, collected further up the Kolyma in the wooded area at Verkhni and in the foot hills of the Tomus Chaja mountains to the west of Verkhni. Mr. Koren had previously made a trip to the same region, the birds of which have been reported upon by Thayer and Bangs,* who 1On his way north along the Alaskan coast Mr. Amory collected examples of the follow- ing species: Puffinus tenuirostris (Temminck). (Bristol Bay.) Larus brachyrhynchus Richardson. (Kodiak Island.) Heteractitis incanus (Gmelin). (Kodiak Island.) Histrionicus histrionicus pacificus Brooks. (Kodiak Island.) Passerculus sandwichensis sandwichensis (Gmelin). (King’s Cove.) Melospiza melodia insignis Baird. (Kodiak Island.) Corvus caurinus Baird. (Kodiak Island.) Pica pica hudsonica Sabine. (Kodiak Island.) 2 Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 29, 1916, p. 17. * Smiths. Misc. Coll., vol. 66, No. 3, 1916, pp. 46-51. *Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, April, 1914, pp. 1-48, with an outline map of the region. PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuUSEuM, VOL. 54—No. 2255. 607 608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. have described most of the novelties not previously named by Butur- lin. The latter spent some time near the mouth of the Kolyma and made large collections there but has published no connected account of his work, to my knowledge, though in his paper on the Rosy Gull? a good description of the country is given and many species of birds are mentioned. Thayer and Bangs’s list is so well done that little can be added to what they have already said, but as Mr. Amory seems to have reached a higher point on the Kolyma than Koren did on his previous trip, he naturally secured a number of forms not obtained by the latter, and it has been thought advisable to publish this list, with the field notes of the collector, as a supplementary contribution to the orni- thology of a little-known region. For convenience of comparison the species are listed in the order followed by Thayer and Bangs. The author is indebted to the authorities of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology for the loan of a series of Phylloscopus trochalus eversmanni for comparison. Family TETRAONIDAE. 1. LAGOPUS LAGOPUS KORENI Thayer and Bangs.” Seventeen specimens from the following localities: Annuj River, September 12, 18, and 28, 1914; Little Annuj River, September 23, November 9, and 26, 1914; Nijni Kolymsk, January 20, February 11, and June 12, 1915; Verkhni Kolymsk, April 12, 17 and 20, 1915; 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 19, 1915; 80 and 33 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 28, 1915; Kelyma Delta, July 11, 1915. This series bears out the characters ascribed to it by the describers, and to their account I can add nothing. In measurements it comes very close to Lagopus 1. ungavus as the following table will show: Locality. Wing. Tail. | Culmen. ee mm mm. mm mm Sixemalesitrom) thesKolynia ee cree ee a ae gee erence eee 260 128. 2 20.6 13 Ten males from Ungava-.:..---..+---- ees ASH). 197 121.9 20.9 13.5 Five males, west side of Hudson Bay......-.-:+-.--+----2=---:- 200. 6 126.7 19.1 11.8 Six males, MOFLHERTMATAS RAS ee ee inl Dee een a, es 196.8 119.9 18.9 12.8 Five females, ICOLYING Le wets hoe ecw aes srinke Oe rec erige se sense 195.6 125.8 17.8 11.3 Ten females, Ungava1 ae. a Ras eld See 179 110 19.3 12.9 Three females, west side of Hudson Bay.....-....-----.-------- 191.2 116.7 18.3 10.8 Winter resident throughout the Kolyma Valley.—C. A. 1}bis, 1906, pp. 131-139, 333-337, 400, 661-666. 2Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, Apr. 9, 1914, p. 4. NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 609 2. LAGOPUS RUPESTRIS, subspecies? Three males and one female, 67 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 6, 8, 14, and 19, 1915; one male and one female, 60 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 20, 1915. A]Jl of these are in the white winter plumage and only in two males and one female are there any feathers of the summer plumage ap- pearing; in the case of the males (taken May 19 and 20) only a few feathers on the top of the head, but in the female (May 20) there are numerous feathers on the back, head, wing-coverts, and upper breast, mostly concealed by the white feathers, however. After comparing these with a series from Alaska I can find no differences in size; they are not in the right stage of plumage to show whether there is any difference in color, so for the present the Kolyma form will have to remain in doubt. In the Tomus Chaja Mountains; winter resident.—C. A. 3. TETRAO PARVIROSTRIS PARVIROSTRIS Bonaparte. The head of a male, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 13, 1915, and a female, Verkhni Kolymsk, April, 1915. We saw one in September on the Lesser Annuj, 50 versts [38 miles] east of the Kolyma, where the larch increases in size and quantity; and another in the same locality in October. None around Nijni Kolymsk and they are not common anywhere in the lower valley. They are common in the upper valley and are used for food by the Yakuts. In April in the foothills of the Tomus Chaja Mountains one morning a boy killed three males with his rifle. During a three weeks’ visit to the priest at Verkhni Kolymsk several were brought in to him by the natives.—C. A. 4. TETRASTES BONASIA KOLYMENSIS Buturlin.t Four males, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 12 and 20, 1915; two males and one female, 67 miles west of Verkhni Volymsk, May 8 and 17, 1915. This series is very uniform and quite different from any of the forms with which I have been able to compare it. The form I named Z'etrastes bonasia amurensis® approaches it in certain par- ticulars, but is quite distinct, and as the differences have already been pointed out in the description they need not be repeated here. ‘Since I published the above description Mr. 8. A. Buturlin has pub- lishd a paper quoted in the footnotes, revising the birds of this genus. In this revision he renames the bird I described from Manchuria, but fortunately gave it the same name. He also names the bird from Ussuriland, calling it Zetrastes bonasia ussuriensis.2 Seebohm’s de- scription * of 7’etrao septentrionalis is very unsatisfactory. He does 1 Messager Ornith., vol. 7, No. 4, 1916, p. 226. 2Proec. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 29, 1916. p. 17. : 3 Messager Ornith., vol. 7, No. 4, 1916. pp. 222 and 227. 4Ibis, 1884, p. 430. 8348—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——40 610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. not give any definite locality, but Buturlin? seems to restrict See- bohm’s form to the “ middle course of the Yenisei, from Krasnoyarsk to the confines of the forest and westward to the Government of Tobolsk and southeast to the Government of Sokutsk.” Seebohm’s type should be in the British Museum, but until some competent ornithologist examines it and fixes the name there is nothing. to do but accept Buturlin’s disposition of it. Fortunately the United States National Museum possesses a female from the Yenisei of Seebohm’s own collecting. This is the bird I referred to? as prob- ably representing a new form when I was under the impression that the Manchurian bird was true 7’. b. septentrionalis. The Yenisei specimen when compared with 7. 6. kolymensis is not so gray above and the white markings on the wings and the white bars on the feathers below are more restricted; the dark bars to the feathers on the underpart of 7’. b. kolymensis are also darker and heavier. The United States National Museum has recently ac- quired two specimens of 7Zetrastes from Sakhalin Island. They agree with a specimen from the mouth of the Amur River (near Nikolaievsk). This Amur specimen is slightly grayer above than the two males from I-mien-po, Manchuria (the type and cotype of my 7. b. amurensis), but not different enough in my opinion to war- rant a separate designation. From the above I would also place the 7’. b. ussuriensis Buturlin in the synonymy of 7’. b. amuriensis, as it hardly seems probable that two forms can inhabit practically the same country. Nearly all species of grouse have two phases of plumage, a red and a gray; but they are not distinct forms in the general acceptation of the term, as Buturlin seems to imply, but variations. In some parts of a species’ range one of the phases may be lacking. This seems to be the case with 7’. b. kolymensis, as there are no birds of the red phase in the series before me. Does not occur below Sredne Kolymsk, but not common until Verkhni is reached. Saw them constantly there in April and May, near the Kolyma and in the foothills of the Tomus Chaja Mountains before leaving the timber. Winter resident south of Sredne Kolymsk.—C, A. Family GAVIIDAE. 5. GAVIA ADAMSI (Gray). One female, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, July 19, 1915; and one with- out data from the Kolyma Delta region. 6. GAVIA STELLATA (Pontoppidan). One male, Kolyma delta, July 16, 1915. 1 Messager Ornith., vol. 7, No. 4, 1916, p. 226. 2Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 28, 1915, p. 162. NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 611 Family PROCELLARIIDAE. 7. FULMARUS ROGERSI Cassin. Two males, off Indian Point, August 8, 1914. These two specimens are very dark on the back, in fact darker than any specimens of the light phase of Yulmarus g. glupischa with which I have been able to compare them, but in measurements they are nearer /ulmarus rogersi, which averages larger with a heavier bill. The type of #. rogers is a light-colored bird, in fact aberrant. It is pure white, the interscapular region and scapulars with a pale neutral gray wash; wing-coverts with a few pale neutral gray spots; bend of the wing, border, and primary-coverts, mouse gray; pri- maries and outer secondaries chaetura drab, with inner portion of the inner web white; tail feathers mouse gray, white on the inner web, except on the central pair. It is unsexed and measures: wing, 314; tail, 120; culmen, 38.5; depth of bill at base, 19.5. For comparison I append the following averages: Depth of Locality. Wing. Tail. | Culmen.| billat Fourmales ofl itrogensi ty. oo ORISSA. ceed ek ec ce es 323.5 126.6 38.5 19.4 Twomales, off Indian Point. «... <-c\0- 2 enies o- Fesige vooea nae ss « 321 123.7 39 19.5 Fournimalesioff..g: glepischa sy. 200. tk eh US 313 124.6 37.7 17.6 Family ALCIDAE. 8. FRATERCULA CORNICULATA (Naumann). One male, Emma Harbor, July 28, 1914. ’ 9, AETHIA CRISTATELLA (Pallas). One male, Emma Harbor, July 29, 1914. 10. AETHIA PUSILLA (Pallas). One male, off Indian Point, August 8, 1914. 11. CEPPHUS MANDTII (Mandt). One male, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August 9, 1915. 12. CEPPHUS COLUMBA Pallas. Four males and two females, Emma Harbor, July 22, 28, 29, Au- gust 5 and 8, 1914. Very common, Hmma Harbor.—C. A. Family LARIDAE. 13. LARUS VEGAE Palmén. One male and one female, Emma Harbor, August 4 and 5, 1914; one female, Ajan Island, August 17, 1914. 612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54. 14. RHODOSTETHIA ROSEA (Macgillivray). On August 20, 1914, Capt. Koren saw four young Ross’ gulls as we passed north of Ajan Island.—C. A. 15. STERNA PARADISAEA Briinnich. Two males, Ajan Island, August 17, 1914; one female, Nijni Kolymsk, June 18, 1915. Family STERCORARIIDAE. 16. STERCORARIUS POMARINUS (Temminck). One male, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August 1, 1915. 17. STERCORARIUS PARASITICUS (Linnaeus). Two males, Kolyma Delta, July 12 and 15, 1915. Family PHALAROPODIDAE. 18. PHALAROPUS FULICARIUS (Linnaeus). Two males, Kolyma Delta, July 7, 1915; one female, Cape Wan- karem, August 12, 1914; one male, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August 11,1915; one male (?), three females, and one unsexed, mouth of the . Baranika River, August 16, 1915. The two males taken July 7, have begun to turn white down the center of the breast, and a small white spot is appearing on the throat; the male taken August 11 has the lower parts particolored red and white, the latter prevailing, and the dusky of the chin has almost entirely disappeared; all the other specimens are white below with a band of light brownish drab across the foreneck. None of the specimens, except one male, taken August 11 show any great change above from the breeding plumage; the foreheads have become white and a few of the feathers of the winter plumage have begun to appear along the scapular region. The male collected August 11, has more of the gray of the winter plumage appearing on the back than any other specimen in the series. 19. LOBIPES LOBATUS (Linnaeus). Two males, Kolyma Delta, July 7, 1915; one male, Sucharin, Kolyma Delta, July 9, 1915; and one unsexed, Baranika River, August 16, 1915. Mr. Amory obtained a set of four eggs nearly hatched from a low, flat, bare island at the mouth of the Kolyma, July 16, 1915. The nest was situated on a tuft of wet moss among swampy “ nigger- heads.” Family SCOLOPACIDAE. 20. GALLINAGO GALLINAGO RADDEI (Buturlin). One male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 1, 1915; one male and one unsexed, Nijni Kolymsk, June 24, 1915. NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 613 The three specimens listed above are lighter, both above and below than in a series of five specimens from western Europe. The axil- laries, though, are as heavily barred as in any European bird in the series, so this can not be a very reliable character. As there seems to be some doubt of the applicability of Hodgson’s name Gallinago uni- clavus as given by Thayer and Bangs,' it is probably better to use Buturlin’s name.? There seems to be little or no difference in size between European and east-asiatic birds, as the following will show: Locality. Wing. Tail. Culmen. mm mm. mm. Four malesirometuropes.ja-2 sels doesn sanandoceicks nanaades saseewe asec 129 58.2 65.9 Ten males from eastern Asia 127.4 57.6 69.5 Three females from Europe-...... 128 57.7 70.3 Eight females from eastern Asia 127.9 56.3 65.9 21. PISOBIA ACUMINATA (Horsfield). Two females, Sucharin Island, Kolyma Delta, July 9, 1915; one female, Kolyma Delta, July 14, 1915. 22. PISOBIA MACULATA (Vieillot). One female, immature, Koliutschin Bay, August 10, 1914. 23. PISOBIA RUFICOLLIS (Pallas). One male and one female, Emma Harbor, August 4, 1914. 24. PISOBIA TEMMINCKII (Leisler). One female, Nijni Kolymsk, June 22, 1915. 25. ARQUATELLA COUESI Ridgway. One immature female, Koliutschin Bay, August 10, 1914. 26. CANUS CANUS ROGERSI Matthews.® One immature female, Chaun Bay, August 17, 1914. Mathews, in his great work cited below, has divided the knots into three races—an European, an Asiatic, and an American. The series at my command seems to confirm this arrangement, except that birds from Alaska seem to belong to the Asiatic form. Birds from the eastern United States seem to be paler above, with more rufous and less black, when compared with European specimens. Asiatic birds are, as Mathews says, somewhat intermediate, darker than American specimens, but not so dark as those from Europe. With the Asiatic race I would include the Alaskan specimens as above stated, since they seem to be identical. 1 Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, Apr. 9, 1914, p. 14. 2 Scolopar (Gallinago) gallinago raddei Buturlin, ‘“‘ Limicolae of the Russian Empire.” Pt. I, Tula, 1902, p. 54. § Birds, Australia, vol. 8, pt. 3, Aug. 18, 1913, p. 270. 614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. There is an adult male specimen in the United States National Museum collection (No. 109097) taken at Fort Simpson, Mackenzie, May 138, that seems also to agree with Alaskan and Asiatic birds; in point of size it is the largest male example measured. It must be con- fessed that the eastern United States specimens are in fresh unworn plumage; while the Alaskan, Asiatic, and European birds mostly have the gray edges of the back feathers abraded, but there are three un- sexed individuals from Greenland before me that are about in the same stage of abrasion as the series from the three latter localities. These Greenland birds have less black and more rufous on the back than in either the European or Asiatic-Alaskan series, and the rufous below is especially dark and extensive, particularly so in No. 18628. The shade and extent of the rufous below varies considerably in the same series and I do not attach much importance to this character. My series of fall plumages of both the American and Asiatic forms are much too small to show anything. The differences in size between the series are small and covered by the variations; American birds average slightly smaller than the other two races. Besides an exten- sive series of spring birds from eastern United States there are a . few unsexed specimens from the old world, not given in the measure- ments below, though useful for comparison. The various series average as follows: Locality. Wing. Tail. | Culmen.| Tarsus. Middle mm mm. mm mm mm. Ten males from eastern United States............... 163. 4 60. 7 35.3 30.7 21.1 Hourgmales fromyAlaskan oe eee ence oe cette deems 166. 2 63.9 34.5 31.7 21.2 One'male'from Mackenzie... 222.528. 22 ee 177 64 36.5 34.5 2255) TwowmalesifromepAsiaa-= 22. s any och ee aes eee 166. 2 62.5 33 31 20.5 One:'male from’ Frances=2. . 22ST eee eee eee 166.5 65 36 31 21 Ten females from eastern United States............-. 167.8 62.1 37.1 31.6 21.6 One female from ‘Alasks 212 fois as Fa Ee 169.5 63. 5 39 32.5 21.5 Four females fromsEurope:..-csse cesses seceseoneons 168. 6 62.9 36.1 31.5 21.3 27. LIMOSA LAPPONICA BAUERI Naumann. One male, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August 9, 1915. 28. RHYACOPHILUS GLAREOLA (Linnaeus). One male and three females, Nijni Kolymsk, May 27, June 16, 17, and 27, 1915; one male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 1, 1915. 29. TOTANUS ERYTHROPUS (Pallas). One immature female, Little Annuj River, September 9, 1914. Thayer and Bangs! when they found it impossible to accept 7ringa erythropus Scopoli? for this bird, evidently overlooked the older name of Scolpax erythropus Pallas. 1 Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, 1914, p. 20. 2 Annus 1, Hist. Nat., 1769, p. 102. 3 Vroeg’s Cat., Adumbr., 1764, p. 6. NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 615 30. TEREKIA CINEREA (Giildenstadt). Two males, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolmsk, June 2 and 9, 1915; one female, Nijni Kolymsk, June 22, 1915. These three specimens measure as follows: U.S.N.M. No. Sex. Date. Wing. Tail. Culmen. mm. mm, mm. 231348 sb. soa lah ae SR LR ek Maléts i235 be.. June 9 132.5 51 44 DSTBAT a dco des s aaldas css cisions clesiee aeewecenes | eeleas God Seisecacses June 2 130.5 54.5 45 Dat asO eee eae sa cee ohsc = eee Rene eee Hemale. . = Lees 4. June 22 139.5 56 50 31. MACHETES PUGNAX (Linnaeus). Two males, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 26 and 30, 1915; one female, 8 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 24, 1915; five females, Sucharin Island, Kolyma Delta, July 7 and 9, 1915. Family CHARADRIIDAE. 32. PLUVIALIS DOMINICUS FULVUS (Gmelin). One female, Nijni Kolymsk, September 1, 1914. 33. CHARADRIUS MONGOLUS (Pallas). One female, Emma Harbor, July 22, 1914. 34. MORINELLA INTERPRES INTERPRES (Linnaeus). Three immature specimens, Cape Wankarem, August 12, 1914. Family ANATIDAE. 35. MERGUS SERRATOR Linnaeus. One immature, not sexed, Kolyma River, September 12, 1914. 36. MARECA PENELOPE (Linnaeus). One male and one female, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 8, 1915; one immature male, Annuj River, September 5, 1914. 37. NETTION CRECCA (Linnacus). One male and one female, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 3, 1915. 38. NETTION FORMOSUM (Georgi). One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 1915; two males and one fe- male, 7 miles north of Nijni Heehandte May 27 and 381, and June = 1915; and one female, Kolyma Delta, July 7, 1915. Mr. Amory secured a set of seven eggs, ili incubation advanced five or six days, on Sucharin Islands, Kolyma Delta, July 9, 1915. The nest was on a “niggerhead” in open swamp, a hundred yards 616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. from a pond. It is composed of willow leaves, broken grass, and trash gathered apparently on the spot and the sides are lined with blackish down and a few feathers. The egg cavity is four inches in diameter and about the two and a half inches deep. The eggs are pale olive-buff and measure as follows: 47.6 by 35.3, 47.7 by 35, 47.4 by 33.8, 46.2 by 34.8, 47.4 by 35.7, 46.4 by 35, 47.3 by 34.4.mm. 39. DAFILA ACUTA ACUTA (Linnaeus). One male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 25, 1915. 40. CLANGULA CLANGULA CLANGULA (Linnaeus). One specimen, Annuj River, October 4, 1914. 41. HARELDA HYEMALIS (Linnaeus). Four males, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, July 22 and 23, 1915; one female, Kolyma Delta, July 14, 1915. : Three of the males have lost the long central tail feathers, and the remainder of the tail is much worn, and in all four the scapulars are mostly molted, and the fulvous of the upper back is much faded and worn. We saw this back in September (1914) on the Lesser Annuj River. This year (1915) we saw great quantities of them at the delta of the Kolyma and along the Chorchee coast. They were by far the commonest duck observed.—C. A. 42. POLYSTICTA STELLERI (Pallas). One male, Emma Harbor, August 8, 1914, and four females, near Cape North, August 138, 1914. The male is commencing to assume the adult plumage. The fore- head and sides of the face are becoming dusky white, and there is considerable white appearing in the scapulars. Large flocks about the boat near Cape North.—C. A. 43. ERIONETTA SPECTABILIS (Linnaeus). Two females, Ajan Island, August 18, 1914; and one female, near Karpe River, August 18, 1914. Large flocks seen from the boat not far from shore, near Karpe River. Dur- ing the trip in and trip out we observed no eiders of any kind west of Ajan Island.—C, A. 44, SOMATERIA V-NIGRA Gray. One male in “eclipse plumage,” Emma Harbor, July 7, 1914; one young male, near Karpe River, August 13, 1914, the latter is in the down and with the feathers of the first plumage appearing on the flanks and posterior scapulars; one downy young, not long from the nest, Plover Bay, August 8, 1914. Very common at Emma Harbor.—C. A. NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 6L7 45. ANSER ERYTHROPUS (Linnaeus). One female, Verkhni Kolymsk, May 26, 1915. It measures—wing, 406; tail, 114; culmen, 36. 46. MELANONYX SEGETUM SERRIROSTRIS (Swinhoe). One male, Annuj River, September 6, 1914; one male, Kolyma Delta, July 18, 1915. Family PHALACROCORACIDAE. 47. PHALACROCORAX PELAGICUS PELAGICUS Pallas. One female (?), Emma Harbor, July 22, 1914. Very common at Emma Harbor.—C. A. Family STRIGIDAE. 48. ASIO FLAMMEUS FLAMMEUS (Pontoppidan). One male, Little Annuj River, September 7, 1914; one unsexed, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, no date. 49. SCOTIAPTEX NEBULOSA BARBATA (Pallas). One male, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 26, 1915. This specimen is grayer on the back, the face is whiter, and the mark above the eye is darker and better defined than in any European specimen with which I have been able to compare it but it must be ad- mitted my series of the latter is small, consisting of three specimens only. It measures—wing, 430; tail, 8305; culmen, 23.5. Very common just north of Sredne Kolymsk; not seen or heard around Nijni Kolymsk.—C. A. 50. NYCTEA NYCTEA (Linnaeus). One adult female, Kolyma River, October 11, 1914. It measures— wing, 441; tail, 255; culmen from cere, 28. 51. SURNIA ULULA PALLASI Buturlin. One female, Nijni Kolymsk, January 25, 1915; one female, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 22, 1915; one female and three males, 67 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 10, 12, and 16, 1915. Specimens of this series, when compared with a male, a female, and an unsexed specimen of S. wu. ulula from Europe, present a quite different appearance on the upper surface; S. wv. pallast seems to have more white; the nape patch, the patch over the shoulder, and the ear coverts and mark on the sides of face are darker and more pro- nounced; and the brown is of a different shade nearer hair brown, while in S. wu. ulula it is olive. Below there does not seem to be much difference. There is a specimen in the collection from Pe- tropaulski, Kamtschatka (No. 41010) that does not seem to differ 618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. from European specimens and it may be that the differences in the color of the back pointed out for S. wv. pallasi are due to the fresher condition of the specimens. The series measures as follows: U.S.N.M. r : = Culmen No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. lrrom afr, mm mn. mm. 2373933 Male:/43| 67 milesiwest of Verkhni 222: 2822 2ee. coke cee 240 =) 190 17 231394) | 5<-A0%,.05| once GO6F- Aft A SERS A. EA TEE ee 223 185 18 237395) | 5-00. <2) lace CO to atemnaer es eetas ect seach aE toReSeAsoR eae 239. 5 172.5 18 237392 | Female..|..... Oe ee Te Se ee ee nae RS ORES eee 235 180 18 237391'.|..-do. .....|| Vierkhmi Kolymsk eae) ieee p opeyie. Se 5 ae yea rie 230 170 16.5 237390 |...do....| Nijni Kolymsk.......... 240 187.5 18 109868 | Male....) Archangel, Russia... Be 243 187 19 98031 | Female..| Bergen, Norway..........- 244 182 18.5 002) lel ere ae Kinberg, Lapland ........- 240 177 19 41010 Reese Petropaulski, Kamtschatka 220. 5 165 15.5 52. CRYPTOGLAUX FUNEREA MAGNA (Buturlin). One male, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 17, 1915. This specimen, when compared with European birds, is more nearly hair brown on the back, in sharp contrast to the olive of the European series before me; it also seems to have more white spotting on the top of the head. The color of the back may be due to the freshness of the specimen, however. It measures as follows: Wing, 169; tail, 101.5; culmen, 14. Family PICIDAE. 53. DRYOCOPUS MARTIUS REICHENOWI Kothe. One male, 8 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 22, 1915; one female, 80 miles from mouth of Little Annuj River, November 23, 1914. These are of the same deep black as a male specimen from Man- churia and a female from north China, but have smaller bills.t They measure as follows: Une MS Visexs Locality. Wing. | Tail. | Culmen. mm. mm. mm. 2S 7 B90e| (Male sso. | ie TILES LWeSt Ol Wen ki nie tem ee a eee a aaa 253 168 bGe5 237296) |'Female:~| Little Annu} River. !- 493. Tia oe eae 245 174 56 A winter resident in the Kolyma. The first one observed was in November, 100 versts [67 miles] from Nijni Kolymsk on the Lesser Annuj (collected by Axel Siindmark) in a larch next the river. In the winter I saw two skins brought in by Chorkches, one to Nijni Kolymsk, the other to Verkhni Kolymsk. The specimen taken 12 versts [8 miles] west of Verkhni Kolymsk had a nest 10 feet from the ground in the heart of the largest white birch I saw in the valley. The nest tree was in a swampy, willow-covered locality, near the 1See Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 28, Sept. 21, 1915, p. 162. NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN. BIRDS—RILEY. 619 shore of a large lake. The nest contained four white eggs. I watched for awhile, but did not observe the mate. This one was working at the nest and the ground at the foot of the birch was sprinkled with pickings from the tree. The form is shy.—C. A: Only one egg from the set mentioned above by Mr. Amory is in his collection. It measures 34.3 by 25.38 mm. 54. PICOIDES TRIDACTYLUS CRISSOLEUCUS (Reichenbach). One male 80 miles from mouth of Little Annuj River, November 18, 1914. It measures—wing, 120.5; tail, 82; culmen, 30. This is so distinct from P. t. tridactylus that I do not see the utility of making it a form of that species, unless it is known to intergrade. Saw three of these woodpeckers on the Little Annuj in November. I did not see any but was told at Verkhni Kolymsk they were there throughout the vear.—C. A, Family HIRUNDINIDAE. 55. HIRUNDO URBICA WHITELEYI (Swinhoe). Three males, Nijni Kolymsk, June 15, 16, and 17, 1915. Family TURDIDAE. 56. TURDUS MUSICUS Linnaeus. Two males, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 18 and 23, 1915; one female, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 1915. These three birds when compared with a series from Europe are more nearly hair brown on the back, while in European birds it is bistre. There appears to be no difference in size. 57. CYANOSYLVIA SUECICA ROBUSTA (Buturlin). One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 27, 1915. It measures as follows: Wing, 73; tail, 51; culmen, 13. 58. OENANTHE OENANTHE OENANTHE (Linnaeus). One male, immature, Ajan Island, August 17, 1914; one male(?), immature, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August 11, 1915. Family SYLVIIDAE. 59. PHYLLOSCOPUS TROCHILUS EVERSMANNI (Bonaparte). One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 27, 1915; one male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 1915; and one female, Kolyma River, opposite Nijni Kolymsk, June 18, 1915. The above specimens, along with the series reported upon by Thayer and Bangs, kindly loaned me by the authorities of the Mu- seum of Comparative Zoology, when compared with a series of 1Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, Apr. 9, 1914, p. 39. 620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. Phylloscopus t. trochilus appear quite different. P. ¢. eversmanni differs from P. ¢. trochilus in being gray on the back (between hair brown and drab) with only a very slight yellowish tinge, this latter color being confined mostly to the rump and wings, quite different from the buffy olive upper parts of the latter. P. t. eversmanni is grayish white below with only a slight buffy tinge on the jungulum, in sharp contrast to the yellowish tinge, more or less pronounced on the under parts of P. t. trochilus, and the loral streak is more sharply defined and more distinctly yellow in the latter. In size there is little or no difference, as the following will show: mm, mm, mm, Six males of Pits CVeTSMANNE «cos anno as eens pacianes elec ene acclsegueeet 70.9 53.3 9.4 Four males of P.t..trochilus..... 23) fe 4-b.ee nab edn te dep an ee eee 68 50 9.5 Four femalesiof:P. tseversmannt ss ss scene ees el sete esse cease a eeenee 65.5 48 9.2 Wourdemalesiof Pts trochilus.-sc.5 ssn cece oom mone eens qasiecine sees 66.8 49 9.5 Mr. Amory took a nest and seven slightly incubated eggs on the Kolyma, directly opposite Nijni Kolymsk, June 18, 1915. The nest was in swamp and willows on one side of a “niggerhead,” with water directly below the nest and a leaning dead willow stick directly above. The nest outwardly is composed of rather coarse grass with a few pieces of sphagnum moss, loosely woven; internally of finer grass and lined with white ptarmigan feathers. The outer covering extends up over the egg cavity, forming a roof. In fact, the nest has the appearance of two nests, the outer one composed of dark-colored coarse grass and the inner of finer yellowish grass. Outwardly the nest measures about 64 by 5 inches; the egg cavity which is rounded 2 inches. The inner nest is placed in the front of the mass that com- poses the outer nest. The eggs are short, ovate in shape; white, rather evenly spotted with larger and smaller spots of vinaceous russet in two tints; the spots more numerous on the larger end. They measure as follows: 16.7 by 12.6, 16.4 by 12.5, 15.5 by 12.4, 16.4 by 12.5, 16.7 by 12.7, 16.5 by 12.6, 16.2 by 12.4 mm. _60. REGULOIDES SUPERCILIOSUS SUPERCILIOSUS (Gmelin). One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 1915. It measures—wing, 58.5; tail, 40; culmen, 9. Family LANIIDAE. 61. LANIUS EXCUBITOR MOLLIS Eversmann. One immature, Nijni Kolymsk, September 8, 1914. NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 621 Family PARIDAE. 62. PENTHESTES CINCTUS KOLYMENSIS (Buturlin). Two males and one unsexed, 80 miles from the mouth of Little Annuj River, November 18 and 14, 1914; one male, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 14, 1915; one male and one female, 67 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 12, 1915. These birds appear to be paler than Penthestes c. alascensis, espe- cially on the flanks. These remain even in the lower Kolyma throughout the year.—C. A. This series measures as follows: tate Sex. Locality. Date. Wing. Tail. | Culmen. QSVAB8) |. jaictoms a. 80 miles from mouth of Little Annuj River | Nov. 13 71 69.5 9.5 237469 | Male. : ..|..... Ape eee ee nett coee es abiccisaseeeeee Nov. 14 73 71.5 9.5 237A dOns £- GOs. | £95: Orso. hen he saoee te abba pe ceee be dors - 70 69.5 9.5 WAM |ee2d Ones e Verbena ROOMY WISKE seme nee ecnaeee coce Apr. 14 74 71 10 237472 |...do....| 33 miles west of Verkhni-.-................ May 12 72.5 67.5 9 237473 | Female..|..... GO arson emanate ce each lenateenicwssiectelene Gee a= 67 68 9 Family MOTACILLIDAE. 63. MOTACILLA ALBA OCULARIS Swinhoe. One male, 40 miles south of the mouth of the Kolyma River, July. 6, 1915; one male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 17, 1915. 64. BUDYTES FLAVUS PLEXUS Thayer and Bangs.1 One immature, in white plumage, Koliutschin Bay, August 10, 1914; one male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 2, 1915; two males and two females, Nijni Kolymsk, June 16, 17, and 27, 1915. In the above series of adults three have the narrow white super- ciliary as given by Thayer and Bangs,” and two are without it. The latter, when compared with B. f. borealis, are duller in color, not nearly so bright on the back. In a series of nine (seven breeding birds) of B. f. simillima from Kamchatka, the white superciliary extends forward to the bill in every case, and it would appear that any specimen in which it occurs only posterior to the eye is aberrant. B. #. simillima seems to be brighter above with the gray of the top of the head more sharply defined against the back than in B. f. _ plexus. I regard the latter as a good race, though I am aware that my remarks do not agree with what Thayer and Bangs have written. Below I give the measurements of a series of males of B. f. simillima and B. f. plexus, which suggests the possession of a longer bill by the former. 1Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, 1914, p. 41. 2Tdem, p. 42. 622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54. Budytes flavus simillima. BAM Sex. Locality. Date. Wing. Tail. | Culmen. 89148.2... Male<-:-| Petropaniski; Kamichatkar:-2s-e-s-+-e eee July 11 79 67.5 13 eof Lt Ee ee Gorse ores ee WOR ss cemcot timcjeite aches See wnwioceicine July 4 81 71.5 15 201498....|... domee- jowsec OW ooenocabencdsttadonsanncooneoaceose| June 18 79 66 14 201499. .2.|... doz=- eee GOA aR ae See ose nes -ee ee: Mane ee June 17 85 73.5 13 201497... 2)... doe er GOSS Pee ee oo cee eee anaes eee June 19 83 70.5 13 201496..../... GOwceacloocae COR Gr ce ae bose geccet eee at acon teee June 17 80 69 13.5 20150002 see don seee esas DO iss coe sescceceencot coaeee oceeees qeeGO-n eee 80.5 70.5 13.5 Budytes flavus plexus. 237462....| Male....| 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk........... June 2 82 72 12.5 2314644. 21. -dO--s5- ING cKolymisk: sheet sod ects sae een wane og June 17 79.5 68 13 937466... + Wdo..) pet 0 NO ola te sa June 27 80 69.5 12.5 ! A nest with five nearly fresh eggs was taken at Nijni Kolmsk, June 16, 1915. It was placed in a tuft of grass, 10 feet inside the fringe of willows that lines the banks of the Kolyma. The nest is composed of rather course grass, lined with hair and one grayish- white feather. It is about 34 inches in diameter outwardly and the egg cavity, which is rather shallow, about 24 inches in diameter. The eggs are olive buff in ground tint, profusely spotted rather evenly over the entire surface, with very minute spots of wood brown and some purplish shell markings. They measure as follows: 19.6 by 14.9, 20 by 14.8, 20.2 by 14.6, 19.5 by 14.4, 19.4 by 14.3 mm. 65. ANTHUS GUSTAVI Swinhoe. One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 17, 1915. I have compared this specimen with a series from Bering and Copper Island; it appears to be more heavily streaked below, but does not seem to differ otherwise. It measures: Wing, 83; tail, 54; culmen, 13. 66. ANTHUS, species? One immature, Emma Harbor, August 5, 1914. This is a young bird not long from the nest; too young to be identified with any degree of certainty at present, except that it probably does not belong with the above species. Family ALAUDIDAE. 67. OTOCORIS ALPESTRIS EUROA Thayer and Bangs. Six males, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 14, 15, and 16, 1915. Ican add nothing to the account of the describers. The above series measures as follows: 1 Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, 1914, p. 43. NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 623 bess ae Locality. Date. | Wing. | Tail. | Culmen. mm. mm, mm 237400 7 ne Homo OLN a. .cs soos eases sese ree cciec ace ce May 14 111 69 12 gets eee ee Sccinuene, HU PN Sian enry MA Mele NAL oY ie May 16| 111 72 12.5 BAyAGAE lees | dd. woke 11 Hiveweaeccumrestiegaaerceeeroerer re May 15| 116.5 2B 12.5 237402..-.|--... GML RBRRS hag ented Lark oh ode Dales Te May 16| 115 69.5 12.5 237401. .-.|..... Fs ed cane? 2 epee ode anlen td Bde hhccnernte May 14| 116 73.5 11.5 237399....|..... > Ts SRA oes ESI alga ay am clea RE AD idewee! 113.5 72.5 12 Family FRINGILLIDAE. 68. ACANTHIS HORNEMANNI EXILIPES (Coues). Two males and one female, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 16, 25, 1915; one male and one female, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 21, 1915. One of the males taken at Nijni Kolymsk (No. 237425, June 25) is very pale above, the centers of the feathers of the back and wings being light drab, edged with dirty white; tail smoke gray, edged with white. In fact, it is approaching albinism. Very common in summer and autumn. Did not observe them around Nijni after the end of October, but was told at Verkhni they remain in the upper Kolyma Valley all winter.—C, A. A nest and four eggs with incubation advanced about five days was taken from a willow about 24 feet from the ground at Nijni Kolymsk, July 5, 1915. The nest. is composed of cotton wool, rootlets, grass, and small sticks felted together and lined with cotton wool and feathers. The outside diameter of the nest is about 34 inches, that of the egg cavity is about 13 inches, and the depth of the latter about 13 inches. The eggs are etain blue with some ght vinaceous-drab markings and a few spots and scrawls of taupe brown arranged principally - around the larger end. They measure as follows: 16 by 12, 16.2 by 12.4, 16.4 by 11.9, 16.4 by 11.7 mm. 69. PLECTROPHENAX NIVALIS NIVALIS (Linnaeus). Three males and five females, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 12, 13, and 14, 1915; one immature male and one ARNG Emma Eeaars July 22 and ieee 5, 1914. These do not seem to differ Fett North American birds ii in size or color. 70. CALCARIUS LAPPONICUS ALASCENSIS Ridgway. One adult and one young male, and four adult females, Emma Harbor, July 22 and 28 and August 8, 1914; one young, Koliutschin Bay, August 10, 1914. These specimens are very much worn but seem to agree better with C. l. alascensis than with C@. 1. coloratus, as has been already re- marked by Thayer and Bangs." 1 Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, 1914, p. 46. 624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54. Locality. Wing. Tail. | Culmen. Lhree:males fromimainland Siberias. ceeesees sauce as weeeceacicccce seo eome 92.7 60. 2 11.8 Tenmales WON. COOTOLUS ston sa sao ee eee noe ne aonee ven see ances seers 97.3 62.5 BLP Twenty-two, C.alascensisi esos hee eee eee 95.7 63.2 11.6 Hour females from mamlandSiperty.. seen seen ee eee eee eee ene ee eens 87.2 59 11 Sixfentales*iGil, Colonayusiac). oes ee eee ee amen Oe eee ee eee ee eee eee 92.1 58.9 11.7 Twenty-four, Colt alescensisit as: Se see sees eee eee nee eee eee een ee eee 86.1 58. 4 10.9 1 Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 50, Pt. i, 1901, p. 158. The commonest perching bird at Emma Harbor.—C. A. 71. EMBERIZA PALLASI (Cabanis). One male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 9, 1915. It measures—wing, 71.5; tail, 59; culmen, 9.5. 72. EMBERIZA PUSILLA Pallas. Two males, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10 and 27, 1915. These measures as follows: Wing, 73-69.5; tail, 57-54; culmen, 9.5. Family CORVIDAE. 73. CORVUS CORAX KAMTSCHATICUS Dybowski. One (“ female” ?), Verkhni Kolymsk, April 20, 1915. It measures—wing, 415; tail, 238.5; culmen, 69. Counting from the outside, the third and fourth primaries are longest, the third longer than the fifth. Compared with C. ¢. behringianus, C. c. kamtschaticus appears to be of a deeper black and the gloss of a different shade of purple (more steely) but I attribute these differences to season; C. e. behringianus has a heavier bill, however. A male of C. c. ussurianus from I-mien-po, Manchuria, October 14, 1914, before me, agrees very well with C. c. kamtschaticus in color, but has a shorter and weaker bill. It measures—wing, 410; tail, 257; culmen, 62.5. As Stresemann? has shown, Corvus corax sibiricus Taczanowski, 1891, can not be used on account of Corvus sibiricus Boddaert, 1783, and Gmelin, 1788. I therefore follow Buturlin? in using C. e. kamtschaticus Dybowski for the eastern Siberian form. We saw ravens along the coast of the Chorchee Peninsula. They are found throughout the Kolyma Valley, especially in the upper part.—C. A. 74. CORVUS CORONE ORIENTALIS Eversmann. One female, Nijni Kolymsk, October 1, 1914. This specimen agrees fairly well with a female bird from Tientsin, China, February 26, except it has a slightly longer bill. From Kamtschatcan specimens it differs in the same way that the raven 1 Orn. Monatsb., vol. 21, 1913, p. 9. 2 Messager Ornith., vol. 6, 1915, pp. 107, 114. NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 625 from Bering Island and the Kolyma differ in that the back is more steely blue not so purplish, and in my opinion, Dr. L. Stejneger? was justified in assigning the crow of this species from Kamtschatka to a different form. The measurements of the females given by Doctor Stejneger + with the two birds mentioned above are as follows: ee Hane Loeality. Date. Wing. Tail. | Culmen. mm. mm. mm. 97762 330 198 53 97761 324 195 52 236939 |..- 315 183.5 45 237414 |... 320 187 49 | 75. NUCIFRAGA CARYOCATACTES MACRORHYNCHOS Brehm. One male, two females, and two unsexed, 80 miles from the mouth of the Little Annuj River, November 10, 11, 14, and 20, 1914; one male, 53 miles west, May 10, 1915; and one male, 67 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 21, 1915. The majority of the Kolyma birds when compared with three males and one female from Korea look quite different; they are more nearly hair brown on the back, which is bistre in the Korean series. A male and female from Japan are rather odd in that the female (July 2) resembles the Kolyma birds in color, while the male (December 7) is like the Korean birds. It may be that the striking difference in color between Korean and Kolyma birds is due to the freshness of the specimens of the latter. This is the more probable as two of the Kolyma specimens resemble the Korean birds. yee Sex. Locality. Date. Ving. Tail. Culmen 0. 237423 | Male....| 67 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk..... May 10 187 124.5 47 237424 |...do....| 53 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk......| May 21 Vf. 8 117 44.5 237420 |...do....| 80 miles from mouth Little Annuj River.| Nov. 14 183.5 118 44 237422 | Femate.,|..... GOs se secte ti saaone tec ene doe scbee sere | Nov. 20 184 125 39.5 237421 OEY Tet (ACS EE Pep Ae SIRS SR sesemal! slzies 117.5 40 Observed many on the Little Annuj in November but not around Nijni. In April and May observed them in the foothills of the Tomus Chaja Mountains. Was told at Verkhni they were to be found in this region regularly throughout the year; that is, near the mountains.—C. A. 76. PERISOREUS INFAUSTUS YAKUTENSIS Buturlin.? Four males and one female, Verkhni, Kolymsk, April 14 and 22, 1915; one male, Little Annuj River, September 6, 1914; one male, 80 miles from mouth of Little Annuj River, November 5, 1914. 1 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 29, 1885, pp. 239-241. 2 Messager Ornith., 1916, pp. 39, 43. 3343—19—Proc.N.M. Vol.54——41 626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54 This series when compared with European specimens is so very different that it seems very doubtful whether it should be only ac- corded subspecific rank. They are clear slaty gray on the back with- out the brownish wash seen in P. ¢. infaustus; below they are lighter gray with a slight buffy wash, quite different from the tawny of P. i. infaustus. This series measures as follows: U.S.N.M. No. 8 OX. Locality. Date. Wing. mm. 237410 |sMale-...| Verkhni Kolymsk: jcc. ec we cite ty va . : ‘hie is iq a ¥ ~ : =o a! r 7s hah, be | an re bcs oh ike 4 i ite - wore aare!® re ety: a ut sah Maral Delgo, alee 81 a aie ‘a : Awe el sos tau b wigs INDEX. Page. | Abbott, W.L. Birds collected by, onislands iW THoMavatsearere core cesoset sca or seacnes 177 Ablepharus poecilopleurus...............-.-. 25 Alcaclaicrassholinneteccctcns ccc ece cece ceccsse 140 Gimidiato-COrdatas s2.-..--cccscesccs 129 fasciculata....... Set acetate msicwes 130 paradoxa.....- ERE Sock ap cis caiawsine ° 129 Pecicellatas cere sc csecsccsssesccescacecwebls cise 86 Moneliaiexcisa S semaitoneesis = 350 VATLAL coset ciiseicieiisseienis oma cercis 350 Anthericomma barberi............-------- 410, 473 Antholithus quinquepartita..........-..-... 163 ANGtHUS LUStAVI coast = see eee ween e amen ene sale 622 GDOCIES As cous weewssseacesocceeeecene 622 642 INDEX. Page Page. Antrostomus Carolinensis........-.----+-++-+ 584 | Blaberus trapezoideus..............-...----- 302 Apanteles| belppae@mcs mains 521 Nudus ss... scas5 Sy 6 Sess 80,81 SIbDITICNS aes segs acto ween 624 shoshone 2).ss-2922s9es 20 ose 77, 78, 79 Crataegus coloradensis...........-.-.-------- 492; "SDiastema dosceles=--ce eee oee eet e ee eee a 352 Crawiordia californica - 4252 -2eesse = eee ee 460¢493 || “Dicentriaoblivata=c-ses nace ese eee oe eens 359 Cockerelliizn cos. cst soswisceset sees 459 | Dichromanassarufescens.............------- 515 DADLOSI soso nietieiaeneaeasiss 4595| Dicranotropismuiris-cs-- 22 eee eee ee 472,487 lahrositonmidis-o-54-2-4-eeeee eee 4602. Dicruropsis bOMmeensises..--canteeeiecineeceeee = 184 pulvinipes 22-2: 22-55-22=2 5 459, 460, 493 lencops: mies tees 184 MUG Peckiaesss sh asses ee eee 459 pectoralise ese seca ssee ene scn 185 Criculatrifenestratas =o. -+-cenaseceeer een 566 OLNCONSISe eee 184 Cryptoglaux funerea magna. ......----.----- 618 leucops..--..---.-.- 184, 198 Cucullaestanti quia se ses sssne eee ere 36,37 pectoralis...........-- 184 Gucullellajantiqnass pee asasseee ae eee sna 36 SITEDSIS~--<< je ceeeine= 198 COAT CURA 2 ed 26 solombensis.......-- 184, 198 Guphea antigua: 6 24s 4ac-ecisaseee-deoees tse 157 | Diedrocephala sanguinolenta-.........-.---. 475 balsamona......- TEEPE conan 158 | Dinosaur, armored, a newly mounted skele- COL AES oe ee a ee eR Re 158 ton of the, Stegosaurus stenops, in the VISCOSISSLINA a neo eee 158 United States National Museum........... 383 Cyanosylvia suecica robusta.......-....----- 619 | Diospyros brachysepala--......-.-....----- 628, 635 Cyclops bicuspidatus..............--..-0---+ 81 princetonia.............---------- 635 Cy clora\cornutas saese see eee eee eee neee 509,510 texaMa..........--.----.2-- eee ee 636 THALLCD Se ee eee eee EE eee 509, 510 virginiana .....-----..-----.------ 636 POE CS eo eee A a OAc 510) | 10z0cerainsiarom 2 - ou senee sen ance 415, 466 Stejnegeri ace). aeetr cee see 509, 510 DISciniscaCuMINn gies ee sees eecetecaesceene 117 Gylichnellazetclin ss a teeee nee ee nome ten 571 la@Vis..-....-------22 222222222222. 117 Cyperacites Speclesse= ee ene panes eee eee 629 lamellosa---.------.---------0-2e- 1li Cyprinodon macularius............-------- 202, 205 singewaldi..-....--.....-.-.-.-- 116, 11% Cypselites potosianus............--.-----0+ 161 strigata....--------2-.0----------- 117 Cyrtocaraxenos javanensis.:............--- 403,475 | Discopsis argentea....---.---------------+--+ 574 @ythara'striata sso: ace neeeoe eee Sa Vie aM 319 : panamensis.....------------------ 574 Dacyrtocara oncometopiae......-.-- 410, 411,473,487 | Dismidila atoca...-....--.-.--------+---+-++ 371 andatanss: sees 394, 403, 407, 473, 474 tocista..--------------+---22-eee ee 371 Dafila acutaacutals cee coe ee 616 | Dodds, Gideon S. Altitudinal distribution Dalbergia (?) antiqua...............2------- 149 of Entomostracain Colorado............-- 59 CHATTACCH See et 139, 141, 148 Drepanocarpus franckei....-....-.-------- 138, 149 potosiana pt Sp rye i Be ads celle” ae ae 148 NUNS GUS oeeeeee cease eee 150 Tiparia see een ae Ch oz 149 | Drillia empyrosia..............-------------+ 317 VATA DLS occ eee ek 149 UMMACUlatd ee reacemelacoseaeemeeanters 317 Dall, William Healey. Notes on Chrysodo- Dryocopus martius reichenowi.......-..----- 618 mus and other mol- Dyar, Harrison G. Descriptions of new lepi- lusks from the doptera from Mexico. ..........-..-...---- 335 North Pacific HE DTIGtas AChOSiSeiencccmesicmeiecieccsclseecae 338 Otean eee 207 | Echththromorpha notulatoria.........------ 566 Notes on the nomen- Egretta t. thula.-.....--.-.----------------- 515 clature of the mol- Elenchinus heidemanni...........--..---.-- 481 lusks of the family Elenchoides perkensi........-.-------------- 482 Turritidae ........ 313 | Elenchus melanias..............------------ 480 Dalmanellalunatase-cooease es ceceee eee ae ee 29 Silvestris........--------+- 480 Daphnia longispina................---- 78, 81, 85, 86 templetonii.........------+-++-+++- 480 Dalex eee ee eee 77, 78, 80 tenuicornis..-..--..--.-- 22.2... 480, 487 Das yproctaagitiecsonaeet tect ese ee eee 508 walkeri.......-----++++-+++-++++-+- 480 Pelrancis, pasads ccs eee ee ee 391 | Emberiza pallasi-....-..-------------+--++++ 624 Deinelenchus australensis...........-..---- 481, 488 puSilla..........-..22-------+--ee- 624 Delphacixenos anomalocerus............. 410,411, | Emoia cyanura.......--.-.---.--------++--+- 24,25 : 414,416, 476,488 | Enterolobium grandifolium.... 129,133, 135, 136,143 Molphaxstriatella.ccossucmsece woes wees 476, 488 parvifolium...........-- 135, 136, 143 Deltocephalussandersi\.; .o---cenosecee ceases 487 schomburgkiits...--soseeeene= 136 Dentaria laciniata.-.. cs eccesmceessascccess 492 | Entomostraca in Colorado, altitudinal distri- Doepanothrix'dentata-...--2----n-2--e 2-5. - 86 butionlofeeseceneeeee CISC Uae ERNE eae 59 INDEX. 645 Page. Page Epiphragmophora cuyamacensis lowei....... 523°] Fregata magnificens...................--..-. 515 task esc masnome ce Badssd O25 PHU Ca CAniDAGae nates aes aaac ee Teer eee een ie 520 isidroensis......... 524 CINCTER Es ess aee oe cece nee ee ee aS 199 pore Sul tilistae-cect cel ociclenamessceecsece << AGA MULMArUS TOROS aceeccs sectese sone e ee 611 Erionetta spegtabilis......-..-.---..-------. GLEN hususabyssorum cece eee ee 219 HTlOp YES C&COSONA — store elem ninniahiceinneniniela cis 345 ANtiquust seco ee ae eee 214 CONSTANS Paes jacjsjsce ice saines sess 344 artbriricus.. sss ee ce cee ere eee 215 pansapha,........ ce teeeee cece eceee 345 onelliie Sk toc eetcer eee eee tee eee 212 phanerozona....¢...-.........-..-. 345 bulbacemss:5. 5222 tissance cece sesieee 215 Eripternimorpha dammermani...........--. 565 CONLTATINS Sacra ee eee Pee Ee eee 223 IPG Es Soe eda sascasee6 64 fonestratUsececneee eee eee se 219 schoenobil.... 2acee cscs 563 MOrdeOlUSes ee oe sce eee REE 212 Scinpophagae. ei. s-s2 5-612 563 (ucun dusts: case eee cee cee 212 Erythronium americanum.,..........-.----.-- 491 DY LIMAOUS SAG ee eee ee meee 217 Hscallonia wendtite << cc2csccsn ese ccee ane o= = 127 SATS enc ee sae e ae eee me 219 EU CIOAITISCID ALS Sesemrecisne snes eeaceeme eran 366 Spitz bergensises---ce asec ce ence teen 217 Bumenes fenestralissye- -)---- <<< ~ cleisic cis cisiawisinicaisic'e 342 IDTEVIPAlpisser secs s sameee te esos 309 DATSIMONIA SA erate enim = -(-rein ee -l-ln)ei= = le 234 Caligin ea tese eee raeeee soar acre e 309 Excorallana berbicensis. ..........-...---.-. 594 PUSC Reese asatis Saisie seer se 309, 311 Exosphaeroma barrerae. .....-.-.----------- 599 TUISCIDOS eee eae soem a 309 GisalblE\nbhon ae seo asaeobanocdcce 599 LUISCIDeNTisneee cee tec eeR Cnc oCeeneee 309 Wabia chilensis\cesaccswess=@ciscincsciceseesaete 392 lONnLipalpistececacee eee see eee tees 309 TIES HIE GNA gs occogscderasesesosanedesnes 121 LOnNgIpPeMMIsessseaseeeeee sees sl 309 Fish, macruroid, from the Hawiian Islands, a medicorum....--..---+--++-+-++++++ 309 TG Wie ete acai ianle wae eealng Seta ane casings 173 MOFSIGANS aceee senate sees eee 309 Fishes from Owens River, California........ 201 Pallida.- -.-.2 222. 5--22.-- Be Fishes of Mohave River, California. ......... 297 Paradoxa --.-.-----.----- ae Fishes, two species of, from the Yalu River ? SE EIOMER 258 oan ani: coke ? J , (iN Te ahead meal ete pee ed 99 nigrofusca SSSR EEE Dan EOC Coe nece 309 3 OlIZGCENAL en tanec cacecs aeecaee eee ae 311 Flies of the genus Sarcophaga from Guam and SoBe ean k puesa naa 310,311 the Philippines, ...----....----------+----- 89 DAT ICOLE ec eee Orono ene "309 Fossil bettles, cockroaches, and tsetse flies, DallidipesMecmess 2 -eoe eee eee es 309 MO WAIN OM CAI smite eeticiaisacieisic(sinicicinsicinc's 301 Dalpaliswececets ese scesesteseccs 309 fossilland shell, anew West Indian........ 605 wGlnachatiee eo secadesac 309 Fossil plants from Bolivia........-.---..---- 103 SChillin’Simscareeemee tease see cee ae 311 Fossil plants from the late Tertiary of Okla~- PabanitOnmissessee see eee eset eeee 309 loo Mees oAaceqshge odososdonsnacasnodecan 627 tachinoidéses.e sane sesaceee ssc 309, 310 Fotopsis'spargantotis..-<-...---.-.2..-.00s--6 347 WOtCInN a2 eeetie ns oe scenes cscs cwe 310, 311 Mratercuila COnmMCulatassc-scenccr ae omce ccsiscle 611 FAG IIE) TRO losronaoaobocauroEdaoSnoonoe 309 646 INDEX. Page. Page. Gloveriaiconcinnaz-esceeece essence cssease 355 | ,Hesperoleucus (Rutilus) symmetricus....... 298 atipennis seco sacoeecccemanse stig. 356 | Heteropia mediorticulata.............. 525, 526, 529 Obsolete ten vcscee one Seo eee ees 356 | Hirundo urbica whiteleyi..................- 619 TU PICUNG CNS. . oe ees ee eee es 356 | Holopedium gibberum................. eee 80, 85 SOdOme eat ceee eee eee CE nee eee eter 356 | Hopi Indian collection in the United States Gnathia triospathiona....---22--ss-esssceee- 591 National Museums. -ceeneseeesseese cess 235 Gorgonocephalidae from the Caribbean Sea, Hormiopterus choenobivorus............---- 570 a new genus and species of multibrachiate Hough, Walter. The Hopi Indian collection ophinraniofthetamnlye-seeces- sense aeeene 637 in the United States National Museum.... 235 Grammysia pembrokensis........-..-..----- 29 | Hozawa Sanji. Report on the calcareous EIGN Clata see eee eee ene ee 29 eee collected during 1906 by the United Grantiaberinfianae.--+oseessoescssnane 525, 526, 537 ates Fisheries steamer Albatross in the COTO SOT1S 16 ee ae 540 NODE Western) Pacilic=s.ssseeen eee ee eeee nee 525 nipponica....... 5 ARERR ac em ae 534 | Hubbs, Carl, and Charles H. Gilbert. De- Graptoleberis testudinaria.................-- 86 scription of Hymenocephalus tenuis, a new Guam and the Philippines, new flies of the macruroid fish from the Hawaiian Islands. 173 Zenus Sarcophaga from...--. 2-2 ce-sscees 89. | Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis................ 515 Gymnocladus canadensis........-..-.-- ..... 631 | Hydroeciodes aspasta.................-----. 343 CESCl ware ssinsma oes ece eae eee 631 POCHEN. ose. snceece seemseeeee 344 GIOICUS=2een eee hoses onceees 631, ||) Hylecthrus quercus 2225-22 «3. os eee see eee 458 Gymnogramme(?) species....-.--.---------- 120 ind Na sdododedsoasdendaSeeSedeseaR 458 Haemataena melanocephala bangueyensis... 192 S1CDOI Gis eames sateen 458 chrysorrhoa..... 192 | Hymenocephalus striatulus................. 173 massoptera.....- 191 | Hymenocephalus tenuis, description of, a melanocephala.. 191 new macruroid fish from melanospila..... 192 the Hawaiian Islands.... 173 pelingensis ..... 192 | Hymenoptera, new African parasitic, belong- . xanthorrhoa.... 192 ing to the subfamily Microgasterinae...... 587 Healictophacusicurtisiiessseeeceeeeee ec eeee cee 468) | ELy DOD ta:aChileUCh =n. -sesecer cesar acetone 367 Halictoxenos (Augochlorophilus) viridulae.. 459 | Ichneumon-flies from Java, descriptions and (Halictophilus) manilae........ 459 MOLES KON. = -)- ace eeicoce sone aaeaacecase 563 (Halictostylops) spencii........ 459) i pLchoriai leu COPUss=nsels<-~ sc emesis 340 (Halictoxenos)icrawiordi-e--5.5 ).459) |) Loe OChSeniasi 25 sees eee tennis ieee ecics 130 graenicheri..... 459 | Ipidecla monenoptron...................-.-. 336 fOUESInsesesccee 459 | Ischnochiton amabilis........--.-.-.---.-... 9 nymphaeari.... 459 COLCANICIS etait alee le eicieist=eee 10 SDATSIceance cee 459 craticulatuster ance cescceccancat 10 WVELSAuleceeeseac 459 cultratusseee.-.---ccs cece eace 9 ZODUY Tare yecieteie 459 hakodadensis cco cscs eee s « area 4,5 JOneSteorcem sects noecateeeeas 459 interfossdsc. 29 Lonchocarpus obtusifolius...-.-.-------++-+- 151 | Mohave River, California, fishes of..........- 297 Lophoceramica simplicifacta.........-----+++ 346 | Mollusks from the North Pacific Ocean...... 207 Lygropia falsalis...... GOSCOSS5TO RBS B Se OSECOS 368 | Mollusks of thefamily Turritidae, nomencla- Machaerium eriocarpoides ease 129, 133 , 143, 146, 147 RAAT ABs Sabai al dep ok by oe the bg 313 CRITE TEE SoS BBCEO2S 2 OG356 147 | Monobia quadridens............---------e+-- 464 Milleri...---------++++-+-+-+++-- 147 | Monobiaphila bishoppi...............-----+- 464 Machetes pugnaXx.......---+-2-2-+-+2+2eeeeee 615 Moodna bisinuellatsss-cocecscssennesnicsas ai 372 Bfalacocinels.abbobtl serec si s:ss22.6-222- 621 Pentozocera australensis......<....-2---s-s0.6 474 PRACOGES e crictassasentasnseeeees 475 SCDWALZ1 ss jece 22 ... seceneeeeeesice 91 Psilacroneusraphicas sa. ccc sic sisieclmcmimeoeate 358 SOCUrliera =. -..c nem oceans Saeiesi 92 MONOSHEMAS Soci cele cineisiinemeanae ee 358 subtuberosa...................- 89, 92 Psy chonoctwapoamy-. sss -aeecetesnis sence 366 TUuberosa sac cser sce ccemeccececcice 91 Pterinea (?Tolmaia) trescotti................ 29 | « NaNPaxX occas s5-[nc us 97 INDEX. 651 Page. Page Sauropatis chloris cyanescens........-.-.-- 18251945 | Spirifer’COpSCOO Kes... so ces sia cineca selineln'= 29 Scapholebris mucronata............-.------- 86 CGMUNGSI a= cecve= ss seeenamcaanee 29 Scoliphroniasciatuse..-ses—esess-e-sssssoo=> 466 NUD ECENSISancncis Gomes eisis= seeeeneeen 29 Sceliphronechthrus fasciati.......-..--.-.--- 466 TLESCOUL ease aeeaeeee ene ese 29 Schizoplax brandtii--. 5: <<+<<-<-----<----<- 3 | Sponges from the Northwestern Pacific, col- Scirpophaga Sericea:.. <<. .-<<-csssinecosence 566 lected by the United States Fisheries Scolpaxierythnopus... 2s... seine asses -ceee 614 steamer Albatross during 1906.........---- 525 Scoparia ansdontare. s-scen es ----- 20-5 cece 368 | Steatornis caripensis..........-...... IRR hee 581 ANA PAN CISsence eee ess ecwacncisseskcie 370 | Stegosaurus stenops, a newly mounted skele- CYCLOP NOTA reser enesceinesics=scicmea= 370 ton of, in the United States National Mus- HOXHOSAeeesracenendenceesaseee cece 370 SOUM Soe secre ciacie seiseeiae ecemisee eee 383 Sabunadeceesemscceececensecenessas 370) |) Stenia mononaliss.o--2ceacsses cose cies sce 369 Stereostigms.......<..--ceennncense 369 | Stenocranophilus quadratus..........- 394, 478, 488 Scopiferainsurrects...---05-. sseacdqceaes 6175) Triprocris tosetiazs.sscacsa-e sc eaaeeeee ees 366 Sweetia Clogans se see cecensmemmanneece~e 1519) Viritoniam:carinatumss]sascee eee eee eteeee 231 IMOMPTANACCAS hepa onesie cee ee 149 EHurneuin see ee eee 924 Vertlantascs secs sccataaseees ates 139, 150 POSSOGNS OV ihc jaceeaecare ae ceametcle 220 Syconisimushirensis.. ..-. cs sores al 525, 526, 529 Dericochlionssessees cee ee eceeeee 225 Symmerista odontomys.........<------ss.00- 357 Viridulum sas oa eee yee. 318 Syngamia subnebulosalis..................-- 368. | Eritonofusus adonis=eas- 2 seee-eee eco aeea= 218 Tachysphex maculicornis...................- 491 | Tsetse flies, beetles, and cockroaches, new ; ‘TACHY LOS XONOLOTUS Scncaeccsciejece/s kien cccnes 464 species of American fossil...........:.....- 301 Tachytixenosindicus-+2s--.4- sss saa- sce 464 | Turcicula bairdii........----.....-----.-..-- 222 Tapinolopha variegata................----- 371,372 | Turdinus macrodactylus..............-.-- 196,197 maphonia testacealis:-...+--c.s--s2se--2 ses g54 | TPurdus musicus.......-.-------+-+-----+-+++ 619 PALTOMS CANSTONSOse.- ~~ =< ssccee cece c ee ases 528 Turricula flammea Rint eg or a ee a. nao 315 Foy paver eb aes tab bee can em te 598 Turris babylonius we ecec eee rceceeeee tees eee es 315 Tephroclystia alogista........-..--.--------- 364 (Crassispira) rugitecta..............-. 226 Gnas! ccccee se ceseesesees 363 5 JeyenUS SENET TEN A Tne tom sony 5 on E Turritidae, nomenclature of the mollusks of capitate: .<<-2..5:.2288se.ee22~ 363 . Chimeras: <2: 2252s aden eee 363 the family, a en be Aaa gale Pea NE: GUE oF a Venericardia (Cyclocardia) morsei..........-. 234 chrodna.......-----+-++-++---- 363 hiraseieseee eas Sia dh ener este 234 endonephelia.<.-.--j22.222e-2-- 364 Spin OSes Fc Fe Pola hae 234 microleuca...........+.-+----- 364 Vespa acuitaseees see acc cbeese cee coe net ee 489 DeLtaCt assesses eeee= see eee 365 GrSbrOUsen METAL <2 heen eo nana b 462 : supporta....-..-....---------- 364 GuiGalig teas er tensie nan Aiden eke 462 ee pet oT SRS oe SE Tae SG POEL a 615 magnifica: :.2ss52saecs bsock eee eee 462 erminalia antiqua.....................--- 156, 157 maaridarirind ties Aiea mies tated 462 Catappa...-----.--..--..--22...-- 157 MOUTON 2c el eee AEM One 462 oblonga CL LA eLe oie eas a ag 156 MIPTANS AS Sete sc ees eee eee ee 462 littoralis.. FRESE TPR OS TSE CSE ses 157 Vespaexenos buyssoni...-......-..-..--..- . 462 SINGCWAaldi on -